MAKERERE UNIVERSITY PROSPECTUS 2007 – 2010
Published by the Department of the Academic Registrar
Makerere University
P O Box 7062,
KAMPALA
Printed at
Makerere University Printery
ii
iii
Contents
PREFACE
INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION
LOCATION AND SURROUNDINgS
BRIEF HISTORICAL BACkgROUND
PURPOSE OF MAkERERE UNIvERSITY
THE MAkERERE UNIvERSITY vISION AND MISSION STATEMENTS
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS OF THE UNIvERSITY
PRINCIPAL ADDRESSES
UNIvERSITY COUNCIL
THE SENATE
DEANS/DIRECTORS OF FACULTIES/ INSTITUTES/SCHOOLS
THE CENTRAL ADMINISTRATION
ACADEMIC FACILITIES
UNIvERSITY LIBRARY SERvICES
THE BOOk BANk SCHEME
SCHEDULE OF SEMESTERS
UNIvERSITIES AND OTHER TERTIARY INSTITUTIONS ACT, 2001
gENERAL ACADEMIC INFORMATION
gENERAL ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR UNDERgRADUATE PROgRAMMES
THE OCCASIONAL STUDENTSHIP SCHEME
THE SHORT-TERM STUDENTSHIP SCHEME
ADMISSION TO gRADUATE PROgRAMMES
INSTITUTE OF ADULT AND COMMUNITY EDUCATION
gUIDELINES FOR gRADUATE PROgRAMME PLANS
ASSESSMENT OF A THESIS/DISSERTATION
PROCEDURE OF THE vIvA-vOCE ExAMINATION
gUIDELINES OPERATIONS OF THE SEMESTER/CREDIT UNIT SYSTEM
POLICY ON REMARkINg STUDENTS’ WORk
gUIDELINES OPERATIONS OF THE SEMESTER/CREDIT UNIT SYSTEM
RULES ON ExAMINATION MALPRACTICES AND IRREgULARITIES
gENERAL RULE FOR POSSESSION OF FIREARMS
ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES FOR ExTERNAL ExAMINERS
QUALITIES ExTERNAL ExAMINER
POLICY ON ACADEMIC APPEALS
POLICY ON RETENTION AND DISPOSITION OF ExAMINATION SCRIPTS
THE SPECIFIC ExAMINATIONS REgULATIONS
POLICY ON CHARgINg STUDENTS WHO RETAkE OR AUDIT COURSE
POLICY ON REMARkINg STUDENTS’ WORk
REgULATIONS FOR AEgROTAT AWARD
gENERAL ExAMINATIONS AND AWARDS REgULATIONS
AFFILIATED INSTITUTIONS AND CONSTITUENT COLLEgES
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
xv
1
1
1
1
1
2
3
6
6
7
9
13
13
13
16
18
65
65
90
91
93
111
112
114
114
115
125
125
137
144
144
144
148
151
152
152
152
153
154
162
163
iv
STUDY PROGRAMMES
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AgRICULTURAL ENgINEERINg (BAgE)
178
BACHELOR OF AgRICULTURAL AND RURAL INNOvATION STUDIES (BARI)
180
BACHELOR OF AgRICULTURAL ExTENSION EDUCATION (BAEE)
182
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN FOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOgY
183
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AgRICULTURE
185
BACHELOR OF AgRIBUSINESS MANAgEMENT
189
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AgRICULTURAL LAND USE
AND MANAgEMENT (B SC LUM)
190
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA (ANIMAL PRODUCTION AND MARkETINg (gAPM)
195
MASTER OF AgRIBUSINESS MANAgEMENT (MABM)
195
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN AgRICULTURAL ECONOMICS (MAEC)
196
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN AgRICULTURAL ENgINEERINg (MAEN)
196
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN AgRICULTURAL ExTENSION AND EDUCATION (MAgE) 197
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CROP SCIENCE (MCRP)
198
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN SOIL SCIENCE (MSOL)
199
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN FOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOgY (MFST)
200
REgULATIONS FOR THE DEgREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN THE FACULTY
OF AgRICULTURE
201
REgULATIONS FOR THE DEgREE OF DOCTOR
OF SCIENCE IN AgRICULTURE
202
MAkERERE UNIvERSITY AgRICULTURAL RESEARCH
INSTITUTE kABANYOLO (MUARIk))
202
THE FACULTY OF ARTS
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ARTS (BARS)
204
PROgRAMMES BY DEPARTMENT
205
DEPARTMENT OF gEOgRAPHY
206
BACHELOR OF ARTS (ENvIRONMENTAL MANAgEMENT)
207
BACHELOR OF TOURISM
208
BACHELOR OF URBAN PLANNINg (BUP)
209
DIPLOMA IN TRANSLATION AND INTERPRETATION STUDIES
211
SUBJECT OF SECRETARIAL STUDIES
224
BACHELOR OF SECRETARIAL STUDIES (BSES)
226
DRAMA AS A COURSE
230
DIPLOMA IN MUSIC, DANCE AND DRAMA (DMDD)
231
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC (BMUS)
232
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN DANCE (BDNC)
233
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN DRAMA (BDRA)
234
DEPARTMENT OF MASS COMMUNICATION
236
THE SUBJECT OF MASS COMMUNICATION
236
HISTORY AS A COURSE
237
v
ORgANISATIONAL STUDIES AS A COURSE
THE BACHELOR OF DEvELOPMENT STUDIES (BDvS)
LITERATURE AS A COURSE
PHILOSOPHY AS A COURSE
DEPARTMENT OF RELIgIOUS STUDIES
DIPLOMA IN THEOLOgY PROgRAMME
RELIgIOUS STUDIES AS A COURSE
POSTgRADUATE PROgRAMMES
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MASS COMMUNICATION (gDMC)
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN TRANSLATION
AND INTERPRETATION STUDIES (gTIS)
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN THEOLOgY AND PASTROL STUDIES (PgD TPS)
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN METEOROLOgY (gMET)
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ENvIRONMENTAL JOURNALISM AND
COMMUNICATION (gEJC)
MASTER OF ARTS IN gEOgRAPHY (MgEO)
MASTER OF ARTS IN LAND USE AND REgIONAL DEvELOPMENT [MLRD)]
MASTER OF ARTS IN HISTORY (MAHI)
MASTER OF ARTS IN LITERATURE (MLIT)
238
238
240
241
242
242
243
245
245
246
247
248
249
251
251
252
252
PROgRESSIvE ASSESSMENT
253
MASTER OF ARTS IN ETHICS AND PUBLIC MANAgEMENT (MAPM)
254
MASTER OF ARTS IN HUMAN RIgHTS (MAHR)
255
MASTER OF ARTS IN PHILOSOPHY (MPHI)
256
MASTER OF ARTS IN MUSIC
256
MASTER OF ARTS IN MUSIC, DANCE AND DRAMA (MMUD)
257
MASTER OF ARTS IN RELIgIOUS STUDIES (MRES)
258
MASTER OF ARTS IN AFRICAN LANgUAgES (kISWAHILI/ LUgANDA/ LUO AND
RUNYAkITARA) (MALN)
260
MASTER OF ARTS IN LANgUAgES (MALA) (MA LANgUAgES
BY RESEARCH AND THESIS)
261
MASTERS OF ARTS IN PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES (MPCS)
261
MASTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP AND HUMAN RELATIONS (MLHR)
263
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PH D) (LITERATURE)
264
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PH D) RELIgIOUS STUDIES
264
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PH D) LANgUAgES
264
FACULTY OF FORESTRY AND NATURE CONSERVATION
BACHELOR OF COMMUNITY FORESTRY (BCOF)
265
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN WOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOgY (BWST)
269
M SC FORESTRY PROgRAMME (MSFO)
271
M SC AgROFORESTRY PROgRAMME (MSAF)
272
REgULATIONS FOR DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEgREE PROgRAMMES
272
vi
FACULTY OF LAW
UNDERgRADUATE PROgRAMMES
BACHELOR OF LAWS (LLB)
POSTgRADUATE PROgRAMMES
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN REFUgEE LAW AND
FORCED MIgRATION STUDIES (gLAW)
MASTER OF LAWS (LLM)
COLLEGE OF HEALTH SCIENCE
UNDERgRADUATE PROgRAMMES
DIPLOMA IN OTOLARYNgOLOgY
DIPLOMA IN HEALTH TUTORS
DIPLOMA IN OPTHALMOLOgY
DIPLOMA IN PHARMACY
DIPLOMA IN MEDICAL RADIOgRAPHY
DIPLOMA IN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY
DIPLOMA IN PHYSIOTHERAPY
DIPLOMA IN MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCES
DIPLOMA IN CLINICAL PSYCHIATRY
BACHELOR OF PHARMACY (B PHARM)
THE BACHELOR OF MEDICINE AND BACHELOR OF SURgERY (MBCH B)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEgREE IN SPEECH AND LANgUAgE THERAPY
BACHELOR OF DENTAL SURgERY DEgREE (BDS)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSINg
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL RADIOgRAPHY
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ANAESTHESIA
MASTERS OF MEDICINE IN ANAESTHESIA (M MED ANAESTHESIA)
MASTERS OF MEDICINE IN COMMUNITY PRACTICE
(M MED COMMUNITY PRACTICE)
MASTER OF DENTISTRY ORAL MAxILLOFACIAL SURgERY
MASTER OF MEDICINE (INTERNAL MEDICINE) M MED (INT MED)
MASTER OF MEDICINE IN OBSTETRICS & gYNAECOLOgY
MASTERS OF MEDICINE IN PAEDIATRICS AND CHILD HEALTH (M MED PAED)
MASTERS OF MEDICINE IN PATHOLOgY (M MED PATH)
MASTER OF MEDICINE IN OPHTHALMOLOgY (M MED OPHTHAL)
MASTER OF MEDICINE IN OTORHINOLARYNgOLOgY,
HEAD AND NECk SURgERY (M MED OHNS)
274
274
276
276
277
279
279
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
290
294
295
297
300
302
303
303
304
306
306
307
310
310
313
MASTERS OF MEDICINE IN MICROBIOLOgY (M MED MICROBIOLOgY)
MASTER OF MEDICINE IN ORTHOPAEDIC SURgERY (M MED ORTH)
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN CLINICAL EPIDEMIOLOgY AND
BIOSTATISTICS (MSC CEB)
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN HUMAN ANATOMY (MSC(ANAT )
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN PHARMACOLOgY (MSC PHARMACOLOgY)
315
316
317
318
319
vii
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL ILLUSTRATION (MSC MED ILL)
319
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN PHYSIOLOgY (MSC PHYSIO)
320
DOCTOR OF MEDICINE (PH D)
321
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PH D)
321
SCHOOL OF PUBLIC HEALTH
kASANgATI HEALTH CENTRE
323
REgIONAL CENTRE FOR QUALITY OF HEALTH CARE
323
UNDERgRADUATE PROgRAMMES:
325
DIPLOMA IN ENvIRONMENTAL HEALTH SCIENCES
326
DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC HEALTH NURSINg (DPHN)
327
BACHELOR OF ENvIRONMENTAL HEALTH SCIENCE (BEHS)
328
PUBLIC HEALTH COURSES OFFERED TO STUDENTS IN
THE FACULTY OF MEDICINE
BACHELOR OF MEDICAL RADIOgRAPHY
329
BACHELOR OF MEDICINE, BACHELOR OF SURgERY, BACHELOR OF DENTISTRY,
BACHELOR OF NURSINg
329
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN QUALITY OF HEALTH CARE (gQHC)
330
MASTERS OF PUBLIC HEALTH (MPHM) FULLTIME
330
MASTER OF PUBLIC HEALTH (MPHM) (DISTANCE EDUCATION)
331
MASTER OF HEALTH SERvICES RESEARCH
333
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
UNDERgRADUATE PROgRAMMES
335
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (B SC )
335
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
337
B SCIENCE IN BOTANY
347
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY (BIC) PROgRAMME
349
gEOLOgY AS A SUBJECT
350
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN gEOLOgICAL RESOURCE MANAgEMENT
351
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CONSERvATION BIOLOgY PROgRAMME
356
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN FISHERIES AND AQUACULTURE
357
BACHELOR OF SPORTS SCIENCE
358
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ETHNOBOTANY
360
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN PURE AND APPLIED gEOLOgY
362
MASTER OF SCIENCE (MSC )
362
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY
363
MASTER OF SCIENCE (gEOLOgY)
364
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY
364
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN BOTANY
365
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MATHEMATICS
366
viii
MASTER OF MATHEMATICS
367
PROgRAMME STRUCTURE MASTER OF SCIENCE AND
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN CHEMISTRY
368
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN gEOLOgY MSC (gEOLOgY)
370
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ZOOLOgY
372
MASTER OF SCIENCE AND DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN PHYSICS
373
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
373
DOCTOR OF SCIENCE
374
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN BOTANY (PH D BOTANY)
374
INSTITUTE OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES
BACHELOR OF ENvIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (BEvS)
376
POSTgRADUATE PROgRAMMES
378
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ENvIRONMENTAL
INFORMATION MANAgEMENT
378
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ENvIRONMENTAL
IMPACT ASSESSMENT (PgDEIA)
378
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ENvIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES
379
THE PHD PROgRAMME
380
FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SOCIAL SCIENCES
383
BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORk AND SOCIAL ADMINISTRATION
392
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA/MA IN COMMUNITY BASED REHABILITATION
394
MASTER OF ARTS IN COMMUNITY BASED REHABILITATION
395
MASTER OF ARTS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION AND MANAgEMENT (MA PAM) 396
MASTER OF ARTS IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS & DIPLOMATIC STUDIES
397
MASTERS OF ARTS IN SOCIOLOgY (MA SOCIOLOgY)
398
MASTER OF ARTS IN gENDER STUDIES
399
MASTER OF ARTS IN SOCIAL SECTOR PLANNINg
AND MANAgEMENT MA (SSPM)
401
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPY (PH D)
402
FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ECONOMICS (BECO)
403
PROvISION OF SERvICES TO BA (A), BA (SS), BSC , BA/EDPROgRAMMES
404
ECONOMICS MAJOR
404
ECONOMICS MINOR
405
BACHELOR OF DEvELOPMENT ECONOMICS (BDEC)
406
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (BCOE)
407
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (BBAP)
410
MASTER OF ARTS IN ECONOMICS (MECO)
413
MASTER OF ARTS IN ECONOMIC POLICY MANAgEMENT (MEPM)
414
ix
MASTER OF ARTS IN ECONOMIC POLICY AND PLANNINg (MEPP)
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (MBAM)
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN ECONOMICS (PHEC)
FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY
ORDINARY DIPLOMA IN CIvIL ENgINEERINg SURvEYINg
BACHELOR OF ARCHITECTURE (BARC)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CIvIL ENgINEERINg (BCIv)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ELECTRICAL ENgINEERINg (BELE)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MECHANICAL ENgINEERINg (BMEC)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN SURvEYINg (BSUR)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (QUANTITATIvE SURvEYINg) (BSQS)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (LAND ECONOMICS) (BSLE)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (CONSTRUCTION MANAgEMENT) (BSCM)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (TELECOMMUNICATIONS ENgINEERINg) (BSTE)
POSTgRADUATE PROgRAMMES
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN CONSTRUCTION
MANAgEMENT (DAY/EvENINg) (gCPM)
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN URBAN DESIgN (gURD)
MASTER OF PHYSICAL PLANNINg (MPPL)
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CIvIL ENgINEERINg (MSCv)
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ELECTRICAL ENgINEERINg (MSEC)
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MECHANICAL ENgINEERINg (MECv)
MASTER OF ENgINEERINg
MASTER OF ENgINEERINg (CIvIL) (MECv)
MASTER OF ENgINEERINg (ELECTRICAL) (MEEL)
MASTER OF ENgINEERINg (MECHANICAL) (MEME)
MASTER OF ARCHITECTURE (DAY/EvENINg) (MARC)
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PH D)
FACULTY OF VETERINARY MEDICINE
BACHELOR OF BIOMEDICAL LABORATORY TECHNOLOgY (BBLT)
415
416
419
421
422
424
426
427
429
430
431
432
433
435
435
436
438
438
440
440
441
441
443
443
444
447
448
BACHELOR OF vETERINARY MEDICINE (BvET)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN WILDLIFE HEALTH MANAgEMENT (BWHM)
BACHELOR OF ANIMAL PRODUCTION TECHNOLOgY AND
MANAgEMENT (BAPT)
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN WILDLIFE HEALTH AND
MANAgEMENT (gWHM)
MASTER OF vETERINARY MEDICINE (FOOD ANIMAL
HEALTH AND PRODUCTION) (MvMF)
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN vETERINARY PATHOLOgY (MvPA)
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MOLECULAR BIOLOgY (MSBS)
MASTER OF vETERINARY PREvENTIvE MEDICINE (MvPM)
450
451
453
455
455
456
457
458
x
MASTER OF WILDLIFE HEALTH MANAgEMENT (MWHM)
460
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN LIvESTOCk DEvELOPMENT
PLANNINg AND MANAgEMENT
461
DOCTORATE DEgREES
462
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
THE COURSES OFFERED IN THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS
AND MANAgEMENT
464
COURSES OFFERED IN THE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOgY
465
DEPARTMENT OF CURRICULUM, TEACHINg AND MEDIA
465
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL SCIENCES AND ARTS EDUCATION
466
DEPARTMENT OF LANgUAgE EDUCATION
469
ENgLISH LANgUAgE AND LITERATURE METHODS
469
DEPARTMENT OF SCIENCE AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION
472
BY FACULTY OF SCIENCE TO BSC EDUCATION STUDENTS
473
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION (PgDE)
475
MASTERS IN EDUCATION FUNDATIONS AND MANAgEMENT
477
MASTERS IN EDUCATION ADMINISTRATION AND PLANNINg
477
ECONOMICS OF EDUCATION
478
HISTORY OF EDUCATION
478
PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION
478
SOCIOLOgY OF EDUCATION
478
MASTER OF EDUCATION IN SCIENCE AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION (DOSATE)
479
MASTER OF EDUCATION (SCIENCE EDUCATION)
479
ECONOMICS EDUCATION
479
gEOgRAPHY EDUCATION
480
HISTORY EDUCATION
480
MUSIC EDUCATION
480
POLITICAL EDUCATION
480
RELIgIOUS EDUCATION
481
SOCIAL STUDIES EDUCATION
481
MASTER’S PROgRAMME IN DEPARTMENT OF LANgUAgE EDUCATION
481
MASTERS IN LUgANDA LANgUAgE EDUCATION (MLL)
481
MASTERS IN kISWAHILI LANgUAgE EDUCATION (MkL)
482
MASTERS IN gERMAN LANgUAgE EDUCATION (MEL)
482
MASTERS IN FRENCH LANgUAgE EDUCATION (MEL)
482
MASTER OF ARTS IN EDUCATION MANAgEMENT (MEMg)
482
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAgEMENT (MHRM)
483
M A EDUCATIONAL POLICY AND PLANNINg
484
REgULATIONS FOR THE DEgREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PH D)
PROgRAMMES IN THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
484
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEMA (PH D)
486
xi
THE MARGARET TROWELL SCHOOL OF INDUSTRIAL & FINE ARTS
BACHELOR OF INDUSTRIAL AND FINE ARTS DEgREE (BIFA)
487
POSTgRADUATE PROgRAMMES
489
MASTER OF ARTS IN FINE ART (MAFA)
489
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN FINE ARTS (PAFA)
491
EAST AFRICAN SCHOOL OF LIBRARY & INFORMATION SCIENCE (EASLIS)
DIPLOMA IN RECORDS AND ARCHIvES MANAgEMENT (DRAM)
492
CERTIFICATE IN LIBRARY AND INFORMATION STUDIES (CLIS)
494
DIPLOMA IN LIBRARY AND INFORMATION STUDIES (DLIS)
494
BACHELOR OF LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SCIENCE (BLIS)
495
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN LIBRARIANSHIP (gLIS)
497
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN INFORMATION SCIENCE (DAY PROgRAMME) (MISC) 497
DEgREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN INFORMATION SCIENCE (PISC)
498
INSTITUTE OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION
DIPLOMA IN ADULT EDUCATION
501
BACHELOR OF ADULT AND COMMUNITY EDUCATION
501
EFFECTIvE COMMUNICATION COURSE
502
CERTIFICATE IN PROJECT PLANNINg AND MANAgEMENT (CPPM)
504
DIPLOMA IN PROJECT PLANNINg & MANAgEMENT (DPPM)
DIPLOMA IN YOUTH AND DEvELOPMENT WORk (DYDx)
THE BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (ExTERNAL)
BACHELOR OF EDUCATION (ExTERNAL)
THE BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (ExTERNAL)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (ExTERNAL)
MASTER OF ADULT AND COMMUNITY EDUCATION (MACE)
MAKERERE UNIVERSITY INSTITUTE OF PSYCHOLOGY (MUIP)
BACHELOR OF COMMUNITY PSYCHOLOgY (BCPS)
BACHELOR OF INDUSTRIAL AND ORgANISATIONAL PSYCHOLOgY (BIOP)
MAkERERE UNIvERSITY UNDERgRADUATE PROgRAMMES
WITH EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOgY (BA/BSC/ED)
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COUNSELLINg (gPgC)
gRADUATE COURSES OFFERED TO STUDENTS
ON THE DIPLOMA IN EDUCATION (PgDE) PROgRAMMES
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CLINICAL PSYCHOLOgY (MSCP)
MASTER OF ARTS IN COUNSELLINg (MACO)
MASTER OF ORgANISATIONAL PSYCHOLOgY (MOgP)
MASTER OF EDUCATION (EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOgY) (MEEP)
xii
INSTITUTE OF STATISTICS AND APPLIED ECONOMICS
BACHELOR OF STATISTICS (BSTA)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN QUANTITATIvE ECONOMICS DEgREE (BSQE)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (POPULATION STUDIES) (BPOP)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ACTUARIAL SCIENCE (BSAS)
STATISTICS AS A SUBJECT
POSTgRADUATE PROgRAMMES
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN STATISTICS (DIP STAT): (gSTA)
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN DEMOgRAPHY (gDEM)
MASTER OF ARTS IN DEMOgRAPHY (MDMg)
MASTER OF STATISTICS (M STAT) – A REgIONAL PROgRAMME
MASTER OF ARTS IN DEMOgRAPHY (MDMg)
MASTER OF ARTS IN POPULATION AND DEvELOPMENT (MAPD)
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN POPULATION & REPRODUCTIvE HEALTH (MSRH)
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN QUANTITAvE ECONOMICS
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN POPULATION STUDIES (MSPS)
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN POPULATION STUDIES (PSPS)
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PH D)
FACULTY OF COMPUTING AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER SCIENCE (DCSC)
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE (BCSC)
BACHELOR OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOgY (BITE)
MASTER OF INFORMATION TECHNOLOgY (MITE)
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION TECHNOLOgY (gITE)
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN DATA COMMUNICATIONS
AND SOFTWARE ENgINEERINg (gDSE)
504
505
505
506
518
520
529
530
532
533
534
535
535
536
537
539
540
542
544
546
548
549
549
550
550
551
552
553
554
554
555
555
555
557
557
558
559
563
565
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN DATA COMMUNICATIONS
AND SOFTWARE ENgINEERINg (PgDCSE)
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE (MCSC)
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER SCIENCE (gDCS)
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS (MSIS)
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN INFORMATION SYSTEMS
DIPLOMA IN ICT POLICY AND REgULATION (gICT)
PHD BY COURSEWORk AND RESEARCH
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
POSTgRADUATE DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
MAKERERE UNIVERSITY BUSINESS SCHOOL
BACHELOR OF COMMERCE (BCOM) INTERNAL
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS COMPUTINg (BBCO)
BACHELORS OF PROCUREMENT AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAgEMENT (BPSM)
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (BBAD)
568
570
571
571
576
578
578
580
582
583
586
587
588
xiii
BACHELOR OF CATERINg AND HOTEL MANAgEMENT (BCHM)
590
BACHELOR OF OFFICE & INFORMATION MANAgEMENT (BIOM) DEgREE
591
BACHELOR OF LEISURE & HOSPITALITY MANAgEMENT (BLHM)
592
BACHELOR OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANAgEMENT AND PLANNINg (BHRM)
593
BACHELOR OF ENTREPERNURSHIP & SMALL BUSINESS MANAgEMENT (BESM) 594
BACHELOR OF INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS (BINB)
595
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN PROCUREMENT AND SUPPLY CHAIN MgT
597
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN BANkINg AND INvESTMENT MANAgEMENT
598
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN ACOUNTINg AND FINANCE
599
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN MARkETINg
600
MASTERS IN HUMAN RESOURCE MANAgEMENT AND PLANNINg
600
MASTER DEgREE IN BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION (MBA)
601
ST MARY’S MAJOR SEMINARY GGABA
MASTER OF ARTS IN RELIgIOUS AND THEOLOgICAL STUDIES
603
MASTER OF ARTS IN SOCIAL AND MANAgEMENT STUDIES
604
ALOKOLUM NATIONAL MAJOR SEMINARY
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SOCIAL AND PHILOSOPHICAL STUDIES
605
HOSPICE AFRICA – UGANDA EDUCATION UNIT
DIPLOMA IN PALLIATIvE CARE PROgRAMME
610
MAKERERE INSTITUTE OF SOCIAL RESEARCH
PROCEDURE FOR AFFILIATION TO MISR
616
SCHOOL OF GRADUATE STUDIES
618
SENIOR STAFF LIST 2007/2008
619
xiv
xv
PREFACE
The Makerere University Prospectus is produced by the Research and Publications Section of the
Department of the Academic Registrar The information in this edition reflects all the significant
changes which have taken place in the University since the beginning of the 2005/2006 academic
year up to 2008/2009 academic year
First and foremost there was change in the Admission Policy with effect from the 2005/2006
Academic year whereby government sponsorship slots were review as follows:
a) 75% of the total number of the slots for government sponsorship is competed for nationally
on merit
b) The remaining 25% are distributed to be competed for by talented sports men/sportswomen,
persons with dis-abilities and others are competed for at district level
Secondly, there was change in the University Academic calendar Effective 2005, the University
academic year starts in August of each calendar year Prior to 2005 the Academic year started in
October of a calendar year
Thirdly, the University has specifically addressed itself to the issue of quality university education
and as such has created a joint University Council and Senate Committee on Quality Assurance
The old syllabi have been revised and many new programmes have come up to keep up with the
times Furthermore, in order to cope with the on going University wide computerization process,
all academic units of the University have had Course Codes for the various university programmes
revised
The quality of research and teaching, the staffing level, as well as the physical and academic
infrastructure have all continued to undergo remarkable improvement
Makerere University is governed by The Universities and Other Tertiary Institutions Act (2001)
as amended, which is hereby reproduced in this edition of the Prospectus for the benefit of all the
Stakeholders New University examination regulations have also been presented herein
During the compilation of this edition of the University Prospectus a lot of care has been taken, but
the University is not legally responsible for any errors or any omissions there within
It is also important to note that all material in this Prospectus is subject to change without notice
although changes are normally published by incorporation in the next edition The University
reserves the right to change or amend its programmes, fees structure and regulations at any time
from those published in the prospectus
The Department acknowledges the effort and cooperation of all the individuals who have provided
information and those who have worked on 5th edition of the Makerere University Prospectus
WE BUILD FOR THE FUTURE
Amos Olal- Odur
ACADEMIC REgISTRAR
xvi
1
SECTION I
INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION
Location and Surroundings
Makerere University is located on Makerere Hill which is one of the many hills on which kampala,
the Capital City of Uganda, is built The main Campus is about 5 km to the North of the City
Centre covering an area of 300 acres
The location offers an excellent academic environment because the University is free from all
forms of disturbances associated with city centre locations
Brief Historical Background
Makerere University was first established in 1922 as a Technical School In January of that year,
the school, later re-named Uganda Technical College, opened its doors to 14 day students who
began studying Carpentry, Building and Mechanics The College soon began offering various
other courses in Medical Care, Agriculture, veterinary Sciences and Teacher Training
In 1937, the College started developing into an institution of higher education, offering post school certificate courses In 1949, it became a University College in special relationship with the
University of London It soon became a College for the whole of Eastern Africa, offering courses
leading to general Degrees of the University of London
With the establishment of the University of East Africa on 29th June, 1963, the period of special
relationship with the University of London came to a close and Degrees of the University of East
Africa were instituted On 1st July, 1970, Makerere became an independent national University
of the Republic of Uganda, offering undergraduate and postgraduate courses leading to its own
awards
Today, Makerere University has twenty Colleges/Faculties/Institutes/Schools offering Day, Evening
and External Study Programmes to a registered student body of 32,809 as at 29th January, 2007
Purpose of Makerere University
The mandate that provides a framework for the purpose of Makerere University is provided in
Section 24 (2) of the Universities and Other Tertiary Institutions Act, of 2001
The Makerere University Vision and Mission Statements
The Vision
To be a leading institution for academic excellence and innovations in Africa
The Mission
To provide World Class innovative teaching, learning, research and services responsive to National
and global needs
Core Values
Makerere University in the pursuit of its mission will be guided by the following core values:
1 Allegiance to the institution
2 Integrity
3 Customer responsiveness
4 Professionalism
5 Openness to diversity
2
PRINCIPAL OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY
VISITOR:
The President of the Republic of Uganda
His Excellency Yoweri kaguta Museveni B A, Ph D(Hon)
CHANCELLOR:
Prof Mondo kagonyera Bsc (Nairobi), Msc (California), Ph D (California)
CHAIRPERSON OF COUNCIL:
Hon M Rukikaire Bsc (Econ)
DEPUTY CHAIRPERSON:
Mrs Christine R M kiganda B A(Rochester N Y), M A(Indiana Univ ), Dip Educ (Mak), Dip
Curric Dev (NRBI)
CHAIRPERSON OF APPOINTMENTS BOARD
Mr Stephen Maloba
VICE - CHANCELLOR:
Prof L S Luboobi Bsc (E A), MSc (Toronto) Ph D (Adelaide)
FIRST DEPUTY VICE - CHANCELLOR: (ACADEMIC AFFAIRS)
Dr L Tibatemwa-Ekirikubinza LL B (Mak); Dip LP (LDC) LL M; Ph D (Copenhagen)
SECOND DEPUTY VICE CHANCELLOR: (FINANCE AND ADMINISTRATION)
Prof D J Bakibinga LLB (Mak); Dip LP (LDC); M A ; Ph D (London)
UNIVERSITY SECRETARY/SECRETARY TO COUNCIL
Mr S S Akorimo B A, Dip Educ, MA (Ed Mgt)
ACADEMIC REGISTRAR
Mr A Olal-Odur B A, Dip Educ , MA (Educ Mgt) (Mak)
DEAN OF STUDENTS:
Mr J Ekudu-Adoku, Bsc , Dip Ed , MA
UNIVERSITY LIBRARIAN:
Dr Maria g N Musoke BSc ,PgD Lib , M Lib & Inf Sc , Ph D
UNIVERSITY BURSAR:
B Byambabazi B Com , MBA
DIRECTOR PLANNING
J Wabwire BA,MA,MBA
3
PRINCIPAL ADDRESSES
Note: All Correspondence on academic matters should be addressed to the Academic Registrar,
and all Correspondence on other administrative matters to the University Secretary, unless
directed otherwise
GENERAL ADDRESS
Makerere University P O Box 7062, kAMPALA, UgANDA
TELEPHONE: 4532631-4/4540436
TELEgRAPH “Makunika”
E-mail: ar@acadreg mak ac ug
OTHER MAJOR ADDRESSES
The Vice-Chancellor
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 4542803
Tel Fax 541068
E-mail:vc@admin mak ac ug
The Bookshop
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: (256-41)4531288
E-mail:bookshop@mak uc ug
The Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Academic Affairs)
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone 041-4532045
E-mail: dvc@acadreg mak ac ug
The Guest House
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: (256-41) 4534169
E-mail:guest@mak ac ug
The Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Adm & Finance)
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 4532479
E-mail: dvc@admin mak ac ug
The University Bursar
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: (256-41) 4530872
Email:unibursar@finance mak ac ug
The University Secretary
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 4540436
E-mail:unise@admin mak ac ug
The University Library
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: (256-41) 4531041/2
E-mail:mulib@mak ac ug
The Academic Registrar
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 041-4532752
Telefax: 533640
E-mail: ar@acadreg mak ac ug
Human Resource Department
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 4542803
E-mail: hrd@admin mak ac ug
The University Printery
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 4545160
E-mail:makprint@infocom co ug
Estates and Works Department
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: ( 256-41) 4540433
E-mail:ewd@mak ac ug
Makerere University Students Guild
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 4532493
Faculty of Science
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 4532401
E-mail:deans
Website: www makerere ac ug/science
4
Dean of Students
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 4532943
E-mail:dos@makdos mak ac ug
University Hospital
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 542922
E-mail:muhosp@ hospital mak ac ug
Directorate for Information and
Communication Technology Support (DICTS)
kAMPALA, UgANDA
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: (256-41)4531343
Email: helpme@dicts mak ac ug
Website: http://makerere ac ug/dicts
Faculty of Agriculture
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 4542277/4531152
E-mail:deanagric@ agric mak ac ug
Faculty of Arts
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 4542241
E-mail:deanarts@arts mak ac ug
Faculty of Social Sciences
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 4545040
E-mail:deanfss@mak ac ug
Institute of Statistics and Applied Economics
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 541558/540409
E-mail:isae@mak ac ug
Faculty of Computing and Information
Technology
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: (256-41)4540628
Mob: (256-71)4540928
Institute of Adult and Continuing Education
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: (256-41)531896/543251
E-mail: nuwa@avumuk ac ug
Makerere Inst of Social Research
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephoneƒ¼256-41) 554582
E-mail:diremisr@infocom co ug
College of Health Sciences
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: (256-41) 558731/557505
E-mail: sewankam@infocom co ug
www makerere ac ug/medicine
Faculty of Veterinary Medicine
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 545385/554685
E-mail:deanvet@vet mak ac ug
Website :www makerere ac ug/vetmed
East African School of Library
& Information Science
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: (256-41) 554342/531530
E-mail:easlis@mak ac ug
Faculty of Technology
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 545029
Website: www/makerere ac ug/techmuk
Makerere University Business School
P O Box 1337
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 4223859/4223860
Website:www mubs ac ug
Faculty of Economics and Management
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 532356
E-mail:muie@mak ac ug
5
Faculty of Law
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: (256-41) 532965/532954
E-mail:dean@law mak ac ug
Website: www makerere ac ug/law
Institute of Psychology
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 531908
E-mail:muip@mak ac ug
Margaret Trowel School of
Industrial and Fine Arts
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 531423
E-mail:fineart@imul com
Website: www makerere ac ug/sifa
Institute of Environment & Natural
Resources
P O Box 7062
Telephone:
kAMPALA, UgANDA
E-mail:muienr@muiernr mak ac ug
School of Education
P O Box 7062
Telephone: 4540733
kAMPALA, UgANDA
E-mail:deaneduc@edu mak ac ug
The School of Graduate Studies
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: 4530983
mupy@muspgs mak ac ug
http://www makerere ac ug/graduate
school
Faculty of Forestry and Nature
Conservation
P O Box 7062
Telephone: 4543647
E-mail:forest@mak ac ug
Faculty of Medicine Galloway House,
Mulago
P O Box 7062
Telephone: (256-41) 4533984 Ext 291
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Dag Hammarskjold
Postgraduate Hall
P O Box 7062
Telephone: (256-41) 4556062
Nsibirwa Hall
P O Box 16007
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: (256-41) 4556239
Mary Stuart Hall
P O Box 16018
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: (256-41) 534324
E-mail:mstuart@mak ac ug
CCE Complex Hall
P O Box 7062
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: (256-41) 556661
Nkrumah Hall
P O Box 16010
kAMPALA,UgANDA
Telephone: (256-41) 4556485
Africa Hall
P O Box 16320
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: (256-41)4554202/4532802
Mitchell Hall
P O Box 16005
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: (256-41) 4557496/4556983
MUARIK Hostel, Kabanyolo
P O Box 7062
kampala, Uganda
Tel: (256-41) 10/11 kasangati
Lumumba Hall
P O Box 16162
kampala, Uganda
Tel: (256-41) 4534324
Livingstone Hall
P O Box 16016
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Tel: (256-41) 4554426/4525520
University Hall
P O Box 16015
kAMPALA, UgANDA
Telephone: (256-41) 4556730
6
UNIVERSITY COUNCIL
The details, membership and functions are indicated in the Universities and other Tertiary
Institutions Act (2001) Article 38
COUNCIL COMMITTEES:
1 Finance Planning and Development Committee
2 Appointments Board Committee
3 Staff Tribunal Committee
4 Audit Committee
5 Students’ Welfare and Disciplinary Committee
6 ICT Committee
7 Estates and Works Committee
8 Security Committee
9 Board of Commercial Units
10 Retirement Benefits Committee
11 Health Services Committee
12 Establishment and Administration Committee
13 Staff Development Committee
JOINT COUNCIL-SENATE COMMITTEES
1 University Quality Assurance Committee
2
Honorary Awards Committee
3
Statutes Committee
Sub-Committees
1 Housing
2 Landscaping, Environment and Space Utilisation
THE SENATE
The details of membership and functions are reflected in the Universities and other Tertiary
Institutions Act (2001) Article 44
Senate has set up the following standing committees
1 Admissions Board
2 Examinations Committee
3 Academic Programmes and Library Committee
4 Board of graduate Studies
5 Board of Research and Publications
6 gender Mainstreaming Committee
7 Anti-Sexual Harassment Committee
Sub-Committees
1 Mature Age Committee ( A Sub Committee of the Examinations Committee)
2 Female Scholarship Initiative (A Sub-Committee of the gender Mainstreaming
Committee)
PRINCIPAL, DEANS/DIRECTORS OF FACULTIES/ INSTITUTES/SCHOOLS
PRINCIPAL
College of Health Science:
Prof N k Sewankambo, MBChB , M Med, MSc
DEANS
Faculty of Agriculture:
Prof S kyamanywa, Bsc (Agric), Mak) Ph D (Mak)
Faculty of Arts:
Assoc Prof H Sengendo BA , Dip Educ , M A , PhD
School of Education:
Dr C Masembe-Ssebbunga, BA/Ed , M Ed , M Phil , Ph D
Faculty of Forestry and Nature Conservation:
Dr g N Nabanoga , Bsc For, MSc , Ph D
School of Industrial and Fine Arts:
Dr g kyeyune, BA(FA), PgDE, (Mak), MA (F A) (Bardai) (Ph D student)
Faculty of Law:
Dr B k Twinomugisha; LL B ;LL M ; Dip L P ; Ph D
Faculty of Science:
Dr v A Ssembatya , Bsc , MSc Ph D
Faculty of Social Sciences:
Prof E k kirumira BA , MA , Ph D
Faculty of Technology:
Dr B Nawangwe B Arch, Msc Arch, PhD M U S A
Faculty of Veterinary Medicine:
Prof J D kabasa, BvM (Mak), MSc (Mak) Ph D (gottingen)
Faculty of Economics and Management
Prof J Ddumba-Sentamu, BA, MA , Ph D
Faculty of Computing and Information Technology
Prof v Baryamureeba Bsc, PgDE, MSc, Ph D
School of Public Health
Prof David Sserwadda, MBChB, M Med, MSc MPH
8
DIRECTORS
East African School of Library and Information Science:
Dr E Magara, BLIS, PgDCS, Msc Info Sc, Ph D
Makerere Institute of Social Research:
Dr Nakanyike B Musisi, BA, MA M Lit , Ph D
Institute of Adult and Continuing Education:
Dr J N Aguti, BA, Dip Ed, M Ed, Ph D
Institute of Statistics & Applied Economics
Dr J J Odwee, B Sc PgDEM, MSc Ph D
Institute of Psychology:
Prof J R Ikoja-Odongo, B A PgDL, M Phil , Ph D (Acting)
Makerere Institute of Environment and Natural Resources:
Prof F kansiime, B Sc , MSc , Ph D
School Graduate Studies
Prof E katunguka-Rwakishaya, BvM , MvM , Ph D
THE CENTRAL ADMINISTRATION
Office of the Vice-Chancellor
The Vice-Chancellor is responsible for the academic, administrative and financial affairs of
the University; and in the absence of the Chancellor, presides at ceremonial assemblies of the
University and confers degrees and other academic titles and distinctions of the University
He is also the direct link between the University and government, the public and the academic
institutions within and outside Uganda
Office of the First Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs)
The First Deputy vice Chancellor assists the vice-Chancellor in the performance of his/her
functions and is respon-sible for the academic affairs of the University In the absence of the viceChancellor, performs the functions of the vice-Chancellor He/she performs such other functions
that may be delegated to him or her by the vice-Chancellor or assigned by the University Council
Office of the Second Deputy Vice Chancellor (Administration and Finance)
The Deputy vice Chancellor (Administration and Finance) assists the vice-Chancellor in the
performance of his/her functions and oversees the finances and administration of the University He/
she is responsible for planning and development of the University Performs such other functions
that may be delegated to him/her by the vice-Chancellor or assigned by the University Council
Office of the University Secretary
The Office of the University Secretary is charged with the general administration of the University
including the custody of the seal and administration of its assets The University Secretary is also
the Secretary to the University Council and the accounting officer of the University
Department of Planning and Development
Broadly, the mandate of the Department is to provide technical support to the planning, monitoring
and evaluation of Strategic Institutional Development processes of the University
The Department has successfully revitalised systematic planning at the University The University
has so far suc-cessfully undergone two planning cycles and Academic and Administrative Units
have become Planning Centres
Office of the Academic Registrar
The Academic Registrar is responsible to the vice-Chancellor The Academic Registrar assists
the First Deputy vice Chancellor in the administration and organization of all academic matters
including admission, undergraduate studies, postgraduate studies, examinations, research and
publication He/she is always the Secretary to Senate and its committees The Office has six
divisions:
(i) Senate Division
(ii) Undergraduate Admissions & Records Division
(iii) Postgraduate Admissions & Records Division
(iv) Transcripts and Examinations Division
(v) Certificates Ceremonies and Career Guidance Division
(vi) gender Mainstreaming Division
The Academic Registrar also coordinates activities of the Convocation
University Librarian
The University Librarian is responsible for the development, control, management and coordination
of all library and information services of the University (see section on library)
Office of the Bursar
The Bursar is responsible for the financial administration of the University and shall maintain the
accounts in a form determined by the University Council The Bursar is also responsible to the
Vice-Chancellor through the University Secretary, who is the accounting officer
Office of the Dean of Students
The Dean of Students is responsible for the welfare of the students The Dean coordinates the
activities of all Halls of Residence and is responsible for the discipline of students in the University
Apart from the Halls of Residence each of which is governed by a Warden, there are also other
sections under the Dean’s Office These are:
(i) Sports and Recreation
(ii) Chapels and Mosque
(iii) The Students’ guild
(iii) The Counselling Centre
(iv) The Council of graduate Students
Convocation
This is an association of the graduates of the University and members of staff and such other
persons as the Univer-sity Council may authorize
The Convocation exercises such powers and performs such functions as may be conferred on it
by the statutes and in particular may meet and discuss any matter within the sphere of competence
of the University and transmit recommendations arising out of such discussions to the University
Council
STUDENT SERVICES AND INFORMATION
ACCOMMODATION AND WELFARE
The Dean of Students coordinates the activities of accommodation of students in the 12 Halls of
Residence and is responsible for the welfare and discipline of students in the University Apart
from the Halls of Residence each of which is governed by a Warden, there are also the following
sections under the Dean’s Office: Sports and Recreation, Chapels and the Mosque, Counseling and
the Students’ guild
UNIVERSITY RULES
These are contained in a separate booklet obtainable from the Office of the Dean of Students
ORIENTATION
First Year students (Freshers) are by tradition given an “acclimatization” period of normally one
week which is re-ferred to as the “Orientation Week” The Freshers report on Campus one week
earlier than the Continuing students and during this week they are introduced to the key facilities
in the University as well as other important aspects of life at the University A programme of
activities is always issued out and is expected to be strictly followed
During the week, arrangements will normally be made to enable the Freshers meet and be addressed
by such Key Officers as: the Academic Registrar, University Secretary, Dean of Students, Director
of the University Hospital, University Counsellor, Principal games Tutor, Bursar, University
Security Officer and the Deans/Directors of Fac-ulties /Institutes/Schools of the University This
is in addition to Wardens and student leaders who welcome the students
Arrangements will also normally be made to enable the Freshers acquaint themselves with such
key facilities at the University like: the Library, the University Hospital, games and Recreation
Facilities etc The Freshers are also expected to take advantage of the week to survey and acquaint
themselves with the general Campus lay out
Another major activity during the Orientation Week is Registration All Freshers must ensure
that they are registered first centrally and then with each of their respective Faculties/Schools/
Institutes
THE STUDENTS’ GUILD
This is a Students’ government elected annually by the entire students’ body The guild is headed
by a guild President who after election appoints a Cabinet The guild President is responsible to
the guild Representative Council which is the Legislative body of the guild
SPORTS AND RECREATION DEPARTMENT
The Department of Sports and Recreation offers welfare and sports skills services to the students
through a compre-hensive, dynamic and exciting Inter-Hall Sports Championships in various Men
and Women Sports namely:
Track and Field Athletics - Mini-Marathon
Badminton
- Basketball
Table Tennis
- Chess
Tennis
- Cross-country
volleyball - Football
Walking
- Hockey
Rugby - Netball (w)
Swimming
These competitions take place generally in the First Semester leaving the Second Semester free
for student choices and preparation for examinations There are Closed and Open Championships
organised by various clubs and ultimately University sports teams are raised out of these competitions
for National and International Competitions For example, a) East African Univer-sity games, b)
East, Central and Southern Africa University games, c) All Africa University games and d) World
University games
The Department has two main sections
(a) Sports and Games Union This is a student organisation responsible for running the day to
day student sports activities The Union is governed by a Council consisting of Sports Club
Executives, the Union Executive and the Teaching/Coaching Staff who are ex-officials
(b) The Executive Committee: This controls sports programmes and has the following elected
office bearers:
1 The Chairman
2 The general Secretary
3 The Second Financial Secretary (First Financial Secretary being the Head of
Department)
4 The Publicity Secretary
5 The Equipment Secretary
Halls Sports Secretaries and guild Representatives are members of the Executive The Department
also assists staff of the University who wish to participate in various sports activities by encouraging
them to form Clubs
MAKERERE UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL
Located near the University main gate on University Road, the Hospital is managed by a Director
who is assisted by an Administrative Assistant and a Senior Nursing Officer The Hospital comprises
various units which render differ-ent services to the University Community It has medical units
which are available to staff, both senior and junior, and to students It offers both curative and
preventive services The Dental unit offers extraction, scaling, polishing and filling-in services for
the teeth There is also a new and modern x-ray unit which deals with all x-ray diagnosis The
Laboratory concerns itself with examining samples of blood, stool and Urine The maternal Childhealth
and Family Planning Clinic deals with the immunization of children and students, dispenses
vaccines and contraceptives There is also a small dispensary which dispenses all essential drugs
for treatment of any ailments The University ambulance service is available 24 hours and so are
the nurses, on the ward in case of emergencies
The Hospital has a 22 bed in-patient ward and admissions to the ward are exclusively for students
only
COUNSELLING SERVICES
The Counseling Centre helps students who need assistance on guidance about their daily life
problems which might hamper their steady progress in the academic field or prevent them from
enjoying their life in general Such problems embrace the whole range of health (Medical and
psychiatric) problems, Socio-Economic, marital, sexual, academic, spiritual and other problems
The Centre is currently housed in the University Hospital premises
RELIGIOUS SERVICES
The University encourages participation in Religious activities and has two chapels and a mosque
Protestant believers attend St Francis Chapel while Catholics go to St Augustine The Moslems
go to the Mosque
THE UNIVERSITY IS A SECULAR INSTITUTION
All the University Programmes are conducted seven days a week, (i e from Monday to Sunday)
The University Community has students and members of staff from various religious backgrounds,
and hence the University may not re-schedule or cancel lectures and/or examinations to meet the
interest of a particular religious group Student are, therefore, urged to respond to the academic
work in the Faculty even if it takes place on the respective days of worship
OTHER SERVICES
There are many Canteens on Campus to cater for immediate students’ shopping needs Banking
and Postal Services are also available on Campus
TECHNOLOGY CONSULTS LIMITED
Introduction
Technology Consults Limited is the Consulting arm of the Faculty of Technology, Makerere
University The Con-sulting services have been organized along six divisions: Architecture,
Computer Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering and
Surveying This arrangement was necessary to enable focus on particular areas where talents can
be pooled for optimum performance Technology Consults is one of the Consul-tancy Units which
will operate under the umbrella of Makerere University Consultancy Bureau (MUCOBU) The
scope of key services offered by Technology Consults is presented below in six divisions:
Architecture Division
Computer Engineering Division
Civil Engineering Division
Electrical Engineering Division
Mechanical Engineering Division
Surveying Division
ACADEMIC FACILITIES
UNIVERSITY LIBRARY SERVICES
Makerere University Library Service is made up of the Main Library and seven branch libraries
Two of the branch Libraries is located off the main campus and these are; Sir Albert Cook Library
serving the Faculty of Medicine at Mulago Hill and one serving Makerere Institute of Agricultural
Research at kabanyolo
The five other branch libraries are located on the Main Campus serving the School of Education,
the Institute of Adult and Continuing Education, Faculty of veterinary Medicine, East African
School of Library and Information Science, and Makerere Institute of Social Research The Main
Library building which is centrally located on the Main Campus at Makerere Hill was completed
in 1959 It was extended twice in 1962 and 1972 to provide more study space and an environment
conducive to study It has a seating capacity of 1100 readers including 60 research carrels for
postgraduate students, staff and others engaged in research The branch libraries provide an
additional 500 seats
The stock of the whole library service is approximately 615,000 of which about 350,000 are
accessioned books, monographs, and pamphlets while bound periodicals, government documents,
publications from the international Organisations, manuscripts and serials constitute the rest Each
year around 4000 books are added to the collection to support teaching, learning and research at
the University With the exception of the Sir Albert Cook Library, all the other libraries use Dewey
decimal classification Albert Cook Library collection is arranged in a classified se-quence based
on US National Library of Medicine Classification Scheme The great majority of books are on
open shelves and are available for borrowing Periodicals, reference works, textbooks and special
collections are under closed access system and can only be used within the library 360 periodical
titles are currently on the standing or-der list of subscriptions The collections relating to Africa
especially East Africa, International Organisations, ar-chives, theses, and Uganda Newspapers are
particularly strong and comprehensive Makerere University Library Deposit Act 1958 empowers
the main library to receive a copy of every publication published in Uganda The “Uganda National
Bibliography” is produced on a regular basis
All students and staff have access to the library computing facilities which range from CD-ROM
Work Stations to E-Mail and Internet Service Photocopying and Bindery Services are also
available for students and other library users New students are required to attend introductory
tours of the libraries at the beginning of the academic year Seminars intended for specific groups
in the University are conducted every semester in the year and the library produces a wide range of
printed materials which provide detailed information about the library resources and the services
being offered Members of the University Community are eligible to use the library while all
other persons wishing to use the library must have their applications approved by the University
Librarian Staff on duty at the information desks are always ready to assist with any queries
A library guide as well as library rules and regulations are separately published and are available
from the University Librarian guides for each of the branch libraries are also available from their
respective Librarians
THE BOOK BANK SCHEME
Makerere University established a Book Bank Scheme in 1990 under which students would be
provided the basic course text books and other essential books This was in recognition of the fact
that most students could hardly afford to purchase many of the recommended books or even have
other means of accessing such books The University has currently about 182,000 copies of books
which are kept in Departmental Book Banks They are loaned to students in accordance with the
courses they are pursuing and the duration of each course
BOOK BANK REGULATIONS
1 Books purchased under the Book Bank Scheme are the property of Makerere University
2 Only students and academic staff of Makerere University are entitled to borrow books from
their respective departmental Book Banks
3 The duration of a loan of a book will be determined by the Head of Department but should
in no case exceed one academic year
4 A borrower must return a borrowed book within the prescribed loan period
5 With the exception of certain categories of books in the Book Bank, all books may be
borrowed from the Book Bank in the Departments A book shall be borrowed from the
Departmental Book Bank by filling in the Bor-rowing Form The date and borrower’s name
will be entered on Date Label The Book Card will be removed from the book pocket The
Book Card and Borrowing Form constitute the loan
6 A borrower is not allowed to make markings on the book or mutilate it in any manner
7 The borrower(s) remains responsible for the book as long as borrowing records in the
departments remain un-cancelled A Borrower is not authorised to loan a book to another
reader Borrowed books must be returned to be formally loaned by the Department
8 Only one reminder for an overdue book will be sent out by the Head of Department/
Representative Any book lost must be reported immediately
9 An overdue charge of Ug Shs 500/= per day calculated from the first day after the overdue
date be imposed in addition to an administrative charge of Ug Shs 2,000= for every book
kept beyond permitted time After 14 days from the overdue date, the book should be
presumed lost
10 A borrower who loses a book should be required to pay an administrative charge of Ug Shs
10,000= per book and the replacement cost based on the prevailing exchange rate
11 A borrower should not be allowed to withhold a borrowed book so that he/she could pay for
it Once a bor-rower has paid for a lost book and it is discovered in his/her possession, the
book should be confiscated and disciplinary action should be taken against such a person
12 A borrower who mutilates or defaces a book should be fined Ug Shs 10,000/= per book or
be asked to pay the replacement cost and a fine of Ug Shs 10,000/=, depending on the extent
of the damage
13 No more Book Bank books should be loaned to a defaulter until he/she has paid all the
fines
14 The examination results of a Book Bank defaulter will be withheld in the Department and/or
Fac-ulty/Institute/School until he/she has satisfied all the requirements of the Book Bank
System
15 A continuing student who is a Book Bank Defaulter should not be allowed to proceed to the
following semester until he/she satisfies the requirements of the Book Bank System
16 A final year student who is a Book Bank Defaulter has to satisfy all the requirements of the
Book Bank System within a period of one semester Thereafter his/her examination results
shall be declared null and void
BOOKSHOP
There is a Bookshop which serves the University Community Besides serving the University
Community the Book-shop also sells reading and writing materials to the general public at large
UNIVERSITY PRINTERY
Makerere University has a Printery which is one of its commercial units and has modern new
machinery installed to meet a variety of printing needs
DIRECTORATE FOR INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY
SUPPORT (DICTS)
Introduction
DICTS has been set up as a central ICT service unit to provide expert services and guidance to
all academic and administrative units of the University The vision of DICT is “University wide
access to, and utilisation of Information and communication Technology to enhance the position
of Makerere University as a centre of academic excellence and its contribution to the sustainable
development of society ”
Functions
Policy support advocacy
• Secretariat and administrative arm of the Council ICT Committee
• Day to day ICT Policy and Master Plan interpretation for users
• Offering ICT awareness workshops to user units to facilitate understanding of the benefits of
integrating ICT into all University function within the context of the ICT Policy and Master
Plan
• Recommending policy and policy objective adjustments to the ICT Steering Committee
ICT Master Plan Implementation
• Project formulation and sourcing of funds within the context of the ICT Master Plan
• Liaison with external development partners and ICT consultants
• Project planning and management support to the Project Committees set up for the various
projects under the ICT Master Plan
• Offering ICT planning, design, procurement, installation and maintenance guidance and
support to all user units This applies to both software and hardware
Management, Control and Maintenance of ICT Resources
• Ownership, management, control and maintenance of the University’s common ICT resources
These include the backbone and all backbone points of presence as well as the Network
Operations Centre (NOC) which in-corporates email and Internet/intranet services
• Management, control and maintenance of ICT resources owned by the units responsible for
the main systems and databases This includes centrally located servers (for databases and
software) for the Academic Records Information System, the Library Information System,
the Finance Information System and the Human Resource Information system
• Development, implementation and monitoring of access policy, security policy, and service
level agreements
• Web page design, posting and maintenance
Help Function
• Offering the help function to all user units This ranges from “How do I” questions in the
routine utilisation of computers and associated hardware or software, to the troubleshooting
of complex hardware or software prob-lems
• Maintaining and disseminating lists of frequently asked questions (FAQs) and answers
knowledge Centre
• Providing technology and application foresight for the University so that user units can
leverage technology to maximum advantage while minimising the risks of obsolescence
• Internet kiosks
Location and Contacts
DICTS is located at Flat B5, Lincoln Flats (Opposite the guild Canteen, before the Senate Building)
The other op-erational offices are located on the ground floor of the Faculty of Computing and
Information Technology building Contacts for DICTS is at http://www makerere ac ug/dicts
SCHEDULE OF SEMESTERS
1 2006/2007 SEMESTER DATES
Continuation Semester One: Saturday 6th January 2007 to Saturday
10th February 2007 (5 weeks)
Semester One vacation: Saturday 10th February, 2007 to Friday
23rd February, 2007 (2 weeks)
Semester Two: Saturday 24th February, 2007 to Saturday
23rd June 2007 (17 weeks)
Recess Term: Saturday 23rd June, 2007 to Saturday 18th
August, 2007 (8 weeks)
2 2007/2008 SEMESTER DATES
Orientation Week::
Saturday 11th August, 2007 to Friday 17th
August, 2007 (7 days)
Semester One: Saturday 18th August, 2007 to Saturday 15th
December, 2007 (17 weeks)
Semester One vacation: Saturday 15th December, 2007 to 1st February, 2008
Semester Two: Saturday 2nd February, 2008 to Saturday 31st May, 2008
(17 weeks)
Semester Two vacation: Saturday 31st May, 2008 to Saturday 16th August, 2008
Recess Term: Saturday 31st May, 2008 to Saturday 9th
August, 2008 (10 weeks)
58th graduation:
Monday 28th January to 1st February , 2008
3 2008/2009 SEMESTER DATES
Orientation Week: Saturday 16th August, 2008 to Friday 22nd August, 2008 (7 days)
Semester One: Saturday 23rd August, 2008 to Saturday 20th
December, 2008 (17 weeks)
Semester One vacation: Saturday 20th December, 2008 to 31st January, 2009
Semester Two: Saturday 31st January, 2009 to Saturday 30th
May, 2009 (17 weeks)
Semester Two vacation: Saturday 30th May, 2009 to Saturday 22nd August, 2009
Recess Term: Saturday 30th May, 2009 to Saturday 8th August, 2009
(10 weeks)
59th graduation: Monday 19th to Friday,23rd January, 2009
4 2009/2010 SEMESTER DATES
Orientation Week: Saturday 15th August, 2009 to Friday 21st
August, 2009 (7 days)
Semester One: Saturday 22nd August, 2009 to Saturday 19th
December, 2009 (17 weeks)
Semester One vacation: Saturday19th December, 2009 to 30th January, 2010
Semester Two: Saturday 30th January, 2010 to Saturday 29th
May, 2010 (17 weeks)
Semester Two vacation: Saturday 29th May, 2010 to Saturday 22nd August, 2009
Recess Term: Saturday 29th May, 2010 to Saturday 7th
August, 2010 (10 weeks)
60th graduation: Monday 17th to Friday,21st January, 2010
UNIVERSITIES AND OTHER TERTIARY INSTITUTIONS ACT, 2001
(AS AMENDMENDED IN, 2003 AND AS AMENDMENDED IN, 2006)
ENACTED BY THE PARLIAMENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF UGANDA AS ACT 7
An Act to provide for the establishment of the National Council for Higher Education, its
functions and administration and to streamline the establishment, administration and standards
of Universities and other institutions of Higher Education in Uganda and to provide for other
related matters
DATE OF ASSENT: 28th March, 2001
Date of Commencement: 6th April, 2001
DIVISION ONE PRELIMINARY PROVISION
PART I - SHORT TITLE, INTERPRETATION AND OBJECTIVES OF THE ACT
Short Title
1 This Act may be cited as the Universities and Other Tertiary Institutions Act, 2001
Interpretation
2 In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires “accreditation” means public acceptance
and confirmation evidenced by the grant of a charter that a University meets the requirements
and standards of academic excellence set by the National Council;
“Affiliated Tertiary Institution or College” means a Tertiary Institution or College established
as such under section 71 or 111 of this Act;
“Certificate of Classification” means a Certificate issued by the National Council at the
registration of a Tertiary Institution;
“Chancellor” means a person appointed as such by the President under section 30 of this
Act;
“Charter” means a charter granted by the President under this Act as evidence that the
University meets the requirements and standards of academic excellence set by the National
Council;
“Classification” means the grouping of tertiary institutions according to the type of Higher
Education or Programmes being provided or offered by the institution
“Constituent College” means a college established or declared as such under section 29 or
111 of this Act;
“Course of Study” means the structure for a certificate, diploma, degree or other academic
qualification and the subjects of study in the course;
“Governing Council” means the governing Council of any Other Degree Awarding
Institution established under section 82A of the governing Council of a Tertiary Institution
established under section 77 of this Act”
“Letter of Interim Authority” means the authorization referred to in section 95A and issued
by the National Council to the promoter of a private University to enable the promoter
mobilize resources for the further development of the proposed university
“Minister” means the Minister responsible for education;
“National Council” means the National Council for Higher Education established under
section 4;
19
“Other Degree Institution” means any public or private institution or centre of higher
education other than a University, one of the objects of which is the provision of post
secondary education offering courses of study leading to the award of certificates, diplomas
and degrees and conducting research and publishing the results of the research ”
“Operate a University or Tertiary Institution” includes conducting courses or programmes
of study by any method of delivery, whether residential or distance, electronic or print,
satellite or similar form of transmission of information
“Person” includes any individual, firm, company, association, or body of persons, whether
incorporated or not;
“Private University” means a University registered under this Act the proprietor of which is
a person, firm or organisation other than Government and basically maintained out of funds
other than public funds;
“Promoter of private University” means a person intending or proposing to establish and
operate a private University in Uganda
“Provisional Licence” means a licence issued to a University or Tertiary Institution allowing
it to function under the observation of the National Council to assess its prospects for
accreditation or classification;
“Public University” means a University established by the Minister with the approval of
Parliament under section 22 and maintained out of public funds;
“Tertiary Institution” means any Public or Private Institution, School or centre of Higher
Education other than a University, one of the objects of which is to provide post-secondary
education offering courses of study leading to the award of certificates or diplomas and
conducting research and publish;
“University” means any Institution, School, Institute or centre of Higher Education, other
than a Tertiary Institution, one of the objects of which is the provision of post-secondary
education offering courses of study leading to the award of certificates, diplomas and degrees
and conducting research and publish;
“Vice Chancellor” means the person appointed under section 31 of this Act who is responsible
for the academic, administrative and financial affairs of the University
“Visitor” means the President of Uganda as is provided under section 26 of this Act
Objectives of the Act
3 The objects of this Act are to establish and develop a system governing institutions of higher
education in order to equate qualifications of the same or similar courses offered by different
institutions of higher education while at the same time respecting the autonomy and academic
freedom of the Institutions and to widen the accessibility of high quality standard institutions
to students wishing to pursue higher education courses by:
(a) regulating and guiding the establishment and management of those institutions;
(b) equating the same professional or other qualifications as well as the award of degrees,
diplomas, certificates and other awards by the different institutions
DIVISION TWO – THE NATIONAL COUNCIL FOR HIGHER EDUCATION
PART II – ESTABLISHMENT OF THE NATIONAL COUNCIL FOR HIGHER
EDUCATION
Establishment of a National Council
4 (1) There is hereby established a council to be known as the National Council for Higher
Education
(2) The National Council shall be a body corporate with perpetual succession and a
common seal and may sue or be sued in its corporate name
20
(3) The seal of the National Council shall be
(a) kept under the custody of the Executive Director;
(b) such device as the National Council may determine and the affixing of the seal
shall be authenticated by the signatures of the Chairperson and the Executive
Director or a person acting in any of the two offices
(4) Every document purporting to be an instrument executed or issued by the National
Council and sealed with the seal of the National Council, authenticated in the manner
provided under sub-section (3), shall be received in evidence and be deemed to be such
instrument without further proof unless the contrary is proved
Functions of the National Council
5 The functions of the National Council shall be
(a) to implement the objects of this Act;
(b) to promote and develop the processing and dissemination of information on higher
education for the benefit of the people;
(c) to advise the Minister on the establishment and accreditation of public and private
institutions of Higher Education;
(d) to receive, consider and process applications for :i) The establishment and accreditations of Private Tertiary Institutions, private
Other Degree Awarding Institutions and Private Universities and
ii) The accreditation of the academic and professional programmes of those
institutions in consultation with Professional Associations and regulatory
Bodies,”
(e) to register all institutions of Higher Education established under this Act;
(f) to receive and investigate complaints relating to institutions of Higher Education and
take appropriate action;
(g) to monitor, evaluate and regulate institutions of Higher Education
(h) in co-operation with the relevant government departments, private sector, or the
different institutions of Higher Education, to evaluate the overall national manpower
requirement and recommend solutions to the requirements;
(i) to ensure minimum standards for courses of study and the equating of degrees,
diplomas and certificates awarded by the different public and private institutions of
Higher Education;
(j) to require and ensure that all universities, whether private or public, adhere to minimum
criteria set by the National Council for admission to under-graduate and higher degree
programmes ”
(j) to set and co-ordinate national standards for admission of students to the different
institutions of Higher Education;
(k) to determine the equivalence of all types of academic and professional qualifications of
degrees, diplomas and certificates obtained elsewhere with those awarded by Uganda
institutions of Higher Education for recognition in Uganda;
(l) to certify that an institution of Higher Education has adequate and accessible physical
structures and staff for the courses to be offered by it;
(m) to promote national interests in courses of study and professional qualification among
the different types of institutions of Higher Education;
(n) to ensure that adequate facilities and opportunities for carrier guidance and counselling
are provided by the institutions of Higher Education;
(o) to collect, examine and publish information relating to the different institutions of
Higher Education;
(p) to generally advise the government on policy and other matters relating to institutions
of Higher Education;
21
(q) to perform any other function incidental to the objects of this Act or relating to higher
education in Uganda or that may be conferred upon it by the Minister or any other law
Powers of the National Council
6 The National Council shall have the powers to do all such things and acts that are necessary
for, or incidental to the objects of this Act and without prejudice to the generality of the
foregoing, may
(a) acquire, hold, charge, alienate and dispose of property both movable and immovable;
(b) lease, or take on lease any land together with any improvements on the land;
(c) carry out any improvement upon any land held by it;
(d) derive capital or income from property held by it;
(e) raise or borrow money in such manner and upon such security as it may from time to
time determine;
(f) invest any monies not immediately required in any investment or project;
(g) make regulations in respect of minimum requirements for admission of persons in the
different types of institutions of Higher Education;
(h) mobilise funds and resources for institutions of Higher Education activities;
(i) delegate any of its powers and functions, other than the approval of estimates or any
powers required by this Act to be exercised by resolution of the National Council, to
any member, officer or committee of the National Council as it may deem necessary;
(j) Subject to any law in force at the time, enter into any legal contract with any publisher
for the publication of materials written by the National Council
6A Minister to issue policy directions
The Minister may issue directives of a policy nature to all institutions of higher
education, whether public or private, and the institutions shall give effect to those
directives,”
PART III-COMPOSITION OF THE NATIONAL COUNCIL AND TENURE OF OFFICE
Composition of the National Council
7 (1) The National Councils shall consist of –
(a) a Chairperson of the National Council;
(b) a vice Chairperson of the National Council;
(c) one representative of the vice Chancellors of public Universities elected from
among themselves;
(d) one representative of the vice Chancellors of private Universities elected from
among themselves;
(e) one representative of Private Universities Senates elected from among
themselves;
(f) two students one representing University students and one representing tertiary
institutions students and one of whom shall be a female;
(g) four members of religious non degree awarding institutions appointed by the
Minister;
(h) three representatives one each from commerce, industry and agricultural
sectors;
(i) four persons representing other sectors of higher education, at least one of whom
shall be a woman, and one person with disability appointed by the Minister;
(j) the Officer in charge of higher education or his or her representative, from the
Ministry responsible for education;
(k) the Executive Director; and
(l) one person from the public appointed by the National Council
22
(2) The National Council shall recommend two members from among themselves from
whom the President shall appoint the Chairperson of the National Council
(3) The National Council shall elect a vice-Chairperson from among them
(4) Except for the ex-officio members, all members of the National Council shall hold
office for a period of five years from the date of appointment and shall be eligible for
reappointment for one more term
Disqualification of Members
8 A person shall not be appointed a member of the National Council who is(a) an undischarged bankrupt or has made any arrangement with his or her creditors;
(b) incapacitated by mental or physical illness that renders him or her incapable of
performing the functions of the office
Vacation of office of the National Council
9 The office of a member of the National Council shall fall vacant if
(a) a member resigns office by writing under his or her hand addressed to the Executive
Director;
(b) the member is disqualified from membership in accordance with section 8;
(c) a member is continuously and persistently unable to discharge the functions of the
office;
(d) a member is convicted of an offence involving moral turpitude;
(e) a member dies
(2) Where a vacancy occurs the Executive Director shall notify the authority which
appointed the member vacating office within one month and the authority shall appoint
another person in that member’s place
Meetings of the National Council
10 (1) The National Council shall meet for the discharge of its functions at least once in three
months
(2) The Chairperson shall preside at all meetings of the National Council unless he or she
is absent from a particular meeting in which case the vice-Chairperson shall preside
(3) In the event of the absence of the Chairperson and the vice-Chairperson from a meeting
of the National Council, the members present shall elect one of the members present at
that particular meeting to preside
(4) The National Council shall meet at least four times in each year, but the Chairperson
may, and upon application in writing by at least one third of all the members, shall
convene a special meeting of the National Council within fourteen days
(5) The quorum for transaction of the business of the National Council shall be thirteen
members
(6) All questions at a meeting of the Council shall be determined by a majority of the votes
of the members present and voting and in case of equality of votes the Chairperson
shall have a casting vote
(7) The Chairperson shall, in case of equality of votes, have a casting vote in addition to
his or her deliberative vote
(8) The National Council shall cause minutes of all proceedings of meetings of the National
Council to be entered in a minute book kept for that purpose
(9) Subject to this Act, the National Council shall regulate its own procedure
23
Remuneration of Members
11 The Chairperson and other members of the National Council shall be remunerated on terms
that the National Council with the approval of the Minister may provide
Minister’s power to give guidance
12 (1) The Minister may after consultation with the National Council give the National
Council guidance on policy matters as may be appropriate
(2) The guidelines referred to in subsection (1) shall be in writing
PART IV – STAFF OF THE NATIONAL COUNCIL
Executive Director
13 (1) There shall be an Executive Director who shall be appointed by the Minister on the
recommendation of the National Council on terms and conditions that may be specified
in the instrument of appointment
(2) The Executive Director shall hold office for a period of five years and shall be eligible
for re-appointment
(3) The Executive Director shall be the chief executive officer of the National Council and
shall be responsible for the day to day operations of the National Council
(4) Subject to the provisions of this Act and the general supervision and control of the
National Council, the Executive Director shall
(a) be responsible for the management of the funds, property and business of the
National Council;
(b) be the accounting officer of the National Council;
(c) be responsible for the administration and control of the staff of the National
Council; and
(d) be in custody of the seal of the National Council
(5) The Executive Director shall in addition to being a member, be the Secretary to the
National Council and as such shall keep all records of the National Council
Deputy Executive Director
14 (1) The National Council may appoint a Deputy Executive Director on the terms and
conditions that the National Council may determine
(2) The Deputy Executive Director shall deputise for the Executive Director and perform
the functions of the Executive Director in the absence of the Executive Director and
such other duties as the Executive Director or the National Council may direct
Other Staff
15 The National Council shall have such other officers and employees as may be appointed by
the National Council and the officers and employees shall hold office on terms and conditions
that the National Council may determine
24
PART V – FINANCIAL PROVISIONS OF THE NATIONAL COUNCIL
Funds of the National Council
16 (1) The funds for the National Council shall consist of
(a) money appropriated to the National Council by Parliament from time to time;
(b) grants, gifts and donations to the National Council;
(c) fees and other moneys paid for services rendered by the National Council;
(d) moneys that may, in any manner become payable to, or vested in the National
Council in pursuance of the provisions of this Act or in relation or incidental to
the carrying out of its functions
(2) The National Council shall operate a bank account in a bank determined by the
National Council and the account shall be operated in a manner decided by the National
Council
Financial Year of National Council
17 The financial year of the National Council shall be the twelve months beginning from the 1 st
day of July and ending on the 30th day of June
Estimates of National Council
18 (1) The National Council shall within three months before the end of each national
financial year, prepare and submit to the Minister for his or her approval, estimates of
income and expenditure of the National council for the next ensuing year and may, at
any time before the end of a financial year, prepare and submit to the Minister for his
or her approval, any supplementary estimates
(2) No expenditure shall be made out of the Fund of the National Council unless that
expenditure is part of the expenditure approved by the National Council under
estimates for the financial year in which that expenditure is to be made or in estimates
supplementary to that year’s estimates
Accounts and Audit of National Council
19 (1) The National Council shall keep proper books of accounts and shall prepare the annual
financial statements of accounts for the immediate preceding financial year not later
than three months in the following year
(2) The annual accounts of the National Council shall be audited by the Auditor general
or an auditor appointed by him or her
(3) The National Council shall, within three months after the end of each financial year
submit –
(a) to the Minister an annual report in respect of that year containing
(i) financial statements;
(ii) a report on the operations of the National Council
(iii) any other information that the Minister may prior to the completion of the
annual report or as otherwise supplementary thereto, direct in writing;
(b) to the Auditor general
the accounts of the National Council for the financial year; and
the annual report referred to in paragraph (a), who shall audit the accounts of
the National Council within two months after the receipt of them and submit
his or her opinion on the accounts and the annual report to the Minister and the
National Council
25
(4) The Minister shall cause copies of the annual report together with a copy of the audited
accounts to be laid before Parliament at the first available opportunity after receipt of
them, but not later than the next sitting of Parliament after the date on which the Minister
receives the annual report and the audited accounts
PART VI – OTHER PROVISIONS RELATING TO THE NATIONAL COUNCIL
Committees of the National Council
20 (1) For the better carrying out of its functions, the National Council may, appoint such
committees composed of its members, as it may consider necessary for a specific
purpose and period
(2) A committee appointed under subsection(1) shall deliberate on any matter assigned to
it by the National Council and make findings and recommendations to the Council
(3) The Chairperson of a committee under this section shall be appointed by the National
Council
Rules of the National Council
21 The National Council shall with the approval of the Minister, make rules consistent with the
provisions of this Act regulating the conduct of the business of the National Council and,
without derogating from the generality of the foregoing, regulate the following matters
(a) recruitment and terms and conditions of service of National Council employees,
including pensions and other retirement benefits;
(b) disciplinary control of officers and employees of the National Council;
(c) any other provisions that may be required for the better functioning of the National
Council
DIVISION THREE – PUBLIC UNIVERSITIES
PART VII-ESTABLISHMENT OF A PUBLIC UNIVERSITY
Establishment of a Public University
22 (1) The Minister may by statutory instrument, on the recommendation of the National
Council and by resolution of Parliament, establish a Public University
(2) The National Council shall within thirty days of the publication of the statutory
instrument in the Gazette register the Public University established under subsection
(1)
(3) The National Council shall ensure that the University Council for the University
established under subsection (1) is constituted within six months of establishing the
University
University to be a body Corporate
23 (1) A University established under section 22 shall be a body corporate with perpetual
succession and a common seal and may sue or be sued in its corporate name and
subject to this Act, may do all such things as bodies corporate may lawfully do
(2) The seal of a Public University shall be such devise as may be determined by the
University Council, and the affixing of the seal shall be authenticated by the signatures
of the vice-Chancellor and the University Secretary
26
(3) Any document purporting to be a document executed or issued under the seal of a
University authenticated as aforesaid, shall be received in evidence and shall, unless
the contrary is proved, be deemed to be duly executed
(4) Notwithstanding subsection (3), for the purposes of degrees, diplomas, certificates and
other awards of a Public University the seal of the University shall be authenticated by
the signatures of the vice-Chancellor and the Academic Registrar of the University
Objects and Functions of a Public University
24 (1) The objects and functions of a Public University shall be those set out in the instrument
establishing the University
(2) In addition to any functions that may be set out under subsection (1) the functions of a
University shall include
(a) the provision of higher education, promotion of research and advancement of
learning; and
(b) dissemination of knowledge and giving opportunity of acquiring higher education
to all persons including persons with disabilities wishing to do so regardless of
race, political opinion, colour, creed, or sex;
(c) the provision of accessible physical facilities to the users of the Public
University
Location of a Public University
25 The location of a Public University established under this Act shall be as may be provided
in the instrument establishing it; however that University may, with the prior approval of
the National Council, establish a branch or a campus of the University in any other part of
Uganda
Visitor of Public University
26 (1) The President shall be the visitor of each Public University
(2) The visitor shall perform an overall supervisory role over the affairs of each Public
University
(3) The visitor shall, as often as circumstances may require, in respect of any of the affairs
of a Public University –
(a) conduct a visitation of the Public University; or
(b) direct the Chancellor of a Public University that a visitation be conducted by a
person or persons that the visitor may appoint
(3A) Nothing contained in subsections (1), (2) and (3) shall be construed as preventing
the National Council from inspecting and conducting visitations to any Public
University ”
(4) The Chancellor and vice Chancellor of a Public University shall –
(a) make available to the visitor or any person or persons conducting a visitation
all such facilities and assistance that may be required for the purposes of the
visitation; and
(b) give effect to any instructions given by the visitor or any person or persons
conducting visitation which are consistent with this Act
27
(5) Any person or persons conducting a visitation under instructions of the visitor shall
make a written report of the visitation to the visitor and the visitor shall transmit the
report to the Chancellor with or without any recommendations or suggestions
Membership of Public University
27 (1) The members of a Public University shall be –
(a) the Chancellor;
(b) the Chairperson of the University Council;
(c) members of the University Council;
(d) the vice-Chancellor;
(e) the Deputy vice-Chancellors;
(f) members of the University Senate;
(g) professors and lecturers of the Public University;
(h) the University Secretary, Librarian and Bursar;
(i) the Academic Registrar of the University;
(j) the Dean of Students;
(k) the Students of the University;
(l) members of the Convocation; and
(m) such other members of the staff of the University or of any body formally
admitted into association with the University as the University Council may,
from time to time determine
Admission to a Public University
28 (1) Admission to a Public University shall be open to all qualified citizens of Uganda and
without discrimination
(2) It shall be lawful for the Public University to admit to the University any person
qualified for admission who is not a citizen of Uganda
(3) The Admission Committee of a Public University shall take into consideration
affirmative action in favour of marginalised groups on the basis of gender, disability
and disadvantaged schools
(4) The Admission Committee of a Public University shall take into consideration for
admission, persons with special talents in sports, music and other social activities for
their enhancement
Constituent Colleges of Public Universities
29 (1) The National Council may, after consultation with the relevant institution and with the
approval of the University Council and the Senate of a Public University, by statutory
order –
(a) establish any college or institution as a constituent college of
that Public University
(b) declared any Public Tertiary Institution as a constituent college of that Public
University
(2) Where the National Council establishes or declares a college or Public Tertiary
Institution to be a constituent college of a University(a) the Chancellor of that University shall appoint a Principal on the recommendation
of the University Council from three candidates recommended by the Senate of
the University;
(b) the Chancellor shall appoint a Deputy Principal on the recommendation of the
University Senate with the approval of the University Council;
28
(c) subject to subsection (4), the Appointments Board of the University shall appoint
members of the academic and administrative staff and other employees of the
college in accordance with the provisions of this Act;
(d) the governing Council of the former Public Tertiary Institutions shall function
and have such responsibility relating to constituent colleges of that University
(3) For the avoidance of doubt a Public Tertiary Institution declared to be a constituent
college under paragraph (b) of subsection (1) shall cease to be a body corporate and
all rights, assets and liabilities of the governing Council of that institution shall vest
in the University Council to which it is a constituent college to the same extent and for
the same estate or interest as they were previously vested in the governing Council and
shall be held and enjoyed in trust and for the benefit of that constituent college
(4) All continuing students of an institution declared to be a constituent college of a
University shall transfer to the constituent college for their studies without any further
assurance and all subsequent recruitment of students, to, and the conduct of courses of
study in the College shall be made in accordance with procedures and standards set by
the University
(5) For any other matter relating to constituent colleges which is not provided for under
this Act, general regulations made by the National Council in that behalf shall apply
together with any statutes made by the relevant University relating to its constituent
colleges
PART VIII – OFFICERS OF A PUBLIC UNIVERSITY
Chancellor of a Public University
30 (1) There shall be a Chancellor for each Public University who shall be appointed by the
President on the recommendation of the University Council
(2) The Chancellor shall hold office for a period of four years but shall be eligible for reappointment
for one more term
(3) The Chancellor shall be the titular head of the University and as such shall preside at
all ceremonial assemblies of the University and, in the name of that University, confer
degrees and other academic titles and distinctions of that University
(4) The Chancellor shall, at any time, on the direction of the visitor, cause a visitation of
the University to be conducted by a person or persons and for the purposes specified in
the directive
Vice Chancellor of Public University
31 (1) There shall be a vice-Chancellor for each Public University who shall
(a) be responsible for the academic, administrative and financial affairs of the
University; and
(b) in the absence of the Chancellor, preside at ceremonial assemblies of the
University and confer degrees and other academic titles and distinctions of the
University
(2) The vice Chancellor shall be appointed by the Chancellor on the recommendation of
the University Council from among three candidates recommended by the Senate
29
(3) A search committee composed of two members from the University Council and three
members from the University Senate shall identify suitable candidates for the post
of vice Chancellor and forward them to the Senate to nominate three candidates for
recommendation to the University Council
(4) The vice-Chancellor shall be appointed on terms and conditions determined by the
University Council for five years and shall be eligible for re-appointment for one more
term
32 (1) Each Public University shall have not more than three Deputy vice Chancellors who
shall be appointed by the Chancellor on the recommendation of the University Senate
with the approval of the University Council
(2) A Deputy Vice-Chancellor shall hold office for a period of five years and shall be
eligible for re-appointment for one more term
(3) The First Deputy vice-Chancellor shall
(a) assist the vice-Chancellor in the performance of his or her functions and in that
regard be responsible for the Academic affairs of the University;
(b) In the absence of the vice-Chancellor perform the functions of viceChancellor;
(c) perform such other functions that may be delegated to him or her by the vice
Chancellor or assigned by the University Council
(4) The Second Deputy vice-Chancellor shall
(a) Assist the vice-Chancellor in the performance of his or her functions and in that
regard shall oversee the Finances and administration of the University;
(b) Be responsible for the planning and development of the University;
(c) Perform such other functions that may be delegated to him or her by the viceChancellor or assigned by the University Council
“(3) The National Council shall ensure that the University Council for the University
established under subsection (1) is constituted within six months of establishing
the University ”
University Secretary
33 (1) There shall be a University Secretary for each Public University who shall be appointed
by the University Council on the recommendation of the Appointments Board of that
University on terms and conditions that the University Council may determine
(2) The University Secretary shall be responsible for the general administration of the
University, including the custody of the seal and administration of its assets
(3) The University Secretary shall be
(a) the Secretary to the University Council; and
(b) the accounting officer of the University
(4) The University Secretary shall be responsible to the vice-Chancellor
Academic Registrar
34 (1) There shall be an Academic Registrar for each Public University appointed by the
University Council, on the recommendation of the Appointments Board, on such terms
and conditions as the University Council may determine
30
(2) The Academic Registrar shall be responsible to the vice-Chancellor
(3) The Academic Registrar shall assist the first Deputy Vice-Chancellor in the administration
and organisation of all academic matters including admission, undergraduate studies,
postgraduate studies, examinations, research and publication
University Librarian
35 (1) There shall be a University Librarian for each Public University who shall be appointed
by the University Council on the recommendation of the Appointments Board on terms
and conditions that the University Council may determine
(2) The University Librarian shall be responsible for the development, control, management
and co-ordination of all library and information services of the University
(3) The University Librarian shall be responsible to the vice-Chancellor
University Bursar
36 (1) There shall be a University Bursar for each Public University who shall be appointed
by the University Council on the recommendation of the Appointments Board on such
terms and conditions that the University Council may determine
(2) The University Bursar shall be responsible for the financial administration and
planning of the University and shall maintain the accounts in a form determined by the
University Council
(3) The University Bursar shall be responsible to the vice-Chancellor through the
University Secretary, who is the accounting officer
The Dean of Students
37 (1) There shall be a Dean of Students for each Public University who shall be appointed by
the University Council on the recommendation of the Appointments Board on terms
and conditions that the University Council may determine
(2) The Dean of Students shall be responsible for the welfare of the students
(3) The Dean of Students shall be responsible to the vice-Chancellor
PART IX - THE PUBLIC UNIVERSITY ORGANS
THE UNIVERSITY COUNCIL
University Council for Public University
38 (1) There shall be a University Council for every Public University consisting of the
following members
(a) the Chairperson of the University Council;
(b) the vice-Chairperson of the University Council;
(c) the vice-Chancellor of the Public University;
(d) the Deputy vice-Chancellors;
31
(e) a representative of a sector relevant to the University depending on its objectives
and mission, appointed by the relevant body in that sector;
(f) one member of the District Council elected by the District Council in whose
jurisdiction the Public University is situated;
(g) a member of the Convocation elected by the Convocation;
(h) two members of the University Senate elected by the Senate;
(i) two members of the Academic Staff elected by the Academic Staff Association
of the Public University;
(j) a senior member of Administrative Staff elected by the Senior Administrative
Staff;
(k) a member of the National Union of Education Institutions; Support Staff elected
by the branch in that University;
(l) two students of the University, one of whom shall be a woman appointed by the
Students Union;
(m) three members appointed by the Minister from the public;
(n) three members appointed by the University Council from the public;
(o) a representative of the Ministry responsible for finance;
(p) a representative of the Ministry responsible for higher education
(q) two representatives of the constituent colleges, schools and institutes elected by
the Chairpersons of the governing councils from among themselves;
(r ) two representatives of persons with disabilities, one elected by the members of
staff who are persons with disabilities and another by National Organisations of
persons with disabilities ”
(2) Members appointed under paragraphs (m) and (n) shall be appointed from different
public sectors, including Farmers, Industry, Commerce and other professions
(3) All elected and appointed members other than the representative of the students shall
hold office for four years and shall be eligible for re-election
(4) The students’ representatives on the University Council shall hold office for one year
and shall be eligible for re-election so long as they are students of the University
(5) The office of a member of the University Council shall become vacant
(a) upon death;
(b) Upon ceasing to be a representative of the particular office or body by virtue of
which that person became a member of the University Council;
(c) Upon resignation of a member; or
(d) Upon being adjudged Bankrupt or of unsound mind
(6) The University Council may discharge its functions and exercise its powers not
withstanding any vacancy in its membership
Chairperson and Vice-Chairperson of the University Council
39 (1) The University Council shall elect a Chairperson and a vice-chairperson from among
the members of the Council who are not members of staff or students of the University,
persons employed by the Public Service or a member of the District Council or
Parliament
(2) The Chairperson and Vice-chairperson shall hold office for a period of four years and
shall be eligible for re-election for one more term
32
(3) Whenever the office of Chairperson is vacant or the Chairperson is absent for any
cause the vice-Chairperson shall discharge the functions of the Chairperson and in the
absence of both the Chairperson and vice-Chairperson such other member elected
by the University Council, not being an employee or student of the University, Public
Service employee or member of the District Council or Parliament, shall discharge the
functions of the Chairperson
(4) The Chairperson of a University Council in consultation with the vice - Chancellor
shall keep the Chancellor fully informed about the general conduct of the affairs of the
University and shall furnish the Chancellor with such information as he or she may
require on any particular matter relating to the affairs of the University
Functions of the University Council
40 (1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, the University Council shall be the supreme organ
of the Public University and as such shall be responsible for the overall administration
of the objects and functions of the University
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1), the University Council shall
(a) Be responsible for the direction of the administrative, financial and academic
affairs of the University
(b) Formulate the general policy of the Public University;
(c) give general guidelines to the administration and academic staff of the University
on matters relating to the operations of the University;
(d) Do any other thing and take all necessary decisions conductive to the fulfillment
of the objects and functions of the University
Powers of the University Council
41 The University Council shall, in relation to its functions
(a) represent the University in all legal suits by and against the Public University;
(b) receive gifts, donations, grants or other moneys and make disbursements as may be
required, on behalf of the University;
(c) fix scales of fees and boarding charges;
(d) make statutes under this Act;
(e) establish faculties, departments, boards and courses of study and approve proposals for
the creation or establishment of constituent colleges;
(f) provide for the welfare and discipline of the students;
(g) approve the University budget proposals and the final accounts submitted by the
management;
(h) approve the appointment of Deans and Deputy Deans of faculties
Meetings of a University Council
42 (1) A University Council shall meet at times and at places that it may determine for the
transaction of its business but not less than three times in each calendar year
(2) The Chairperson may at any time call a meeting of the University Council and shall
call a meeting if requested in writing by at least one third of all the members of the
University Council
(3) Half of the members of the University Council, at least five of whom shall not be
employees or students of the University, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of
the University Council
33
(4) Any matter for decision by a University Council shall be determined by a majority of
the members of the University Council present and voting; and in the case of an equality
of votes, the person presiding at the meeting shall have a casting vote in addition to
his or her deliberative vote but at any meeting where the Chairperson is being elected
or where an annual budget is being approved the decision shall be determined by a
majority of two thirds of the members
(5) The validity of the proceedings, act or decision of a University Council shall not be
affected by any vacancy in the membership of the University Council or by any defect
in the appointment of any member or by reason that any person not entitled to do so
took part in the proceedings
(6) Members of the University Council shall be paid such allowances as the Council may
determine, taking into account other allowances in the public sector
(7) Subject to the provisions of this Act, a University Council may regulate its own
procedure, and the procedure of any of its committees
Committees of a University Council
43 (1) The University Council may
(a) appoint Committees and Boards consisting of such number of its members and
other persons as it may deem necessary;
(b) appoint one of the members of a Committee to be the Chairperson of that
Committee;
(c) co-opt any person on any Committee of the University Council
(2) A University Council may, subject to limitations that the Council may deem fit, delegate
any of its functions to any Committee appointed under subsection (1), but the Council
shall not delegate the power to approve the budget or the final accounts of the Public
University
(3) The University Council may authorize any of its Committees to act with any other
Committee appointed by the University Senate
(4) The Chairperson of the University Council shall be an ex-officio member of every
Committee of the University Council and where no specific Chairperson is appointed
for a Committee the Chairperson of the University Council shall be the Chairperson of
that Committee
(5) In the absence of a Chairperson of a Committee, the members present and constituting
a quorum shall elect a temporary Chairperson from among themselves
THE UNIVERSITY SENATE AND OTHER ACADEMIC BODIES
University Senate
44 (1) There shall be a Senate for each Public University whose maximum number of
members shall be determined by the University Council from time to time, but the exofficio
members shall not be reduced
(2) The Senate shall consist of the following members
(a) vice-Chancellor;
(b) the Deputy vice Chancellors;
(c) Deans and Directors of faculties or schools as may be established within the
University;
34
(d) two representatives of the Principals of constituent colleges, schools or
institutes ”
(e) such number of professors and associate professors of the University that the
University Council may determine which shall include at least one professor or
associate professor from each faculty or school of the University elected by the
academic staff of the faculty or school;
(f) the University Librarian, Bursar, Dean of Students and Secretary;
(g) such number of the Non-Academic Staff that the University Council may
determine to be elected by the Non-Academic Staff;
(h) two students of the University to be elected by the students in accordance with
the Students Union Procedure;
(i) three persons who are capable of contributing to the academic and social
development of the University appointed by the Minister from the public
(3) Appointed members of the University Senate shall hold office for a period of three
years and shall be eligible for reappointment
(4) The vice-Chancellor shall be the Chairperson of the Senate and shall preside at all
meetings of the Senate at which he or she is present and in the absence of the viceChancellor one of the Deputy vice-Chancellors shall preside
(5) The Academic Registrar of the University shall be the Secretary to the Senate
Functions and Powers of the Senate
45 (1) Subject to the provisions of this Act the Senate shall be responsible for the organization,
control and direction of the academic matters of the University and as such the Senate
shall be in charge of the teaching, research and the general standards of education and
research and their assessment in the University
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1) the Senate shall
(a) initiate the academic policy of the University and advise the University Council
on the required facilities to implement the policy;
(b) direct and regulate the instruction programme and the structure of any degree,
diploma or certificate course within the University;
(c) advise the University Council regarding the eligibility and qualifications of
persons for admission to courses leading to the award of degree, diploma,
certificate or other award of the University;
(d) make regulations regarding the content and academic standard of any course of
study in respect of a degree, diploma, or certificate or other wards
(e) make regulations regarding the standard of proficiency to be attained in each
examination for a degree diploma, certificate or other award by the University
(f) decide which persons have reached the standard of proficiency and are fit for the
award of any degree, diploma, certificate or other awards of the University
(g) advise the University Council on the promotion, coordination, control and
general direction of research in the University
(h) consider and report to the University Council on any matter relating to, or in
connection with the academic work of the University
(3) The Senate may deprive any person of a degree, diploma, certificate or other award of
a Public University if after due inquiry it is found that the award was obtained through
fraud or dishonourable or scandalous conduct
35
(4) A person deprived of an award under subsection (3) may appeal to the University
Council against the decision of the Senate
(5) The Senate may delegate any of its powers or functions to a faculty, school, board of
studies or Committee as the Senate may consider fit
Procedure of the Senate
46 (1) The Senate shall meet for the discharge of its functions and exercise of its powers at
least three times in an academic year at a time and place that the Senate may decide or
as the Vice-Chancellor may require
(2) The quorum at a meeting of Senate shall be one third of the members of the Senate
(3) Subject to this section the Senate may regulate its own procedure
Honorary Degree
47 The Senate may award honorary degrees to persons who have excelled in any sector of life
as it may deem fit on the recommendation of an Honorary Degrees Committee established
jointly by the Senate and the University Council
Board of Faculties, Institutes and Colleges
48 (1) Each faculty, institute, college or other academic body shall have a Board consisting of
the following –
(a) the Dean or Director who shall be the Chairperson;
(b) the Deputy Dean or Director;
(c) heads of departments within the faculty, institute, college or other body;
(d) such number of students in the faculty as the Senate may prescribe representing
a variety of the courses of study in the faculty
(e) such other persons as the Senate may decide;
(f) a representative of the teaching staff
(2) The Board of a faculty, institute, college or other academic body shall recommend for
adoption by the Senate in relation to the faculty, proposals –
(a) regulating the attendance of students, the system of courses and lectures and the
admission of students in the faculty;
(b) on the methodology and curricula to be followed taking into account the policy
guidelines given by the University Council;
(c) regulating the procedure and dates of examinations;
(d) relating to the promotion of teaching, research and writing of papers in the
faculty, institute, college or other academic body
(3) The Board under this section shall meet at least once every month for the discharge of
its functions and a meeting shall be held on the request of the Dean or Director or the
Deputy Dean or Director at a time and place determined by the Dean or Director
(4) A decision of the Board of a Faculty, Institute, College or any other academic body on
any matter shall be by a majority of the members present and voting and in the case of
equality the person presiding shall have a second or casting vote
(5) The Board may, with the approval of the Senate, determine its own procedure
Department of Faculties etc
49 (1) Each faculty, institute, college or other academic body shall have departments for the
various courses of study covered by the Faculty, Institute, College or other body as the
University Council on the recommendation of the Senate may determine
(2) Each Department shall have a Board composed of the academic staff of the
Department
(3) The board of a department may, with the approval of the Board of the Faculty, Institute,
College or other body determines its own procedure
(4) Each department shall, subject to the direction of the Senate and the Faculty, Institute,
College or other academic body
(a) deal with its own academic and administrative matters;
(b) propose study plans and academic decisions to the Dean or Director for
approval;
(c) assign its members to particular curricula courses, lectures, seminars and
workshops
PART X – STAFF OF A PUBLIC UNIVERSITY
Appointments Board
50 (1) There shall be a Committee of the University Council to be known as the Appointments
Board
(2) The Appointment Board shall consist of nine members appointed under section 43
(3) The Appointments Board shall, except where provided otherwise under this Act, be
responsible to the University Council for the appointment, promotion, removal from
service and discipline of all officers and staff of the academic and administrative
service of the University, as may be determined by the University Council
(4) The Appointments Board may in the discharge of its functions invite any person to
give technical advice in any meeting of the Board
Staff of a Public University
51 (1) There shall be three categories of staff in a Public University, namely, the academic
staff, the administrative staff and support staff
(2) The academic staff shall consist of
(a) Deans of Faculties or Schools;
(b) The Directors of Institutes, College or other academic bodies;
(c) Professors, Associate Professors, Senior Lecturers, lecturers and Assistant
Lecturers appointed on a full-time basis for teaching and research;
(d) University Librarian and other library staff designated as academic members of
staff; and
(e) Such other persons as the University Council may designate, academic members
of staff
(3) The administrative staff shall consist of persons employed by the University, other
than academic staff, holding administrative, professional or technical senior posts
established by the University Council for the efficient management and running of the
University
37
(4) The support staff shall consist of persons employed by the University who are not
members of the academic staff or the administrative staff
Appointment of Staff
52 (1) Subject to the provisions of this Act, academic staff, administrative staff and support
staff shall be appointed by the Appointments Board on terms and conditions that may
be determined by the University Council in respect of each category of staff
(2) All members of staff shall be subject to the general authority of, and responsible to the
University Council and the vice-Chancellor through the immediate relevant authority
and, except where it is otherwise provided, be deemed to be on full-time service
Deans and Directors
53 (1) A Dean or Director of a Faculty, Institute, College or other academic body shall be
elected by its academic staff from among its senior members of the academic staff in
accordance with the procedures proposed by the Senate and approved by the University
Council
(2) In the case of a Faculty, Institute, College or other academic body being established
for the first time the Vice-Chancellor shall appoint the Dean or Director who shall hold
office for a period of two years after which the Dean or Director shall be appointed
under subsection (1)
(3) Subject to subsection (2) a Dean or Director shall hold office for a period of four years
and shall be eligible for re-election for one more consecutive term
(4) The Dean or Director shall be responsible for the general supervision and administration
for the affairs of the faculty, institute, college or other academic body and as such shall
be responsible for the promotion and maintenance of efficient teaching and research in
the relevant body
(5) The faculty, institute, college or other academic body may, by a two thirds majority
of its members, recommend to the vice-Chancellor to forward to the Appointments
Board the removal from the office of the Dean or Director
Heads of Departments
54 (1) The Head of Department in each Faculty, Institute, College or other academic body
shall be elected by the academic staff of the department concerned and recommend to
the Appointments Board for appointment;
(2) In the case of a Department in the process of being established the vice Chancellor shall
appoint an acting Head of that Department to hold office for a period of one year after
which the Head of Department shall be elected under subsection (1)
(3) the minimum requirement for election to the post of Head of Department shall be the
rank of Senior Lecturer
(4) The Head of Department shall hold office for four years and shall be eligible for reelection
for one more consecutive term
(5) Two-thirds of the academic members of a Department may make a recommendation to
the vice Chancellor to be forwarded to the Appointments Board, to remove the Head
of Department from office
Removal of Officers and Employees from Office
55 (1) If two thirds of the University Council are satisfied that the Vice-Chancellor or a
Deputy Vice-Chancellor should be removed from office on the grounds of misconduct
or inability to perform the functions of the Office of the Vice Chancellor or Deputy
vice Chancellor, the University Council shall
(a) give notice in writing to the vice Chancellor or Deputy vice Chancellor
concerned and
b) on the recommendation of the University Appointments Board, recommend to
the Chancellor that the vice Chancellor or Deputy vice Chancellor should be
removed from office ”
(2) If the vice-Chancellor, a Dean, the University Librarian, a Director or Head of
Department has reasonable grounds for believing that a member of the academic staff,
other than the vice Chancellor or Deputy vice-Chancellor, for whom he or she has
direct responsibility should be removed from office or employment on the grounds of
misconduct or failure to perform the functions of the office he or she shall, following
consultation with and the agreement of the vice Chancellor or a Deputy vice Chancellor
or such other person nominated for the purpose by the vice Chancellor
(a) give that person notice in writing including grounds for the removal and the
member of staff concerned shall respond in writing;
(b) in writing, suspend the member in question from office or employment pending
investigations;
(c) refer the matter to the University Appointments Board; and
(d) request the Secretary of the University Appointments Board to make arrangement
for the member to appear before the University Staff Tribunal with respect to the
matter
University Staff Tribunal
56 (1) There shall be a University Staff Tribunal consisting;
(a) a person who is or is qualified to be a High Court Judge, appointed by the
Chancellor, who shall be the Chairperson;
(b) a person representing the University Council elected from among themselves;
(c) a person representing the Senate elected from among themselves;
(d) a person nominated by the Ministry of Public Service and appointed by the viceChancellor;
(e) two persons nominated by the Academic Staff Association of the University one
of whom shall be a woman;
(f) two persons form the senior members of the administrative staff elected from
among them
(2) The term of office of a member of the University Staff Tribunal shall be four years and
he or she shall be eligible for re-appointment
(3) The University Staff Tribunal may require any senior member of staff of the University
to assist it in the assessment of any particular case
(4) The University Secretary shall provide the secretariat to the University Staff Tribunal
(5) The University Staff Tribunal and Appointments Board shall complete their work
within a period of six months from the date from which the suspension of a member of
staff takes effect
Appeal against decision of Appointments Board
57 (1) A member of staff may appeal to the University Staff tribunal against a decision of the
Appointments Board within fourteen days after being notified of the decision
(2) In any appeal under subsection (1), the Tribunal shall within forty five days confirm,
vary, amend or set aside the decision appealed against or give such decision as it thinks
appropriate
(3) A member of staff aggrieved by the decision of the Tribunal under subsection (2) may
within thirty days from the date he or she is notified of the Tribunal’s decision apply to
the High Court for judicial review
(4) On an application to the High Court under this section, the High Court may make such
orders as it may consider just
(5) Where a member of staff has been removed from office or employment by the
Appointments Board he or she shall be deemed to be suspended until the expiry of the
period allowed for appeal, at which date the removal shall become effective, or, where
an appeal has been lodged in time, the suspension shall remain in force until the court
determines the appeal
PART XI – FINANCIAL PROVISION FOR PUBLIC UNIVERSITIES
Management of Property of a Public University
58 (1) All the funds, assets and property movable and immovable of a Public University shall be managed and utilized by
the University Council in accordance with this Act in such a manner and for such purposes as shall promote the best
interest of the University
(2) A University Council may dispose of the immovable poverty of a University
Functions of Public University
59 (1) A Public University may get funding from the following;
(a) grants or contributions from Central government as may be appropriated by Parliament;
(b) voluntary contributions from the District Council within which the Public University is situated;
(c) grants, contributions, loans and donations acceptable to the University Council
(d) University fees
(e) any other money that may become payable to the Public University in the discharge of its functions
(2) A District Council or any other local government may provide financial contribution
or assistance to a Public University within its area of jurisdiction for the purpose of
improving facilities for higher education within its area of jurisdiction
(3) The Public University shall not be obliged to accept any grant or donation for a
particular purpose unless it approves the purpose and the conditions of the grant or
donation
(4) All moneys of a Public University shall be deposited to the credit of a bank approved
by the University Council and shall not be withdrawn except in accordance with the
manner provided by the University Council
40
(5) A University Council of Public University may, after approval of the Minister invest
any of the funds of the University in securities or on deposit at such banks as it may
determine
Borrowing Powers of Public University
60 (1) The University Council may, subject to subsection (3), borrow funds required for
meeting its obligations and for carrying out its functions
(2) The University Council may borrow temporarily, by way of overdraft of otherwise,
sums of money to be paid within a short period for any urgent requirements in the
discharge of its functions
(3) The Minister responsible for finance in consultation with the Minister responsible for
education may, from time to time, prescribe the maximum sum that may be borrowed
in respect of the different votes of expenditure of the Public University
Financial Year of Public University
61 The financial year of a Public University shall be the period of twelve months beginning on
the 1st day of July, in each year and ending on the 30th day of June, in the year following
Estimates of a University
62 (1) The University Council shall, within a period of three months before the end of each financial year, make and
submit to the Minister for approval, estimates of the income and expenditure of the Public University for the next ensuing
year
(2) The annual estimates shall include all the income and expenditure of the Public
University for that financial year and in particular shall include;
(a) the payment of all salaries, allowances and other charges in respect of the staff;
(b) the payment of all pensions, gratuities and other charges regarding retirement
benefits payable out of the funds of the University;
(c) charges for the maintenance of the buildings and other assets of the University,
including the repair and replacement of equipment and other movable property
of the University;
(d) the creation of reserve funds for future or contingent liabilities in respect of
retiring benefits, insurance or replacement of buildings or equipment, or such
other matters as the University Council may deem fit
(3) No expenditure shall be made out of the funds of the Public University unless the
expenditure has been approved by Parliament under the estimates for the year in which
such expenditure is to be made or in any other estimates supplementary to it
Accounts of a University
63 (1) The University Council shall keep or cause to be kept books of all income and
expenditure and proper records in relation to them
(2) The University Council shall cause to be prepared at the end of each financial year, a
balance sheet and a statement of income and expenditure during the financial year
41
Audit for a University
64 (1) The accounts of a Public University shall, in respect of each financial year, be subject
to audit by the Auditor-general or an auditor appointed by him or her
(2) The University Council shall ensure that within three months from the end of each
financial year, a statement of accounts is prepared and submitted to the Auditor-General
for auditing
(3) The Auditor-general or an auditor appointed by him or her shall be entitled to have
access to all books of accounts, vouchers and other financial records of the Public
University and to require such information and explanation on them as may be
necessary
(4) The Auditor-general shall audit and deliver to the University Council a copy of the
audited accounts together with a report on accounts not later than three months from
the date of receipt of the final accounts by the Auditor General
(5) The University Council shall, within one month from receipt of the audited accounts
and the Auditor general’s report on them, deliver copies to the National Council and
the Minister who shall deliver copies to Cabinet and Parliament
(6) The fee for any auditor not being in the employment of the Government shall be fixed
and paid by the University Council with the approval of the Minister
PART XII – GENERAL PROVISIONS RELATING TO PUBLIC UNIVERSITIES
Contracts by Public University
65 (1) Contracts on behalf of a Public University shall be made in the following manner
(a) a contract which if made between private persons would be by law required to be
in writing and if made according to any law for the time being in force in Uganda
is required to be under seal, may be made on behalf of the University under the
common seal of the University;
(b) a contract which if made between private persons, would be by law required to
be made in writing, signed by the parties to be charged therewith, may be made
on behalf of the University in writing, signed by any person acting under its
authority, express or implied;
(c) a contract which, if made between private persons, would be by law valid
although made by panel only and not reduced into writing, may be made by
panel on behalf of the University by any person acting under its authority
(2) A contract made according to and under subsection (1) shall be effectual in law and
shall bind the University and its successors and all other parties to the contract
(3) A contract made in accordance with this section may be varied or discharged in the
same manner in which it is authorized to be made in this section
Service of Documents on University
66 Any document may be served on the University by leaving it at the University Secretary’s
Office or sending it by registered post or by electronic means to the University Secretary
Annual Report by University
67 The University Council shall, within three months after the end of each calendar year, send
to the Minister a report on the University activities for that year and the extent to which the
objectives of the University are met and the Minister shall lay the report before Cabinet and
Parliament
Staff Association
68 (1) Each Public University may have an Academic Staff Association and Administrative
Staff Association and a Supporting Staff Association
(2) All members of academic and administrative and supporting staff shall be eligible to be
members of their respective association consequent upon their appointment and taking
up their duties
(3) The Staff Association shall be organised by the staff whose categories are stipulated in
this Act
Students Association
69 (1) There may be a students association in each Public University, by whatever name
called, which shall be constituted in accordance with statutes made for that purpose by
the University Council except that
(a) the governance of the Students Association shall be guided by a Constitution
drawn by the Student body of the University which shall be in conformity with
the statutes of the University;
(b) all the students shall be eligible to become members of the Students’ Association
upon admission to and registration at the University
Convocation
70 (1) There shall be a Convocation of the University which shall consist of the graduates of
the University and members of staff and such other persons as the University Council
may authorise
(2) The Convocation shall exercise such powers and perform such functions as may be
conferred on it by the statutes and in particular may meet and discuss any matter within
the sphere of competence of the University and transmit recommendations arising out
of such discussions to the University Council
Affiliation of Tertiary Institution to a Public University
71 (1) A tertiary institution may, for the purpose of promoting its academic programmes, and
with the approval of the National Council, affiliate with a Public University if
(a) the institutional standards governing the performance, operations and conduct of
the institution are acceptable to the University Council of the Public University
(b) its institutional standards conform to the standards set by the National Council
for Higher Education
(2) An affiliated College, School or Tertiary Institution shall remain a Tertiary Institution
under this Act and as such, for all intents and purposes shall (a) retain its status, administration and organisational structure as they were before
affiliation; and
(b) be independent of the University to which it is affiliated and only depend on the
University to the extent agreed upon; in conformity with this Act, regulations
43
made there under and Statutes made and guidelines issued by the University
relating to institutions affiliated to it
(3) A College, School or Tertiary Institution affiliated to a University shall, as may be
agreed in relation to awards, conduct courses leading to awards of certificates, diplomas
or degrees of that University under standards provided under this Act and Statutes
made and guidelines issued by the University and shall in connection with the relevant
awards, jointly conduct examinations leading to those awards
University Statutes
72 A Public University Council may make statutes not inconsistent with this Act for the better
carrying out of its functions and, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, may
provide for
(a) the description of the degrees, diploma, certificates and other awards of the Public
University;
(b) Requirements for the awards of degrees, diplomas, certificates and other awards;
(c) The description and requirements for award of honorary degrees;
(d) the conduct of examinations;
(e) University fees;
(f) Procedure for appointment of staff, the terms and conditions of service including
discipline, salary and retirement benefits of members of all categories of staff;
(g) Membership, functions and privileges of committees and boards established under this
Act or by the University Council;
(h) The academic organisation of the University including admission to the University,
courses of study, duration and number of academic terms;
(i) The grant of scholarship, bursaries and other grants, if any, and their revocation;
(j) Anything that is required to be prescribed under this Act or which needs to be provided
for
Repeal and Saving of Acts, 32 of 1970, Statute No 6 of 1991, Statute No 14 of 1992
73 (1) The Makerere University Act, 1970, the Mbarara University of Science and Technology
Statute 1989, the Uganda Management Institute Statute, 1992, and the Institute of
Teacher Education Kyambogo Statute, 1993, are repealed
(2) Notwithstanding subsection (1) any regulations and statutes made under the Act or
Statutes repealed shall remain in force until revoked under this Act or until replaced by
new ones made under this Act
(3) Notwithstanding subsection (1) any acts, appointments or programmes made or started
under the Acts or Statutes repealed shall continue into existence as if they were made
under this law or until they expire
Vesting of Assets and Liabilities
74 (1) All assets and property which were vested in the University Councils or other governing
Council established under the repealed Act or Statutes shall, on the commencement
of this Act respectively vest in the relevant University Council or other governing
Council established under this Act without any further appropriation
(2) All liabilities, court actions or contract incurred or enforceable by or against the
University Councils and Other governing Councils established under the repealed Act
and Statutes shall, from the commencement of this Act be enforceable by or against the
respective University Councils and “Other governing Councils established under this
Act
(3) All employees and staff of Makerere University or Mbarara University of Science and
Technology or the Uganda Management Institute or the Institute of Teacher Education
kyambogo shall be deemed to have been engaged under this Act and shall continue in
office until removed under this Act
(4) All students of Makerere University and Mbarara University of Science and Technology
and the Uganda Management Institute and the Institute of Teacher Education kyambogo
who were admitted to those Universities and Institutions under the repealed Act or
Statutes respectively shall continue to be students of their respective Universities and
Institutions under this Act
DIVISION FOUR-PUBLIC INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER EDUCATION OTHER
THAN UNIVERSITIES
PART XIII-ESTABLISHMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF PUBLIC TERTIARY INSTITUTIONS
Establishment of Public Tertiary Institution
75 (1) The National Council shall, from time to time formulate a Development Plan for
the expansion of Public Tertiary Institutions consistent with the National Plan for
Economic and Social Development of the country
(2) The Minister shall, on the advice of the National Council, by statutory instrument
establish a Public Tertiary Institution in any place in Uganda
(3) An instrument made under subsection (2) shall be laid before Parliament
(4) The Minister may on the recommendation of the National Council, and with the
approval of Parliament upgrade a Tertiary Institution to a Public University
Functions of a Public Tertiary Institution
76 The functions of a Public Tertiary Institution shall be
(a) To provide full-time or part-time courses of study and training in such fields of applied
learning and research as the Minister may specify in the instrument establishing the
institution;
(b) To arrange and organise conferences, seminars, workshops and study groups in its
fields of operations;
(c) To perform such other functions as may be directed by the Minister on the advice of
the National Council in the promotion of higher education
Governing Council
77 (1) There shall be established for each Public Tertiary Institution a governing Council
which shall be a body corporate with perpetual succession and a common seal and
may sue or be sued in its name
(2) The governing Council shall consist of
(a) a Chairperson;
(b) one person representing a public University to which the institution is affiliated
45
(c) two persons having made personal contributions to the development of
agriculture, industry, technology, education or commerce in Uganda, one of
whom shall be a woman;
(d) a representative of the relevant professional body to the Tertiary Institution;
(e) a representative of the District Council in which the Tertiary Institution is
situated;
(f) the Principal and Deputy Principal of the Tertiary Institution;
(g) a representative of the Ministry responsible for Higher Education;
(h) a representative of the Ministry responsible for the field of study undertaken by
the Tertiary Institution;
(i) two representatives of the academic staff of the Institution one of whom shall be
a woman;
(j) a representative of the non-teaching staff of the Tertiary Institution;
(k) three representatives of the Student’s Association one of whom shall be a
woman;
(l) a representative of the alumni of the Tertiary Institution
(3) The Principal shall be the Secretary to the governing Council
(4) The Chairperson of the governing Council shall be appointed by the Minister from
three names forwarded by the Council from among them
(5) A member of the governing Council other than the Principal and Deputy Principal
shall hold office for a period of three years if he or she still represents the relevant
sector for which he or she was appointed and shall be eligible for re-appointment
(6) A member of the governing Council may be paid allowances that may be determined
by the governing Council with the approval of the Permanent Secretary
(7) A member of the Governing Council may resign the office by writing under his or her
hand addressed to the Permanent Secretary
(8) Where a vacancy occurs in the membership of the governing Council the Permanent
Secretary may appoint another person in that place who shall hold office for the
remaining period of the person vacating office
(9) Any vacancy on the governing Council shall not affect the proceeding of the governing
Council in which a quorum is realised or any decision made in that proceeding
Functions and Powers of Council
78 (1) The governing Council shall be the governing body of the Public Tertiary Institution
and shall exercise the general management of the affairs of the Tertiary Institution and
exercise general control of the property of the institution
(2) A Governing Council may acquire and hold movable or immovable property as may
be necessary for carrying into effect the provisions of this Act and may sell, lease,
mortgage or dispose of any property
Meetings of Council
79 (1) The governing Council shall meet at least once in three months for the discharge of its
functions
46
(2) The Chairperson shall preside at all meetings of the governing Council and in the
absence of the chairperson the members present shall elect one of their number to
preside
(3) Subject to the provisions of this section the governing Council shall regulate its own
procedure
Committees of the Council
80 (1) The Governing Council may appoint such committees for the efficient functioning of the
governing Council as it may deem necessary, and without prejudice to the generality
of the foregoing, the governing Council shall have the following committees
(a) the Appointments Committee;
(b) the Student’s Affairs Committee;
© the Planning and Development Committee; and
(d) the Finance Committee
(2) The governing Council may delegate any of its functions or powers to any
committee
(3) The governing Council shall prescribe the powers, duties and procedure and other
terms and conditions of service of the committees appointed under this section
(4) Any committee shall include among others, representatives of the Academic Staff
Association, the Students Association and the non-teaching Staff Association
Academic Board
81 (1) There shall be an Academic Board for each Public Tertiary Institution which shall
consist of
(a) the Principal, who shall be the chairperson;
(b) the Deputy Principal who shall be the vice chairperson;
(c) the heads of departments in each faculty;
(d) at least two members elected by the Academic Staff Association;
(e) such other members as the Academic Board may decide
(2) The Registrar shall be the Secretary of the Academic Board but shall not vote on any
matter at any meeting of the Academic Board
(3) The Academic Board shall, subject to the provisions of this Act have the following
powers and duties
(a) to satisfy itself regarding the content and academic standard of any course
of study in respect of any award of the Tertiary Institution and report to the
governing Council;
(b) to initiate proposals relating to the conduct of the institution generally, and to
discuss any matter relating to the institution and to make submission to the
governing Council;
(c) to propose regulations to be made by the governing Council regarding the
eligibility of persons for admission to any course of study provided by or under
the supervision of the institution;
(d) to propose regulations to be made by the governing Council regarding the
standard of proficiency to be gained in each examination for any award;
(e) to decide which persons have reached the standard of proficiency referred to in
paragraph (d) and fit for any award;
(f) to initiate, prepare, evaluate and submit academic programmes for the
institution
Meetings of Academic Board
82 (1) Unless the Academic Board otherwise determines and subject to the provisions of this
Act, meetings of the Academic Board shall be held at least once in three months at
such place and time as the chairperson of the Academic Board may appoint
(2) The chairperson of the Academic Board may at any time call a meeting of the
Academic Board and shall call a meeting within ten days of receipt of a requisition
for that purpose addressed to him or her and signed by half of all the members of the
Academic Board
(3) Every question before the Academic Board shall be decided by a simple majority of the
members present and in case of an equality of votes the person presiding shall have a
casting vote
(4) Subject to this Act the Academic Board may regulate its own procedure
PART XIIIA – ESTABLISHMENT & MANAGEMENT OF OTHER DEGREE AWARDING
INSTITUTIONS
82A Establishment of Other Degree Awarding Institutions
1) The Minister may, by statutory instrument, on the recommendation of the National
Council and by resolution of Parliament, establish any Other Degree Awarding
Institution as a public Tertiary Institution
2) The National Council shall, within thirty days of the publication of the statutory in the
gazette, register any Other Degree Awarding Institution established under subsection
(1) ”
82B Other Degree Awarding Institution to be a body corporate
Any Other Degree Awarding Institution established under section 82A shall be a body
corporate with perpetual succession and a common seal and may sue and be sued in its
corporate name and, subject to this Act, may do all such things as bodies corporate may
lawfully do
82C Other provisions relating to Other Degree Awarding Institutions
The provisions of the principal Act specified in the schedule is to this Act shall apply to any
Other Degree Awarding Institution established under this Act, subject to such modifications
qualifications, reservations and other changes as the Minister may, on the recommendations
of the National Council, by statutory instrument specify
82D Application to establish a Private Other Degree Awarding Institution
1) A person, firm or orgnisation proposing to establish and operate a Private Other
Awarding Institution or a post-secondary institution proposing to constitute itself into
a Private Other Degree Awarding Institution shall in a prescribed form, make an
application to the National Council for Higher Education for a provisional license to
establish and operate an Other Degree Awarding Institution
2) An application made under subsection (1) shall be accompanied by –
a) the proposed name, physical location and academic character of the University
b) the aim and objective for which the University is to be established
c) the detailed financial base of the proposed University
d) the form of governance through which the academic and administrative affairs of
the University are to be conducted
e) an outline of the academic programmes intended to be conducted by the
University
f) the academic facilities including library services and property equipment
proposed for the academic programme:
g) existing or proposed human resource including academic and senior administrative
staff
h) Existing or proposed physical infrastructure
i) Financial control and administration
j) the timetable indicating the steps to be taken for three years after establishment
of the University towards the realization of the objects of the University
3) The National Council shall, on receipt of the application under this section organize a
meeting or series of meetings with the applicant to verify the resources and information
given with the application
4) A detailed report of the findings of the National Council under subsection (3) shall be
submitted to the Minister
82E Provisional Licence for Private Other Degree Awarding Institution
On being satisfied thata)
the resources declared are available or are likely to be established
b) The applicant is following realistic plans to achieve the objects of the Private Other
Degree Awarding Institution
c) The Private Other Degree Awarding Institution is likely to attain and maintain the
academic standards set by the National Council; and
d) The establishment of the Private Other Degree Awarding Institution is in the interest of
the public in relation to higher education
The National Council may issue a provisional Licence to the applicant to establish and
operate a Private Other Degree Awarding Institution according to the resources and
information attached to the application
2) The National Council shall publish the name and particulars of a Private Other Degree
Awarding Institution issued with a provisional Licence in the gazette
3) A provisional Licence shall be valid for at least three years from the date of publication
of the Private Other Degree Awarding Institution in the gazette, within which period
the National Council shall be monitoring the University to establish its viability for
accreditation
82F Application of other provisions to an Other Degree Awarding Institution
The provisions of this Act relating to Private Universities shall apply to a Private Other
Degree Awarding Institution subject to such modifications qualifications, reservations and
other changes as may be determined by the National Council by legal notice ”
PART XIV-OFFICERS AND STAFF OF A PUBLIC TERTIARY INSTITUTION
Principal of a Public Tertiary Institution
83 (1) Each Public Tertiary Institution shall have a principal and deputy principal who shall
be appointed by the Education Service Commission on terms and conditions that the
Commission may determine
49
(2) The principal shall be the chief academic and administrative officer as well as the
accounting officer of the Public Tertiary Institution
(3) The Principal shall hold office for a period of five years and shall be eligible for
reappointment
Secretary, Registrar and Bursar
84 (1) There shall be a Secretary to each Public Tertiary Institution who shall be responsible
for the day to day administration of the institution and shall perform such other
functions as the governing Council or the Principal may assign
(2) There shall be a Registrar who shall be Secretary to the Academic Board and its
Committees
(3) There shall be a Bursar for each Public Tertiary Institution who shall be responsible to
the Principal
Appointment of of other Officers
85 The Secretary, Registrar, the Bursar, and other senior administrative officers and the academic
staff shall be appointed by the Education Service Commission on the recommendation of the
Appointments Committee through the governing Council
Appointment of other Staff
86 (1) The Chairperson of the governing Council shall be the Chairperson of the Appointments
Committee
(2) Subject to section 85 the Academic Staff, the Administrative Staff and any other
employees shall be appointed by the Appointments Committee
(3) All members of staff and employees shall be responsible to the Principal through the
proper administrative channels
Disciplinary Procedure
87 (1) The governing Council may, in consultation with the Education Service Commission
make regulations for the discipline of staff and other employees of the Tertiary
Institution, as well as the students of the Institution as it may deem fit
(2) The Principal may, in case of misconduct by a member of staff, which in the opinion
of the Principal, is prejudicial to the interests of the Tertiary Institution, suspend
the member and any such suspension shall forthwith be reported to the governing
Council
(3) The Appointments Committee shall in consultation with the governing Council
institute an investigating sub-committee to investigate a member of staff who has been
suspended and accused of gross misconduct or inefficiency and report within twenty
one days after its institution; and if the Committee, after considering the report of the
investigating sub-committee, is satisfied that the person in question should be removed,
the Committee may so recommend to the Education Service Commission
(4) Any member of staff may be suspended from office by the Appointments Committee
for good cause which shall include
50
(a) any physical or mental incapacity which, on medical advice, renders the officer
or employee unfit for the discharge of the functions of his or her office;
(b) conduct of a scandalous or other disgraceful nature which renders the person
unfit to continue to hold his or her office; or
(c) conduct which constitutes failure or inability of the person concerned to discharge
the function of his or her office or to comply with the terms and conditions of
service
(5) The governing Council shall, report the suspension to the Education Service
Commission within a period of thirty days
(6) Any person suspended under this section shall be paid half pay until decision is taken
by the Education Service Commission
PART XV-FINANCIAL PROVISIONS FOR PUBLIC TERTIARY INSTITUTIONS
Funds of a Tertiary Institution
88 (1) The funds of a Public Tertiary Institution shall include
(a) revenue from time to time accruing to the Institution from the government by
way of subvention; grant-in-aid, endowment or otherwise;
(b) fees charged by and payable to the Institution by the students;
(c) any other amounts due to or recoverable by the Institution;
(d) donations and legacies accruing to the Institution for the special purpose of the
Institution
(2) Donations of money to be applied to any purpose shall be placed to the credit of a
special reserve account approved by the governing Council until such time as they
may be expended in fulfillment of that purpose
(3) An Institution shall not be obliged to accept a donation for a particular purpose unless
it approves of the conditions attached to the donation
(4) All sums of money received by an institution shall be paid into a bank account on the
credit of the Institution as may be approved by the governing Council
(5) An Institution may invest any of its moneys which are not immediately required for the
operations of the Institution
(6) The Governing Council shall, within three months from the beginning of the financial
year, in each year prepare and submit to the Minister an annual report of its activities
during the preceding financial year and shall include in it the audited accounts of the
tertiary institution in respect of the financial year and the Audit Report
Financial Year of Tertiary Institution
89 The financial year of a Public Tertiary Institution shall be the twelve months beginning from
the 1st day of July and ending on the 30th day of June
Estimates of a Public Tertiary Institution
90 (1) The governing Council shall, within a period of three months before the end of each
financial year, make and submit to the Minister for approval, estimates of the income
and expenditure of the institute for the next ensuing year
(2) The annual estimates shall include all the income and expenditure of the Institution for
that financial year and shall include:-
51
(a) payment of all salaries, allowances and other charges in respect of the staff;
(b) payment of pensions, gratuities and other charges regarding retirement benefits
payable out of the funds of the Institution;
(c) charges for the maintenance of the buildings and other assets of the Institution
including the repair and replacement of equipment and other movable property
of the Institution;
(d) the cost of teaching and research activities in the Institution, a reserve fund
for future contingent liabilities in respect of retiring benefits, insurance or
replacement of buildings or equipment, or other matter as the Governing Council
may consider fit
(3) No expenditure shall be made out of the funds of the Institution unless the expenditure
has been approved by the Minister under estimates for the year in which the expenditure
is to be made or in any other estimates supplementary there to
Accounts and Audit of Public Tertiary Institution
91 (1) The governing Council shall keep proper books of accounts and prepare the annual
financial statements of accounts for the period immediately preceding the financial
year not later than the 30th day of June
(2) The statement of accounts of the Institution shall, in respect of each year, be audited by
the Auditor-general or an auditor appointed by the Auditor-general
(3) The governing Council shall ensure that within four months from the end of each
financial year, a statement of accounts of the Institution is submitted to the Auditor
general for auditing
(4) The Auditor general or an auditor appointed by him or her shall be entitled to have
access to all books of accounts, vouchers and other financial records of the institution
and to require any information and explanation as he or she requires
(5) The Auditor general shall audit and deliver to the governing Council a copy of the
audited accounts together with his or her report on the accounts not later than three
months from the date of receipt of the final accounts
(6) The governing Council shall within one month from receipt of the audited accounts
and the Auditor-general’s report on it, deliver a copy to the Minister who shall present
them to Parliament
(7) The fee for any auditor not being in the employment of the Government shall be fixed
and paid by the governing Council
PART XVI-OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO PUBLIC TERTIARY INSTITUTIONS
Students’ Association
92 (1) There shall be a Students’ Association which shall be constituted in accordance with
regulations made for that purpose by the governing Council
(2) The Students’ Association may make its own Constitution with the approval of the
governing Council
Academic Staff Association for Tertiary Institution
93 (1) There shall be an Academic Staff Association whose aims shall be to promote the
academic and welfare interest of the Academic Staff
(2) The Academic Staff Association may make its Constitution with the approval of the
governing Council
Seal of a Tertiary Institution
94 (1) A Tertiary Institution shall have a common seal which shall be such device as the
governing Council may determine
(2) The common seal of the Institution shall not be used or affixed to any document
except in pursuance of resolution duly passed at a properly constituted meeting of the
governing Council and recorded in the minutes of that meeting
(3) The fixing of the seal of the Institution shall be authenticated by the signature of the
Chairperson of the governing Council and one other member authorised generally or
specifically for that purpose
(4) Any document purporting to be a document duly executed under seal of the tertiary
Institution shall be received in evidence and shall, unless the contrary is proved, be
deemed to be so executed
Transitional Provision for Public Institutions
95 (1) By virtue of this Act, all property movable and immovable held by or on behalf of any
existing Public Institution shall, as from the commencement of this Act be vested in the
new Institution established under this Act
(2) Upon the commencement of this Act
(a) the rights, interest, obligations and liabilities of the Public Tertiary Institution
existing before the commencement of this Act under any contract or instrument,
or at law or in equity shall by virtue of this Act, be assigned to and vested in the
new Institution under this Act
(b) any such contract or instrument as is mentioned in paragraph (a) shall be of the
same force and effect against or in favour of the new Institution and shall be
enforceable
95A Letter of Interim Authority:
1) A promoter of a private University shall, prior to making an application for a provisional
Licence, apply to the National Council for a letter of Interim Authority
2) An application made under subsection (1) shall be accompanied by
a) the name of the proposed University and its proposal physical location;
b) the name or names of the promoters of the University;
c) the vision, mission, objectives and philosophy for which the University is to be
established;
d) the proposed governance structure of the University;
e) the proposal human resources that will be required to operate the University
f) The expected source of financial resources;
g) The time table indicating the steps proposed to be taken towards the realization
of the objectives specified in subsection (3)
3) A letter of Interim Authority shall be valid for a period of up to three years during which
the holder of the Authority shall not admit students into the University but shalla) mobilize funds;
b) acquire requisite infrastructures and academic facilities;
c) organize academic and administrative human infrastructures; and do any other
thing that may further the development of the proposed University to maturity
DIVISION FIVE-PRIVATE UNIVERSITIES AND OTHER INSTITUTIONS OF
HIGHER EDUCATION
PART XVII-ESTABLISHMENT OF A PRIVATE UNIVERSITY
Application to establish and operate a Private University
96 (1) A person, proposing to establish and operate a Private University or a post-secondary
institution proposing to constitute itself into a private University may, in a prescribed
form, make an application to the National Council for Higher Education for a
provisional licence to establish and operate a University
(2) An application made under subsection (1) shall be accompanied by
(a) the proposed name, physical location and academic character of the University;
(b) the aim and objectives for which the University is to be established;
(c) the detailed financial base of the proposed University;
(d) the form of governance through which the academic and administrative affairs of
the University are to be conducted;
(e) an outline of the academic programmes intended to be conducted by the
University;
(f) the academic facilities including library services and property equipment
proposed for the academic programme and the manner in which they are to be
maintained;
(g) existing or proposed human resources including academic and senior
administrative staff;
(h) existing or proposed physical infrastructure;
(i) financial control and administration;
(j) the timetable indicating the steps to be taken for three years after establishment
of the University towards the realisation of the objects of the University
(3) The National Council shall, on receipt of the application under this section organise a
meeting or series of meetings with the applicant to verify the resources and information
given with the application
(4) A detailed report of the findings of the National Council under subsection (3) shall be
submitted to the Minister
Provisional licence for a Private University
97 (1) On being satisfied that
(a) the resources declared are available or are likely to be established;
(b) the applicant is following realistic plans to achieve the objects of the
University;
(c) the University is likely to attain and maintain the academic standards set by the
National Council; and
(d) the establishment of that University is in the interest of the public in relation to
higher education; the National Council may issue a provisional licence to the
54
applicant to establish and operate a Private University according to the resources
and information attached to the application
(2) The name and particulars of a Private University issued with a provisional licence shall
be published in the Gazette by the National Council
(3) A provisional licence shall be valid for at least three years from the date of publication
of the University in the Gazette, within which period the National Council shall be
monitoring the University to establish its viability for accreditation
Refusal Suspension or Revocation of a Licence
98 (1) The National Council may
(a) refuse a provisional licence if it is satisfied that the applicant is unlikely to
procure the academic, physical or other resources necessary for the operation of
the University;
(b) by notice published in the Gazette, and public print media notify the University
of the intention to suspend or revoke a provisional licence if two years after the
issue of the licence no substantial progress is made to establish the University or
if established it is unable to meet the standards set for Universities
(2) On the suspension or revocation of a licence the National Council shall indicate the
failure of the University and the steps required to rectify the failure
(3) Where a provisional licence is refused or revoked, no application shall be entertained
by the Council within two years from the refusal or revocation of the licence
(4) The suspension or revocation of a licence under this section shall not affect the validity
or other status of any certificate, diploma, degree or other academic award granted by
the University in question when still under provisional licence
Report on Evaluation under Provisional Licence
99 (1) A Private University issued with a provisional licence shall prepare and submit to the
National Council –
(a) a report of its activities in each year of operation; and
(b) a detailed evaluation of its activities and steps taken towards the achievement of
the objects for which it was established and the national institutional standards
prescribed by the National Council after three years of its operation
(2) The National Council shall discuss all reports submitted under subsection (1) and may
make comments on them or give to the University such instructions as it may deem
fit
Application for Grant of a Charter and Accreditation
100 (1) Any Private University, being a holder of a provisional licence, and having been a
holder for not less than three years may apply to the National Council for the grant of
a Charter and accreditation
(2) An application for the grant of a Charter shall, in addition to any other details that the
National Council may in each case specify, be accompanied by
(a) all information required for application of a provisional licence;
(b) a draft Charter;
(c) a list and academic qualifications of the academic staff and senior administrative
staff on full-time employment of the Private University;
55
(d) a list of the total number of students that have been enrolled in each programme
of instruction being offered at the Private University;
(e) library facilities, including the size, quality and equipment provided in each
programme of instruction by the library;
(f) a statement of the financial resources available for the exclusive use of the
University, certified by a qualified accountant;
(g) an inventory of the physical facilities, including land, available for the exclusive
use of the University;
(h) the names of the proprietors of the University
Recommendation for Accreditation
101 (1) If the evaluation report under section 99 indicates that the National Council is satisfied
with the progress of the Private University and the design, implementation and
maintenance of the academic and administration system conform to the prescribed
institutional standards, the National Council shall appoint an Inspection Committee to
make
(a) an inquiry and ascertain the veracity of the information submitted under section
99;
(b) an inquiry into the academic, administrative and social affairs of the Private
University;
(c) such other inquiry and investigation as may be relevant to the application under
section 100
(2) The Inspection Committee shall submit to the National Council a report on the Private
University within six months from the date of its appointment
(3) If after consideration of the report of the Inspection Committee and any other relevant
matter, the National Council is satisfied that (a) the Charter of the Private University forms a sound basis for the academic,
administrative and social organisation of the University; and
(b) the Private University has effectively organised adequate human, physical,
financial and other necessary resources capable of achieving the prescribed
institutional standards, it shall recommend to the Minister that the University be
accredited
(4) The Minister shall take appropriate action after the recommendation of the
National Council under subsection (3) within three months from the date of the
recommendation
(5) If after consideration of the report of the Inspection Committee and any other relevant
matter, the National Council is not satisfied with the findings, the National Council
shall inform the University and the Minister about the shortfalls in its expectations and
give reasons for not recommending the granting of a Charter
Granting Charter to a Private University
102 (1) The Minister shall, within ninety days from the date of receipt of a recommendation
under section 101 submit the application and the recommendation to the President
(2) The President shall grant a Charter in the form submitted by the applicant with the
application to the relevant University
(3) The Minister shall, as soon as is practicable after the granting of the Charter, by legal
notice publish the Charter in the Gazette and public print media
Effect of Grant of Charter and Accreditation
103 On the publication of a Charter under section 102, the Private University to which the
Charter is granted shall be
(a) accredited and certificates, diplomas, degrees and other academic awards by the
University shall be recognised as of comparable and equivalent merit with those of
other accredited and Public Universities in Uganda;
(b) a body corporate with perpetual succession and a common seal and may sue or be sued
in its corporate name and may for and in connection with its objects and functions (i) purchase, hold, mortgage and dispose of any property whether movable or
immovable
(ii) enter into any contract or transaction as may be expedient; and
(iii) do or suffer any other act or thing as bodies corporate may lawfully do or
suffer;
(c) registered by the National Council
PART XVIII-OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO PRIVATE UNIVERSITY
Private University Charter
104 A Private University’s Charter to be submitted with the application under this Act shall
include
(a) the name of the University;
(b) location of the University;
(c) object and functions of the University;
(d) membership of the University;
(e) administrative and academic structures and authorities of bodies within the structure
including Council or Board, Faculties, Departments and others;
(f) officers of the University;
(g) the method of appointing and disciplining employees;
(h) functions of the different bodies and officers of the Private University;
(i) method of admission of students;
(j) students’ participation in University operations;
(k) source of funding;
(l) financial administration;
(m) the extent to which and the form in which regulations may be made for the better
functioning of the University;
(n) any other matter that may be relevant to the operations of the University
Officers of a Private University
105 A Private University shall have persons designated officers of the University as may be
specified in its Charter
Membership of a Private University
106 A Private University shall have the membership specified in its Charter
Governing body of a Private University
107 There shall be a governing body for each Private University whose composition, powers and
duties shall be specified in its Charter
Academic Strcuture of a Private University
108 (1) A Private University shall have a supreme academic body, whose composition,
functions and powers shall be specified in its Charter
(2) A Private University shall have such faculties, schools, institutes or centres and such
departments established as may be specified in its Charters
Annual Report, Audited Accounts of Private University
109 A Private University shall prepare and submit to the National Council, an annual report on
the operations and progress of the University including
(a) a detailed evaluation of its academic activities and the extent to which the prescribed
institutional standards are met;
(b) a statement of the assets and liabilities of the University and its audited accounts
Revocation of a Charter
110 (1) The President may, on the recommendation of the National Council, through the
Minister, revoke a Charter issued under this Act if
(a) it is evident that the Private University is not carrying on its functions in a proper
manner;
(b) the University is in breach of its Charter;
(c) it is in the interest of University education generally to revoke the Charter
(2) Where a Charter is revoked under subsection (1), the Minister shall, as soon as
practicable, by legal notice, publish the revocation in the gazette and thereafter the
Private University shall cease to be a University at the expiry of one year from the date
of the legal notice
(3) The revocation of any Charter shall not affect the validity or other status of any
certificate, diploma, degree or other academic award granted by the University in
question when still a recognised University under this Act
Constituent Colleges andAffiliation to a Private University
111 (1) A private University may, with the prior approval of the National Councila)
establish any college or institution as a Constituent College of the Universities;
b) With the approval of the Institution, declare a Private Tertiary Institution as a
constituent college of the University
c) Establish a branch or campus of the University in any part of Uganda ,
(2) The provisions of subsection (2), (3), (4) and (5) of section 29 shall apply to a
Constituent College under this section with such modifications as may be necessary in
relation to a Private University
(3) The provisions of section 71 shall apply to Tertiary Institutions wishing to affiliate with
a Private University under this Act
PART XIX-ESTABLISHMENT OF PRIVATE TERTIARY INSTITUTIONS
Application for a Provisional Licence by Tertiary Institution
112 (1) Any person, firm or organisation wishing to establish a Private Tertiary Institution
shall make an application in writing, in a prescribed form to the National Council for a
provisional licence to establish and operate a Tertiary Institution
58
(2) An application made under subsection (1) shall be accompanied by a project proposal
containing the following (a) the name of the Private Tertiary Institution and the physical location;
(b) the aims and objectives for which the Private Tertiary Institution is to be
established;
(c) the membership and governance of the Private Tertiary Institution;
(d) sources of funding;
(e) the academic staff and Senior Administrative staff;
(f) the extent to which, and the form in which regulations may be made by the
governing body of the Private Tertiary Institution as may be specified for the
better functioning of the Institution;
(g) the financial control, expenditure and administrative control of other property of
the Private Tertiary Institution;
(h) an outline of the academic programmes to be offered;
(i) the accessible physical facilities available including library services and
equipment
Provisional Licence for Tertiary Institution
113 (1) On receipt of the application for a provisional licence to establish a Private Tertiary
Institution, the National Council shall scrutinise the application and verify the resources
and if satisfied with the application shall issue a provisional licence
(2) The National Council shall, as soon as practicable after issuing a provisional licence
under this section, by legal notice, publish the Private Tertiary Institution in the
Gazette
(3) A provisional licence shall be valid for a period of two years from the date of publication
of the Institution
Application for Certificate of Classification and Registration
114 (1) Any Tertiary Institution being a holder of a provisional licence for a period of not less
than two years may apply to the National Council for a certificate of classification and
registration
(2) An application under this section shall be accompanied by a project proposal containing
in addition to the information given in the application for provisional licence, the
following –
(a) the name of the Tertiary Institution and physical location;
(b) the type and range of Tertiary Education proposed to be or being provided
(c) the programmes to be or being offered;
(d) the staff list and their qualifications, indicating whether on full-time or part-time
employment;
(e) the total number of students that have been enrolled in each programme of
instruction being offered;
(f) availability of library, equipment and laboratories developed for each programme
offered;
(g) a statement of financial resources available for the exclusive use of the Tertiary
Institution;
(h) an inventory of physical facilities, including land available for the exclusive
enjoyment of the Tertiary Institution;
(i) the form of governing of the Tertiary Institution
59
Grant Certificate of Classification and Registration
115 (1) If after a period of one year from the date of receipt of the application, the National
Council is certified that a Tertiary Institution provisionally licenced is properly
administered and organised and has attained the required standards of instruction, the
National Council shall issue a certificate of classification and registration
(2) The National Council shall, as soon as practicable after issuing a Certificate of
Classification and Registration, by legal notice publish the Certificate in the Gazette
Effect of Publication of a Certificate of Classification
116 On the publication of the certificate of classification and registration in the Gazette the
Tertiary Institution to which the certificate is granted shall be (a) Recognised and the certificate, diplomas and other academic awards granted by the
institution shall be recognised as of comparable and equivalent merit with those of
other recognised private and Public Tertiary Institutions in Uganda; and
(b) A body corporate with perpetual succession and a common seal and may sue or be sued
in its corporate name and may for and in connection with its objects and functions(i) purchase, hold, mortgage and dispose of any property whether movable or
immovable;
(ii) enter into any contract or transaction as may be expedient; and
(iii) do or suffer any other act or thing as bodies corporate may lawfully do or
suffer;
(c) Registered by the National Council
Revocation of a provisional Licence or Certificate of Classification
117 (1) The National Council may, after satisfying itself that a Private Tertiary Institution
(a) is not carrying out its functions in a proper manner;
(b) no longer fulfills the minimum requirements pertaining to physical infrastructure,
staffing, qualifications of staff and facilities necessary for carrying out instructions
in the programmes intended for the institution;
(c) is being conducted or managed in contravention of the standards of instruction;
(d) has ceased to function as a Tertiary Institution; or
(e) its management has become unsatisfactory;
in the case of a provisionally licensed institution, extend the provisional licence
for a period not exceeding one year, or revoke the licence, and in the case of a
classified institution, revoke the certificate
(2) The National Council shall give at least six months’ notice to the Institution of the
intention to revoke a provisional licence, giving reasons for the same
DIVISION SIX-MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS RELATING TO INSTITUTIONS OF
HIGHER EDUCATION
PART XX-PROVISIONS FOR THE REGULATIONS OF INSTITUTIONS OF HIGHER
EDUCATION
Operating Institution Contrary to this Act an Offence
118 (1) No person shall establish and operate a University or Tertiary Institution without the
relevant provisional licence, charter or certificate granted under this Act
60
(2) Any person who contravenes subsection (1) commits an offence and is liable on
conviction to a fine of not less than fifty currency points
(3) One currency point is equivalent to twenty thousand Uganda Shillings
(4) The Minister may, by statutory instrument after consultation with the Minister
responsible for finance revise the currency point
(5) For the avoidance of doubt the payment of a fine under subsection (2) shall not in itself
legalise the existence of relevant institution
Qualification of Lecturers
119 No University or Tertiary Institution shall employ a Lecturer, instructor or other person
recruited for the purpose of teaching or giving instructions to students whose qualifications
do not conform to the standards set by the National Council by regulations
119A Accreditation of institutions and their academic and professional programmes
For the avoidance of doubt, no person shall operate a University, Other Degree Awarding
Institution or a Tertiary Institution without the prior accreditation of its academic and
professional programmes by the National Council for Higher Education,’
Language of Instruction
120 The language of instruction in Universities or Tertiary Institutions shall be the official
language of Uganda but any other language may be used as a medium of instruction in
accordance with clause (2) of article 6 of the Constitution
Admission andAssessment to be on Merit
121 Subject to clause (1) of article 32 of the Constitution, and section 28 of this Act, Universities
or Tertiary Institutions shall admit, train and assess students on merit
Change of Name of Institution
122 (1) Any University or Tertiary Institution wishing to change its name or part of its name
shall do so by application in writing to the National Council which shall by general
notice publish the application in the Gazette and in a widely circulated newspaper
inviting anybody having any objection to the change to present the objection to the
National Council within thirty days from the date of publication?
(2) If after the period of thirty days referred to in subsection (1) no objection is received
by the National Council
(a) the application shall be granted by the Minister, in the case of a Tertiary
Institution;
(b) in the case of a University, the application shall be forwarded to the President
through the Minister, who shall grant the application
Institutional Standards
123 (1) The National Council shall, by regulations set institutional standards governing the
performance, operations and general conduct of Universities and Tertiary Institutions
(2) Without prejudice to the generality of subsection (1) the National Council may set
61
(a) the minimum entry requirements for admission to any certificate, diploma or
degree programmes of any University or Tertiary Institution;
(b) the minimum number and duration of programmes for certificate, diploma or
degree levels to be offered by Universities or Tertiary Institutions;
(c) the minimum and maximum number of students which must be enrolled in each
programme before the University or Tertiary Institution can be registered;
(d) the standards of proficiency assessed in terms of content and contact hours,
which students are expected to attain in respect of a certificate, diploma, or
degree programmes;
(e) the qualifications of Lecturers, Instructors and other persons involved in teaching
or giving instructions at University or Tertiary Institutions;
(f) detailed specifications concerning the space requirements and concomitant
services for each class size and for the absolute number of students expected to
be enrolled in or activity to be carried out in an institution providing University
or Tertiary Institution and other services;
(g) the basic ethical standards regulating the conduct of all members of the University
or Tertiary Institution; and
(h) any other provision that the National Council may consider necessary for setting
a good standard in the Universities or Tertiary Institutions, including standards
for equating institutions outside Uganda to those in Uganda
Classification of Tertiary Institution
124 (1) The National Council shall adopt a system of classification of Tertiary Institutions
according to the type of tertiary education is being provided or programmes being
offered by the institution and all Tertiary Institutions whether private or public shall be
registered according to their classification
(2) The classification made under subsection (1) may be amended and where amended the
Register shall be amended accordingly
Registers of Universities and Tertiary Institutions
125 The National Council shall maintain or cause to be maintained
(a) a register of all Universities established under this Act in a prescribed form;
(b) a register for all registered Tertiary Institutions established under this Act in the
prescribed form which shall be kept by the National Council for Higher Education
having a separate register for the separate Classifications
Annual Report
126 Every University or Tertiary Institution shall submit an annual report to the National Council
and the Minister in a prescribed form, setting out the activities of the institution in that year
and its achievement towards its objectives and the set institutional standards
Teaching to include Practical Solutions
127 A University shall Endeavour to include in its teaching and research programmes, solutions
to social and economic problems in the community
Regulations
128 The National Council may, with the approval of the Minister make regulations generally for
the better carrying into effect the provisions of this Act including the fixing of the minimum
fees to be paid for the services in the National Council and prescribing anything to be
prescribed under this Act
62
Rights to Appeal
129 Any person or institution aggrieved by an act or decision of the National Council under this
Act may appeal to the High Court within thirty days from the date of the decision or act
PART XXI-TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS
General Repeal Statute No 8 of 1990, Statute No 14 of 1998
130 (1) For the avoidance of doubt any Act or other law establishing a University or Tertiary
Institution other than the law establishing the Islamic University in Uganda
(2) Notwithstanding subjection (1) any regulations, statutes, actions, appointments or
programmes made under any Act or other law repealed under subsection (1) shall
continue in force as if it were made under this Act until revoked, replaced or expires
under this Act
Existing Institutions
131 (1) A University or Tertiary Institution operating before the commencement of this Act
shall –
(a) where it was established by law, apply for a Charter or Certificate of Classification
within twelve months from the date of commencement;
(b) where it was operating under a valid provisional licence, continues to operate
under that licence and shall apply for a Charter or Certificate of Classification at
the appropriate time as it is provided under this Act;
(c) where it was operating without a valid provisional licence, apply for a provisional
licence within twelve months from the date of commencement
(2) Where, at the commencement of this Act, a University or Tertiary Institution had a
valid provisional licence, but had not started operating, the licence shall expire and the
University or Tertiary Institution shall be required to apply for a provisional licence
under this Act
(3) The National Council shall, after the period of twelve months or such other period
referred to under subsection (1), prepare and publish by legal notice in the Gazette the
registers of all Universities and Tertiary Institutions registered and recognised at the
time
(4) After the publication of the Universities and Tertiary Institutions under subsection (2)
a University or Tertiary Institution which does not appear in those registers shall not
without the authority of the National Council under this Act
(a) advertise or continue to advertise or in any manner hold itself out to the public as
a University or Tertiary Institution;
(b) admit or continue to admit students to courses or programmes or conduct courses
or programme leading to awards of certificates, diplomas or degrees or
(c) establish or operate a University or Tertiary Institution
(5) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Act, the Islamic University in Uganda shall be
recognized and registered by the National Council and its awards shall be subject to the
equating and relevant regulations made by the National Council, but shall operate in
accordance with the provisions of the Islamic University in Uganda “Statute, 1990;”
(6) The provisions of subsection (2) and (3) relating to the registration, recognition and
operation of a University or Tertiary Institution under this Act shall not affect the
validity or other status of any certificate, diploma, degree or other academic award
63
granted by the University or Tertiary Institution in question before the commencement
of this Act
(7) This Act may be cited as the Universities and Other Tertiary Institutions (Amendment)
Act, 2003 The Institute of Teacher Education, kyambogo, the Uganda National Institute
of Special Education and the Uganda Polytechnic, kyambogo shall be merged into
one University to be known as the kyambogo University which shall be established
by the Minister by statutory instrument under section 22 of the principal Act Upon
the establishment of the kyambogo University by virtue of section 3 of this Act, the
following provisions shall have effect:a) any regulations or statutes made or continued in force in respect of the Institute
of Teacher Education, kyambogo shall continue in force until revoked under the
principal Act or until replaced by new ones under the principal Act;
b) any acts, appointments or programmes made or started under the Statute referred
to in subsection (1) of section 73 of the principal Act and continued in existence
under subsection (3) of section 73 of the principal Act in respect of the institute
referred to in paragraph (a) of this subsection, and also any acts, appointments
or programmes made or started or continued under the principal Act in respect
of that institute shall continue in existence as if made under the principal Act in
respect of the kyambogo University established by virtue of section 3 of this Act
or until they expire;
c) all assets and property vested in the Makerere University Council in respect
of the institute referred to in paragraph (a) of this subsection shall vest in the
University Council of the kyambogo University established by virtue of section
3 of this Act
d) All liabilities, court actions or contracts incurred or enforceable by or against the
Makerere University Council in respect of the institute referred to in paragraph
(a) of this subsection shall be enforceable by or against the University Council
of the kyambogo University established by virtue of section 3 of this Act;
e) All programmes and courses offered by Makerere University in respect of
kyambogo University shall continue as programmes and courses of kyambogo
University established by virtue of section 3 of this Act; and
f) All students of the Makerere University in respect of the institute referred to in
paragraph (a) of this subsection shall continue to be students of the kyambogo
University established by virtue of section 3 of this Act
Makerere University Business School
132 (1) At the commencement of this Act, Makerere University Business School shall be
deemed to have been affiliated to Makerere University and shall assume the status of
an affiliated Public Tertiary Institute under this Act
(2) At the commencement of this Act all assets and property acquired by Makerere
University Business School under Makerere University (Establishment of Constituent
College) Order, 1997, shall vest in the Business School without further assurance,
subject to all interests, liabilities, charges, obligations and trusts affecting that
property
(3) All contracts, debts, engagements and liabilities of Makerere University attributable to
Makerere University Business School immediately before the commencement of this
Act shall vest in the Business School
(4) The school shall conduct courses leading to the award of degrees, diplomas and
certificates by Makerere University under standards provided by the Act and Statutes
64
and regulations made under the Act or as may be agreed upon by the School and
Makerere University and shall in connection with the awards, jointly conduct
examinations leading to the awards, with Makerere University
4A) Notwithstanding any provision of this Act or any other written law
a) Makerere University Business School shall be represented directly in the Senate
of Makerere University and the Makerere University Council shall be informed
of the Senate’s decisions relating to Makerere University Business School
b) for as long as Makerere University Business School remains affiliated to Makerere
University, Makerere University shall be represented on the governing Council
and Academic Board of Makerere University Business School,”
(5) In addition to the functions of a Public Tertiary Institution under section 76, Makerere
University Business School may (a) provide instructions to those admitted to the School and make provision for
advancement, transmission and preservation of knowledge relating to commerce
or business
(i) undergraduate, postgraduate, higher diploma and ordinary diploma
courses;
(ii) professional courses, including but not limited to Chartered Accountants,
Chartered Secretaries, Bankers, Insurance personnel, Managers and other
professionals;
(iii) short term professional courses
(b) create and offer opportunities to persons interested in courses offered through
distant education methodologies from relevant commercial or business training
institutions outside Uganda;
(c) conduct examinations for the award of degrees, diplomas, certificates and other
awards of the University;
(d) conduct other examinations and award certificates and diplomas and where
necessary to revoke awards;
(e) coordinate and supervise all Uganda government funded colleges of commerce
with an objective of developing curricula and achieving high standards of
business education;
(f) act as examining body for such colleges and privately run colleges which may
seek affiliation to the School for such diplomas and certificates;
(g) conduct or facilitate the conducting of research on any issue relating to the
commercial or business sector;
(h) facilitate staff development through the provision of upgrading courses and short
term continuing education;
(i) establish linkages and joint programmes with other institutions offering similar
courses within and outside Uganda; and
(j) carry on any other thing relating to the enhancement of standards in the
commercial and business sector as the Minister may direct
(6) The National Council shall ensure that the Business School is established fully as a
Tertiary Institution under this Act
133 Uganda Management Institute
1) At the Commencement of this Act, the Uganda Management Institute shall be deemed
to have been established as a public Tertiary Institution having the status of an Other
Degree Awarding Institution
2) The National Council shall ensure that the Uganda Management Institute is fully
established as an Other Degree Awarding Institution
SECTION II
GENERAL ACADEMIC INFORMATION
GENERAL ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS FOR UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
1 0 Introduction
Presently there are three avenues of entry into the University
These are:
(i) The Direct Entry Scheme,
(ii) The Mature Age Entry Scheme
(iii) And the Diploma Holders Entry Scheme
Makerere University also offers opportunity of entry through special entry schemes i e The
Talented Sports Persons and the Disabled Persons The details are provided below
2 0 The Direct Entry Scheme
2 1 Minimum Requirements
(a) A candidate shall be deemed eligible for consideration for admission to a first degree
programme of the University if the candidate has obtained:
(i) The Uganda Certificate of Education (O’level) or an equivalent qualification;
and
(ii) At least Two advanced level passes in approved subjects at the same sitting of
the Uganda Advanced Certificate of Education Examination (A’ Level) or an
equivalent qualification
For purposes of this regulation, except where otherwise provided for , all subjects
offered by the Uganda National Examinations Board at ‘O’ Level or A-Level are
regarded as approved subjects
(b) A pass in the general Paper will count for admission to any programme in the
University
2 2 Special Faculty/School/Institute Requirements
Within the framework of the General Direct Entry Requirements, there may be special Faculty/
School/Institute Requirements which a candidate must fulfill to gain admission to a programme in
a specific Faculty/School/Institute
2 3 Weighting Criteria
All the subjects taken at the Advanced Level of Education are grouped into four categories
and weighted as follows for purposes of admission to any programme of undergraduate study
in the University
Subject Category Weight
(i) Essential
3
(ii) Relevant
2
(iii) Desirable
1
(iv) Others
05
Note: It is advisable that Essential A’ Level subjects for University Programmes must be passed
with least a Principal Pass For a given candidate, not more than three subjects taken at the
principal level shall carry a weight of 3, 2 or 1
66
The A’ Level Subject Examination results Passes are given the following grade point
A=6, B=5, C=4, D=3, E=2, O or Subsidiary Pass = 1
For a given candidate, not more than three subjects at the principal level shall carry a weight
of 3, 2, or 1
For a given candidate, principal level subjects in excess of the three defined in 1 1 (i) to (iii)
above, shall be designated as “Others” and shall each carry a weight of 0 5
Not more than two subjects shall be designated as “Essential ” The essential subjects must be
passed with principal grades
A pass in a subject taken at the subsidiary level such as general Paper, shall carry one point
A Subsidiary Pass in general Paper ranges from grades 1 to 6
In the case of programmes where “Essential” subjects may be three or more, an “Essential
set” of subjects is defined The best performed two subjects of the essential set shall be
designated as “Essential Subjects” and weighted three The 3rd best done subjects from the
Essential Set shall be designated as the “Relevant Subject” and weighted two
The subjects designated as “Essential” must be passed at Principal level
For ‘O’ level grades, Distinction, Credit and Pass carry weights of 0 3, 0 2 and 0 1
respectively
2 4 ‘O’ Level Weighting System
The following the O’ Level Weighting System:
Subject-Grade Category Weight
1,2: Distinction 0 3
3,4,5,6:
Credit 0 2
7,8: Pass 0 1
9:
Fail 0
Types of Programmes
There are four types of programmes:
(a) Day programmes (DAY) run from 7:00am to 6:00pm
(b) Evening (EvE) programmes run from 5:00pm to 9:00pm
(c) External (ExT) programmes are conducted by correspondence
(d) Parallel Programmes run from 2:00pm to 6:00pm
2 5 COMPUTATION OF THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF A CANDIDATE FOR
ADMISSION TO THE UNIVERSITY
a) The ‘O’ Level weight of a candidate for any programme in the University, is obtained by
multiplying the numbers of Distinctions/Credits/Passes, by the relevant weights and adding
up for the Distinctions, Credits and Passes actually obtained by the candidate
b) The ‘A’ Level weight, for a given programme, of a candidate is obtained by multiplying each
subject grade points by the relevant weighting factor and adding up for all the subjects taken
and passed
67
c) The combined weight of a candidate for a given Programme is obtained by adding the ‘O’
Level weight obtained (a) above to the ‘A’ Level weight obtained (b) above The best
candidate for each programme is the one with the highest combined weight
d) All candidates who apply for a given programme as first choice are listed in merit order
starting with the candidate with the highest weight and ending with the candidate with the
lowest weight
e) For the Bachelor of Pharmacy and Bachelor of Architecture degree programmes,
candidates are selected only from those who apply for any of these programmes as a first
choice
f) For the other programmes, candidates are selected on merit from those who apply for each
programmes as first choice plus those who apply for such programmes as 2 nd, 3rd, 4th, choice
etc if they have not been admitted to programmes of their earlier choices
EVENING STUDY PROGRAMMES
The EVENING Study programmes are designed to offer studying opportunities to mainly the
working class although any interested person who meets the admission requirements can apply
to be considered for admission The evening programmes currently being offered are indicated in
section II of this Prospectus
Admission Requirements
Admission to the various evening study programmes is subject to the general University admission
requirements Each of the programmes however has its special requirements which must be
fulfilled, in addition to the general requirements These requirements are stipulated in Section VI
under each of the programmes Detailed information about the evening study programmes can be
obtained from either the Office of the Academic Registrar or the Office of the Dean/Director of the
relevant Faculty/School/Institute at the addresses given in Section I of this Prospectus
EXTERNAL STUDY PROGRAMMES
These are study programmes designed to benefit those who merit University education but for some
reason are unable to attend regular classes at the University The programmes are coordinated by
the Institute of Adult and Continuing Education (IACE) and are offered through a combination of
printed materials, and face-to-face teaching Currently the following external degree programmes
are offered:
Programme Duration
1 Bachelor of Education degree (B Ed) 3 years
2 Bachelor of Commerce degree (B Com) 4 years
3 Bachelor of Science (Bsc) 4 years
Admission Requirements
Admission to the external degree programmes is subject to the general University Admission
Regulations in addition to which, there are specific programme requirements a candidate seeking
admission must satisfy to qualify for admission The detailed programme requirements are
stipulated under the Institute of Adult and Continuing Education (IACE) in section VI of this
Prospectus Further information about these programmes can be sought from either the Office of
the Academic Registrar or the Office of the Director of the IACE
68 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
1 Bachelor of Science in
Agricultural Engineering AgE Maths
Physics
Chemistry general Paper All others 4 YEARS
2 Bachelor of Science In Food
Science And Technology
FST Biology , Chemistry One best done of Physics,
Agriculture , Foods & Nutrition
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 4 YEARS
3 Bachelor Of Science in
Agriculture AgR
Chemistry & One
better done of Biology
Agriculture,
One better done of Biology
Agriculture, Physics, Chemistry
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 4 YEARS
4 Bachelor Of Agricultural
Land Use And Management BAM
Chemistry & One
better done of Biology
Agriculture
Third best done of Biology, Physics,
geography, Maths, Economics and
Agriculture
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
5 Bachelor of Agribusiness
Management AgM
Two best done Maths,
Economics, Biology,
Agriculture,
Chemistry, Physics and
geography
Third best done of Maths, Economics
Biology, Agriculture
Chemistry, Physics and geography
general Paper,
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
6 Bachelor of Science in
Horticulture HOT
Chemistry & one better
done of Biology,
Agriculture, geography,
Physics
One better done of Economics,
Agriculture, Biology, Maths,
geography, Physics
general Paper SubMaths All others 3 YEARS
7 Bachelor of Science in
Human Nutrition HUN Biology, Chemistry
One better done of Mathematics, Food
and Nutrition, Economics, Agriculture
and Physics
general Paper, Sub
Maths All Others
69
FACULTY OF FORESTRY AND NATURE CONSERVATION
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
8 Bachelor of Science in
Forestry FOR Biology, Chemistry One better done of Agriculture, Physics
general Paper SubMaths, geography All others 4 YEARS
9 Bachelor of Community
Forestry BCF Biology, Chemistry Physics general Paper SubMaths All others 3 YEARS
10
Bachelor of Science
in Wood Science and
Technology
WST
Two best done of
Biology,
Chemistry, Physics
Third best done of Biology, Chemistry,
Physics
general Paper SubMaths
All others 3 YEARS
FACULTY OF ARTS
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
11 Bachelor of Arts ARS Two best done
of ALL A’Level subjects
Third best done of all A’Level
Subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths
All others 3 YEARS
12 Bachelor of Mass
Communication MAE
Two best done
of All A’ Level
subjects
Third best done of ALL A’ Level
subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
13 Bachelor of Tourism BTM
Two best done
of All A’Level
subjects
Third best done of ALL A’Level
subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
14
Bachelor of Arts In
Environtal
Management
BEM
Two best done
of ALL A’Level
Subjects
Third best done of ALL A’Level
subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
15 Bachelor of Arts In Music MUS Music Two best done of the remaining A’Level
subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths
All others 3 YEARS
70
16 Bachelor Arts in Drama DRM
Two best done of ALL
Arts
subjects
Third best done of ALL Arts
subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
17 Bachelor of Arts in Dance DNC
Two best done
of ALL Arts
subjects
Third best done of ALL Arts
subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
18 Bachelor of Development
Studies DvS
Two best done
of ALL A’Level
subjects
Third best done of ALL A’Level
subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
19 Bachelor of Urban
Planning URP
Two best done
of ALL A’Level
subjects
Third best done of ALL A’Level
subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEASR
20 Bachelor of Secretarial
Studies ESS
Two best done
of ALL A’Level
subjects
Third best done of ALL A’Level
subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
21 Diploma in Music,
Dance, and Drama MDD Literature and/ or
Music
1 or 2 best done of Art, Biology
CRE, IRE, Languages, History, Maths
Physics
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
22
Bachelor of Arts With
Education
EDA Two best done of CRE,
IRE, Eco, geo, His, Lit,
Language
Third best done of CRE,IRE, Eco geo,
His, Lit, Language
general Paper SubMaths
All others 3 YEARS
23
Bachelor of Science with
Education
EDS Two best done Biology,
Chemistry Economics,
geography, Maths,
Physics
Third best done of Biology, Chemistry
Economics, geography, Maths, Physics
general Paper SubMaths
All others 3 YEARS
71
MAKERERE UNIVERSITY BUSINESS SCHOOL
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
24
Bachelor of Commerce
COM
Math, Economics geography general Paper
Physics
All others 3 YEARS
25
Bachelor of Business
Administration BBD
Math, Economics geography general Paper SubMaths
Physics
All others 3 YEARS
26
Bachelor of Catering &
Hotel Management
BCM
Two best done of
Math, Economics
Biology, Chemistry,
Food & Nutrition
geography or
Third best done of
Math, Economics
Biology, Chemistry Foods & Nutrition
general Paper
Sub-Maths
All others 3 YEARS
27
Bachelor of Human
Resource
Management BHM
Two best done of all
A’Level subjects
Third best done of all A’Level Subjects general Paper
Sub-Maths
All Others 3 YEARS
28
Bachelor of International
Business BIB
Two best done of all
A’Level Subjects
Third best done of all A’Level Subjects general Paper
Sub-Maths
All Others 3 YEARS
29
Bachelor of Leisure &
Hospitality
Management
BLH Two best done of all
A’Level Subject Third best done of all A’Level Subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All Others 3 YEARS
30
Bachelor of
Entreprenuership & Small
Business Management
BES Two best done of all of
all A’ Level Subjects
Third best done
A’ Level Subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All Others 3 YEARS
31 Bachelor of Business
Computing BBC Two best done of all
A’Level Subjects Third best done of all A’Level Subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All Others 3 YEARS
72
32
Bachelor of Office And
Information
Management
BIM Two best done of all
A’Level Subjects Third best done of all A’Level Subjects general Paper
Sub-Maths All Others 3 YEARS
33 Bachelor of Procurement &
Supply Chain Management PSM Two best done of all
A’ Level Subjects
Third best done of all A’ Level
Subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All Others 3 YEARS
34 Bachelor of Business
Statistics BUS/BST
One better done
of Mathematics or
Economics and a Credit
in Mathematics at ‘O’
Level
Next best done of Mathematics or
Economics
general Paper and
one better done of the
remaining ‘A’ Level
subjects
All Others
35 Bachelor of Leadership and
governance BLg/LgM Two best done df all `A’
Level Subjects Third best done of all ‘A’ Level Subjects general Paper All Others
36 Bachelor of Real Estate
Business Management BRM/RES Mathematics or
Economics
Two best done of the Remaining ‘A’
Level Subjects general Paper
All Others
Candidates
who did not
do Principle
Mathematics
at ‘A’ level
must have at
least a Credit
at ‘O’ level to
be eligible for
admission
37 Bachelor of Science in
Accounting BSA/ACC
One better done
of Mathematics or
Economics and a Credit
in Mathematics at ‘O’
Level
Next best done of Mathematics or
Economics general Paper
All Others
Candidates
who did not
do Principle
Mathematics
at ‘A’ Level
must have at
least a Credit
at ‘O’ Level to
be eligible for
admission
73
38 Bachelor of Science in
Finance BSF/SFN Mathematics or
Economics
Two best done of the remaining ‘A’
Level Subjects general Paper
All Others
Candidates
who did not
do Principle
Mathematics
at ‘A’ Level
must have at
least a Credit
at ‘O’ Level to
be eligible for
admission
39 Bachelor of Science in
Marketing BSM/BME Two best done of all ‘A’
Level Subjects Third best done of all ‘A’ Level Subjects general Paper All Others
40 Bachelor of Transport and
Logistics Management BTL/JLM Two best done of all ‘A’
Level Subjects Third best done of all ‘A’ Level Subjects general Paper All Others
41 Bachelor of Travel and
Tourism Management BTT/TTM Two best done of all ‘A’
Level Subjects Third best done of all ‘A’ Level Subjects general Paper All Others
42 Bachelor of Arts in
Economics BEC/ECN Mathematics or
Economics
Two best done of the remaining ‘A’
Level Subjects general Paper
All Others
Candidates
who did not
do Principle
Mathematics
at ‘A’ Level
must have at
least a Credit
at ‘O’ Level to
be eligible for
admission
FACULTY OF LAW
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
43 Bachelor of Laws LAW
Two best done of
ALL A’Level
Subjects
Third best done
of ALL A’Level
subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 4 YEARS
74
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
44 Bachelor of Dental Surgery BDS Biology, Chemistry One better done of Math, Physics general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 5 YEARS
45 Bachelor of Medicine And
Bachelor of Surgery MBChB Biology, Chemistry One better done of Math, Physics general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 5 YEARS
46 Bachelor of Pharmacy PHA Chemistry, Biology One better done of Maths, Physics general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 4 YEARS
47 Bachelor of Science
(Nursing) NUR Biology, Chemistry
One best done of Agriculture,
Economics, Foods & Nutrition,
Maths, Physics
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 4 YEARS
48 Bachelor of Science in
Medical Radiography BMR Biology Two best done of Chemistry, Physics
Maths
general Paper
Sub-Maths
All others 3 YEARS
49
Bachelor of Science in
Speech & Language
Therapy
BSC
S&LT Biology Two best done of Science Subjects general Paper All others 3 YEARS
50 Diploma in Palliative Care DPC
O-Level or equivalent, Minimum
Two years post registration clinical
experience
2 YEARS
SCHOOL OF PUBLIC HEALTH
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
51
Bachelor of Environmental
Health
Science
BENv
HSC
Biology
Chemistry
One best done of Maths,
Physics, and
geography
general Paper SubMaths
Economics
Agriculture
All others 3 YEARS
52 Dilpoma Environmental
Health Science
BENv
HSC
Biology and one better
done of all A-Level
Science Subjects
One best done of the remaining A-Level
Science Subjects general Paper All others 1 YEAR
75
53 Diploma in Public Health
Nursing DPHN
Biology and one better
done of all A-Level
Science Subjects
One best done of the remaining A-Level
Science Subjects general Paper All others 1 YEAR
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
54 Bachelor of Science SCI
Two best done of
Biology, Chemistry,
Economics, Maths,
geography, Physics
Third best done of
Economics, geography,
Maths, Physics
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
55 Bachelor of Sports
Science BSP Two best done of
all A’Level Subjects
Third best done of
all A’Level subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
56 Bachelor of Science in
Industrial Chemistry BIC
Chemistry and one
better done of
Maths and Physics
Second better done
of Math and Physics
general Paper
Sub Maths All others 3 YEARS
57 Bachelor of Science in
Fisheries and Aquaculture BFS Biology
Chemistry
Better done of Agriculture or
geography
general Paper SubMaths All others 3 YEARS
58
Bachelor of Science in
geological Resource
Management
BgM
Chemistry and one
best done of
Biology
Physics and
geography
Maths or
third best done of Biology, Physics,
geography
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
59 Bachelor of Science in
Ethnobotany ETB
Biology and one
best done of
All the remaining
Science subjects
Second best done
of all the remaining
science subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
76
60
Bachelor of Science in
Conservation
Biology
BCB Biology
Chemistry
One best done of
Agriculture, geography,
Physics, Maths
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
61 Bachelor of Arts (Social
Sciences) ASS
Two best done
of ALL A’Level
subjects
Third best done of ALL A’Level
subjects
general Paper SubMaths All others 3 YEARS
62 Bachelor of Social Work
and Social Administration SOC
Two best done
of ALL A’Level
subjects
Third best done of ALL A’Level
subjects
general Paper SubMaths All others 3 YEARS
FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
63 Bachelor of Arts In
Economics ECO Economics
Two best done of Maths,
Physics, Agriculture,
History, geography
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
64 Bachelor of Commerce COE Math, Economics geography general Paper
Physics All Others 3 YEARS
65 * Bachelor of Arts in
Development Economics DEC
Economics and one
better done of the
remaining A’Level
subjects
Next better done of
the remaining
A’Level subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths
All others 3 YEARS
66 Bachelor of Business
Administration
ADM/
ADN
Economics and one
best done of the
remaining ‘A’ Level
Subjects
Next best done of the remaining ‘A’
Level Subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths
All others
67 Bachelor of Procurement
and Supplies Management
PRO/
BPR
Economincs and
one best done of the
remaining ‘A’ Level
Subjects
Next best done of the remaining ‘A’
Level Subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths
All others
77
68 Bachelor of Human
Resource Management
BRH/
HO
Two best done of all
‘A’ Level Subjects
Third best done of all the remaining
‘A’ Level Subjects general Paper All others
69 Bachelor of International
Business Management BNB/BI Two best done of all
‘A’ Level Subjects
Third best done of all the remaining
‘A’ Level Subjects general Paper All others
N B* Candidates who did not do Maths at A’Level must have at least a credit in Maths at O’Level to be eligible
for Admission to the Bachelor of Arts
in Development Economics
FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
70 Bachelor of Architecture ARC
Maths one better done
of Fine Art or Tech
Drawing
Art, History, Economics, geography,
Physics general Paper All others 4 YEARS
71 Bachelor of Science in Civil
Engineering CIv
Two best done of
Maths, Physics,
Chemistry
Third best done of Maths, Physics,
Chemistry general Paper All others 4 YEARS
72 Bachelor of Science in
Electrical Engineering ELE Maths, Physics One better done of Economics,
Chemistry general Paper All others 4 YEARS
73 Bachelor of Science in
Quantity Surveying SQS
Maths, and
one better done of
Physics, Economics,
geography, and
Fine Art
One better done of Economics,
geography, Chemistry, Tech Drawing
Physics, Fine Art
general Paper All others 4 YEARS
74 Bachelor of Science in Land
Economics SLE
Maths, and one
better of Economics
geography Physics and
Fine Art
One better done of Economics
geography, Physics, Chemistry
Tech Drawing and Fine Art general Paper All others 4 YEARS
78
75 Bachelor of Science in
Construction Management SCM
Maths, and One
better done of
Economics, geography,
Physics and Fine Art
One better done
of Economics
geography,
Chemistry
Tech Drawing Physics and Fine Art
general Paper All others 4 YEARS
76
Bachelor of Science in
Telecommunications
Engineering
STE Maths, Physics One better done of Economics
Chemistry
general Paper All others 4 YEARS
77 Bachelor of Science in
Mechanical Engineering MEC Maths, Physics One better done of Economics,
Chemistry general Paper All others 4 YEARS
78 Bachelor of Science in
Surveying SUR Maths, Physics
One better done of Economics,
Chemistry,
or geography
general Paper All others 4 YEARS
79
Diploma in Civil
Engineering and
Surveying
CSD
Maths &one better
done of geography,
Physics or Economics
Physics, Economics general Paper All others 2 YEARS
80 Bachelor of Science in
Computer Engineering
CMP/
CME Mathematics, Physics One best done of Economics,
Chemistry or Technical Drawing general Paper All Others
FACULTY OF VETERINARY MEDICINE
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
81 Bachelor of veterinary
Medicine vET Biology,
Chemistry
One better done of
Physics, Agriculture, Foods and
Nutrition, Maths
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 5 YEARS
82 Bachelor of Biomedical
Laboratory Technology BLT Biology
Chemistry
Third best done of ALL A’Level
subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
83
Bachelor of Science in
Wildlife Health and
Management
WHM Biology
Chemistry
One better done of
geography, Maths, Physics,
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
84
Bachelor of Animal
Production Technology &
Management
BAP Biology
Chemistry
One better done of
Physics, Agriculture, Foods and
Nutrition, Maths
general Paper
Sub-Maths All Others 3 YEARS
79
EAST AFRICAN SCHOOL OF LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SCIENCE
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
85 Bachelor of Library and
Information Science LIS
Two best done of
ALL A’Level
Subjects except
Fine Arts
Third best done of
ALL A’Level Subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
86 Diploma in Records
and Archives Management ARM
Two best done of
ALL A’ Level
Subjects
Third best done of
ALL A’ Level
Subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths
All others 2 YEARS
87 Diploma in Library
and Information Studies LIB
Two best done of
ALL A’Level
Subjects
Third best done of
ALL A’ Level
Subjects
general Paper All
others Sub-Maths 2 YEARS
88 Bachelor of Records and
Archives Management
BRA/
BRE
Two best done of all
‘A’ Level Subjects
Third best done of all the remaining
‘A’ Level Subjects
general Paper, Sub
Maths All Others
INSTITUTE OF STATISTICS AND APPLIED ECONOMICS
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
89 Bachelor of Statistics STA Maths Economics
general Paper
One best done
of Agriculture,
Chemistry, Food &
Nutrition geography,
Physics
All others 3 YEARS
90 Bachelor of Science in
Quantitative Economics BQE One better done of
Maths, Economics
Next better done of
Math, Economics
general Paper
One best done of the
remaining A’Level
subjects
All others 3 YEARS
91 **Bachelor of Science in
Population Studies BPS Two best done of
All A’Level subjects
Third better done of
all A’Level subjects general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
80
92
Bachelor of Science in
Actuarial
Science
SAS Maths Two best done of
Economics,
Chemistry,
geography, Physics
general Paper
Sub-Math All Others 3 YEARS
93 **Bachelor of Science in
Business Statistics BBS
One better done
of Economics,
Maths
Next better done of
Maths, Economics
general Paper
One better done of the
remaining
A’ Level subjects
All Others 3 YEARS
** NB Candidates who did not take Principal Maths or Subsidiary Maths at A’Level should have at least a
Credit in O’Level Maths to be eligible for
admission to B Sc (Population Studies) and B Sc (Business Statistics)
MARGRET TROWELL SCHOOL OF INDUSTRIAL AND FINE ARTS
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
94 Bachelor of Industrial and
Fine Arts FIN Art and/or Technical
Drawing
One or Two best done of CRE, IRE
Biology, Chemistry Economics, History,
Literature, Maths, Physics, geography
Sub-Maths
general Paper All others 3 YEARS
INSTITUTE OF ADULT AND COMMUNITY EDUCATION
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
95 Bachelr of Adult and
Community Education BAC Two best done of
ALL A’ Level Subjects
Third best done of
ALL A’Level Subjects
general Paper,
Sub-Maths
All others 3 YEARS
96 Bachelor Commerce
(External) COx Maths, Economics geography Physics,
general Paper All others 4 YEARS
97 Bachelor Of Science
(External) SCx
Two best done of
Biology, Chemistry
Economics, geography,
Math, Physics
Third best done of Biology, Chemistry
Economics, geography, Maths, Physics
general Paper,
Sub-Maths All others 4 YEARS
98 Diploma in Project
Planning and Management DPM Two best done of
All A’Level subjects
Third best done of
All A’Level subjects
general Paper ,
Sub-Maths All others 2 YEARS
99 Diploma in Youth
Development Work (CYP) Two best done of all
A-Level Subjects
Third best done of all A-Level
Subjects
general Paper ,
Sub-Maths All others 2 YEARS
81
INSTITUTE OF PSYCHOLOGY
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
100 Bachelor of Community
Psychology BCO Two best done of
All A’Level subjects
Third better done of
All A’Level subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
101 Bachelor of Industrial and
Organisation Psychology BIP
Two best done of
All A’Level subjects Third better done of
All A’Level subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
FACULTY OF COMPUTING AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
102 Bachelor of Science in
Computer Science***
CSC
Two best done of
Math, Economics
Physics, Biology
Agriculture, Tech
Drawing Foods &
Nutrition geography
Third better done of Maths,
Economics, geography, Physics
Chemistry, Biology, Agriculture
Technical Drawing, Foods & Nutrition
general Paper All others 3 YEARS
103
Bachelor Of Information
Technology BIT Two best done of
All A’Level subjects
Third better done of
All A’Level subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 3 YEARS
104 Diploma In Computer
Science (Day) DCS Two best done of
All A’Level subjects
Third better done of
All A’Level subjects
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others 2 YEARS
105 Bachelor of Information
Systems ISS/ISF
Two best done
of Mathematics,
Physics, Chemistry,
Economics,
geography, Biology
Third best done of the remaining ‘A’
Level Subjects general Paper All others
106 Bachelor of Science in
Software Engineering
SSE/
SSE
Two best done
of the following,
Mathematics,
Physics, Chemistry,
Economics,
geography, Biology
and Fine Art
Third best done of Mathematics,
Physics, Chemistry, Economics,
geography, Biology and Fine Art
general Paper
Sub-Maths All others
***N B Candidates for Bachelor of Science in Computer Science MUST have at least a Subsidiary Pass in
Maths from UACE
82
MAKERERE UNIVERSITY INSTITUTE OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES
Sr Nos Programme Code Essential
A-Level Subjects
Relevant
Subjects
Desirable
A- Level Subjects Others Duration
100 Bachelor of Environmental
Science BvS
Two best done of
Biology, Chemistry,
Physics, Maths
Agriculture, Economics
and geography
Third best done of
Biology, Chemistry,
Physics, Maths Agriculture,
Economics and geography
general Paper SubMaths All Others 3 YEARS
83
3 THE MATURE AGE ENTRY SCHEME
Mature Age Entry Scheme is one of the three avenues of admission to Undergraduate programme
to Makerere University The other two are:
a) The Direct Entry Scheme for the holders of the Uganda Certificate of Education (O’level)
and The Uganda Advanced Certificate of Education
b) The Diploma Holders’ Entry Scheme
Under the Mature Age Entry Scheme, the following are the major policies:
i) For a candidate to qualify for entry to the University he/she must sit and pass the University
Mature Age Entry Examination
ii) To be eligible for the Examination, the candidate must be at least 25 years old before 1st
August of the year in which admission is sought
iii) No candidate who had previously attended a programme at Makerere University shall be readmitted
to the University under this scheme to a programme of study in which he/she failed
to qualify during his/her previous attendance
iv) The Mature Age Entry Scheme is open to Ugandans only
4 0 DIPLOMA HOLDERS’ AVENUE FOR ADMISSION
A QUOTA FOR DIPLOMA HOLDERS
(i) For Government Sponsorship
The number of candidates admitted to each programme under the Diploma Holders
Avenue should not exceed 5% of the intake per programme, except for Bachelor of
Adult and Community Education whose quota for Diploma Holders is up to 30% of
the intake for the programme
(ii) For the Private Scheme the quota for Diploma Holders applicants varies as will
be determined by each Faculty/Institute/School
(iii) The following Programmes have no Diploma Scheme
(a) B Sc Nursing
(b) B Sc Education
(c) B A Education
(d) B Sc (Actuarial Science)
B REQUIRED PERFORMANCE IN THE DIPLOMAS
At least Second Class, Credit or equivalent performance
C FACULTY REQUIREMENTS FOR DIPLOMA HOLDERS
(The required Diplomas)
1 FACULTY OF MEDICINE
1 1 Bachelor of Pharmacy, MBChB, Bachelor of Dentistry
A Diploma in any of the following health disciplines:
(i) Medical Laboratory Technologists
(ii) Radiographers
(iii) Physiotherapists
(iv) Anaesthetic Officers
84
(v) Medical Assistants
(vi) Orthopaedic Officers/assistants
(vii) Clinical Ophthalmic Officers
(viii) Environmental Health Officers
(ix) Public Health Dental Assistants
(x) Public Health Assistants
(xi) Dispensers/Pharmacy Technicians
(xii) Psychiatry Clinical Officers
(xiii) Uganda Registered Nurses/Midwives
(xiv) Occupational Therapy
(xv) Orthopaedic Technology
1 2 Bachelor of Science in Medical Radiography
A Diploma in Medical Radiography of Makerere University or its equivalent from recognised
Institutions
2 SCHOOL OF PUBLIC HEALTH
Bachelor of Environmental Health Science
A Diploma in Environmental Health Science of Makerere University or its equivalent from
recognised Institutions
3 FACULTY OF VETERINARY MEDICINE
3 1 Bachelor of Veterinary Medicine
A Diploma from the veterinary Training Institute, Entebbe or Bukalasa Agricultural
College
3 2 Bachelor of Biomedical Laboratory Technology
An Ordinary Diploma in Laboratory Technology or its equivalent from a recognised
Institution
3 3 Bachelor of Science in Wildlife Health and Management
A Diploma in Wildlife Ecology, veterinary Sciences, Agriculture, Animal Science,
Forestry, Environmental Science, Animal Nursing or their equivalent from recognised
Institutions
3 4 Bachelor of Animal Production Technology and Management
An Ordinary Diploma in Animal Health and Production (or its equivalent) from a
recognised Institution
4 FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE
4 1 Bachelor of Agricultural and Rural Innovation
A Diploma or its equivalent from a recognised Agricultural related Tertiary Institution
Eligible candidates must have a related Post Diploma working experience of at
least 2 years
4 2 Bachelor of Science in Agricultural Engineering
An ordinary Technician Diploma, with at least credit 3 in Mathematics, from a
recognised Institution of Higher Learning
4 3 Bachelor of Science in Agriculture
85
A National Diploma in Agriculture or Animal Husbandry or its equivalent obtained
from a recognised Institution of Higher Learning
4 4 Bachelor of Science in Food Science and Technology
A National diploma in either Food Science, or Food Technology, or veterinary Science,
Forestry or Agriculture or the equivalent from recognised Institutions
4 5 Bachelor of Science in Agricultural land Use and Management
A Diploma or its equivalent in relevant fields from recognised Institutions
4 6 Bachelor of Agribusiness Management
A National Diploma or its equivalent in Agricultural Business Studies and relevant
fields from recognised Institutions
4 7 Bachelor of Science in Horticulture
A National Diploma or its equivalent in Horticulture, Forestry, Agriculture or Biological
Sciences from a recognised Institutions
5 FACULTY OF FORESTRY AND NATURE CONSERVATION
5 1 Bachelor of Science in Forestry
A National Diploma in Forestry or Agriculture, or its equivalent from recognised
Institutions
5 2 Bachelor of Community Forestry
A National Diploma or its equivalent of good Standing in Forestry or other related
agricultural sciences from a recognised Institution
5 3 Bachelor of Science in Wood Science and Technology
A National Diploma or its equivalent in Forestry or related Technical fields, from a
recognised Institution
6 FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY
6 1 B Sc (Civil Engineering), Bsc (Electrical Engineering) and B Sc (Mechanical
Engineering)
A relevant Ordinary Diploma or its equivalent, with a Credit in Mathematics, from
UPk, or any of the UTCs
6 2 B Sc Telecommunications Engineering)
(i) A Uganda National Examinations Board Ordinary Technical Diploma or its
equivalent (Credit Class)
(ii) Applicant should have obtained a Credit Pass in Mathematics
6 3 Bachelor of Science in Surveying
A Diploma from Entebbe Surveying School or its equivalent The applicants should
have:
a) Passed all the subjects of the final part at the same sitting
b) An overall average mark of at least 60% in all the examinations
c) An average mark in Mathematics of at least 70%
6 4 Bachelor of Architecture
86
(i) An Ordinary Diploma in Architectural Draughtsmanship or its equivalent from
UPk or any other recognised Institutions
(ii) Applicants should have obtained at least a Credit 3 in the Building Construction
and Drawing subject of the Diploma
6 5 B Sc (Land Economics), B Sc (Quantity Surveying),
B Sc (Construction Management)
(i) A UNEB Ordinary Diploma in Building and Civil Engineering or its equivalent
(Credit Class)
(ii) Applicant should have passed Mathematics, Building Construction and Drawing
with at least Credit 4 (four)
7 FACULTY OF LAW
7 1 Bachelor of Laws
Any diploma from a recognised Institution of Higher Learning
8 INSTITUTE OF STATISTICS AND APPLIED ECONOMICS
8 1 Bachelor of Statistics
EITHER: A Diploma in Statistics (at Intermediate Professional Level) from the East
African Statistical Training Centre, Dar-es-Salaam or its equivalent
OR: Any other Diploma from a recognised Institution with Mathematics as a major
subject
Initially, on an experimental basis and subject to review a candidate who is a holder of
a Diploma of at least Credit grading obtained at the East African Statistical Training
Centre, Dar es Salaam, will on admission to the Bachelor of Statistics Programme, be
exempted from the first year and will thus enter the programme in the second year The
holders of Pass Diplomas may be admitted to B Stat Year I
8 2 Bachelor of Science (Quantitative Economics)
A Diploma from a recognised Institution The Diploma Programme must have involved
Mathematics as a major subject
8 3 Bachelor of Science in Population Studies
Any diploma from a recognised Institution
8 4 Bachelor of Science in Business Statistics
At least a Second Class or Credit Diploma from a recognised Institution with
Mathematics as a subject
9 MAKERERE UNIVERSITY BUSINESS SCHOOL
9 1 Bachelor of Commerce and Bachelor of Business Administration
(a) A Diploma from the former National College of Business Studies and its sister
Colleges of Commerce in:
(i) Business Studies
(ii) Marketing (both Ordinary and Higher Diplomas)
(b) A Diploma in Cooperatives from the Uganda Cooperative College, kigumba
87
(c) The professional qualifications in courses such as CPA (Kenya), ACCA, ICMA,
ICSA or their equivalent
d) Diploma in Education with a bias in Business Education
The following levels of passing are acceptable
(a) For the Business Studies and Marketing Diplomas:
Credit in Principal or Core subjects, and
(b) For the Professional Courses: applicants should have passed the first level
or stage of the professional courses such that the applicants would have been
allowed to proceed to the second level or stage
9 2 Bachelor of Catering and Hotel Management
The following Diplomas or their equivalents:
(a) Uganda Diploma in Hotel and Institutional Catering
(b) Diploma in Business Studies
(c) Higher Diploma in Marketing
(d) Diploma from the Institute of Bankers
(e) Business Diploma from NTCs
(f) Diploma in Co-operatives
9 3 Bachelor of Human Resource Management
A Diploma from a recognised Institution
9 4 Bachelor of International Business
A Diploma from a recognised Institution
9 5 Bachelor of Leisure and Hospitality Management
A Diploma from a recognised Institution
9 6 Bachelor of Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management
A Diploma from a recognised Institution
9 7 Bachelor of Business Computing
A Diploma from a recognised Institution
9 8 Bachelor of Procurement and Supply Chain Management
EITHER: A Diploma in any discipline from a recognised institution
OR: A candidate should have completed level one of any professional course
9 9 Bachelor of Office and Information Management
A Diploma from a recognised Institution
10 FACULTY OF COMPUTING AND INFORMATION SCIENCE
10 1 Bachelor of Science in Computer Science
A Diploma in Computer Science, Engineering, Business Studies, Information
Technology, Statistics or any other diploma with Mathematics as one of the subjects
from any recognised Institution
OR
88
Applicants with an equivalent of a diploma in Computer Science such as the CISCO
Certified Network Associate (CCNA)
10 2 Bachelor of Information Technology
A Diploma from a recognized Institution in any discipline or its equivalent such as
CISCO Certified Network Associate (CCNA)
10 3 Diploma in Computer Science and Information Technology
Possess a Diploma from any recognized institution
For Certificate Holders - a candidate must be a holder of at least Credit certificate in
Computer Science or related field from a recognized institution
11 FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
11 1 Bachelor of Arts (Social Sciences)
Any diploma from a recognised Institution
11 2 Bachelor of Social Work and Social Administration
Any diploma from a recognised Institution
12 FACULTY OF ARTS
12 1 Bachelor of Arts
Any diploma from a recognised Institution
12 2 Bachelor of Mass Communication
Any diploma from a recognised Institution
12 3 Bachelor of Development Studies
Any diploma from a recognised Institution
12 4 Bachelor of Urban Planning
Any diploma from a recognised Institution
12 5 Bachelor of Arts in Music
A diploma in Music, Dance and Drama or a Diploma in Music from a recognised
Institution
12 6 Bachelor of Arts in Environmental Management
Any diploma from a recognised Institution
12 7 Bachelor of Tourism
Any diploma from a recognised Institution
12 8 Bachelor of Arts in Dance
A Diploma in Music, Dance and Drama or a Diploma in Dance from a recognised
Institution
12 9 Bachelor of Arts in Drama
89
A Diploma in Music, Dance and Drama or a Diploma in Drama from a recognised
Institution
12 10 Bachelor of Secretarial Studies
(a) EITHER: A Secretarial Studies Diploma from a recognised Institution
(b) OR: Advanced Level Certificates in Secretarial Studies from a recognised Institute,
in the following subjects:
1 Shorthand Stage III -100 w p m
2 Typewriting III - 50 w p m
3 Business English Stage III and
4 Any two other subjects from among:
(i) Secretarial Duties Stage II
(ii) Office Practice/Management Stage
(iii) Commerce/Economics Stage II
(iv) Accounting Stage II
(v) general Principles of Law Stage II
(vi) Marketing Stage II Obtained from UNEB or an equivalent examining
body
13 MARGARET TROWEL SCHOOL OF INDUSTRIAL AND FINE ARTS
13 1 Bachelor of Industrial and Fine Arts
(a) A Diploma from a recognised Institution with Art, Design, Technical Drawing as
a bias or Art and Design related course like Fashion Design, Computer graphics,
Photography and Architecture
(b) Diplomas other than in Fine Art but with one-year certificate in Art or Design
Discipline from recognised Institutions and a portfolio of work in Art or Design
Discipline NOTE: This category of candidates should also possess an
Advanced level Certificate with at least one principle pass in Art or Technical
Drawing
14 EAST AFRICAN SCHOOL OF LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SCIENCE
14 1 Bachelor of Library and Information Science
(a) A Diploma in Library and Information Science of Makerere University, or its
equivalent from a recognised Institution
(b) A Diploma in Records and Archives Management of Makerere University, or its
equivalent from a recognised Institution
(c ) A Diploma in Information Technology of Makerere University or its equivalent
from a recognised Institution
The applicants should be strongly recommended by their employers
90
15 FACULTY OF SCIENCE
15 1 Bachelor of Science
(a) A Diploma in Education from National Teachers Colleges The applicants must
have studied any of the following subjects: Mathematics, Biology, Chemistry,
Economics, Physics, geography or Agriculture
(b) At least an ordinary Diploma from the Uganda Polytechnic, kyambogo or
the other Technical Colleges and the applicants must have studied any of the
following subjects:
Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry
(c ) A Diploma from any of the following Agricultural Colleges:Arapai, Nyabyeya,
Fisheries Training Institute Entebbe, Bukalasa, Busitema, veterinary Training
Institute- Entebbe The candidates should have studied any of the following
subjects:Agriculture, Biology
d) A diploma from any of the Schools of Health (Medicine) Radiographers,
Dispensers, Nurses, Medical Laboratory Technicians or Environmental Health
Officers
15 2 Bachelor of Science in Ethnobotany
Holders of a Diploma in Science based subjects with a bias in Biology, Chemistry or
Agriculture from recognised Institutions may be admitted to the programme
15 3 Bachelor of Science in Industrial Chemistry
(a) An ordinary Diploma from a recognised Technical College with qualifications in
Chemistry and Mathematics or related fields
(b) A Diploma in Education with Chemistry and either Mathematics or Physics
15 4 Bachelor of Science in Fisheries and Aquaculture
Diploma in Fisheries Management and Technology, Aquaculture Yacht and Boat
Building, Veterinary Sciences or the equivalent from recognised Institutions
15 5 Bachelor of Sports Science
A Diploma in the relevant subjects:
Biology, Physics, Chemistry, geography, Mathematics, Commerce from ITEk, UPk,
School of Hygiene, Paramedical Institute and other recognised Institutions of Higher
Learning
15 6 Bachelor of Science in Geological Resource Management
A Diploma from a recognised Institution with a bias in Physical Sciences: Mathematics,
Physics, chemistry
15 7 Bachelor of Science in Conservation Biology
Diplomas from recognised Institutions with a bias in Biology, Chemistry, Forestry,
Wildlife, Animal Husbandry, Environmental Education and Environmental
Management
91
16 INSTITUTE OF ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION
16 1 Bachelor of Adult and Community Education up to (30% of the intake)
(a) Diploma in Adult Education
(b) Diploma in Social Development
(c) Diploma in Co-operatives
(d) Diploma in Agriculture
(e) Diploma in Public Health
(f) Diploma in Animal Husbandry
(g) Diploma in Fisheries, and
Any other Diplomas which prepare professionals for extension work or other
community work
17 INSTITUTE OF PSYCHOLOGY
17 1 Bachelor of Community Psychology
A Diploma or its equivalent from a recognised Institution in any of the following
disciplines:
Social Work, Counselling, Occupational Therapy, Psychiatry and Education
17 2 Bachelor of Industrial and Organizational Psychology
Holders of at least a second class Diploma or its equivalent from a recognized
Institution
18 FACULTY OF ECONOMICS AND MANAGEMENT
18 1 Bachelor of Arts in Economics
A Diploma from a recognised Institution in relevant fields/subjects (Economics,
Mathematics)
18 2 Bachelor of Arts in Development Economics
At least a Second Class Diploma award from a recognised Institution of higher
learning
19 INSTITUTE OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES
Holders of Relevant Diploma (at least a second class) in Science related subjects from
Makerere University or other recognized Institutions
92
ADMISSION OF INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
Eligibility
Makerere University welcomes international students who satisfy the minimum entry
requirements indicated above:
A- Level
Applicants should note that to be eligible for admission, the last examination must have been sat
during the year in which admission is being sought or not more than two years previously
At its discretion and on the advice of the Faculty/School/Institute concerned, the University may
consider for admission to a Degree Programme a candidate with only ‘O’ level qualifications
provided that he/she has been registered at another University (Prior to applying), for a Degree
Programme and has successfully completed at least one year of University education He/she must
however submit the University transcript(s)
The requirements described above are only minimum academic requirements for admission into
the University There is no guarantee that fulfillment of them will automatically make one entitled
to admission into the University The possession of the minimum entry qualifications only makes
one eligible for consideration for admission
Application Procedure
The University Academic Year normally starts in August Applications should be sent to Academic
Registrar (Admissions), P O Box 7062, kampala, Uganda Candidates eligible for consideration
will be sent an application form, Schedule of fees and the Financial guarantee Form The completed
forms together with other relevant academic documents and the necessary application fee should
be received by the Admissions Office not later than 31st March of the Year in which admission is
sought
N B: Applications cannot be processed until the University has received the application fee and
undertaking by the sponsor to finance the student’s studies at this University
English Proficiency
Candidates from countries where the language of instruction is not English are required to supply
evidence of Proficiency in English Foreign Applicants currently residing in Uganda may however
sit an English proficiency test conducted by Makerere University
93
THE OCCASIONAL STUDENTSHIP SCHEME
As Approved By the Senate at Its Special Meeting Held On 3 rd May 2006
1 Objectives
a) To improve the knowledge base of the students
b) To enable a student to acquire more knowledge through experiential learning in a
different environment
2 General Requirements
a) Studying under the scheme does not lead to any award
b) Candidates who apply for admission under the scheme should not already be Makerere
University students
c) Registered occasional students shall not transfer to degree programmes or change
status of registration on the basis of their performance while on the scheme
d) The Occasional Studentship scheme applies to both the Undergraduate and Postgraduate
students
3 Admission Requirements
Applicants under the scheme MUST be:
a) Students of other recognized Universities and
b) Possess requirements for admission to Makerere University
4 Application for, and Duration of, Registration
a) Students of other institutions should apply through the Heads of their institutions
b) Candidates may apply for registration at any time and could be admitted at the
beginning of any semester of the academic year
c) Occasional students must register for at least one course in a semester and for not more
than one academic year No such registration shall overlap two academic years
d) All applications must complete an application form They should specify the courses
they wish to attend with the approval of the relevant Heads of Departments and
respective Deans/Directors of Faculties/School/Institutes The completed application
form should be submitted to the Academic the Registrar who shall, in consultation
with relevant bodies within the University, register such students
5 Examinations and Awards
(a) Occasional students shall not sit for University examination
(b) The University shall not enter into negotiations, on behalf of an occasional student,
for purposes of getting agreements with another University on the crediting of the
student’s work covered during his registration although the University shall provide a
statement of attendance
6 University Rules, Fees and Residence
(a) Occasional students as well as regular students are expected to adhere to the University,
and Faculty Rules and Regulations
b) The Tuition fees, charged per course registered for in a semester should be paid before
a student is registered
c) No occasional student shall be entitled to residential accommodation provided by the
University and shall also not be involved in making alternative arrangements for the
student
94
THE SHORT-TERM STUDENTSHIP SCHEME
1 Objectives
a) To Improve the knowledge base of the students
b) To enable a student to acquire more knowledge through experiential learning in a
different environment
2 General Requirements
a) Studying under the scheme does not lead to any award
b) Candidates who apply for admission under the scheme should not already be Makerere
University students
c) Registered Short-term Student shall not transfer to degree programmes or change
status of registration on the basis of their performance while on the scheme
d) The Short-term Studentship scheme applies to both the Undergraduate and Postgraduate
students
3 Admission Requirements
Applicants under the scheme MUST:
a) Be students of other recognised Universities or
b) Possess the Makerere University admission requirements
4 Application for, and Duration of, Registration:
a) A short-term student is one whose duration of studentship at the University is at least
one Semester and who is not at the time of application, studies or registered for a
Certificate, Diploma or Degree Programme of Makerere University
b) Students of other Institutions should apply through the Heads of such Institutions
c) Applications must be submitted to the University not later two months before the
commencement of the semester in which admission is sought
d) Registration for Short-term studentship shall be at the beginning of each Semester like
regular students on Makerere University Programme, unless otherwise specified
e) Short-term students are required to register as students of the University for one full
Semester to any year of study as long as they meet the pre-requisites As registered
students, all regulations governing full time students will apply to them unless otherwise
stated The tuition fees, charged per Course and functional fees should be paid
before a student is registered
f) Short-term studentship may be terminated on the following grounds: serious breach of
University regulations, abscondment and/or irregular attendance of classes
5 Examinations and Awards
a) Such registration shall not lead to any award of the University, unless otherwise
decided by Senate
b) At the end of the Semester, Short-term students have to sit University examinations
under the same regulations as the full time University students
c) Short-term students may audit any course at this University by permission and provided
they have registered in at least one Course All audited Courses must be paid for at the
prevailing University rates
95
ADMISSION TO GRADUATE PROGRAMMES
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
(a) Graduate Diploma Programmes
Normally a Bachelor’s degree or its equivalent from a recognised University in a subject or
subjects relevant to the course applied for Each programme has its Admission requirements
and they are stipulated under each of the programmes in section vI
(b) Master’s Degree Programme
(i) To be eligible for Admission to a Master’s degree programme, a candidate must be
a holder of at least a Second Class degree or its equivalent awarded by Makerere
University or any other recognized institution
(ii) An applicant who is a holder of a third class degree or its equivalent may be admitted
only after such applicant has provided evidence of academic maturity in the desired
field of study as shall be judged by the Board of Graduate studies and Research
(iii) Other specific requirements vary from programme to programme
(c) Doctor Of Philosophy Programmes (Ph D)
1 Applicants for Ph D degree programmes at Makerere University are granted
provisional registration of up to one academic year on the basis of acceptance academic
qualification they would present A graduate of Makerere University or any other
recognized University desiring to present himself/herself as a candidate for the degree
of Doctor of Philosophy in any Faculty/School/Institute, should hold such degree and
be of such standing as may be prescribed in the regulations of the Faculty/School/
Institute concerned
2 During the course of the academic year, a Ph D student should develop concise normal
research proposals with the help of some of senior members of the academic staff in
the relevant fields of study
3 The respective Boards of Faculties/Institutes /Schools should identity Supervisors of
such students
The Senate shall, on the recommendation of the Academic Board, appoint one or more
supervisors to advise a candidate whose subject of special study or research has been
approved, and the candidate shall be required to work in close association with the
supervisor or supervisors
4, When a Research proposal of a PhD students is found satisfactory by the Departmental
and Faculty/Institute/School of graduate Studies and Higher Degree Committee the
proposal should be presented to the Board of graduate Studies and research for
further consideration
5 The students whose research proposals is approved by the Board of graduate Studies
and Research should then be granted full registration as Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
degree students at Makerere University
(d) For M D degree
A Master’s degree in Medicine from a recognised University
96
SPECIFIC ENTRY REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMME
A: POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS
1 Postgraduate Diploma in Anaesthesia
Bachelor of Medicine and Surgery (MB Ch B) and at least one year of Clinical experience
after full registration (preferably up-country)
2 Postgraduate Diploma in Community Based Rehabilitation
At least two years working experience with disabled people or such other related work
experience Disabled persons with relevant qualifications will be given preferential
consideration
3 Postgraduate Diploma in Construction Project Management
Applicants should possess a good first degree in Architecture, Engineering or its equivalent
from Makerere University or any other recognized University/Institution Applicants from
other related professions, with similar qualifications will be considered as well
4 Postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science
A candidate must be a holder of EITHER
- a first degree in Computer Science OR
- any other degree with evidence of having taken some acceptable courses in Computer
Science areas such as Programming and Computer Applications, computer Architecture,
Operating Systems and Database Management Systems
5 Post Graduate Diploma in Information Systems
A candidate must be a holder of Bachelor’s Degree in Information Technology or Computer
Science or any other degree with evidence of having taken acceptable courses in either
information Technology or Computer Science
6 Postgraduate Diploma in ICT Policy and Regulation
To qualify for admission, a candidate must be a holder of any first Bachelor’s degree from a
recognized Institution
7 Postgraduate Diploma in Demography
Applicants must have done one of the following subjects at the University: Sociology,
Economics, geography, Mathematics, Statistics, Medicine, Social Work and Social
Administration Applicants should indicate their Mathematics background which must be at
least a credit at ‘0’ level
8 Postgraduate Diploma in Education
Applicants should normally have studied two of the subjects listed below during their
University Undergraduate Course and one subject should have been studied up to final
degree level: African Languages, Agriculture, Art, Botany, Chemistry, Craft, English, French,
geography, german, History, Mathematics, Music, Physics, Religious Education, Zoology,
Economics, Political Science and Physical Education
Applicants who do not fulfill the above conditions must satisfy that their academic background
is appropriate for two of the method courses offered in the Faculty
97
9 Post Graduate Diploma in Environmental Impact Assessment (PGDEIA) (Day/
Evening)
A candidate will be admitted to the Postgraduate Diploma programme if he/she possesses a
University Degree or its equivalent in the Physical, Biological, Health or Humanities courses
from Makerere University or any other recognized Institution of higher learning
10 Postgraduate Diploma in Environmental Information Management
Candidates must have- at least a second class lower degree from a recognized university in
an appropriate field such as science, engineering, physical sciences or environmental science,
At least three years relevant experience in environmental Management, Industrial production
or service delivery
A candidate must possess a good honors degree or its equivalent from Makerere University
or any other recognised University/Institution of higher learning knowledge of computing
will be an advantage
11 Postgraduate Diploma in Cleaner Production
(a) At least a Second Class Lower Division Bachelor degree from a recognized and
Chartered University in an appropriate field such as: Health Sciences, Engineering,
Physical sciences, Biological sciences or Environmental Science
(b) At least three years of relevant experience in environmental, industrial production
service delivery
12 Postgraduate Diploma in Environmental Journalism and Communication (Day)
The programme is open to all competent candidates with at least a University degree or its
equivalent in the Arts, Social Sciences, Natural Sciences or any other relevant field of study
from a recognized University or Institution
Intake: The first intake will comprise of 25 students drawn from the Eastern Africa
partner countries (Burundi, Kenya, Rwanda, Tanzania and Uganda) This figure will be
reviewed from time to time
13 Postgraduate Diploma in Guidance and Counseling
Persons in the following professions are the ones who are eligible:- Social workers;
lawyers working with advocacy organizations such as FIDA; Careers Teachers and School
Counselors; Hall Wardens; Religious Workers, e g priests, pastors, nuns, brothers, mullahs
and lay ministers; people working with special needs groups such as refugees, street children,
the bereaved, victims of rape, defilement, unwanted pregnancies or AIDS Please note that
there will be an initial screening of the applicants and those who will qualify will be invited
for an oral interview before final acceptance into the programme
14 Postgraduate Diploma in Librarianship
At least one year’s working experience in a well-organised library after a Bachelors degree
in Librarianship The applicants should route their applications through the libraries where
they are working The candidates who do not fulfill this requirement but have sponsorship
of a library will also be considered
15 Postgraduate Diploma in Mass Communication (Evening)
The Postgraduate Diploma in Mass Communication is open to competent candidates with at
least a University degree or its equivalent in the Arts , Social Sciences, Natural Sciences or
any other relevant field of study from a recognized University or Institution
98
16 Postgraduate Diploma in Meteorology
Applicants must possess a good Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts degree and should
have taken one of the following options at undergraduate level
(a) Mathematics and Physics (3 2 2) OR
(b) Mathematics with Physics taken in the first year (3 1 1 ) and (3 2 2 ) OR
(c) Mathematics and Chemistry with Physics taken in the first year (3 2 2 and 3 1 1 )
(d) Mathematics and geography at degree level with physics taken at ‘A’ Level or
equivalent OR
(e) geography at degree level with principal level passes in Mathematics and Physics
17 Postgraduate Diploma in Theology and Pastoral Studies (at Ggaba National Seminary
and Kinyamasika National Seminary)
A Bachelors degree or its equivalent from a recognized University or Institution of Higher
Learning shall be required as the minimum admission requirement
18 Postgraduate Diploma in Quality of Health Care
Applicants must be middle and senior health managers such as: National programme
Managers of TB/Leprosy management team, heads of NgO health care institutions in charge
of medical units/specialised units All applicants must hold positions in the health sector
where they can do their field attachment or should have negotiated such positions before
commencement of the programme All applicants must posses a good Bachelors degree in
any of the following:- Medicine, Nursing, Pharmacy, Social Science, Nutrition, Agriculture,
veterinary Medicine, Engineering and Education
19 Postgraduate Diploma in Refugee Law and Forced Migration
Applicants should possess a good first degree from Makerere University or any other
recognized University/Institution They should be working as policy makers and advisors,
planners in strategic social & economic sectors, basic and applied researchers, workers in
humanitarian assistance areas and disaster preparedness; NgO staff, internal and foreign
affairs staff, public service and justice staff; educationists and opinion leaders
20 Postgraduate Diploma in Statistics
Applicants must have a strong background in Statistics, Statistics with Economics or
Mathematics with several papers in Statistics A two-year practical experience of Statistics
or related field will be an added advantage Applicants should indicate one area of
specialization from the following: National Accounts, Economic Statistics, Agricultural
Statistics, Statistical Computing, Sampling Technology, Labour Statistics, Bio-statistics,
Statistical Methods, Social Statistics, Development Planning, Econometrics, Social Statistics
and Operations Research
21 Postgraduate Diploma in Translation and Interpretation Studies
A candidate shall be admitted to the programme if he/she;
(i) Possesses a University degree or its equivalent from a recognised University/Institution
of higher learning in at least one of the languages of specialisation he/she wants to train
in; OR
(ii) Possess a University degree or its equivalent from a recognised institution of higher
learning in Journalism, Communication Studies and/or Literary Studies and has
certified proficiency in at least one of the languages of specialisation; OR
(iii) Sits and Passes a proficiency test set by the University in both of the languages he/she
wants to train in Applicants must note that at the moment only kiswahili, English and
French will be available for the training
99
22 Postgraduate Diploma in Urban Design (PGDUD) (Day/Evening)
To qualify for admission, a candidate must be a holder of first degree in Architecture,
Engineering, Urban Planning, Land Survey or its equivalent conferred from Makerere
University or any other recognized University/Institution of higher learning
Initial In take: Fifteen (15) students Day and fifteen (15) in the Evening classes
23 Postgraduate Diploma in Wildlife Health Management
Applicants must have a good first degree or its equivalent in any of the following disciplines:
veterinary Medicine, Agriculture, Forestry, Environment, Zoology, Botany, or natural
sciences
Applicants who have had considerable experience in natural resources management, i e
Wildlife Animal Health, Production, Environmental and Legal Management Systems shall
be considered on showing proof of their experience and in addition, will be required to do
oral interviews
24 Postgraduate Diploma in Integrated Rural Planning
Candidates must have first degree or the equivalent qualifications from a recognized University
or Institution in the following disciplines: geography, Agriculture, Economics, Sociology,
Business Management, Development Studies, veterinary Medicine, Environmental
Management, Tourism and other related studies
25 Postgraduate Diploma in Primary Education
(a) Applicants should be holders of first University degree from a recognized University
equivalent with Arts, Social Sciences or Science Subjects
(b) Admission shall be done in accordance with Makerere University general regulations
26 Postgraduate Diploma in Livestock Development Planning & Management
A candidate must hold bachelor s degrees in any of the following:
(a) veterinary Medicine/Science
(ii) Animal Health and Production
(iv) Agriculture
(iv) Zoology
(v) Social Sciences
27 Postgraduate Diploma in Information Technology
A candidate must be a holder of a bachelor’s degree in Information Technology or Computer
Science of any other degree with evidence of having taken acceptable courses in either
Information Technology or computer science
28 Postgraduate Diploma in Data Communication and Software Engineering
A candidate must be a holder of a bachelor’s degree in Information Technology or Computer
Science of any other degree with evidence of having taken acceptable courses in either
Information Technology or computer science
100
B MASTERS DEGREES
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE
1 Master of Science in Agricultural Extension/Education
Applicants should possess a good first degree in Agriculture or Veterinary Medicine or a
Bachelor of Science or Forestry or the equivalent from a recognised University
2 Master of Science in Crop Science: (Requirements: as in 1)
3 Master of Science in Animal Science: (Requirements: as in 1)
4 Master of Science in Agricultural Engineering
Applicants should possess a good first degree in Agricultural Engineering or a good first
degree in any other branch of Engineering or its equivalent from a recognised University
Applicants with qualifications other than that of Agricultural Engineering may be required to
undertake additional courses to meet the minimum requirements
5 Master of Science in Soil Science:
Applicants should possess a good first degree in Agriculture or Science or Forestry or its
equivalent from a recognized University
6 Master of Science in Agricultural Economics
Applicants should hold a good first degree in Agriculture or a Bachelor of Arts degree in
Economics or a Bachelor of Science (Statistics and Economics) or a Bachelor of Science
Forestry or the equivalent from a recognised University
7 Master of Agribusiness Management
Applicants should hold a good first degree in Agriculture or related life sciences, Economics
or Commerce from a recognised University or Institution Applicants with qualifications
other than of Agriculture may be required to undertake additional courses to meet minimum
requirements
8 Master of Science in Food Science and Technology
Applicants should possess a good first degree in Food Science and Technology or related life
sciences (Agriculture, Crop or Animal Science options) Biochemistry, Food Engineering,
Medicine, Microbiology and veterinary Medicine from a recognised University or Institution
Applicants with qualifications other than of Food Science and Technology may be required
to undertake additional courses to meet the minimum requirements
9 Master of Science in Applied Human Nutrition:
The general entrance requirements of Makerere University shall apply In addition, eligible
candidate should have one of the following qualifications: Biological Sciences, Health
Sciences, Natural Sciences, Social Sciences, and Humanities
10 Master of Science in Agricultural and Applied Economics
Applicants should hold a good first degree in Agriculture or a Bachelor of Arts degree in
Economics or a Bachelor of Science (Statistics and Economics) or a Bachelor of Science
Forestry or the equivalent from a recognised University
101
FACULTY OF ARTS
11 Master of Arts (Ethics and Public Management)
Applicants must possess a good first degree or its equivalent from a recognised University/
Institution in Philosophy Applicants whose first degree is not in Philosophy shall be required
to take two introductory courses from the undergraduate programme as remedial courses
Applicants must be working or intending to work as: Public Relations Officers, Human
Resource Managers, Educationists, Health Workers, Extension Staff Workers, Project
Managers, Transport Officers, Social Researchers, Legislators, Civic Leaders, Religious
Leaders and Academicians
12 Master of Arts (Human Rights)
Applicants must possess a good first degree or its equivalent and should be working as:
Policy makers and advisors, Human Rights Workers, Lawyers, Teachers, Medical Workers,
Security Personnel, Researchers, people working with the disabled and those working in
gender related fields
13 M A in African Languages
Options: kiswahili, Luganda, Luo, Runyakitara or any other indigenous African
Languages are areas of specialisation
A good first degree from a recognised university or institution
14 M A (Land Use and Regional Development)
A good first degree from a recognised University or Institution Applicants should have
specialised in any of the following subjects: geography, Agriculture, Forestry, Soil Science,
Economics, geology, Botany, Zoology, Civil Engineering and Surveying
15 M A (Geography)
A good first degree or its equivalent in a related area of Geography; in particular Agriculture,
Forestry, Soil Science, Meteorology, Hydrology or water resources, geology, Economics,
Botany, Civil Engineering and Surveying
16 Master of Arts (Literature)
A good first degree in Literature as a single subject and in Literature and another relevant
subject such as English Language Studies, Linguistics, Literature in other languages, History,
Religious Studies, Philosophy may also be considered for admission
17 Master of Arts (Religious Studies)
A good first degree from a recognised University or Institution with at least 40% of the
courses for the first degree to have been taken in Religious Studies and all of these Religious
Studies courses, to have been passed in the grade of at least Upper Second class
18 Master of Arts in Peace and Conflict Studies
At lease a Lower Second (Honours) Degree from a recognized University or Institution of
Higher Learning
19 Master of Arts in Religious and Theological Studies (at Ggaba National Seminary)
At least a good Bachelors degree or its equivalent from a recognized University or Institution
of Higher Learning
102
20 Master of Arts in Social and Management Studies (at Ggaba National Seminary)
At least a good first degree or its equivalent from a recognized University or Institution of
Higher Learning
21 Master of Arts (Philosophy)
A good first degree or its equivalent with at least 40% of the courses for the first degree
to have been taken in Philosophy, and all these Philosophy courses to have been passed at
the level of at least upper second class Applicants with a B A (or equivalent) degree of a
Lower Second Division may also be considered after the candidate has produced evidence
of academic growth
22 Master of Arts (in Languages)
A good first degree or its equivalent in the language of study from a recognised University
graduates with B A with Education degree can also apply for French
Options: The following areas of specialisation are offered: English Language Studies,
Linguistics, French and german
23 Master of Arts (History)
A good first degree from a recognised University or Institution with at least 40% of the
courses of the first degree to have been taken in History and all of these History courses to
have been passed in the grade of at least Upper Second Class
24 Master of Arts in Performing Arts (Music and Drama)
A good first degree from a recognised University or Institution in any of the performing
Arts
25 Master of Arts in Environmental Journalism and Communication
The program is open to applicants with:
- A Bachelor’s Degree (Honours) in Mass Communication, Journalism, Public Relations
Studies, Communication Studies or related field of study
- A good PgD in Mass Communication, Journalism, Public Relations Communication
Studies or related field of study
- A Honours Bachelor’s Degree in Arts, Social Sciences, Pure Sciences or other related
field of study plus at least two years working experience in media or communication
26 Master of Arts in Human Relations Studies
Candidate with first degree at least Second Class Lower Division or its equivalent in any
field
FACULTY OF COMPUTING & INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
27 Master of Science in Computer Science (Day/Evening)
Applicants should have either:
• A Second Class level Postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science from a recognised
University/Institution
• A good First Degree in Computer Science or any other degree with evidence of
having taken acceptable courses in Computer Science such as Computer Literacy,
Programming Methodology, Computer Architecture, Operating Systems, and Database
(Management) Systems
103
28 Master of Information Technology
A candidate must be a holder of either a Postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science or
Information Technology or related fields from a recognized University/Institution OR A
Bachelor’s Degree in Information Technology or computer science or any other degree with
evidence of having taken acceptable courses in either information Technology or computer
science
29 Master of Science in Data Data Communication and Software Engineering
(as in No 22 above)
30 Master of Science in Information System
To qualify for admission, a candidate must be a holder of any First Bachelor’s Degree from
a recognized University/Institution of higher learning
FACULTY OF ECONOMICS & MANAGEMENT
31 Masters of Arts in Economic Policy and Planning
Applicants should have a good first degree in Economics, or with a major in Economics
(3 1 1 ) or its equivalent
OR
Candidates with a Lower Second degree in Economics (3 2 2) and a related field may also be
considered provided they have at least 2 years of relevant working experience
OR
Applicants with a good First degree in Commerce or Statistics from a recognised University
The MA(EPP) degree programme may be obtained by fulfilling requirements for course
work and a dissertation (Plan A) for the research oriented candidate OR more extended
coursework and research project (Plan B) for the broader knowledge based only candidate
32 Master of Arts in Economics
The following specific criteria shall apply:
(a) A Second Class honours degree in Economics or its equivalent from a recognized
University
(b) A Second Class honours degree with Economics as one of the subjects or its equivalent;
and
(c) A Second Class honours degree in Statistics, Quantitative Economics, Commerce,
Business Administration, Business
Administration and Management, Sciences, and Engineering or its equivalent
33 Master in Business Administration
The following specific criteria will apply without admission tests
(i) First Degree of atleast lower second class Honours in any field or its equivalent from a
recognised University
(ii) A qualification in any of these professional programmes: ACCA,CPA(U), CPA(K)
34 Master of Arts in Economic Policy Management
(i) A good first degree in Economics or with a major in Economics (3 1 1) or its
equivalent
(ii) A candidate with a lower 2nd degree in Economics(3 2 1), or Commerce, or Statistics
(iii) Preference will be given to candidates in the early stages of their career with a minimum
three years of work experience in a policy relevant position in government parastatal,
or non-governmental organization They should demonstrate a commit to a career in
economic policy management
104
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
35 Master of Arts in Educational Management (Day / Evening)
Candidates to be admitted to the programme must be holders of an honours degree or its
equivalent from a recognised University
36 Master of Arts in Educational Policy and Planning
At least a second class Honours degree or its equivalent from internationally recognised
Institutions
Target Group:
(i) Persons in Education departments in both public and private educational sector
presently engaged in educational policy making and planning
(ii) People aspiring to rise to the position of policy and planning officers in various
educational organizations and Institutions
(iii) People in the sub-region aspiring to become Lecturers in educational policy analysis
and planning
(iv) Heads of educational Institutions engaged in policy implementation and educational
planning
(v) Persons aspiring to become Heads of Educational Institutions
(vi) People aspiring to become experts in the science of educational policy and planning
37 Master of Education in Information Technology
Candidates must be holders of any second class Honours degree and above from a recognised
University/ Institution of higher learning
Target Group:
These are:
• Administrators in Institutions of Higher Learning
• Educational Administrators in various levels
• Lecturers in Higher Educational Institutions of Learning
• Those who aspire to education Management or to administer in Institutions of Higher
Learning
• People in other organisations engaged in designing and developing digitized educational
resources
• Lecturers in Higher Institutions of Learning
• Teacher Trainers
• People in Organisations engaged in human resource management
• Those aspiring to be academicians and experts in Information and Communication
Technology in Education
• Those who aspire to be academicians and experts in human resource management and
Leadership in education
N B The evening programme is conducted between 5 00 p m and 8 00 p m
38 Master of Education in Science Education
Options:
(i) Agricultural Education (iv) Environmental Education
(ii) Biology Education (v) Mathematics Education
(iii) Chemistry Education (vi) Physics Education
A good first degree from a recognised University or Institution Applicants must be qualified
graduate science teachers
105
39 Master of Education in Social Sciences and Arts Education
Options:
(i) Art and Craft Education (v) History Education
(ii) Economics Education
(vi) Social Studies Education
(iii) geography Education (vii) Political Education
(iv) Music Education
(viii) Religious Education
Applicants must be teachers with a good first degree in or with education from a recognised
University or Institution
40 Master of Education in Language and Literature Education
Options:
(i) English Language and Literature Education
(ii) French Language Education
(iii) Luganda Language Education
Applicants must be teachers with a good first degree in or with education and must have one
or more of the relevant languages
41 Master of Education in Educational Foundations
Options:
(i) Comparative Education
(iv) History of Education
(ii) Educational Administration & Planning (v) Philosophy of Education
(iii) Economics of Education
(vi) Sociology of Education
Applicants must be teachers with a good first degree in or with education Applicants who
did the postgraduate diploma in education must have obtained at least a Class II Diploma
42 Master of Education in Curriculum Studies
Applicants must be teachers with a good first degree in or with Education
43 Master of Education in Educational Psychology
Applicants must be teachers with a good first degree in or with education from a recognised
University or Institution Applicants who did the postgraduate Diploma in Education must
have obtained at least a Class II Diploma
44 M Sc in Human Resource Management in Education
Applicants must be holders of second class honours degree and above
Target Group:
These are the following categories of people:
• Administrators in Institutions of Learning
• Educational Administrators at various levels
EAST AFRICAN SCHOOL OF LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SCIENCE
45 Master of Science in Information Science:
Applicants should have an Upper second class degree in Library and Information Science
(BLIS) Candidates who hold an Upper second class degree in any discipline with at least
one years’ working experience in a recognised Library/Information Service may also apply
and if admitted, they have to take electives in organisation of knowledge and document
cataloging Candidates with a Lower second class degree may be considered if there is
evidence of academic/professional growth
106
FACULTY OF FORESTRY AND NATURE CONSERVATION
46 Master of Science in Agroforestry (2 years)
Specific Requirements: At least a Lower Second (Honors) Division degree or its equivalent
in the following fields:- Natural Science and Humanities disciplines: Forestry, Agriculture,
veterinary Medicine, Rural Economics, Sociology, Biological Science, geography and
Socio-Economics
Applicants with qualifications other than these must demonstrate academic growth or pass
a qualifying course
47 Master of Science in Forestry
Applicants should possess a good first degree in Forestry or any of the following disciplines:
B Sc (Agriculture): B Sc (Environmental Science); B Sc (Botany/Zoology) or a Bachelor
of Science (Statistics and Economics) or the equivalent
MARGARET TROWEL SCHOOL OF INDUSTRIAL AND FINE ARTS
48 Master of Arts (Fine Art)
A good first degree in Fine Arts or its equivalent with a working experience of at least two
years and a Portfolio of recent works
FACULTY OF LAW
49 Master of Laws
A good first degree in Law or its equivalent from a recognised University
MAKERERE UNIVERSITY BUSINESS SCHOOL
50 Master of Business Administration (Day and Evening programmes)
Options: Accounting & Finance, Marketing, Small Business Management, Human Resource
Management, Behavioral Science, Public Service Management and Project Management
A good first degree or its equivalent from a recognised University with at least 2 years fulltime
business experience or one year as a staff development fellow
OR
Possession of appropriate professional qualification such as ACCA, CAA or its equivalent
with at least 3 years working experience
All eligible applicants will be short-listed for an MBA admissions test which MUST be passed
before being considered for admission The MBA degree programme may be obtained by
fulfilling requirements for course work and a dissertation (Plan A) for the research oriented
candidate OR more extended coursework and research project (Plan B) for the broader
knowledge based only candidate
51 Master of Science in Accounting and Finance (Day/Evening)
Applicants should possess an honours degree or its equivalent in Commerce, Accounting,
Management or Business Administration or a Postgraduate Diploma in Business
Management
OR
Must have the appropriate professional qualifications like ACCA, CPA, etc with at least 4
years working experience
107
52 Master of Science in Marketing (Day/Evening)
Applicants should possess an honours degree or its equivalent from a recognised University/
Institution in Commerce, Management, Business Management OR
A Postgraduate Diploma in Business Management Must possess appropriate professional
qualifications in Marketing
53 Masters in Human Resource Management
(i) A second class division University degree of Makerere University or its equivalent
from a recognised University
(ii) Upper second division degree in commerce or MBA of Makerere University
(iii) PG Diploma in Human Resource Management or its equivalent
(iv) Possession of appropriate professional qualification
FACULTY OF MEDICINE
54 Master of Medicine Programmes
Areas of specialization: Internal Medicine, Community Practice, Microbiology,
Ophthalmology, Paediatrics, Pathology, Psychiatry, Radiology, E N T , Surgery, Obstetrics
& gyneacology
A good first degree in medicine or its equivalent and applicants must have completed the twoyear
probation period, have a good record and working experience preferably from an upcountry
hospital The referees must be the employers or supervisors who are professionals
55 Master of Medicine in Anaesthesia
Applicants must have an M B, Ch B degree or its equivalent with the Uganda Medical
Council and at least two years clinical experience after full registration, (preferably upcountry)
and may be holders of a Postgraduate Diploma in Anaesthesia
56 Master of Medicine in Orthopaedic Surgery
Applicants must have an M B Ch B degree or its equivalent and registerable with the
Uganda Medical Council with at least two years clinical experience after full registration
57 Master of Science: in either Human Anatomy, Pharmacology or Physiology
Applicants must have one of the following degrees: a B Sc (Hons) degree, a M B Ch B ,
B V M , B D S or their equivalents
58 Master of Science in Medical Illustration
Applicants must have EITHER an honours degree in Fine Art (BA Fine Art, BIFA) or its
equivalent OR an honours first degree in Zoology or a degree in Medicine or Veterinary
Medicine from a recognised institution Such applicants shall be eligible for admission to
OPTION B (Photography and film production) only
59 Master of Science in Clinical Epidemiology and Biostatistics
Applicants must have a good first degree with at least two years relevant experience in any
of the following areas:- Medicine Nursing, Pharmacy, Dentistry, Social Work, sociology,
Economics, Demography and Statistics
60 Master of Medicine in Otorhinolaryngology, Head and Ned Surgery
A MBchB Degree or its equivalent In addition, the candidate must be fully registered
or registratable with the Uganda Medical Council as Doctor, one or two years of work
experience is an advantage
108
61 Master of Science in Pharmacology
MBchB or its equivalent; B Pharm or its equivalent; BSc (Zoology); BSc (Human
Biology); BVM or its equivalent; BSc (Pharm); BSc (Nursing); BSc (Biochem) and BSc
(Physiology)
For classified degrees, the minimum entry requirements shall be at least an Upper Second
Class degree level
62 Master of Science in Physiology
Candidates must have a good MBchB degree or its equivalent OR BSc (Physiology); B
Pharm; BSc (Nursing); BDS; BSc (Zoology); BSc (Human Biology); and BvM
MAKERERE UNIVERSITY SCHOOL OF PUBLIC HEALTH
63 Master of Public Health
Applicants must have a good Medical degree with at least two years practical experience
after internship and must be recommended by at least two senior professionals Applicants
with a qualification in Biological, Social Sciences, Engineering, at the level of Upper Second
Division and above and veterinary Medicine may also apply
64 Master of Public Health Distance Education
At least lower second class degree in the following fields: Health sciences; social sciences
or Biological sciences with 2 years working experience Candidates should be attached to a
health sector institution in the country from which a local supervision will be identified
MAKERERE UNIVERSITY INSTITUTE OF PSYCHOLOGY
65 Master of Organisational Psychology (Evening)
Applicants must possess an honors degree in Psychology
Applicants who do not possess an honors degree in Psychology must have documentation
of one or more years of experience in human resource management, personnel and allied
fields such as training and must be ready to undertake compensation courses in Psychology
on admission
66 Masters of Arts in Counselling
Applicants must possess a good first degree or its equivalent In addition candidates must
qualify under one of the two options below:
Option 1: Candidates must have documentation of two or more years of experience in
Counselling or an allied field This includes practicing social workers; lawyers
working with advocacy organisations such as FIDA; Hall Wardens, School
Counsellors and Careers Teachers, Religious workers, prison Warders; Human
Resource Managers in government or private industry, guidance and Counselling
lecturers and people working with special needs groups such as refugees, street
children, the bereaved, victims of rape and defilement, dismemberment, unwanted
preganancies and AIDS OR
Option 2: Candidates must be graduates in Psychology (3 1 1 or 3 2 2) who wish to specialise
in Psychotherapy but who possess demonstrated maturity and well developed
skills
Note: Candidates who qualify during the initial screening will be invited to an oral interview
before final acceptance into the programme
109
67 Masters of Science in Clinical Psychology
Applicants must have a good first degree in Psychology and having done Chemistry or
Biology in the first year of degree study is an added advantage Preference will however
be given to applicants who took papers in human neropsychology or psychobiology in the
second year
OR
Applicants who have a degree in Medicine or other compatible undergraduate degrees may
also apply provided they make up the appropriate undergraduate Psychology courses needed
to proceed to the postgraduate Clinical Psychology programme
INSTITUTE OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES
68 Master of Science in Environment and Natural Resources
Applicants should possess an honours degree or an equivalent qualification from a recognized
University/Institution
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
69 Master of Science (Maths)
Areas of Specialization: Computational Mathematics, Analysis/Topology/Algebra and
differential Equations, Numerical Analysis, Biomathematics/Operations Research and
Advanced statistics
A candidate should possess a good first degree in Mathematics or Mathematics combined
with another subject Applicants seeking admission to a particular area of specialisation
must show prior competence in the area
70 Master of Science (Physics)
A candidate should have a good first degree in Physics or Physics combined with
Mathematics
71 Master of Science (Chemistry)
A candidate should possess a good first degree in Chemistry or Chemistry combined with
another subject
72 Master of Science (Botany)
A candidate should possess at least a Lower Second Class honours degree in Botany or
Botany combined with Zoology or another relevant subject like geography, Biochemistry,
Chemistry and Environmental Science
73 Master of Science (Zoology)
Options and Requirements:
Entomology:A good B Sc degree
Parisitology:A good B Sc degree with a
Pass in the Parasitology option
Fisheries: A good B Sc degree with a Pass in the Hydrobiology option or with a Diploma
in Fisheries
vertebrate Ecology: A good B Sc Degree with a Pass in the Applied Ecology/Wildlife
Biology option
110
74 Master of Science (Geology)
A candidate should possess a good first degree in geology or allied disciplines
75 Master of Science (Clinical Biochemistry)
A candidate should possess a good first degree in Biochemistry or Biochemistry combined
with Chemistry
76 Master of Mathematics (with a Project Paper Report only): Full time and part-time
(Day/Evening)
Admission requirements for the M Sc (Mathematics)
FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
77 Master of Arts in Gender Studies:
The minimum qualification for admission are:
• A good first degree in any discipline
• Working experience gives an added advantage
78 Master of Arts in Community Based Rehabilitation
Candidates should have at least a Second Class honours degree plus a postgraduate diploma
in CBR from a recognised University Candidates with a pass degree but have a CBR
diploma with a credit, may also be considered provided they have at least 3 years working
experience in a related field
79 Masters of Arts in Public Administration and Management:
Applicants must have a good Bachelor of Arts degree or its equivalent, in any discipline
OR Applicants whose first degree is not in the Social Sciences, will be expected to have:Either (a) At least two years of administrative experience
OR
(b) A postgraduate Diploma in Public Administration or Human Resource
Management
80 Masters of Arts in Social Sector Planning and Management:
Applicants must have a good Bachelor of Arts Degree in Social Work or in a related
discipline
81 Master of Arts in Sociology:
Applicants should have obtained an honors degree in Sociology or an equivalent qualification
in a related discipline Applicants are urged to obtain a copy of the information brochure
about this programme from the Master of Sociology Co-odinator, Department of Sociology
before completing the application forms
82 Master of Arts in International Relations & Diplomatic Studies
Applicants should have obtained a good first degree any discipline
INSTITUTE OF STATISTICS AND APPLIED ECONOMICS
83 Master of Arts in Demography (Day)
A good first degree or its equivalent in any of the following subjects: Statistics, Economics,
geography, Mathematics, Sociology, Medicine or Social Work and Social Administration
Candidates with a minimum of two years working experience and obtained at least a credit
111
in Math at O-Level and sat a paper in Demography or Population Studies shall normally be
preferred Candidates with at least Class II postgraduate Diploma in Demography will be
exempted from Part I of the programme
84 Master of Statistics (Day)
A first degree in statistics combined with Economics or Mathematics or any other allied
subject, of at least Lower Second Class or its equivalent Candidates with lower qualifications
in relevant subjects who have shown academic growth may also be considered Candidates
who have a postgraduate diploma in Statistics of at least class two may be exempted from
Part I of the M Stat Programme
85 Master of Arts in Population and Development
A good first degree or its equivalent in any discipline
86 Master of Science in Population and Reproductive Health
(Requirements: as in 62)
87 Master of Science in Quantitative Economics
A good first class degree in statistics: Quantitative Economics: Statistics and Economics:
Mathematic and Economics or the equivalent area
88 Master of Science in Population Studies
A Bachelor of science (Population studies) of at least second class Honours Holders of an
equivalent first degree with Population studies or Demography a major
Candidates with Postgraduate Diploma in Demography or Population studies of at least
second class
FACULTY OF TECHNOLOGY
89 Master of Engineering (Civil Engineering) [Evening)
Applicants must be holders of a B Sc degree in Civil Engineering or its equivalent and have
been in full-time employment as Civil Engineers
90 Master of Engineering (Mechanical Engineering): (Evening)
Applicants must be holders of a B Sc degree in Mechanical Engineering or its equivalent
and have been in full-time employment as Mechanical Engineers
91 Master of Engineering (Electrical) (Evening)
Applicants must be holders of a B Sc degree in Electrical Engineering or its equivalent and
have been in full-time employment as Electrical Engineers
92 Master of Science in Civil Engineering (DAY)
Applicants must possess a good first degree of at least lower second class in Civil Engineering
Applicants with a Pass degree with proven academic growth since graduation may also
apply
93 Master of Science in Electrical Engineering (DAY)
Applicants must possess a good first degree of at least lower second class in Electrical
Engineering or physics Applicants with a pass degree with proven academic growth since
graduation may also apply
112
94 Master of Science in Mechanical Engineering (DAY)
Applicants must possess a good first degree of at least lower second class in Mechanical
Engineering or Agricultural Engineering Applicants with a pass degree with proven
academic growth since graduation may also apply
95 Master of Architecture
Applicants must possess a good first degree in Architecture of EITHER at least an honour’s
standing or its and have been full time employment following the discipline of Architecture
or its equivalent for at least two years OR Pass level or its equivalent and have proven
academic growth
96 Master of Physical Planning
Candidates eligible for admission should be holders of first degree of atleast upper second
class from recognised University/ Institution Applicants should have specialized in any
of the following fields: Architecture, Agriculture, Civil Engineering, Economics, Forestry,
geography, Sociology, Statistics, and Survey
FACULTY OF VETERINARY MEDICINE
97 Master of Science in Veterinary Pathology
Applicants must be holders of a Bachelor of veterinary Medicine degree (BvM) of Makerere
University or holders of an equivalent qualification The applicants should have got grade
B in veterinary pathology (general or Special/Systemic) Applicants who did not obtain the
grade B in veterinary Pathology can only be considered if they have shown some academic
growth or have acquired useful field experience since graduation
98 Master of Science in Molecular Biology
Applicants must possess a good first degree or its equivalent in the following disciplines:
veterinary or Human Medicine, Biological or Agricultural Science
99 Master of Wildlife Health and Management
Applicants must be holders of a good Bachelors degree from a recognized institution in the
following disciplines: veterinary Medicine, Zoology, Forestry, Agriculture and any other
natural sciences
100 Masters of Veterinary Preventive Medicine (Day and Evening)
Applicants must possess a good Bachelor=s degree in veterinary Medicine with at least one
year of practical experience
101 Master of Veterinary Medicine (Food, Animal Health and Production)
Applicants should possess a Bachelor of veterinary Medicine degree (BvM) and have more
than one year of experience after the qualification with a Veterinary degree
102 Master of Livestock Development Planning and Mnagement
A candidate must hold Bachelor’s degree in any of the following disciplines, veterinary
Medicine/ science, Animal Health and Production, Agriculture, zoology and social
sciences
103 Master of Science in Biomedical Laboratory Technology Sciences and Management
A Bachelor’s degree of at least a second class honours (lower division) in Biomedical
and related disciplines Candidates with non-biomedical degrees shall be admitted if they
demonstrate evidence of academic or professional growth related to biomedical laboratory
sciences and technology
113
INSTITUTE OF ADULT AND COMMUNITY EDUCATION
104 Master of Adult and Community Education
A Bachelor’s degree of at least a Second Class Lower Division in Adult and/or Community
Education or its equivalent from a recognized University/Institution
C DOCTORAL DEGREES
(a) Ph D degree by Research only:
Applicants should have a Masters degree in a field relevant to their area of further studies
First degree graduates who wish to register for a Ph D should normally register for a Masters
degree first and after a year or two of satisfactory progress may apply for upgrading of
their candidature to Ph D level A research outline (synopsis) of 3-5 pages length should
accompany the application This will be useful as a guide for PROvISIONAL ADMISSION
for one year during which time the applicant will develop a comprehensive research proposal
necessary for a FULL ADMISSION as soon as the proposal is approved
(b) Ph D degrees by Coursework and Dissertation:
(i) Ph D in Educational Management:
A Masters degree from a recognised University
(ii) Ph D in Economics
Specifically, eligible applicants should have the following qualifications:
• A Master degree in Economics by Coursework;
• A Master degree in Economics by Research and Thesis
• A Master degree by coursework or Research and Dissertation in Commerce, Statistics,
Mathematics, Engineering, Agricultural Economics, and Quantitative Economics and
• A Master degree by Coursework or Research and Dissertation in any field related to
Economics
(iii) Ph D in either Computer Science; Information Systems; Information Technology or
Software Engineering
To qualify for admission, a candidate must fulfill the general Makerere University entry
requirement for a Doctoral programme in addition to be admitted to the;
• Ph D in Computer Science a candidate must be a holder of a masters degree in
Computer Science or any other master’s degree with evidence of having taken a
acceptable prerequisites course
• Ph D in Information Systems, a Candidate must a holder of a master’s degree in
Information Systems or any other master’s degree with evidence of having taken a
acceptable prerequisites course
• Ph D in Software Engineering, a candidate must be holder of master’s degree in
Software engineering or any other master’s degree with evidence of having taken a
acceptable prerequisites course
• Ph D in Information Technology, a Candidate must a holder of a master’s degree in
Information Technology or any other master’s degree with evidence of having taken a
acceptable prerequisites course
(iv) Ph D in Information Science
Specifically, eligible applicants should have either of the following;
• A master degree in Library and Information Science with a CgPA of 3 5 and above
from a recognised University/Institution
• A master degree with a CGPA of 3 5 and above in a related field The applicant must
114
hold either a Bachelor’s degree or Postgraduate Diploma in Library or Information
science
(a) For LLD Degree
A Master degree in Law from a recognised University
(b) For D Litt & D Sc (Higher Doctorates)
Degrees are awarded upon successful submission of original published and unpublished
works on the area/topic of specialization These are higher doctorates normally applied for
by holders of Ph D degrees
(c) Occasional Postgraduate students
i) Under occasional studentship, the University accepts non-degree students on an
agreed fees structure Application should be channelled through the Heads of such
institutions
ii) Candidates may apply for registration at any time and could be admitted at the
beginning of any semester of the academic year
iii) Occasional students may register for at least a semester and for not more than one
academic year
iv) No such registration shall overlap two academic years
v) All applications must be addressed to the Director, School of Postgraduate Studies
who shall, in consultation with relevant bodies within the University, register such
students
7 1 Minimum Duration of Programmes
Diplomas - 1 academic year
Masters degrees (full-time)- 2 calendar years
Masters degrees (part-time)- 3 calendar years
Master of Medicine degree(full-time)- 3 calendar ears
LLD, MD, Ph D degree (full-time)-3 calendar years
LLD, MD, Ph D degree (part-time)- 5 calendar years
With special permission, these periods may be extended as the Board of Postgraduate
Studies and Research may consider reasonable
Under no circumstances will a candidate be allowed to submit a thesis for examination
unless he/she has been under regular and approved supervision for at least one year for
a Master’s degree and two years for a Doctoral degree
GUIDELINES FOR GRADUATE PROGRAMME PLANS
1 Types of Plans
i) That the Graduate Programmes at Makerere University should be based on the following
Plans:
Plan A: Coursework and Dissertation
Plan B: Extended Coursework and Project Report
Plan C: Coursework and Comprehensive Examination
Plan D: Thesis only
ii) That for any Graduate student to graduate in a Programme, the following requirements
must be fulfilled:
a) A student’s progression under Plan A is dependent on whether he/she has a Research
Proposal by second week of the 3rd Semester
115
b) A student’s progression under Plan B is dependent on whether he/she has Research
Proposal by second week of the 4th Semester
c) That the Pass Mark for all Graduate Courses shall be 60%
d) Credited Seminar Series conducted by students shall be mandatory
e) All Coursework for Graduate Programmes shall be examined externally
f) The Title of the Thesis/Dissertation/Project Report shall appear on the Academic Transcript
with respective grades indicated
g) The Dissertation is in Partial Fulfillment of the Degree Meanwhile a Thesis is in
Fulfillment of the Degree
2 Specific Guidelines for Plans
i) PLAN A: Course Work and Dissertation
a) A student on this Plan must complete an approved program of Coursework consisting
of a minimum of 18 Credit Units during the year
b) A student must submit a Dissertation
c) A Thesis shall carry credit range of 8-10 Credit Units (Units should determine and allocate
Credit Units to Dissertation)
d) External examination of Dissertation shall be mandatory
e) Seminar Series will be mandatory for all registered students
f) Departments will select topics for students and that a student shall be required to make
presentations during the Seminars Series
g) The minimum Graduation load shall be decided upon by the Academic Unit where the
Programme is based
ii) PLAN B: Course Work and Project/Field Report
a) A student on Plan B must complete an approved programme of Coursework that shall
constitute 75% of the entire work load for the Degree
b) A student must submit a Report on a supervised Short Project/Field Attachment/
Industrial Training carried out
c) The Project/Field Report should involve a combined total of 300 hours (equivalent to
8 weeks of full time work) and shall carry 5 Credit Units (CU) The Project Report title
should equally appear on the Transcript
d) Seminar Series will be mandatory for all registered students and shall be conducted
every Semester of the second year The Seminar Series shall have 2 Credit Units per
Semester
e) External examinations of Projects/Reports shall be a mandatory
iii) PLAN C: Coursework Only and Comprehensive Examination
a) In this Plan, the students’ Coursework Load shall be 85% plus Examinations and 15%
Seminar Series
b) Courses offered additionally by such candidates must be Advanced Courses
c) Students shall be comprehensively examined and in order to be in normal progress, a
student on this Plan must have a CGPA of not less than 3 0
d) A candidate who has a CGPA of less than 3 0 shall be placed on probation
e) Seminar Series will be mandatory for all registered students of the second year It will
be credited at 2 Credit Units per Semester
iv) PLAN D: Thesis only (Applicable to both Masters by research and Research
Doctorates)
A student must demonstrate serious academic research capacity by presenting acceptable
research concept At the point of application/first registration, a student is expected to
have identified a research area This may be done in consultation with the Department
116
and will be influenced by availability of expertise and resources in particular areas
Based on this, the student should develop and submit a synopsis (concept paper) of 3-5
pages to the Head of department The synopsis (concept paper) contains the title of the
dissertation, a brief background to the research, a succinct statement of the problem,
the objectives of the research, the theoretical/conceptual framework of the research,
a brief review of relevant literature, a brief description of methodology and a list of
references Within two weeks of submitting the synopsis/concept paper, the student
shall obtain feedback on it Upon approval of the synopsis/concept by the Faculty
Higher Degrees and Research Committee, a supervisor or two shall be allocated to the
student
ASSESSMENT OF A THESIS/DISSERTATION
1 A candidate for a higher degree shall be required to submit a thesis embodying the result of
his special study or research
2 At least six months before the thesis is to be presented, a candidate shall give notice in writing
to the Academic Registrar of the University, submitting at the same time the proposed title
and an outline of the plan and general scope of the work
3 The Senate shall appoint for each thesis at least two examiners one of whom shall be an
examiner external to the University
4 Every thesis must be submitted in triplicate and must be accompanied by a declaration on the
part of the candidate, satisfactory to the Senate, stating that the thesis has not been submitted
for a degree in any other University
5 A thesis submitted for the degree must be satisfactory as regards form and literary presentation
and be worthy of publication; it must also include a full bibliography of the material, whether
published or otherwise, used in its preparation
6 No thesis shall be accepted which does not make a distinct contribution to the knowledge or
understanding of the subject and afford evidence of originality
7 A candidate will be required by the Senate, to present himself/herself for a viva voce
examination
8 Applications to re-submit a thesis which has been rejected will not be entertained, but the
Senate may, on the advice of the examiners, invite a candidate to re-submit a thesis in a
revised or extended form
9 A thesis accepted by the University and subsequently published, in whatever form shall bear
the inscription “Thesis approved for the degree of Master… , or Doctor of Philosophy of
Makerere University ”
2 2 Procedure of the Viva-Voce Examination
The Dean/Director or Deputy Dean/Director of a Faculty/Institute is the chairperson of the panel
(unless stated otherwise) and convenes the viva With the exception for Masters, the viva voce
process is a public defense for PhD candidates, whereby the University community, other than the
viva-voce panel, may ask questions The following procedures are followed:
i Notice of the viva-voce is given to all the seven or so panel members including copies of the
thesis for examination (two weeks in advance) for them to read and make comments
ii The Chair guides the process of the examination
117
GUIDELINES OPERATIONS OF THE SEMESTER/CREDIT UNIT SYSTEM
FOR UNDERGRADUATE PROGAMMES
1 0 Advantages of a Fully-fledged Semester/
Credit Unit System
A fully-fledged Semester/Credit Unit System has the following advantages:
i Allowing for a wide choice of Courses to be offered and broadening areas/fields of studies
ii Enabling admission to be carried out in any Semester
iii Allowing a student to exit and re-enter the University, as the need would arise
iv Facilitating a student to progress at his/her own pace
v Making education affordable
vi Permitting broad and independent study
vii Enabling the optimum use of space and other resources
viii Placing less demand on the time of University teachers
ix Enabling expertise to be hired from other Institutions/Universities for some periods of time
x Facilitating the improvement of curriculum
xi Making the management of Course materials easy
2 0 The Academic Year
i In the Semester/Credit Unit System at Makerere University, the Academic Year shall be composed of Two (2)
Semesters and One (1) Recess Term
ii The Academic Programmes shall be designed per Semester/Recess Term per Academic Year, for example,
Semester One, Semester Two and (where applicable) Recess Term for Year One, etc
3 0 Length of Semester
The length of a Semester shall be Seventeen (17) weeks with Fifteen (15) weeks being for Teaching and Two
weeks for Examinations The duration of a Recess Term shall be Ten (10) weeks
4 Registration of Students
a The Central Registration of students is decentralized to Colleges/Faculties/Schools/Institutes The staff from the
Office of the Academic Registrar aredeployed to oversee the registration exercise at those Academic Units
b There shall not be a specific time setaside for registration exclusively However,students shall be required to ensure that
they register within the first three weeks from the beginning of the First Semester Freshers normally register during
the Orientation Week
c Continuing students shall indicate the Courses they would wish to offer/take in Semester Two while they would
still be in Semester One However, each Continuing student shall confirm the Courses they would actually
offer/take in Semester Two in the First Week of that Semester Two
d Arrangements can also be made for registration to start before the beginning of the Academic year
5 0 Academic Programmes
(i) Each Academic Programme shall be defined by Courses
(ii) An Academic Programme shall be composed of a set of prescribed Courses that shall be registered for by a student in
order for him/her to qualify for the Award of a particular Degree/Diploma/Certificate
(iii) The concepts of Subjects and Papers shall not be used in a Semester/Credit Unit System Academic
Programmes designed shall compare favourably with similar international ones
(iv) The structure of a particular Academic Programme shall show clearly the Core, Elective and Pre-requisite Courses
6 0 A Course
A Course is a unit of work in a particular Field/Area of a study normally extending through one Semester the
completion of 118 which normally carries credit towards the fulfil-ment of the requirements of certain Degrees,
Diplomas, or Certificates
7 0 Size of a Course
a) The smallest Course shall be Two (2) Credit Units
b) A Course that has a Practical Component within it shall have a Maximum of Five (5) Credit Units
c) A Course that has no Practical Component within it shall have a Maximum of Four (4) Credit Units
8 0 Contact Hour
A Contact Hour shall be equivalent to One (1) hour of Lecture/Clinical or Two (2) hours of Tutorial/Practical or four (4)
hours of internship/Fieldwork
9 0 Credit or Credit Unit
A Credit or Credit Unit is the measure used to reflect the relative weight of a given Course towards the fulfilment of
appropriate Degree, Diploma, Certificate or other programmes required One Credit Unit shall be One Contact Hour per
Week per Semester or a series of Fifteen (15) Contact Hours
10 0 Categorising Courses
(a) Courses shall be categorized as Core, Elective, Pre-requisite or Audited
(b) Not all the Courses in an Academic Programme shall be made Core
(c) The Courses for the First Year Studies shall be called Pre-requisite or Introductory Courses
(d) All the Courses having the same content shall have the same Names, Codes and Credit Units
(e) Only the Academic Departments that have the mandate to teach particular Courses shall be the ones to coordinate/teach such Courses wherever they are taught/offered
(f) The level of content of a particular Course has to match the Credit Units allocated to that Course
(g) The number of Elective Courses that each student shall be required to register for in every Academic Programme
shall always be stated so as to guide the students when they are choosing them from a particular set of Elective
Courses
(h) There shall always be a ceiling for the number of Undergraduate students who shall be allowed to register for
particular Elective Courses
(i) Students should be encouraged to register for Audited Courses as well
(j) The Elective Courses for Postgraduate students shall be specialized or broadbased and shall be offered in any
Semester
(k) The Course Content of Postgraduate Academic Programmes have to match the higher level of study required of
Postgraduate students
11 0 Core Course
(a) A Core Course shall be a Course which is essential to an Academic Programme and gives the Academic Programme
its unique features Everyone offering that particular Academic Programme must pass that Course
(b) Core Courses shall be offered in all the Semesters
12 0 Elective Course
An Elective Course shall be a Course offered in order to broaden an Academic Programme or to allow for
specialisation It is chosen from a given group of Courses largely at the convenience of the student Another
Elective Course may be substituted for a failed Elective Course
13 0 Audited Course
An Audited Course shall be a Course offered by a student for which a Credit/Credit Unit shall not be awarded
14 0 Prerequisite Course
14 1 Pre-requisite
A Pre-requisite is a condition (either Course or Classification), which has to be satisfied prior to enrolling for
the Course in question A Pre-requisite Course, there-fore, shall be a Course offered in preparation for a higher level
Course in the same area of study
14 2 A Course Requiring a Pre-requisite
a When a student fails a Pre-requisite Course, he/she shall not be allowed to take the higher level Course requiring a
Pre-requisite
b A student will be required to retake the failed Pre-requisite Course before embarking on a higher-level Course requiring
a Pre-requisite
15 0 Major
A Major shall be a set of Courses in a Field/Area of specialisation in which each student is encouraged to explore
the Field/Area in considerable depth The set of Courses for a Major shall constitute not less than two-thirds of the
Programme Load
16 0 Minor
A Minor shall be a set of Courses in a Field/Area that is of lesser importance than the Major A Minor shall constitute
not more than a third of the Programme Load
17 0 Specialisation in an Academic Programme
Some Academic Programmes allow some degree of specialization within a particular Programme A
specialization shall be a set of Courses combined from both a Major and Minor areas
Programme
18 0 Academic Programme Load
Academic Programme Load shall be the essential set of Courses registered for/offered by a particular student for
the Award of a certain Degree/Diploma/ Certificate It has both Core and Elective Courses
19 0 Semester Load
(i) Semester Load shall be the total number of Courses for a particular Academic Programme offered in a Semester
(ii) The Courses to be Retaken and those to be audited shall be within the Maximum Semester Load of every student
20 1 Normal Semester Load for Undergraduate Academic Programmes
The Normal Semester Load for Undergraduate
Academic Programmes shall
range from Fifteen (15) Credit Units to
Twenty-One (21) Credit Units
20 2 Maximum Semester Load for Undergraduate Academic Programmes
The Maximum Semester Load for Undergraduate Academic Programmes shall be Twenty-eight (28) Credit Units
so as to cater for students who have Courses to retake or those who would be able to complete the requirements
for their respective Academic Awards in less than the stipulated minimum duration)
20 3 Semester Load for Postgraduate Academic Programmes
The Semester Load for Postgraduate Academic Programmes shall range from Nine (9) Credit Units to Sixteen (16)
Credit Units
21 0 Assessment
Each Course shall be assessed in two (2) parts as follows:
(a) The Coursework (Progressive/Continuous Assessment), which shall contribute not less than 30% nor more
than 40% of the Total Marks
(b) The Coursework (Progressive/Continuous Assessment) Component shall consist of at least One (1) Test
and One (1) Homework/Take-Home Assignment OR Two (2) Tests per Course
(c) The University Examinations, which shall contribute a maximum of 70% of the Total Marks
22 0 Grading of Marks
The overall Marks a candidate obtains in each Course he/she offered shall be graded out of a maximum of One
Hundred (100) Marks and assigned appropriate Letter grades and grade Points as follows:
i) Grading system for the intake of
2007/2008 academic year
MARKS LETTER
GRADE
GRADE
POINT
80 – 100 A
5
75 – 79 9 B+ 4 5
70 – 74 9 B 4 0
65 – 69 9 B- 3 5
60 – 64 9 C+ 3 0
55 – 59 9 C 2 5
50 – 54 0 C- 2 0
45 – 49 9 D+ 1 5
40 – 44 9 D 1 0
35 – 39 9 D- 0 5
Below 35 E 0
ii) Grading system for the intake of
2008/2009 academic year on wards
Marks Letter
Grade
Grade
Point Interpretation
90-100 A+ 5 Exceptional
80-89 A 5 Excellent
75-79 B+ 4 5 very good
70-74 B 4 good
65-69 C+ 3 5 Fairly good
60-64 C 3 Fair
55-59 D+ 2 5 Pass
50-54 D 2 Marginal pass
45-49 E 1 5 Marginal Fail
40-45 E- 1 Clear Fail
Below 40 F 0 Bad Fail
iii) Description of Grading
a) A+ Exceptional: Thorough knowledge of concepts and/or techniques and exceptional skill or great originality in
the use of concepts/techniques in satisfying the requirements of an Assignment or Course
b) A Excellent: Thorough knowledge of concepts and/or techniques together with a high degree of skill and/or
some elements of originality in satisfying the requirements of an Assignment or Course
c) B+ Very Good: Thorough knowledge of concepts
and/or Techniques together with fairly high degree of skill in
the use of those concepts/techniques in satisfying the requirements of an Assignment or Course
d) B Good: good level of knowledge of concepts and/or techniques together with consider-able skill in using them
to satisfy the requirements of an Assignment or Course
e) C+ Fairly Good: Acceptable level of knowledge of concepts and/or techniques together with considerable skill in
using them to satisfy the requirements of an Assignment or Course
f) C Fair: Acceptable level of knowledge of concepts and/or techniques together with some skill in using them to
satisfy the requirements of an Assignment or Course
g) D+ Pass: Slightly better than minimum knowledge of required concepts and/or techniques together with some ability
to use them in satisfying the requirements of an Assignment or Course
h) D Marginal Pass: Minimum knowledge of concepts and/or techniques needed to satisfy the requirements of an
Assignment of Course
i) E Marginal Fail: No sufficient knowledge of concepts and/or techniques needed to satisfy the requirements of an
assignment
j) F Fail: Poor or lack of understanding of knowledge of concepts or techniques
23 Retaking a Course or Courses
(i) A student shall retake a Course or 121 Courses when next offered again in order to obtain at least the Pass
Mark (50%) if he/she had failed during the First Assessment in the Course or Courses
(ii) A student who has failed to obtain at least the Pass Mark (50%) during the Second Assessment in the same
Course or Courses he/she has retaken shall receive a warning
(iii) A student may retake a Course or Courses when next offered again in order to improve his/her Pass grade(s)
if the Pass Grade(s) got at the first Assessment in the Course or Courses were low A student who fails to attain higher
marks after retaking to improve, the examination results of the first sitting are recorded on the transcript and should not be
recorded as Retake
(iv) Where a student misses to sit examinations for justified reasons; the grades obtained after sitting examination shall
not be recorded as a retake because the candidate is sitting the examinations for the first attempt
(v) While retaking a Course or Courses, a student shall:
(a) Attend all the prescribed lectures/ tutorials/Clinicals/Practicals/Fieldwork in the Course or Courses;
(b) Satisfy all the requirements for the Coursework Component in the Course or Courses; and
(c) Sit for the University Examinations in the Course or Courses
(vi) A student shall not be allowed to Accumulate more than five (5) Retake Courses at a time Students are required
to register for retakes course(s) first before registering for new courses offered in that semester and the retake courses
should fit into the approved normal load to avoid time table clash
(vii) A final year student whose final Examination Results has already been classified by the relevant
College/Faculty/School/Institute Board and has qualified for the Award of a De-gree/Diploma, shall not be permitted
to retake any Course or Courses
(viii) When a student has retaken a course the better of the two grades he/she has obtained in that Courses shall be used
in the computation of his/her cumulative grade Average (CgPA)
(ix) Whenever a Course or Courses has/have been retaken, the Academic Transcript shall in-dicate so accordingly
(x) Students who have a course(s) to retake and these Course(s) fall beyond the set normal semester load for their
Academic Programmes shall pay tuition fees for any Course/Courses to be retaken
Besides, such students also pay the reexamination fees per Course retaken as well as the Registration Fees
24 Progression
24 1 Normal Progress
Normal Progress shall occur when a student has passed the Assessments in all the Courses he/she had registered for
in a particular Semester and not when he/she has passed the Assessments in the Core Courses only
24 2 Probationary Progress
A student who has obtained the Cumulative grade Point Average (CgPA) of less than 2 0 shall be placed on
Probation Such a student shall be allowed to progress to the next Semester/Academic Year but shall still retake the
Course(s) he/she had failed the Assessments in later on and obtain at least the Pass Mark (50%) in the Course(s)
26 Certificate of Due Performance
i A student who fails to honour the deadline set for handing in an assignment without justifiable causes(s) shall
receive a score of a zero or fail grade in that assignment
ii A student who does not have coursework marks shall be denied Certificate of Due Performance and will not be
allowed to sit the University Examinations
27 1 Absence from Examination
i If the Board of a College/Faculty/School/Institute is satisfied that a student has no justifiable reason for having been
absent from a particular examination, such a student shall receive a fail (F) grade for the Course(s) he/she had not
sat the examination in The Course(s) in which the Fail (F) grade was/were awarded
shall also count in the calculation of the CgPA
ii If the Board of a College/Faculty/School/Institute is satisfied that a student was absent from coursework assessment
and or a final examination due to justifiable reason(s) such as sickness or loss of a parent/guardian, then a Course grade of
ABS shall be assigned to that Course(s)
27 2 Deferred examination
i A student who provides credible reason for failure to complete coursework assessment or to attend an
examination based on 27(ii)above may be permitted to ‘sit’ the deferred examination or coursework assignment
when the course(s) is being offered again
ii Students needing a deferred exam must submit application to their respective Dean’s or Di-rector’s
Office The application and supporting documentation pertaining to the absence must be presented as soon as the
student is able, having regard to the circumstances underlying the absence but not later than the beginning of the
semester in which the examination is scheduled Where the cause is incapacitating illness, a student must present
a University Hospital Medical Statement Form In other cases, including severe domestic affliction, adequate
documentation must be provided to substantiate the reason for an absence
iii In case the application for deferred examination has been approved, the Department respon-sible for the course
shall make arrangements for the approved deferred exam
iv The grades obtained from a deferred examination shall not be categorized as retake because the assessment(s) is
for the first time
v A deferred exam shall not be approved if a student has not been in regular attendance where attendance and/or
participation are required, and/or, excluding the final exam has completed less than half of the assigned work
vi A Student with two or more deferred exams outstanding from a previous semester may be required to reduce the
number of courses in which they are registered in order to accommodate deferred courses from previous semester(s) In
their semester load Deferred examination shall be included in a Student’s maximum semester load
vii A Student shall be required to pay for deferred examination and payment of deferred examination charges shall
normally be made at the beginning of the semester
27 3 Conceded Pass
1 Definition of Conceded Pass
A “Conceded Pass” is a pass granted for a course in which a final year candidate is within five marks of a pass mark in the
course assessment The pass is conceded on the basis that the student’s overall performance in other courses for the
programme has been sufficiently strong to counter the deficient percentage in that particular course
2 Circumstances Potentially Warranting a Conceded Pass
The personal circumstances of a student must be taken into account The student’s perform-ance in the course
could have been adversely affected by his/her personal circumstances The circumstances for approval of a
Conceded Pass may include but not limited to:
i Student illness or Medical condition
ii Family issues (family injury or illness, bereavement etc)
iii Commitments to participate in national sport or other activities that warrant favourable consideration
iv Commitments to assist with community service activities
v Unavoidable and unexpected work commitments (e g relocation)
vi Awarding conceded passes does not compromise the requirements for accreditation of that programme by a
professional body
3 Responsibility and Procedure
i The Conceded Passes are granted at the discretion of the Faculty/Institute/School’s Board of Examiners Students
are not automatically entitled to the Conceded Passes and may not request them
ii The Board of Examiners shall during the time of consideration of examination results, identify and grant students
eligible for Conceded Passes A Student will then be formally informed that he/she has been offered a Conceded Pass
4 Eligibility for a Conceded Pass
A conceded pass shall be granted under the following conditions:
i A candidate on Undergraduate Programme shall be eligible for a Conceded pass if the final mark ina Course is in
the range of 45 – 49% inclusive and the Cumulative grade Point Average (CgPA) for the student will be at least 2 0
ii A Conceded Pass may only be awarded if a student has attempted the paper, at least three times The better of the
grades earned will be used for awarding a Conceded pass
iii A Conceded pass shall be discretionary and the Examination Boards shall take into account the following:
a The results a student has scored each time he/she has attempted the paper
b A student’s overall Academic record
c Comments from his/her lecturers, e g on their class attendance, participation
d Whether the course is required for professional accreditation; or it is necessary for a student to
demonstrate professional or clinical competence as part of its assessment requirements
iv A Conceded Pass shall be granted to a whole course, not to a particular piece of assess-ment
v Candidates granted Conceded pass shall earn a credit on the basis of Conceded Pass “CP’’
vi Only candidates in their final year of studies shall be eligible for Conceded pass
vii In both undergraduate and postgraduate programmes, the number of conceded pass will be restricted to only one
course
viii In case a Candidate who does not qualify for conceded pass as stipulated above the existing provision in the
semester regulations will guide as the case may be
5 Recording a Conceded Pass on the
Academic Transcript
A granted Conceded Pass will be recorded on the student’s academic Transcript by indicating the true percentage
/grade achieved, and “CP” as the grading code
28 Discontinuation
i) When a student accumulates three consecutive probations based on CgPA he/she shall be discontinued
ii) A student who has failed to obtain at least the Pass Mark (50%) during the Third Assess-ment in the same
Course or Courses he/she had retaken shall be discontinued from his/her studies at the University
iii) A student who has overstayed in an Academic Programme by more than Two (2) Years shall be
discontinued from his/her studies at the University
29 Change of Course
A student may be permitted to change course(s) in an Academic Programme in order to substitute the Course(s) failed
The Substitute Course(s) should be within the specified Course (s) for that Academic Programme
30 Change of Academic Programme
30 1 A student may be permitted to change from one Academic Programme to another on condition that:
i) He/she had satisfied the admission requirements for the Academic Programme applied for
ii) He/she should not have been attending lectures/tutorials and other academic ac-tivities of the Academic
Programme he/she would want to change from for more than one-half of the duration of the programme
iii) He/she had not been previously dismissed on disciplinary grounds from the Uni-versity
30 2 A student permitted to change his/her Programme may be allowed to transfer the Credits from the previous
Academic Programme to the new Academic Programme, provided that the Credits being transferred are relevant
to the new Academic Programme
30 3 Guidelines for Transfer of Credit
Units
For undergraduates who apply to transfer from other recognized Universities or equivalent Institute of Higher
Learning to Makerere University Students should have the following requirements;
a) Must satisfy the admission requirement for the academic program(s) applied for
b) Must obtain and submit an official academic Transcript (s) Certificate from a recognized University/institution of
Higher learning in which he/she was previously enrolled indicating his/her academic status, the courses offered/
taken, the credit units completed and the grades obtained in each course
c) Must have obtained the equivalent of Cumulative grade Point Average of at least 3 0
d) Will be permitted to transfer to Makerere University Credits earned but the maximum of Credits should not
exceeding 60% of the minimum graduation load of the academic programme applied for
e) If permitted to transfer she/he should not be allowed to transfer the equivalent of credit units in a course in which
she/he obtained a grade point which was lower than 2 0
f) An application must be accompanied by recommendations from the Institution or Authority she/he is transferring
from
30 4 Re-admission after being Discontinued
due to weak academic performance
a A student who has been discontinued from studies because of weak academic performance may be permitted to
reapply to another Programme and compete with other applicants for re-admission into first year
b A student who applies and gains re-admission after being discontinued due to weak academic performance will
not be permitted to transfer Credits earned from previous Academic Pro-grammes
c A student who was dismissed from his/her studies because of examination irregularities will not be considered f
or readmission
31 Withdrawal
a) A student can apply to his/her respective Board of Studies for permission to withdraw from studies at any time
of the semester Reasons for withdrawal should be given in the letter of application
b) Permission to withdraw shall be granted by the Faculty/School/Institute Board only on compassionate grounds or
in cases of illness or financial constraints serious social or domestic difficulties or exceptional professional commitment
which can be demonstrated to have adversely affected the candidate
c) A student will be allowed only a maximum of two withdrawals on an Academic Programme and each
withdrawal shall not exceed a period of one academic year
d) The period of withdrawal(s) shall not count against the period of candidature for the programme a student is
registered for
e) A student who had withdrawn from studies shall apply to his/her respective Faculty/School/Institute Board to
resume studies and shall indicate that the circumstances that made him/her withdraw can no longer affect his/her
studies
f) A student who has overstayed on an Academic Programme by more than 2 (two) years beyond the period of
candidature stipulated in the Programme shall be discontinued from his/her studies at the University
g) Students should take note that the above regulations do not cover the period of sponsorship The period of
sponsorship is governed by the regulations and policy of the sponsor In the case of Uganda government sponsorship,
the period is that stipulated in a given Academic Programme
32 Approval of Examination Results
i The Senate has delegated the power to approve all examination results to Boards of
Colleges/Faculties/Institutes/Schools But the results shall not be regarded as final until they are confirmed by Senate on
submission of Appropriate Pass Lists to Senate by the relevant Boards The Appropriate Pass Lists to Senate should
be accompanied with Faculty Board Minutes
ii Students shall be provided with examination results using the approved testimonial format
33 1 Appeals
Any student or candidate aggrieved by a decision of the Board of his/ her College/ Faculty/ Institute/ School may
appeal to the Senate Examinations for reversal or moderation of the decision of the Board
33 2 Procedure for Considering Appeals
from Students
(i) The Examinations Irregularities Committees of Faculties/Institutes/ Schools shall handle and communicate their
decisions to the concerned students In their communication to a student who may have been DISMISSED, the
Examinations Irregulari-ties Committees of Faculties/Institutes/Schools shall mention the following clause “in case
you are not satisfied with the verdict you are free to appeal directly to the Senate Examinations Committee”
(ii) The Examinations Irregularities Committees of Faculties/ Institutes/ Schools shall communicate the decisions
taken to the Senate Examinations Committee for noting
(iii) A student who is not satisfied with the decisions of the Faculty Examinations Irregularities Committees May
appeal to the Senate Examinations Committee
(iv) The appeal shall be in writing addressed to the Academic Registrar and copied to the Faculty/School/Institute
Committee stating clearly the grounds of appeal The Academic Registrar shall acknowledge in writing to the
student/candidate and Chairperson of Faculty/School/Institute Committee receipt of the appeal
(v) The Senate Examinations Committee Secretariat upon receipts of an appeal will request the respective Faculty/
Institute/School to comment on the information in the appeal
(vi) The Senate Examinations Committee shall consider the merits of the students’ appeals and handle as appropriate
(see also Rule 8 Procedure for Hearing of Malpractice Cases under Rules on Examination Malpractices and
Irregularities)
34 Publication of Results
The relevant department shall publish Provisional Examination Results of candidates in every examination soon
after the meeting of departmental Examination Committee; the Examination Results shall be arranged and published
in a manner as prescribed by Senate
35 Graduation Programme Load
Each College/Faculty/School/Institute Board shall specify the quantity and composition of their Programme
Load Requirements for the Award of the Degree/Diploma/Certificate The composition shall include both Core and
Elective Courses
36 Earning of Credits in a Course
(a) Each student shall earn Credits for all the Courses specified in the Programme Load for graduation
(b) A Credit shall be earned when a student has obtained at least the undergraduate Programmes Pass Mark (50%) in
each Course he/she had been assessed in In other words, NO Credit shall be earned in a Course in which a student
has failed the Assessment
37 Classification
For purposes of the classification of Degrees, Diplomas and Certificates (where applicable) the Cumulative grade Point
Average (CgPA) for the various Classes shall be as indicated below:
Class CGPA
First Class 4 40 - 5 00
Second Class – Upper Division 3 60 - 4 39
Second Class - Lower Division 2 80 - 3 59
Pass 2 0 - 2 79
38 Awards
The Board of Examiners in a School, Faculty or Academic Institute, upon its
satisfaction that the standard required under relevant regulations for the award of a Degree, Diploma, Certificate
or other award, as the case may be, has been attained by a candidate in University examinations applicable to
him/her, may recommend to the Senate through the relevant Board of a College, School, Faculty, academic Institute
that such Degree, Diploma, Certificate or other award be conferred upon or granted to such successful candidate
39 Calculation of the Cumulative Grade
Point Average (CGPA)
The Cumulative grade Point Average at a given time shall be obtained by:
(a) Multiplying the grade point obtained in each Course by the Credit Units assigned to the Course to arrive at
the Weighted Score for the Course
(b) Adding together the Weighted Scores for all the Courses taken up to that time
(c) Dividing the Total Weighted Score by the total number of Credit Units taken up to that time
40 Payment of Fees
i Tuition and other University fees are due on the first day of the academic year Privately-sponsored students who
cannot pay full fees at the beginning of the academic year are required to pay at least 60% of the course load, if they
wish by the set deadline
ii First year privately-sponsored student who fails to pay all First Semester Fees in Full by the end of the second
week of the beginning of an academic year shall forfeit his/her place in the University
iii A continuing privately-sponsored student who shall not have paid fees by the end of the Sixth week shall be
deregistered
a Student should complete paying all the University fees by the sixth week of a semester and be
registered then
b In case a student fails to raise enough money to pay for a full semester load, a student can
choose courses within the first six weeks and make payment for the course load he/she can afford and get registered
c The minimum course loads to be permitted under this arrangement should be 60% of the total credit units for that
semester
d Student will not be allowed to pay University fees and register after the end of the sixth week of a semester
e Only registered students will be allowed to use University facilities, to attend lecturers, do course work and sit
for final examinations
41 Refund of Tuition Fees when a Student has Withdrawn from Studies
41 1 A student who has been permitted to withdraw from studies shall be refunded the Tuition Fees already paid
according to the following schedules:
The time at which a Percentage of student has withdrawn in the tuition fees a semester already paid to be
refunded to the student
(a) By the End of the
First Week of a 100%
Semester
(b) By the End of the 80%
Second Week
(c) By the End of the
Third Week of a 60/%
Semester
(d) By the End of the
Fourth Week of the 40%
Semester
(e) By the End of the
Fifth Week of a 20%
Semester
(f) After the Fifth Week 0%
41 2 Fees for Residence, Application, Faculty Requirements, Registration, Examinations, Identity Cards and the
guild charges are not refunded
41 3 In case an Academic Programme to which a student has been admitted is not conducted in a particular
academic year, the University will refund the full tuition fees paid by the student University examinations are
conducted by the Academic Units on behalf of the Academic Registrar during specified periods These rules
set out the procedures for such examinations and include procedural obligations of students sitting such an examination
and staff who are involved in the management of the process
Coursework Assessments
i That Coursework Assessments have to be planned in advance and students have to be informed formally about
them at the beginning of each Semester Such information Shall be contained in the Almanac of each Academic Unit
ii The script/results for the last set of Coursework Assignments in a Semester shall be availed to the respective
students and displayed Two (2) Weeks before the commencement of the End-of-Semester University Examinations, at
the latest
iii The plans for the Coursework Assessments shall be indicated clearly i e the modes of the Assessments; when
each Assessment would be conducted; its duration as well as the maximum marks to be awarded in the Assessment
iv The Coursework (Progressive/Continuous Assessments) shall not contribute less that 30% nor more than
40% of the total marks in each Course
v The Coursework (Progressive/Continuous Assessment) component shall consist of at least One (1) Test and
One (1) Homework or Two (2) Tests per Course
vi That, among others, the tools for Coursework Assessments be varied to comprise the following:a Multiple-choice Tests (each lasting for ten (10) to twenty (20) minutes
b Short Answer – Types Tests (each lasting for thirty (30) minutes
c Oral Examinations (where applicable only)
GENERAL ACADEMIC/EXAMINATIONS REGULATIONS
d Long Answer Essay – Type Tests done within the lecture room/hall for a duration of (forty) 40 to
(fifty) 50 minutes
e Take-away Essay – type Questions (which would involve the use of library facilities and some
investigation work and completed within periods ranging from three (3) to fourteen (14) days)
f Project Work involving fieldwork, laboratory work/practicals (conducted for two (2) months)
vii That all the Assignments, duly marked be returned to students in reasonable time and that two weeks before
the commencement of University examinations all the students should have received back all the Assignments
they would have done in a particular Semester
viii That the Heads of Department have to monitor the levels of compliance with the requirements of the
Coursework Assessments for the various academic programmes
ix That, every student shall sign a register as he/she hands in a Coursework Assignment to the respective
Lecturer/Professor so as to keep a record of all those who have done and handed in coursework
x A student who fails to honour the deadline set for handing in an assignment without justifiable causes(s)
shall receive a score of a zero or fail grade in that assignment
xi A student who does not have coursework marks shall be denied Certificate of Due Performance and will not be
allowed to sit the University Examinations
End-of-Semester Assessments
i That the End-of-Semester Assessments should be preceded with proper study of both the syllabus and the
associated study objectives
ii That syllabus contents and learning objectives should be synchronized in order to ensure that the examination
questions set in a particular Course were balanced
iii Examiners are required to preserve the secrecy of examination papers at all stages until the paper has been worked
by the candidates The contents must not be disclosed to any person other than those colleagues of officials of the
University specially appointed to deal with the papers
iv That in order to ease the setting of both progressive and end of semester assessments, each Internal Examiner
should develop an assessment questions’ bank
v That a combination of measurement tools be used when setting examination questions for a particular Course That,
for example, examination questions for a Course could be set comprising the following elements:a Twenty Multiple-Choice items (equivalent to one essay question) to measure knowledge drawn from all the areas
of the syllabus
b Five compulsory Short Answer questions (equivalent to one essayquestion) to measure understanding
c For Essay-Type questions (ofwhich at least two have to be answered) to measure analytical and higher – order
intellectual abilities and problem solving approach
vi That the time allocated for a particular examination has to be proportional to the weight of a Course
vii That time-tabling should be centralized
viii That the examination timetables shall be made as flexible as possible
ix That a data-base for teaching/examination space in relation to capacity be established
Invigilation
1 That each Dean/Director and Head of Department shall ensure that the invigilation and supervision of
any examination is effectively and professionally done
2 That every candidate shall sign an attendance sheet as he/she hands in his/her script for every test/examination he/
she has sat for
3 That examination results shall be submitted in both electronic and signed hard copies in all the Departments
4 That the Officers from the Department of the Academic registrar who shall be in charge of the examinations shall be
stationed at the appropriate level
5 That the Invigilators have to be vigilant and shall be held accountable to ensure that examination scripts for all the
candidates who have sat the examinations in the room(s) where they have been invigilating, have been collected
after each candidate has signed to hand in his/her examination script
6 Each examination paper shall be under the specific direction of senior members of the academic staff nominated by
the Head of Department/Dean
7 Invigilators shall obtain from their department offices lists showing the names of candidates taking the papers to
be invigilated
8 Invigilators shall be present in the examination room at least thirty minutes before the commencement of an
examination after collecting examination papers from the Examination Officer
9 Invigilators must ensure that ONE answer book is provided for each candidate unless the rubric on the question
paper requires otherwise This answer book must be filled before any additional paper is provided
10 Invigilators shall admit candidates to the examination room ten minutes before the commencement of the
examination and they shall ensure that that they take places assigned to them Handbags, books and other similar
articles must be deposited with the invigilator before the candidate is permitted to go to his place except where
books are permitted During these ten minutes the Senior invigilator shall:
i make an announcement to the effect that candidates should satisfy themselves that they are in possession of the
correct paper.
ii Call attention to any rubric at the head of the paper which seems to require attention
iii Announce that, where this is practicable, both sides of the paper must be used
11. He /she shall then tell candidates when they may begin writing.
12. In the case of a candidate whose name is not included in the list but who presents himself for the examination,
the invigilator should:
i. ask a candidate to state the precise title of the question paper he/sheis to take
ii. Ash a candidate if he/she has ensures that he/she would not be in another examination room. If the candidate is
right, he/she should be admitted to a spare place and allowed to begin the paper
iii. Shall report the name of the candidate and particulars to the examination officer through the invigilators report
form.
13. Invigilators shall not admit candidates to the examination room after half an hour from the commencement of
the examination and should not permit them to leave the room until thirty minutes have expired Late candidates shall
not be allowed extra time.
14. Normally no candidate may be admitted after the expiry of half an hour from the beginning of the examination period.
A candidate may nevertheless be admitted at any time on the following conditions:
i. the invigilator shall make it clear to the candidate that the University reserves the right to refuse acceptance of
his script.
ii. The invigilator shall make a full report in writing to the Registrar stating:
a) the time of admission;
b) whether any candidate had previously left the room;
c) Any special reason given by the candidate for the lateness.
15. Invigilators shall on no account give any information to a candidate who asks questions about contents of a
question paper or doubts its accuracy. Any question of this nature should be referred immediately to the examiner in the
subject to clarify the point to all candidates.
16. At the commencement of the examination invigilators shall check the names of the candidates against the copy of
the list to ascertain who is present and who is absent, and to confirm that every candidate is where he/she should be (so that
no candidate attempts the wrong paper)
17. At the end of the first half-hour the word“ABSENT” shall be written on the list against the appropriate names and
the total numbers present and absent shall be entered in the space at the foot of the list.
18. Invigilators shall then collect the blank answer books from all vacant places. Spare question-papers should be
returned to the Examination Officer.
19. During the examination, invigilators shall ensure that candidates are provided with any additional requirements (e g
supplementary sheets, log tables etc). Candidates may be permitted to do rough work on the left hand pages of
the scripts on the understanding that this is crossed out at the end of the examination
20. No candidates shall be permitted to leave his place during the examination except to leave the examination
room.
21. A candidate who contravenes the regulation and instructions governing the examination, especially by unfair
practices such as copying from or communicating with other candidates
22. Shall be reported immediately to the Deans/Directors office for further action by irregularities committee of the
faculty which should meet immediately after the end of the examination session to take appropriate action.
23. The candidate shall be informed that he has contravened the regulations and that he has been reported, but shall not
be prevented from continuing his paper. A written report must be sent to the Academic registrar including full details
of the contravention.
24. Invigilators shall not permit candidates to leave their places before their scripts have been collected Candidates
who wish to leave the examination room before the end of the examination shall hand heir scripts to the invigilator
before leaving the examination room No candidate shall leave the examination room during the last ten minutes
of the time allocated for the examination except in case of emergency.
25. At the end of the examination period invigilators shall instruct the candidates to stop writing and shall then collect
all the scripts in the order of the lists
26. When all the scripts have been collected, the candidates may leave the examination room
27. Wherever separate answer books have been used for different parts of the paper, they must be collected in
separate piles and candidates should be wanted at the outset not to tie separate sections together.
28. Invigilators shall hand scripts (arranged in the order of the lists) to the Chief internal examiner who shall sign for
them on the invigilators form Invigilators shall be responsible in all cases of loss, damage etc for their scripts until
they are checked and accepted as correct by the internal examiner.
29. The invigilator must ensure that no answer books have remained uncollected and no spare question paper or spoilt
answer book is left on the desk.
30. The attention of the invigilators is drawn to the fact that smoking is not allowed in the examination room
and that this applies to invigilators as well as candidates.
31. Internal Examiners (or their Deputies) are required to attend in the examinationrooms at the commencement of
each period to assist the invigilators. Instructions which the examiners (or their deputies) may wish to be given
should be announced by the invigilators.
32. Cases of illness should be reported to the Dean/Director/Academic registrar as soon as possible.
33. Invigilators shall have the power to confiscate any unauthorized book, manuscript, or other aid brought into the
examination room, and to expel from the examination room any candidate who creates disturbance.
Absence from Examination
i. If the Board of a College/Faculty/School/Institute is satisfied that a student has no justifiable reason for having been
absent from a particular examination, such a student shall receive a fail (F) grade for the Course(s) he/she had not sat
the examination in The Course(s) in which the Fail (F) grade was/were awarded shall also count in the calculation
of the CgPA.
ii. If the Board of a College/Faculty/School/Institute is satisfied that a student was absent from coursework assessment
and or a final examination due to justifiable reason(s) such as sickness or loss of a parent/guardian, then a Course grade of
ABS shall be assigned to that Course(s).
Timetables For University Examinations
Timetables for University examinations are posted on Student Notice Boards and On-line Services Misreading or
misinterpretation of the timetable will not be accepted as an excuse or justifiable cause for failing to attend an
examination. Students are advised to copy and keep a hard copy of the timetable to avoid such errors.
Electronic Calculators
The use of authorised, silent, cordless nonprogrammable calculators is allowed in exams only if the question paper
permits it Such calculators may contain simple memory functions for use in the course of calculation. Candidates shall
seek the approval for use of their calculator prior to examinations by the Invigilator, who will identify approved
calculators with a tamper evident label. It is the responsibility of the candidate to bring the calculator to the exam room and
to ensure that a spare battery is available. In all cases calculators must be silent. The use of any OTHER calculator or
electronic device capable of carrying out the retrieval of stored numerical or textual information is strictly
forbidden. This restriction does not apply to “Open Book” exams. Failure to comply with these regulations may result
in confiscation of your non- approved Calculator, or, in extreme cases, facing the university examination irregularities
committee.
Accommodation of Religious Creed
i. Makerere University is a secular institution It is the official policy of the University that all days in a week
are considered working days Staff and students are expected to conduct or attend lectures and examinations at
scheduled time and day.
ii. Requests to accommodate a student’sreligious creed by scheduling tests or examinations at alternative times may
not be entertained.
iii. Students who miss exams or test based on religious creed should inform their respective Deans /Directors as soon
as the timetable is published preferably two weeks before examination so as to avoid being categorized as being absent
without justifiable cause and a Course grade of ABS shall be assigned to that Course(s).
Alternative arrangements - students with a
disability
i. Disabled Students may require alternative exam arrangements which accommodate their disability, which may
include the provision of a scribe or reader, separate supervision, extended time, medication access, or the use of assisted
technology.
ii. Students who require alternative exam arrangements need to register with their Deans /Directors office, who will assess
their needs and liaise with the Academic Registrar’s Office. Considerable preparationis required for the provision ofthis
accommodation, so the assessment of alternative exam arrangements needs to take place at the beginning of each
session.
iii. The invigilators have the discretion to grant disabled Students more time but the time granted should not
exceed 30 minutes from the end of examination session.
Academic misconduct
The University regards academic misconduct as a very serious matter Misconduct in exams includes but not limited to
the following actions:
i. Taking into the exam venue, or possessing whilst in that room, any books, notes or other material which has not
been authorised;
ii. Writing notes on yourself or having notes on your person;
iii. Having notes written in your identity documents or authorized examination materials eg logarithm table;
iv. Accessing information stored or written on electronic equipment;
v. Copying from another student in an exam;
vi. Aiding or attempting to aid another candidate, or obtaining or attempting to obtain aid from another candidate;
vii. Passing yourself off as another;
viii. Such repeated behavior as may in the view of the Invigilator prejudice the performance of other candidates.
Contravention of the above Regulations will be treated under the Procedures for Handling Cases of Suspected
Cheating, in University Assessment which can be found on the University examination Irregularity rules. Details of
the types of misconduct and penalties’ are in another section of this book
Illness during an Examination
If feels ill during an exam he/she should inform an invigilator immediately.
Plagiarism/Cheating
Cheating is defined as any illegitimate behaviour designed to deceive those setting, administering and marking the
assessment. Cheating in a University assessment is a very serious academic offence, which may lead ultimately to
expulsion from the University. Cheating can take one of a number of forms, including:
i. The use of unauthorized books, notes, electronic aids or other materials in an examination;
ii. Obtaining an examination paper ahead of its authorised release;
iii. Collusion, i e the representation of another’s work or ideas as one’s own without appropriate acknowledgement
or referencing, where the owner of the work knows of the situation and both work towards the deceit of a third party
(while in plagiarism the owner of the work does not knowingly allow the use of his or her work);
iv. Acting dishonestly in any way including fabrication of data, whether before, during or after an examination or other
assessment so as to either obtain or offer to others an unfair advantage in that examination or assessment;
v. Plagiarism, i e the act of representing another’s work or ideas as one’s own without appropriate
acknowledgement or referencing There are three main types of plagiarism’ which could occur within all modes of
assessment (including examinations):
a) Direct copying of text from a book, article, fellow student’s essay, handout, thesis, web page or other source
without proper acknowledgement;
b) Claiming individual ideas derived from a book, article etc as one’s own, and incorporating them into one’s work
without acknowledging the source of these ideas;
c) Overly depending on the work of one or more others without proper acknowledgement of the source, by constructing
an essay, project, etc by extracting large sections of the text from another source, and merely linking these together with a
few of one’s own sentences (Faculties /Institute/Schools may extend these definitions for specificsubject areas and
provide students with examples as appropriate).
The correct referencing system for making quotations explicit andacknowledging sources shall be available through
personal tutors or supervisors, specific tutorialsessions and handbooks). Contravention of the above Regulations will
be treated under the Procedures for Handling Cases of Suspected Cheating, including Plagiarism, in University
Assessment which can be found on the University examination irregularity rules.
Identification during examination
i. Students must produce their student identification card and or examination permit. Where the identification provided
is not clear, additional forms of identity verification may be requested.
ii. A student wearing clothing that obscures their face may be asked to remove that clothing for identification purposes in
private and before an examination supervisor of the same gender.
iii. A student, who fails to comply with a request above, may be refused admission to the examination room
Marking Scheme /Guide
i. That each question paper set has to be accompanied by a clear marking guide.
ii. That all the examination papers be moderated by Departmental Examinations Committees and External Examiners
iii. That for greater accuracy and easier accountability examination scripts be marked by more than one Examiner
Marking of examination
i. Every examination for a Degree or Diploma of the University whether taken at one time or in sections, shall be
conducted by Internal examiners, one or where possible, two or more in each course /subject and external
examiners, one or more in each Course/subject. The Head of Department/Dean shall be the Chief Internal Examiner.
ii. Only persons at the level of Lecturer should be and internal examiner.
iii. That promising Postgraduate students should serve as Tutorial Assistants and Examiners under the proper
supervision of the respective Course Lecturers/Professors, for some remuneration
iv. That where the staff in an Academic Unit is sufficient to form a team ofExaminers, they should be utilized.
v. That computer-based marking of examination questions should be introduced.
vi. That Examination Marking Centers should be created to ensure that marking is completed on schedule and that
scripts are not lost or misplaced.
vii. That any Lecturer/Professor who has delayed to complete marking, compiling and/or submitting the marks of the
candidates for whom he/she received the scripts for marking shall have his/her case reported/referred to the
Appointments Board for appropriate disciplinary action to be taken on.
viii. That any Lecturer/Professor who loses the examination script(s) of the candidates which were handed over to
him/her shall have his/her case reported/referred to the Appointments Board for appropriate disciplinary action.
Compilation of marks and analysis
i. That all the Internal Examiners have to ensure that all the candidates whose examination numbers indicated that they
had sat for particular examinations, had their scripts duly marked and that the examination numbers of the absentees
were properly recorded and also that the scaling of marks or standardizing them (where necessary) would have been
done already.
ii. That the Office of the academic Registrar shall circulate the lists of all registered students for every Course to all the
relevant Deans/Directors and Heads of Departments
iii. That the Lecturers/Professors should be availed the records of registered students for the Courses they teach to
guide in compilation of marks.
iv. That the marking of examination scripts be completed within a set period of time and that once the marking exercise
was completed, the compiling of marks for each Course be embarked on at once.
v. That the compilation of the marks for all the courses within a particular Department be completed within one
week That no member of the support staff should be permitted to handle the compilation of marks.
vi. That all the issues pertaining to incomplete/missing marks be investigated quickly and adequate explanations
about such cases given before the examination results would be submitted to the relevant Faculty/Institute/School
Examinations Committees for further analysis.
vii. That the marks which have been compiled by Departments be submitted to the Offices of the respective Deans/
Directors by certain agreed deadlines.
viii. That the Faculty/Institute/School Examinations Committees which comprise all Programme Co-ordinators and
Representatives of Departments, should analyse the examination results in accordance with the approved regulations/
guidelines for the Semester system within one week.
ix. That the Board of Examiners, through the Board of Studies, should make decisions on the accuracy of the compilation
and analysis of the examination results.
x. That all examination results shall be compiled and submitted using the format approved by the Senate only.
Approval of Examination Results
i. The Senate has delegated the power to approve all examination results to Boards of
Colleges/Faculties/Institutes/Schools But the results shall not be regarded as final until they are
confirmed by Senate on submission of Appropriate Pass Lists to Senate by the relevant Boards The Appropriate Pass
Lists to Senate should be accompanied with Faculty Board Minutes
ii. Students shall be provided with examination results using the approved testimonial format.
Role of Heads of Department
Role of Heads of Department are responsible for:
i. Completion of marking and internal moderation by the date set in the assessment calendar;
ii. Providing the Faculty Registrar/Administrator with marks for each element of assessment for each
candidate registered for the unit by the date specified.
Role of the Dean/Directors Of Faculty/
Institute/School
The Dean/Directors of Faculty/Institute/School are responsible for:
i. Creating examination strong room and marking Centres which offers security of examination.
ii. Entering all Units’ marks on the candidate record system by the date specified in the assessment calendar.
iii Making all practical arrangements for meetings including External Examiners’ accommodation.
iv. Notifying any other relevant offices of changes in the provisional marks made at the Subject Area Board.
v. Informing the Senate Examinations Office of the date, time and location ofall Examination Boards, and sending to the
Senate Examinations Office the full agenda for each award and progression.
vi. Providing a Minutes Recorder for every Examination Board.
The Academic Registrar’s Department should provide:
i. Coordination and Monitoring of all Examination processes to ensure the achievement of the evaluation
programme on the one hand and the declaration of the results and their safe record-keeping and report to Senate on
the other hand;
ii. The issuing of the Academic Transcripts and Certificates and serving as Secretariat to the Faculty Board and Senate
Committees and the Senate.
Issue of a Duplicate Certificate
i. The Certificate which the University issues as proof of the conferment of an award is a unique and valuable
documentwhich should be carefully preserved by its recipient. Under no circumstances will the University issue
additional copies or duplicates to any applicant holdingan original certificate.
ii. The loss or destruction of a certificate isa serious matter and a duplicate will only be issued for cases of
damaged/defaced. The University reserves theright not to issue a duplicate or to specify reasons for its decision.
Duplicates have precisely the same standing as the original which they replace, are produced in the format currently in use
and may not be a facsimile copy of the original.
iii. Duplicate certificates will be issuedto applicants bearing their name as recorded by the University at the time of
the conferment of their award.
iv. The applicant must provide the completed declaration setting out fully the circumstances in which the certificate
was damaged, and to return the damaged/defaced certificate to the University
GENERAL RULE FOR POSSESSION OF
FIREARMS
It shall be an offence for any student to:
a) Be in possession of firearms or otherpotentially lethal weapons on universityproperty and halls of residence.
b) Use a firearm or any potentially lethalweapon on university property and hallsof residence.
c) Appear on university property or halls of residence wearing a law enforcementsecurity uniform.
Penalty
iv) Caution, or;
v) Suspension for a period not exceedingtwo academic years, or;
vi) Dismissal from the University without prejudice to any action that may bepursued in a court of law.
RULES ON EXAMINATION MALPRACTICES AND IRREGULARITIES
Rule 1: Malpractices in Relation to Coursework
It shall be an offence for a student/candidate to avail to another student/candidate his/her prepared coursework with a
view to assisting the latter to do his/her coursework or to negligently expose his/her coursework to another candidate
to use.
Penalty
Any student/candidate found guilty of the offence under Rule 1 above shall be liable to:
i) Caution and Cancellation of his/her coursework , or;
ii) Caution and Cancellation of his/her coursework and suspension from his/her studies for a period not exceeding
one academic year.
Rule 2: Fraud in Relation to Coursework
It shall be an offence for a student/candidate to:
(a) Submit coursework not prepared by him/her;
(b) Substantially plagiarise the work of any other person;
(c) Solicit/purchase any coursework from any other person;
(d) Falsify/alter marks awarded on a coursework script.
Penalty
Any student/candidate found guilty of involvement in fraudulent conduct related to coursework as set out in Rule 2
above, shall be liable to:
i) Caution and Cancellation of his/her coursework , or;
ii) Cancellation of his/her coursework and suspension from his/her studies for a period not exceeding one academic
year, or;
iii) Cancellation of his/her coursework and dismissal from the University.
Rule 3: Malpractices in the Conduct of
Examinations
It shall be an offence for a student/candidate involved in an examination/test to:
(a) Sit or attempt to sit the examination without valid documentation;
(b) Enter the examination hall/room later than half an hour after the examination/test has commenced;
(c) Leave the examination hall/room earlier than half an hour after the examination has commenced except in emergencies
with the express permission of the Invigilator ;
(d) Carry out a conversation or any other communication with another student/candidate once the examination has
commenced ;
(e) Indulge in any disruptive conduct including, but not limited to, shouting, assault of another student/candidate,
using abusive and /or threatening language, destruction of university property or the property of another
student/candidate;
(f) Take out of the examination room/hall answer booklet(s), used or unused;
(g) Neglect, omit or in any other way fail to follow lawful instructions or orders issued by the Invigilator;
(h) Physically assault or insult an Invigilator or any University Official involved inthe conduct of the examination.
Penalty
Any student/candidate found guilty of contravening Rule 3 above, shall be liable to:
(i) Caution and Cancellation of the relevant examination, or;
ii) Cancellation of the relevant examination and suspension from the University for a period not exceeding two years, or;
iii) Cancellation of the relevant examination and dismissal from the University;
iv) A student/candidate who contravenes Rule 3(e) shall be liable to a fine as wellas any penalty specified above;
(v) A government-sponsored student/candidate found guilty of contravening Rule 3 above, may have the government
sponsorship cancelled besides any other punishment taking into account the gravity of the offence except in cases
where the student/candidate is dismissed from the University;
(vi) Any student/candidate found guilty of contravening Rule 3(h) above by physically assaulting an Invigilator or
a University Official shall be dismissedfrom the University;
Rule 4: Cheating in an Examination
It shall be an offence for any student/candidate involved in an examination to:
(a) Take into the examination room/hall, in person or by agent, unauthorized materials including, but not limited
to, plain papers, condensed/summarized notes, books, and handkerchiefs on which information is written or
information written on any part of the body, recording apparatus, mobile phones or any unauthorized electronic
equipment;
(b) Copy from any other candidate/student;
(c) Involve oneself in plagiarism, that is:
(i) Pass off the words or ideas of someone else as his/her own without proper acknowledgement or crediting the
original source;
(ii) Replicate one’s own work which one has presented elsewhere for assessment;
(d) Aid and/ or abet another candidate/student to copy from a script/ book of another person;
(e) Exchange answers with another candidate/student in or outside the examination room;
(f) Collaborate with another candidate/student in the examination room to use telephone discussions and share
material including calculators and other electronic equipment.
Penalty
Any student/candidate found guilty of cheating in examinations as defined above shall be liable to:
i) Caution and Cancellation of the relevant examination, or;
ii) Cancellation of the relevant examination and suspension from the University for a period not exceeding two years, or;
iii) Cancellation of the relevant examinations and dismissal from the University;
(iv) A government-sponsored student/candidate found guilty of contravening Rule 4 above, may have the government
sponsorship cancelled besides any other punishment except in cases where the student/candidate is dismissed from the
University;
(v) Any student/candidate found guilty of cheating in examinations on second conviction shall be dismissed from
the University;
(vi) On conclusion of the malpractice case, the confiscated unauthorized materialshall be destroyed within sixty (60) days
from the date of the letter communicating the decision;
(vii) Where several paragraphs or ideas have been plagiarized the student shall be warned and awarded a grade “D” for
the submitted work;
(viii) On a second charge of the offence of plagiarism as defined in (a) above, theexamination shall be cancelled and
the student awarded a grade “F” for the submitted work;
(ix) On a third and subsequent time of theoffence of plagiarism as defined in (a)above, the student shall be suspended
for a year;
(x) Where the entire material has been lifted from another source verbatim or with only slight alterations the student
shall be dismissed from the University
Rule 5: Fraud in Examinations
It shall be an offence for a student/candidate involved in an examination to:
(a) Import into the examination hall/room, in person or by agent, a pre-prepared
answer script/booklet;
(b) Substitute an answer script/booklet prepared outside the examination room/hall for the one already submitted to the
Invigilator/ Examiner;
(c) Falsify or alter marks awarded on an examination script/book;
(d) Impersonate another student/candidate;
(e) Procure or induce another person to sit for him/her;
(f) Utter false documents in relation to eligibility to sit University examinations;
(g) Sit or attempt to sit an examination without authority;
(h) Deliver to the Examiner’s office orresidence an examination script/booklet outside the scheduled time for delivery
without due authority;
(i) Fraudulently receive examination papers/questions which have been illegally procured or made available;
(j) Fraudulently access or attempt to access examination questions before theexamination is due;
(k) Pay or induce another person to illegally procure or make available examination questions/papers.
Penalty
Any student/candidate found guilty of fraudulent conduct as defined above shall beliable to:
i) Cancellation of the relevant examination and suspension from the University for a period not exceeding two
academic years, or;
ii) Cancellation of the relevant examinations and dismissal from the University;
(iii) A government-sponsored student/candidate found guilty of contravening Rule 5 above, may have the government
sponsorship cancelled besides any other punishment except in cases where the student/candidate is dismissed from the
University.
Rule 6 Offences Relating to the Conduct of Irregularities Hearing
It shall be an offence for any student/candidate whether or not he /she has been accused of an irregularity to:
a) Interfere with the conduct of investigations into the matter or the hearing of an irregularity by the Faculty Appeals
and Irregularities Committee ;
b) Intimidate members of the Committee or other members of the University Staff or witnesses in the irregularity matter
c) Destroy evidence relating to an alleged irregularity;
d) Forge or utter false documents in relation to an alleged irregularity;
e) Bribe or attempt to bribe a University Official witness or any other person inrelation to an alleged irregularity;
f) Harass or procure others to harass on his /her behalf a University official,witnesses or any other person in relation to
an irregularity by making constant telephone calls, visits, etc;
Penalty
Any student/candidate found guilty of interference with the conduct of an irregularity hearing as defined in Rule 6 above
shall beliable to:
i) Cancellation of the relevant examinations, or;
ii) Cancellation of the relevant examinations and suspension from the University for a period not exceeding one
academic year, or;
iii) Cancellation of the relevant examinations and dismissal from the University.
Rule 6 A Possessions of firearms during theexamination period
It shall be an offence for a student/candidate involved in an examination/test to:
(a) Bring within the precincts of the examination room any firearm orpotentially dangerous weapon;
(b) Use a firearm or any potentiallydangerous weapon with the purpose to intimidate, threaten or otherwise deter
investigations into any examination irregularity.
Penalty
Any student found guilty of the offence defined in Rule 6A(a) shall be liable to:
i) Caution and cancellation of the relevant examination, or;
ii) Cancellation of the relevant examination and suspension for a period not exceeding two years, or;
iii) Cancellation of the relevant examination and dismissal from the University.
NOTE: The term “potentiallylethal weapon” for purposes of Rule 6A includes, but is not limited
to, pangas, machetes, daggers, switch blades, spears, swords, bows & arrows, brass knuckles and any incendiary
device This definition also includes imitationsof potentially dangerous weapons such as fake guns
Rule 7 Mitigating and AggravatingFactors When Determining theAppropriate Punishment
Where the Rule provides a range of punishments, the Committee may take into account the following mitigating
and aggravating factors in determining the appropriate punishment.
(a) Mitigating Factors
• Remorse on the part of the student/candidate
• Truthfulness
• Lack of substantial benefit fromthe malpractice
• Student/candidate first offender
• Plea of guilty therefore not wasting the Committee’s time
(b) Aggravating Factors
• Substantial benefit from themalpractice
• Lack of credibility
• general misconduct
• Frivolous and vexatious denials
• Allegations of misconduct on the part of University staff which are subsequently proved to be false
• Second conviction
Rule 8: Procedure for Hearing ofMalpractice Cases
(i) Guidelines on Apprehension of aSuspect
1 When a student/candidate is suspected to be engaging in examination malpractices, he/she should be
apprehended immediately In the apprehension of a suspect, the following should be taken into account:
a A suspect should be handled in the appropriate manner to ensure that the privacy and bodily integrity of a person is
not violated Body searches should be done in the presence of another person;
b The materials should be taken away as soon as they are found and kept as exhibits;
c Identity of the suspect and possible witnesses should be recorded immediately;
d A suspect should be allowed to proceed with the examination since he/she is presumed to be innocent until
proved guilty.
(ii) Rules of Natural Justice
2 In the handling of examination irregularities and malpractices, the Faculty/School/Institute Committee
shall take into account the following principles of natural justice:
(a) Fair and equal treatment of allstudents/candidates;
(b) The opportunity to enter a plea of guilty or not guilty;
(c) Fair hearing accorded to all students/candidates;
(d) Right of students/candidates to appear and to defend themselves;
(e) Staff not to sit in judgment of their own cause, and;
(f) Consistency in punishments.
(iii) Pre- Hearing
3 The Member of Staff who alleges that a student/candidate was involved in a malpractice shall make a formal
written report to the Chairperson of the Committee Any materials allegedly found on the student/candidate should be
given to the Chairperson for safe custody.
4 The Chairperson of the Committee shall inform the student/candidate in writing of the allegation A copy of the
Rules shall be availed to the student/candidate with the letter of the Chairperson.
5 The student/candidate shall be allowed to make a formal defence to the allegations in writing addressed to the
Chairperson of the Committee.
6 The student/candidate shall then be invited in writing or by whatever expedient method to appear before the
Committee to defend himself/herself.
7 The student/candidate shall be given adequate notice of the date of appearingbefore the Faculty/School/Institute
Committee to enable him/her time to prepare his/her defence.
8 (a) A student/candidate who fails or refuses or omits to appear after being effectively summoned three times
shall be suspended indefinitely from the Universitypending his/her appearance before the Committee.
(b) The suspension shall remain in place until the Chairperson of the Committee formally notifiesthe Academic
Registrar that the student/candidate has appeared and answered the allegations.
c) A student/candidate alleged to have been involved in examination malpractice shall not be registered
until such a time that the case has been disposed of.
iv) Hearing
9 The Committee shall be properly constituted by the Chairperson and six other members The membership of the
Committee shall be drawn from the Deans/Directors and Deputy Deans/Directors and Heads of Departments in each
Faculty/School/Institute Quorum of the Committee shall be five memberspresent.
(Note: (a) The membership and quorum should be determined in such a way as to ensure that members do not sit in
judgement of their own cases )
(b) The Board of Studies in each Faculty/School/Institute should determine the membership of the
Faculty/School/Institute Appeals and Irregularities Committee ).
10 The student/candidate shall appear in person before the Committee and identify himself/herself as the subject of
the proceedings The Member of Staff /Invigilator concerned should also be present.
11 The Committee shall formally charge the student/candidate The student/candidate shall be informed by the
prosecutor of the allegations against him/her and the Rule in the Rules on Examination Malpractices and
Irregularities he/she is alleged to have breached In addition, he/she shall be informed of the possible punishments.
12 The student/candidate shall formally respond to such allegations.
13 When the student/candidate responds in the affirmative, a plea of guilty shall berecorded by the prosecutor.
(a) On a plea of guilty, the Member of Staff/Invigilator reporting the malpractice shall present the facts constituting
the malpractice to the Committee in the presence of the student/candidate.
(b) Where the student/candidate is alleged to have been found with unauthorised materials, the materials shall be
brought before the Committee and the Member of Staff making the report shall state formally in the presence of the
student/candidate whether they are the materials he/she is alleged to have found in the possession of the student/candidate.
(c) The student/candidate shall be given an opportunity to respond to allegations of fact He/she may disagree with
them and he/she has a right to cross-examine the person making the report.
(d) Where the student/candidate responds to the allegations of facts and the Committee is of the considered
opinion that in substance he/she is pleading not guilty, it shall direct that a plea of not guilty be substituted for the
plea of guilty.
(Note: Where the student/candidate admits the offence with an explanation or makes a plea that is vague the
Committee should record a plea of not guilty)
(e) The student/candidate shall be allowed to plead mitigating factors, which the Committee should take into
account in prescribing punishment.
(f) The Committee shall then deliberate in the absence of the student/candidate and the Member of Staff/Invigilator
making the report.
(g) A decision shall be made with regard to the punishment and reasons should be assigned for such a decision
(h) The report shall be forwarded to the Senate Examinations Committee for information for any other decisions
apart from dismissal. Where, on the face of the record, the Senate Examinations Committee realises that the
Faculty/School/Institute Committee erred in its decisions, the Committee has a right to review the decision
14. On a plea of not guilty by the student/candidate, the Member of Staff/Invigilator making the report shall present
the facts to the Committee with the guidance of the prosecutor in the presence of the student/candidate who has a
right of cross-examination.
(a) The Member of Staff/Invigilator reporting the malpractice shall present the facts constituting the malpractice to
the Committee in the presence of the student/candidate.
(b) Where the student/candidate is alleged to have been found with unauthorised materials, the materials shall be
brought before the Committee and the Member of Staff making the report shall state formally in the presence of the
student/candidate whether they are the materials he/she is alleged to have found in the possession of the student/candidate.
(c) The student/candidate shall be given an opportunity to respond to allegations of fact He/she may disagree with
them and he/she has a right to cross-examine the person making the report.
15. The prosecutor may call witnesses whose presence he/she considers important for the just and fair disposal of the case
16. The student/candidate shall present his/her defence to the Committee in the presence of the Member of Staff
who made the report who also has a right of cross-examination.
17 The student/candidate may call witnesses to substantiate his/her defence.
v) Nature of Evidence General
18. (a) The Committee may admit oral and material evidence, which may be direct or circumstantial.
(Note: direct evidence is the account of the eyewitnesses or the original documents while circumstantial evidence is
that which is inferred from the circumstances of the case e g the student/candidate running away when approached
by an Invigilator ).
(b) The Committee may not admit hearsay evidence unless there is independent evidence that lends it credence.
(Note: hearsay evidence is indirect in the sense that it is given by a person who was not an eye witness e g where
a witness reports what was told to her/him by another person or photocopies of documents produced where the original
is not produced with no adequate explanation as to why Such evidence should only be accepted where there is other direct
evidence which supports the hearsay ).
19. After the close of the evidence and before a decision is made, the student/candidate shall be given an
opportunity to present to the Committee mitigating factors.
vi) Post-Hearing
20. The Committee shall deliberate on the matter preferably on the same day as the hearing
21. The Committee shall make findings offact with respect to the evidence and make a decision based on those
facts The Committee must assign reasons for each decision
22. The proceedings, Committee deliberations and the decision/ recommendation should be recorded and a signed
record should be forwarded to the Senate Examinations Committee for information for decisions other than dismissal
23. The student/candidate shall be officiallyinformed of such decision and availed a copy of the decision as well as
the record of the proceedings
24. The student/candidate shall be informed of his/her right of appeal and the procedure to be followed
25. Where the Committee recommends dismissal of a student/candidate, the decision must be confirmed by the
Senate Examinations Committee and then the student/candidate shall be officially informed of the final decision.
vii) Appeal Procedures
27. A student/candidate who is dissatisfiedwith the decision of a Committee may appeal to the Senate Examinations
Committee within 30 days from the date of the letter communicating the decision.
28. The appeal shall be in writing addressed to the Academic Registrar and copied to the Faculty/School/Institute
Committee stating clearly the grounds of appeal The Academic Registrar shall acknowledge in writing to the
student/candidate and Chairperson of Faculty/School/Institute Committee receipt of the appeal.
29. A student/candidate who pleaded guilty to an offence before the Faculty/School/Institute Committee shall have a right
of appeal only with respect to the penalty.
30. The Senate Examinations Committee shall hear the appeal expeditiously. The student/candidate appealing shall
be notified in writing of the date when the appeal will be heard and should be given an opportunity to appear before the
Senate Examinations Committee and be heard
31. The Academic Registrar shall officiallynotify the Faculty/School/Institute Committee that made the decision in
the first instance of the date of hearing of the appeal The Faculty/School/Institute Committee shall have a right of
representation.
32. At the hearing of the appeal, the student/candidate shall have an opportunity to be heard and the
Faculty/School/Institute Committee shall have a right to respond to the student/candidate’s presentation.
33. The Senate Examinations Committee shall have power on cause being shown to allow the student/candidate
present additional evidence before it.
34. Where additional witnesses are called, they will be subject to crossexamination by the representative ofthe
Faculty/School/Institute Committee. The Faculty/School/Institute Committee may also adduce additional evidence,
which may be responded to by the student/candidate.
35. The Senate Examinations Committee will then deliberate in the absence of the student/candidate and
Faculty/School/Institute Committee representative preferably on the date of hearing.
36. The Senate Examinations Committee may confirm, vary or set aside thedecision of the Faculty/School/Institute
Committee.
37. The Senate Examinations Committee shall take into account the rules of natural justice set out in Rule 8(ii) 2 of
these Rules external examining experience, to assure the Faculty Board and Senate of his/her competence in
assessment and understanding of academic standards in a broad higher education context.
Qualities External Examiner
The external examiner should be a critical friend so as to offer constructive comments, criticism and suggestions for
enhancement in the area of assessment practice External Examiner should be an Academic Professor or Senior
Lecturer or practicing professional at the rank of consultant or the equivalent.
The process of nomination and appointment of external examiners shall be as follows:
a) The head of relevant department through informal contacts establishes willingness and availability of nominee to serve
as external examiner and solicits his/her Curriculum vitae;
b) The academic members of the department shall study the Curriculum vitae to satisfy themselves that the
nominee has the necessary expertise, experience and seniority to serve as external examiner;
c) External examiners for Undergraduate Programmes shall be appointed by the University Senate or the Deputy
vice-Chancellor (Academic Affairs) on the recommendation of the respective Faculty Board;
d) External examiners for graduate Programmes shall be appointed by the Board of graduate studies or the Deputy
vice-Chancellor (Academic Affairs) on the recommendation of the respective Faculty Board;
e) External examiners shall be appointed to serve for a period of three years with a possible one year extension;
f) Thereafter the same external examiner cannot be re-appointed until a period of one year has elapsed;
g) A former member of the teaching staff of the University will not be eligible for appointment until a period of three
years has elapsed;
h) An external examiner will not be apROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES FOREXTERNAL EXAMINERS
1 0 The roles of External Examiners
The principle roles of external examiners include:
a) To verify that standards are appropriate for of each unit of study and to provide independent impartial comment on
standards set and student achievement of those standards The capacity to fulfill this is based on knowledge of
standards set and achieved in other higher education institutions, of subject benchmark statements and where
applicable of the expectations of Professional and Statutory Bodies or coawarding bodies;
b) To verify that the process of deciding assessment outcomes for individual students is fair, fairly operated, and
in line with the University’s regulations.
1 1 Specific Roles
Arising out of the principle roles of external examiners the specific roles and responsibilities
of external examiners are :
1 Make judgments independent of the internal examiners;
2 Have powers to recommend to the Faculty Board the adjustment of marks for individual or all students examined;
3 Have access to the assessed parts of the programme (student scripts and coursework);
4 Determine the method and extent of sampling of students’ work to scrutinize;
5 May recommend to the Faculty Board for the remarking of a student’s script;
6 Select students for and determine to nature of vIvA vOCE;
7 Check cases of suspected cheating;
8 Endorse mark and pass lists before they are published;
9 The external Examiner should in specificcases the extent to which medical and other extenuation circumstances
were taken into account.
2 Nominations and Appointments
An external examiner should have enough recent examining experience,
including
pointed from a department in which a member of staff of the relevant department at Makerere University is serving
as an external Examiner or teaching
3 Status of External Examiners
External examiners shall be Ex-Officio members of the relevant Examiners’ Boards
4 Information to be availed to theExternal Examiners
The host department will send to the newly appointed external examiner the following information:
i Programme and course aims, objectives and syllabuses
ii Copies of past examination papers
iii Methods of assessment/Marking Scheme
iv Ways in which marks of individual parts of the examination are aggregated, averaged to produce the final result
v The method by which the pass mark (cutoff point) at and above which students are pronounced passed and below which
they are declared to have failed. The two alternatives are:
a Absolute or Criterion ReferenceTest where the pass mark is set and students scoring below that
fail regardless of the number
b Relative or Norm ReferenceTest method where the pass mark can vary depending on
students’ performance
vi Proposed dates of departmental and faculty examiners’ board meetings.
vii The external examiner should be given a face to face briefing.
viii The route by which external examiners can raise matters that are important and of a sensitive nature is by making
a confidential report to the Deputy Vice Chancellor (Academic Affairs).
5 Facilitating and Hosting
The following shall be done to facilitate and streamline the work of External Examiners:
a) Air ticket and in country transportation arrangements should be made well in advance
b) The external examiners should be met by University support staff whose role is to collect and deliver External
Examiners to their prearranged accommodation
c) Per Diem or out of pocket allowance should be paid to External Examiners
on arrival
d) Any refunds for transit expenses should be processed in a timely fashion and paid to External Examiners before they
depart for home
e) External Examiners should be given the scripts to look at upon arrival at their
accommodation
f) Payment of examiners’ fees is authorized once the reports are received
6 Moderation of Examination Papers
The external examiner shall review, moderate and approve all examination papers Therefore:
a) Draft examination papers should be sent to the external examiners well in advance allowing enough time for them
to propose any modifications they feelnecessary;
b) Draft examination papers should be sent with marking schemes or model answers;
c) External examiners may be invited to propose one or more questions to beincluded in the examination papers;
d) Dissertations where appropriate will be sent to the External Examiner at least a month in advance;
e) Care must be taken to safeguard the examination against leakage and dissertations against loss;
f) Departments should always carry out internal moderation of examination questions.
7 Access to written scripts
Access to written scripts and coursework that contribute to the final assessment External examiners will be given
unfettered access to the following:
i All marked examination scripts;
ii All evaluated coursework materials;
8 Participation in Oral and ClinicalExaminations
External examiners are required to participate in oral and clinical examination as follows:
a) Where only a proportion of students are subjected to oral examination, the criteria for selection of those
students should be agreed upon with the external examiner in advance;
b) Be involved in the selection of content of the examination, in the marking and
making final judgements;
c) The external examiner will be allowed to meet with the students examined to assess their opinion on the
conduct of the examination process should the need be.
9 Participation in Examination Board Meetings
Aware that most of the courses in the fist semester are prerequisites for mostof the academic Programmes, external
examiners will be invited during the second semester examination season and the following will apply:
i He/she will attend the main Examiners’ Board meetings at which finalexamination results are reviewed and
approved before they are published;
ii With regard to the conduct of the Examiners’ Board meeting a formal minute must be kept noting the
following:
a Members present;
b The final decisions taken;
c In specific cases the extent;to which medical and other extenuating circumstances were taken into account;
d Any general comments made by internal and external examiners.
8 External Examiners’ Reports
External Examiners must annually make a report on the student assessment process to the Deputy vice-Chancellor
(Academic Affairs) with a copy to the respective Faculties and Departments. The report must include answers which
to some extent will act as indicators as to whether the students received the knowledge, skills, values expected to be
provided by the respective courses. The external examiner’s report shall include the following:
i The Curriculum Design and its relevance;
ii Comparability of the program with those offered in other institutions of Higher Education internationally;
iii variability in the assessment process;
iv Academic standards of awards;
v Academic standards of student achievement. In that respect the external examiner’s report will include answers
to the following questions:
a) Were the structure, content and methods of assessment used appropriate and adequate?
b) How satisfactory was the administration of the examination process?
c) Was the assessment process appropriate to the course (or subject); the levelstudents (1st, 2nd or third year or
postgraduate); and competencies of interest?
d) Were the examinations sufficientlycomprehensive with regard to the programmeor course being examined?
e) Were the materials and facilities used for practicals and clinical examinations appropriate and adequate?
f) Was the external examiner given adequate access to examination scriptsof all borderline candidates and
coursework for forming a reasonable opinion?
g) Was the internal marking appropriate, fair and consistent?
h) Was the Examiners’ Board meeting conductedin an impartial and fair manner?
i) Was the programme structure, content and objectives well defined and appropriate to the subject matter and the level
at which it was taught?
j) Was the quality of teaching and methodsused, as revealed by the examination, effective and appropriate?
k) Was the general standard of performance of the students satisfactory and comparable to similar institutions?
l) Was the failure rate acceptable or too high?
m) Was the distribution of honours comparable to other institutions
The External Examiners’ reports must:
a) On completion of the exercise, the external examiner should submit his/her report directly to the Deputy viceChancellor (Academic Affairs) and copied to the respective Faculties and Departments. The Deputy vice-Chancellor
(Academic Affairs) will submit the report to the Quality Assurance Committee for consideration and action;
b) The Quality Assurance Unit should ensure that the respective Faculties and Departments attend to the
concerns/suggestions of the External Examiners It is important to note that External examiners’ reports are part of the
University’s annual quality assurance audit system.
9 Other Roles of External Examiners
External Examiners may be consulted on possible review of existing Programmes and the process of external
examination for purposes of improving the assessment process
10 Termination of Appointments
The appointment of an external examiner may be terminated by the Faculty Board if the Board judges that the
responsibilities of the appointment have not been or cannot be fulfilled inthe manner or to the standard which the
University requires Reasons fortermination may include, but not limited to:
i. Failure to provide reports on the assessment process required by theUniversity;
ii. In the case of an examiner appointed to an Award and Progression Examination Board, inability to attend two
successive such boards;
iii. A change in the external examiner’s circumstances which brings about potential conflicts of interest whichmight
jeopardize objectivity;
iv. Persistent refusal to work within the University’s academic regulations;
v. Conduct which in the case of an employee of the University would be the subject of disciplinary action;
a) When circumstances arise which are considered as possible grounds for termination of an external examiner’s
contract, the Chair of the Board of Examiners will notify the Deputy vice-Chancellor (Academic Affairs) of the
relevant details. The Deputy vice-Chancellor (Academic Affairs) will write formally to the examiner to inform him/her
that the termination is being considered and to offer the opportunity for the examiner to explain thecircumstances and
request that thetermination is not effected;
b) The Chair of the Faculty/ School/ Institute Quality Assurance Committee, acting on behalf of the Faculty Board,
will take the final decision regarding thetermination; the external examiner will be notified in writing ofthis decision
The Chair of the Quality Assurance Committee will inform the Faculty Board of the circumstances of the case and of
its outcome.
POLICY ON ACADEMIC APPEALS
1 Precepts and General Principles
a) Students will have full opportunity to raise individually or collectively matters of proper concern to them without fear
of disadvantage and in the knowledge that privacy and confidentiality will be respected.
b) The rights of staff members and students should be taken into account and protected when handling appeals That
there should be policy on protection of information/data regarding appeals.
c) The Academic Appeals procedure form a part of the institutions overallframework for quality assurance. There
structures to handle students appeals at every faculty/institute/school There should be staff student’s liaison
system/official at every faculty/school/institute. The Dean of students, the health services, academic units should be part
of the academic support system for appeals.
d) The University will ensure that its procedures are fair and that the decisions made are reasonable and have regard
to any applicable law.
e) The University will address student complaints and appeals in a timely manner, using simple andtransparent
procedures Informal resolution should be an option at all stages of the complaints procedure which should operate,
in the first instance at the level atwhich the matter arose.
f) Information on complaints and appeals procedures will be published, accurate, complete, clearly presented, readily
accessible and issued to students and staff.
g) Sources of impartial help, advice, guidance, and support will be advertised widely within the university.
h) The complaints and appeals procedures should identify the persons or bodies from whom authoritative guidance
may be sought on the applicability and operation of the procedures.
i) Those responding to investigating or adjudicating upon complaints or appeals must do so impartially and must not act
in any matter in which they have a material interest or in which any potential conflictof interest might arise.
j) A complaint or appellant should be entitled to be accompanied at all stages of the complaints or appeals process
by a person of his her choosing.
k) The documentation should indicate what further internal procedures, if any, are open to a student dissatisfied with
the response to a complaint or outcome of an appeal.
l) The University will ensure that where a complaint or appeal is upheld appropriate remedial action is
implemented.
m) The University will have in place effective arrangements for the regular monitoring evaluation, and review of
complaints and appeals.
n) That academic appeals system should be viewed as mediating arbitration, monitoring process which should go
beyond handling the current examination malpractice.
o) The University will keep their monitoring, evaluation and review arrangements under scrutiny, taking into account
good practice That there should be tools or instruments for collecting complaints from students.
2 Scope of the Academic Appeals and Complaints System
That the mechanism to handle appeals be categorised as follows;
a) staff student relations
b)
c)
d)
e)
f)
g)
h)
Teaching supervision and delivery
Assessment
Procedures of appeals/complaints
Protection of due process
Sanctions
Rewards
Monitoring
If a student has reason to believe that an academic decision reached by the University is incorrect one has in some
way been based on incorrect or partial information, a student has a right to appeal against that decision without fear of
reprisal or victimisation The university to deal with an academic appeal seriously, impartially, within in a
reasonable timescale and as appropriate, in confidence
3 Academic Appeals
The University’s general Regulations prescribe two sorts of circumstances in which, or good
reason, you may appeal against n academic decision of the University
(a) Those in which the University suspends or terminates your registration on the recommendation of your Board of
Studies This may results from examination failure or because a students academic progress is considered
unsatisfactory (e g failure to attend classes or to submit work for assessment)
(b) Those in which the university awards what a student believes is incorrect class or category of degree or other
qualification or decides that a studentmay have not fully satisfied the academicand/or professional requirements for an
award
4 Grounds for Appeal
These are the grounds on which the University will consider an appeal against an academic decision;
(a) That in reaching it decision the university was unaware of factors which had affected your performance (e g
family or personal circumstances or ill health), which for valid reasons you had been unable to known earlier
(b) That there had been mathematical or procedural error in recording or calculating the marks on which a
decision was based
(c) That there had been irregularities or administrative errors in the conduct of an examination or other form(s) of
assessment of such a nature as to cause reasonable about the examiners decision
(d) That you have reason to believe that one or more of the examiners was prejudice or biased. The University will not
consider appeals on grounds other than the above, particularly;
(a) Those made against the academic judgement, properly exercised, or duly appointed examiners, including external
examiners.
(b) Those made mischievously or frivolouslywithout justifiable ground.
(c) Those made on the basis of alleged insufficienciesin teaching or supervisionor the provision of materials or equipment.
(d) Those based on ill-health or other circumstances which could and should have been reported to the school at the
time of their occurrence.
(e) Where the general regulations preclude appeals in circumstances in which a student has been allowed to be
addressed or to re-present a dissertation or thesis.
5 Procedures for appeals
a) If a student decides to submit an appeal against an academic decision of the university, he/she should do so within 30
days of formal publication or otherwise receiving notification of the results.
b) The appeal should be addressed to the Dean of students, setting out in writing the specific grounds on which the
appeal is being made The Dean of student’s office will treat any personalinformation which is received in the
course of dealing with students appeal as confidential Such information will bekept, used and shared where necessary
and appropriate with other members of university staff, only for the purposes of investigating and determining the
outcome of your appeal.
c) If you require advice on whether youhave proper grounds for an appeal or if you need help to present the grounds of the
appeal, you can seek assistance from the students guild or from the Dean of Students.
d) In the first instance, the Dean of studentswill normally refer your appeal to the head of the academic unit for
comment and for any further information requiredto enable it to be considered. On receiving the
Faculty/Institute/Schools response, the Dean of students will consult where appropriate with the Academic Registrar
and the Deputy vice Chancellor to establish whether there are grounds for appeal.
e) If it is decided that the ground for appeal do not accord with those prescribed in the general regulations, the Dean
of students will inform the student that decision and the reasons in writing usually within 15 working days of
receiving the initial appeal. The appeal will be dismissed and no further action will be taken.
f) If it is decided that the grounds for appeal do accord with those prescribed in the general regulations, the Dean of
students will take one of the following courses of action, depending on the grounds of the appeal;
g) In the case of an appeal involving a mathematical or procedural error in calculating your eligibility for an award,
he/she will ordinarily consult with the chair of the Board of Examiners If an error is found then the examiners
decision will be amended if appropriate, including the pre-classification of an award.
h) In the case of an appeal involving irregularities in the assessment process, circumstances which had not been
known at the time a decision was made or allegations of bias, the matter is referred to Appeals Committee.
i) A student who is dissatisfied with thedecision of a Committee may appeal to the Senate Appeals Committee within 30
days from the date of the letter communicating the decision.
j) The appeal shall be in writing addressed to the Academic Registrar and copied to the y Committee stating clearly
the grounds of appeal. The Academic Registrar shall acknowledge in writing to the student and Chairperson of
Faculty/School/Institute Committee receipt of the appeal.
k) A student who pleaded guilty to an offence before the Faculty/School/Institute Committee shall have a right of
appeal only with respect to the penalty.
l) The Senate Appeals Committee shall hear the appeal expeditiously. The student appealing shall be notified in
writing of the date when the appeal will be heard and should be given an opportunity to appear before the Senate
Appeals Committee and be heard.
m) The Academic Registrar shall officiallynotify the Faculty Committee that made the decision in the first instance of the
date of hearing of the appeal The Faculty/School/Institute Committee shall have a right of representation.
n) At the hearing of the appeal, the student shall have an opportunity to be heard and the Faculty/School/Institute
Committee shall have a right to respond to the student’s presentation.
o) The Senate Appeals Committee shall have power on cause being shown to allow the student present additional
evidence before it.
p) Where additional witnesses are called they will be subject to crossexamination by the representative of the
Faculty/School/Institute Committee The Faculty/School/Institute Committee may also adduce additional evidence,
which may be responded to by the student.
q) The Senate Appeals Committee will thendeliberate in the absence of the student and Faculty/School/Institute Committee
representative preferably on the date of hearing.
r) The Senate Appeals Committee may confirm, vary or set aside the decisionof the Faculty/School/Institute Committee.
s) The Senate Appeals Committee shall take into account the rules of natural justice.
6 Appeals Committee
a) The appeals committee is composed of members who will not have been directly involved in the universities
original decision.
b) It will include student members.
c) The Appeals Committee has authority to determine the way in which it will consider the appeal before it.
7 Code of Practice
a) A student appealing and other parties involved in the appeal, have access, prior to the meeting of the committee,
relevant papers, including written commentaries on the appeal and responses to the appeal.
b) A student applying will be given adequate notice of the date, time andvenue for the meeting and also be
invited to attend.
c) The appellant is entitled to be accompanied by “a friend” of his/her choosing during the hearing.
d) The appellant shall be informed in writing of the result of the appeal within 10 working days of the meeting In
case of delay due to need for further investigation notification should begiven.
e) Staff not to sit in judgment of their own cause.
POLICY ON RETENTION AND DISPOSITION OF EXAMINATION SCRIPTS
Due to lack of space the Academic Units were finding difficulties in storing large volumes
of scripts the senate decided on the following measures in handling examination scripts:
i) That the Academic Units should store/retain all assessment examination scripts of students for a period of two years
with effect from the end of the semester of a particular assessment That this retention will allow the University to address
any complaints or appeals and also to use the scripts for Quality Assurance purposes;
ii) That it is the responsibility of each Dean/Director to ensure that Examination Scripts are disposed off in a secure and
appropriate manner at the end of the defined period (two years from thesemester of a particular assessment);
iii) That all the Academic Units should ensure prompt return of course work scripts/assignments/class tests at
least not later than two weeks before the beginning of the semester Final Examinations to enable students to know
their progress and/or learn from past mistakes.
POLICY ON CHARGING STUDENTS WHO RETAKE OR AUDIT COURSE
Effective 2005/2006 academic year, the Policy of charging students who have courses to Retake or Audit beyond the
Normal Semester load was implemented The implementation of this policy is guided by the following policy
pronouncements:The University Council decision at its 100th Meeting held on 15th December, 2004 did approve a formula to
charge students who retake or audit courses Uganda government decision which was contained in the circular NO
HED/174/01 by the Permanent Secretary Ministry of Education and Sports to the effect that with effect from 2005/2006
financial year, Government hadceased to provide funding the cost of retaking courses That government sponsored
students who fail courses should now be required tomeet the cost of retaking courses
POLICY ON REMARKING STUDENTS’WORK
Guidelines for handling students who aredissatisfied with their marks are as follows:
1. A candidate wishing to make any appeal against his/her examination results shalldo so within 30 days from the date of
publication of the final results;
2. All appeals for re-marking shall be addressed to the chairperson of theFaculty/Institute/School Examinations
Committee and a copy given to the Lecturer concerned;
3. Candidates shall make their requests in writing clearly specifying the grounds upon which the appeal is being made
including, but not limited to the following:
a) Miscomputation of Marks
b) Bias on the part of the Lecturer
c) Marks generally out of step with one’s over-all performance
4 The Faculty/Institute/School Examinations committee shall communicate its decisions to the affected student within a
period of 14 days of its deliberations;
5 From the time the decision to remark is made by the Faculty/Institute/School Examinations committee, remarking shall
be completed within two weeks and the new mark awarded shall be approved by the Dean of behalf of the
Faculty/Institute/Schools Board of Studies;
6 If a candidate decides to withdraw his/her appeal before it is considered by the Committee, such withdrawal shall be
done in writing.
POLICY ON APPEALS BY STUDENTS
a) That the Examinations Irregularities Committees of Faculty/Institute/Schools has been mandated by the
Senate to handle cases of examinations malpractices and communicate their decisions to the concerned students;
b) In their communication to students who would have been DISMISSED, the following clause should be mentioned
‘in case you are not satisfied with theverdict, you are free to appeal directly to the Senate Examinations Committee ’;
c) The Examinations Irregularities Committees of Faculties/Institutes/Schools shall then communicate the decisions
taken to the Senate Examinations Committee for noting;
d) Students who wish to appeal are requiredto submit their appeal letters to the Secretariat of the Senate
Examinations Committee ;
e) The Senate Examinations Committee Secretariat upon receipt of the appeal shall request the respective
Faculty/Institute/School to comment on the appeal (to give information on the case that might be missing);
f) The Senate Examinations Committee shall consider the merits of the student’s appeals, and handle as appropriate.
REGULATIONS FOR AEGROTAT AWARD
Candidates who have completed their programmes of study but who have been absent, through illness, from part of
the final examination for a first degree, certificate or diploma programme may apply to the University Senate for the
award of an aegrotat degree, certificate or diploma in accordance with the following Regulations:
(a) Candidates who have completed more than half of the examinations are eligible to apply for an aegrotat award;
(b) Applications from, or on behalf of, Candidates must reach the Registrar not later than one month after the
termination of the relevant examinations, and should be accompanied by a report obtained from a medical practitioner
approved by the University and from one or more of the Candidate’s teachers;
(a) An aegrotat degree, diploma or certificate will not be awarded unless the internal and external examiners
consider that, for the work submitted as part of the examinations attended, the candidates reached a standard which,
if also reached in the remainder of the examinations, he/she should have qualified for an award;
(d) An aegrotat degree, diploma or certificatewill be awarded without distinction or class;
(e) Nothing in the foregoing clauses shall exempt a candidate from presenting a dissertation or thesis when such
is prescribed and no aegrotat degree, diploma or certificate shall be awardedwhich entitles the holder to registration for a
professional qualification exceptfor an award leading to a teaching qualification;
(f) Holders of an aegrotat degree may apply to proceed to a second or higher degree on complying with the regulations
for such a degree;
(g) The Senate, on the recommendation of the relevant Faculty, may allow a candidate whose course of study has
been interrupted by illness or other sufficient cause, to defer presentinghimself for any University examination for a
period that Senate may fix.
THE SCHOOL OF GRADUATE STUDIES
1 Mandate
The School of graduate Studies was established in 1994 to carry out the following functions:
1 Coordinate and administer all matters related to postgraduate studies
2 Provide a central channel of communication from and to postgraduate students and their supervisors
3 Streamline, review and reform if necessary, regulations, procedures and practices of Postgraduate
Studies in Makerere
4 Provide a channel of communication between students studying in different disciplines
5 Help provide a home for postgraduate students
6 give both postgraduate students and supervisors a sense of belonging to a meaningful scholarly
community
7 Co-ordinate and Administer all research
8 Advice on research priorities geared to the fulfillment of National Developmentprofessional objectives
9 Work as an outreach providing a link or bridge between the University and the World of work in
identifying research and courses that are relevant to the needs of industry, commerce, and professions etc
10 Undertake any other relevant activity that is pertinent to graduate studies and research so as to promote
and improve quality of scholarship in Makerere University.
Subject to the general University Regulations, there are other specific regulations pertaining to each programme, details
of which can be sought from the relevant Faculties/Schools/Institutes or from the Office of the Academic Registrar
Specific Regulations for Graduate Students
Registration
Once a candidate has been accepted for registration, he/she must complete the Registration Form which
accompanies the letter of admission
Identity Cards
All registered students will be issued with official University Identity Cards on payment of a fee Students are supposed to carry with them up-to-date identity cards renewed at the beginning of each academic year
Supervision
Every candidate who undertakes study by research is assigned a supervisor who is a specialist in the candidate’s
field of study. An applicant may, if he/she wishes, indicate the name of the person to supervise his/her research project. Nevertheless, the authority for the appointment of supervisors rests with the Senate The supervisor may be
changed with the permission of Senate
Progress Reports
Every candidate is required to submit (through the supervisor) reports on his/her progress twice a year Failure to fulfill
this requirement may lead to discontinuation
Extension of Registration
If a candidate realises that he/she cannot complete the work within the time allowed, it is his/her duty to take the
initiative to apply for extension of registration. If the registration
lapses, the candidate will be de-registered
Regulations Governing Submission of Work for Examination
(These regulations are supplementary to the University regulations for individual higher degrees)
1
A thesis or dissertation shall be submitted, in triplicate after due notice, to the University Registrar and that, if
the degree is awarded each copy shall remain in the custody of the University
2 The thesis or dissertation must be typewritten or printed on good quality quarto paper The type must be dou-ble spaced
and on one side of the paper only Copies must be clear There should be a two inch margin on the left hand and a one
inch margin on the right of the paper.
Typing should begin about 1 inch from the upper margin and there should be a one inch margin at the bottom of the
Page. Pages should be numbered consecutively and the number should appear just below the centre of the upper margin.
Special techniques in presentation may be necessary in chemistry, physics, and mathematics and, in some cases
biological sciences. Students must consult their supervisors on this matter
3 The front (title) page must be systematically arranged as follows:
• Title of the thesis or dissertation in capitals
• Full name of candidate
• Then, ‘A thesis (or dissertation) submitted in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the award of (insert name of
degree) of Makerere University ’ This statement should appear in the middle of the page.
• The year
4 The second page of the thesis or dissertation (and third if necessary) should contain a table of contents with
page numbers.
5 A summary of the contents of the thesis not exceeding a thousand words should follow, beginning on a new page
6 Tables, text, figures, diagrams, and plates should be numbered in separate sequences and should be cited by number
in the text Each table, text figure, diagram and plate should have a full caption Text figures and dia-grams should in
general be reproduced by photographic or similar means There should be a 1 inch margin around all text figures,
diagrams and plates.
7 Literature must be cited by author and date or by number in the text, and a list of references must appear at the end
of the thesis Departments may vary in the way they should like literature cited and students should con-sult their
supervisors.
8 Each copy of the thesis or dissertation is to be bound in black Advice might be sought from the University Library
on this matter The spine of the thesis or dissertation should be embossed in gold with the surname and initials of
the candidate, the degree for which the thesis or dissertation is being submitted, and the year and the writing should read
from the bottom to the top of the spine.
9 Students should consult their supervisors if they require any advice on any matter concerning the form of a thesis
or dissertation not covered by these regulations.
10 Every thesis or dissertation submitted for a higher degree must be accompanied by a declaration to the satisfaction of the University Senate stating that it has not been submitted for a degree in any other University.
GRADUATE DIPLOMA AND DEGREE PROGRAMMES
The School coordinates a wide range of Study Programmes which are offered by the various Faculties/Schools/Institutes of
the University. The graduate School vision is: Taking Scholarship and Research to the Frontiers of knowledge.
All graduate programmes are listed under the respective Faculties/Schools/Institutes. All graduate programmes are
PRIvATELY sponsored. Applicants seeking sponsorship should have their applications endorsed by
their respec-tive sponsors. Details on each of the programmes can be found under the different faculties , schools
and institutes in section vI.
3 Entry Requirements. Minimum requirements
a) For Postgraduate Diplomas
Normally a Bachelor’s degree or its equivalent from a recognised University in a subject or subjects relevant to the
course applied for.
b) For Master’s Degrees
Normally a Bachelor’s degree of at least second class, lower division or equivalent from a recognised University.
Applicants with lower qualifications must satisfy the relevant department and the Postgraduate Admis-sions Board that
they have acquired academic growth, for instance, by evidence of research and publications or a relevant Postgraduate.
Diploma of Second class division. In some departments, a qualifying course followed by examination is given
c) For Ph D Degree
Normally a Master’s degree from a recognised University in a field relevant to the area of further studies First
degree graduates who wish to register for Ph D would normally register for a master’s degree first and after a year
or two of satisfactory progress may apply for upgrading of their candidature to Ph D level. A research outline
(synopsis) of 3-5 pages length should accompany the application. This will be useful as a guide for PROvISIONAL
ADMISSION for one year during which time the applicant will develop a comprehensive re-search proposal
necessary for a FULL ADMISSION as soon as the proposal is approved
d) For M D degree
A Master’s degree in Medicine from a recognised University
e) For LLD Degree
A Master degree in Law from a recognised University
f) For D Litt & D Sc (HigherDoctorates)
Degrees are awarded upon successful submission of original published and unpublished works on the area/topic
of specialization These are higher doctorates normally applied for by holders of Ph D degrees
g) Occasional Postgraduate students
vi) Under occasional studentship, the
University accepts non-degree students
from other recognized University
institutions on an agreed fees structure
Application should be channelled
through the Heads of such institu-tions
vii) Candidates may apply for registration
at any time and could be admitted at
the beginning of any semester of the
academic year
viii) Occasional students may register for at
least a semester and for not more than
one academic year
ix) No such registration shall overlap two
academic years
x) All applications must be addressed to
the Director, School of Postgraduate
Studies who shall, in consultation with
relevant bodies within the University,
register such students
4 Minimum Duration of Programmes
Diplomas
- 1 academic
year
Masters degrees (full-time)
- 2 calendar
years
Masters degrees (part-time)
- 3 calendar
years
Master of Medicine degree (full-time) - 3
calendar years
LLD, MD, Ph D degree (full-time)
-3
calendar years
LLD, MD, Ph D degree (part-time)
-5
calendar years
With special permission, these periods may
be extended as the Board of graduate Studies
may consider reasonable
Under no circumstances will a candidate be
allowed to submit a thesis for examination
unless he/she has been under regular and
approved supervision for at least one year for
a Master’s degree and two years for a Doctoral
degree
5 General Regulations
Application Procedures
All applicants for postgraduate diplomas and
higher degrees have to satisfy the requirements
of the relevant courses and the University
regulations Application forms may be obtained
from the School of Postgraduate Studies after
payment of an application fee at the stipulated
Banks Foreign applicants should contact the
Director, School of Postgraduate Studies for
application forms Please provide your e-mail
and fax addresses for ease of transmission of
these forms where applicable
155
When to apply
Unless otherwise stated, all applications are
made in March and April of each academic
year The closing date for receiving applications
is normally 30th April of the year in
which the admission is sought However,
appli-cations for Master and Doctor of Philosophy
degrees by thesis only are made and
received throughout the year Applicants for
this category of degree must first present a
synopsis of 3-5 pages length to the School of
Post-graduate Studies for vetting and approval
before they can qualify for provisional admission
of up to one year
All completed application forms must be accompanied
by relevant copies of certificates
and certified copes of academic transcripts
and reference letters Forms which are not
completed properly cause delays in the processing of applications
Registration
Once a candidate has been accepted for
registration, one must complete a registration
form which accompanies the letter of
admission and return it to the School of
Postgraduate Studies
Identity Cards
All registered students will be issued with
official University identity cards on payment
of a fee
Supervision
Every candidate who undertakes research is
assigned a supervisor and a co-supervisor who
are specialists in the candidate’s field of study
An applicant may, if one wishes, indicate the
name of the person to supervise a re-search
project Nevertheless, the authority for the
appointment of supervisors rests with the
Board of Post-graduate Studies and Research
on behalf of Senate The supervisor may be
changed with the permission of Senate
Progress Reports on Research
Every candidate is required to submit (through
a supervisor) reports on progress twice a year
This is done on a special progress report
form which the department will supply
Failure to fulfill this requirement may lead to
discontinuation
Extension of Registration
If a candidate realizes that he/she cannot
complete his/her work within the time
allowed, it is his/her duty to take the initiative
to apply for extension of the registration If
the registration lapses, the candidate will be
de-registered Registration is normally sought
after 30th September of the candidate’s 1st
year of registration for Postgraduate Diploma
students; 2nd year of registration in the case of
Masters degree students and after 3 years for
Ph D full time students and M Med students
Extension of registration is charged as follows
for up to:
• 6 months – a month’s worth of tuition
fees
• More than 6 months – full fees for the
academic year
Annual Registration, Administration and
Library fees are paid as well
6 Fees and Other Requirements
Before applying, applicants are advised to
make sure that they have adequate financial
support to cover fees and other requirements
Fees do not cover research and accommodation
expenses An acceptable guarantee of financial
support throughout the proposed course is
necessary
1 Application fees are paid at the time of
collection of application forms
2 University fees (i e Registration,
Administration, Library, Examination
and Tuition Identity Card) MUST be
paid to the University before registration
Graduation, Certificate, Convocation
and Academic Transcript fees will be
paid on completion of the course
3 Payment of fees may be made in Lump
Sum on arrival or in installments (per
Semester)
4 University fees MUST be paid in the
stipulated Banks: (or by Bank Draft to
Makerere University Council)
5 Non-Ugandans MUST pay fees in US
Dollars
6 Other requirements like books, stationery
and materials, accommodation, food,
research expenses, etc The sponsor
should pay it directly to the student
7 The funds for research are paid to the
student at the beginning of an approved
Research Project
156
Advantages of a Fully-fledged Semester/
Credit Unit System
A fully-fledged Semester/Credit Unit System
has the following advantages:
i Allowing for a wide choice of Courses
to be offered and broadening areas/fields
of studies
ii Enabling admission to be carried out in
any Semester
iii Allowing a student to exit and re-enter
the University, as the need would arise
iv Facilitating a student to progress at his/
her own pace
v Making education affordable
vi Permitting broad and independent
study
vii Enabling the optimum use of space and
other resources
viii Placing less demand on the time of
University teachers
ix Enabling expertise to be hired from
other Institutions/Universities for some
periods of time
x Facilitating the improvement of
curriculum
xi Making the management of Course
materials easy
2 The Academic Year
i In the Semester/Credit Unit System at
Makerere University, the Academic
Year shall be composed of Two (2)
Semesters and One (1) Recess Term
ii The Academic Programmes shall be
designed per Semester/Recess Term per
Academic Year, for example, Semester
One, Semester Two and (where
applicable) Recess Term for Year One,
etc
3 Length of Semester
The length of a Semester shall be Seventeen
(17) weeks with Fifteen (15) weeks being for
Teaching and Two weeks for Examinations
The duration of a Recess Term shall be Ten
(10) weeks
4 Registration of Students
a The Central Registration of students
is conducted at the school of graduate
studies
b There shall not be a specific time set
aside for registration exclusively
However, students shall be required
to ensure that they register within the
first three weeks from the beginning of
the First Semester Freshers normally
register during the Orientation Week
c Continuing students shall indicate the
Courses they would wish to offer/take
in Semester Two while they would still
be in Semester One However, each
Continuing student shall confirm the
Courses they would actually offer/take
in Semester Two in the First Week of
that Semester Two
d Arrangements can also be made for
registration to start before the beginning
of the Academic year
5 Academic Programmes
(i) Each Academic Programme shall
be defined by Courses
(ii) An Academic Programme shall be
composed of a set of prescribed
Courses that shall be registered
for by a student in order for him/
her to qualify for the Award of
a particular Degree/Diploma/
Certificate
(iii) The concepts of Subjects and
Papers shall not be used in a
Semester/Credit Unit System
Academic Programmes designed
shall compare favorably with
similar international ones
(iv) The structure of a particular
Academic Programme shall
show
clearly the Core, Elective and Prerequisite
Courses
6 A Course
A Course is a unit of work in a particular
Field/Area of a study normally extending
through one Semester the completion of which
normally carries credit towards the fulfillment
GUIDELINES OPERATIONS OF THE SEMESTER/CREDIT UNIT SYSTEM FOR
GRADUATE PROGRAMMES
157
of the requirements of certain Degrees,
Diplomas, or Certificates
7 0 Size of a Course
a) The smallest Course shall be Two (2)
Credit Units
b) A Course that has a Practical Component
within it shall have a Maximum of Five
(5) Credit Units
c) A Course that has no Practical
Component within it shall have a
Maximum of Four (4) Credit Units
8 0 Contact Hour
A Contact Hour shall be equivalent to One
(1) Hour of Lecture/Clinical or Two (2)
Hours of Tutorial/Practical or four (4) hours
Fieldwork
9 0 Credit or Credit Unit
A Credit or Credit Unit is the measure used to
reflect the relative weight of a given Course
towards the fulfillment of appropriate Degree,
Diploma, Certificate or other programmes
required One Credit Unit shall be One Contact
Hour per Week per Semester or a series of
Fifteen (15) Contact Hours
10 0 Categorising Courses
(a) Courses shall be categorized as Core,
Elective, Pre-requisite or Audited
(b) Not all the Courses in an Academic
Programme shall be made Core
(c) The Courses for the First Year
Studies shall be called Pre-requisite or
Introductory Courses
(d) All the Courses having the same content
shall have the same Names, Codes and
Credit Units
(e) Only the Academic Departments that
have the mandate to teach particular
Courses shall be the ones to co-ordinate/
teach such Courses wherever they are
taught/offered
(f) The level of content of a particular
Course has to match the Credit Units
allocated to that Course
(g) The number of Elective Courses that
each student shall be required to register
for in every Undergraduate Academic
Programme shall always be stated so
as to guide the students when they are
choosing them from a particular set of
Elective Courses
(h) There shall always be a ceiling for the
number of Undergraduate students who
shall be allowed to register for particular
Elective Courses
(i) The Undergraduate students should
be encouraged to register for Audited
Courses as well
(j) The Elective Courses for Postgraduate
students shall be specialized or broadbased
and shall be offered in any
Semester
(k) The Course Content of Postgraduate
Academic Programmes have to match
the higher level of study required of
Postgraduate students
11 0 Core Course
(a) A Core Course shall be a Course which
is essential to an Academic Programme
and gives the Academic Programme its
unique features Everyone offering that
particular Academic Programme must
pass that Course
(b) Core Courses shall be offered in all the
Semesters
12 0 Elective Course
An Elective Course shall be a Course offered
in order to broaden an Academic Programme
or to allow for specialisation It is chosen
from a given group of Courses largely at the
convenience of the student Another Elective
Course may be substituted for a failed Elective
Course
13 0 Audited Course
An Audited Course shall be a Course offered
by a student for which a Credit/Credit Unit
shall not be awarded
14 0 Prerequisite Course
14 1 Pre-requisite
A Pre-requisite is a condition (either Course
or Classification), which has to be satisfied
prior to enrolling for the Course in question
A Pre-requisite Course, therefore, shall be
a Course offered in preparation for a higher
level Course in the same area of study
158
14 2 A Course Requiring a Pre-requisite
a) When a student fails a Pre-requisite
Course, he/she shall not be allowed to
take the higher level Course requiring a
Pre-requisite
b) A student will be required to retake
the failed Pre-requisite Course before
embarking on a higher-level Course
requiring a Pre-requisite
15 0 Major
A Major shall be a set of Courses in a Field/
Area of specialisation in which each student
is encouraged to explore the Field/Area in
considerable depth The set of Courses for a
Major shall constitute not less than two-thirds
of the Programme Load
16 0 Minor
A Minor shall be a set of Courses in a Field/
Area that is of lesser importance than the
Major A Minor shall constitute not more than
a third of the Programme Load
17 0 Specialisation in an Academic
Programme
Some Academic Programmes allow some
degree of specialization within a particular
Programme A Programme specialization
shall be a set of Courses combined from both
a Major and Minor areas
18 0 Academic Programme Load
Academic Programme Load shall be the
essential set of Courses registered for/offered
by a particular student for the Award of a
certain Degree/Diploma/Certificate It has
both Core and Elective Courses
19 0 Semester Load
(i) Semester Load shall be the total number
of Courses for a particular Academic
Programme offered in a Semester
(ii) The Courses to be Retaken and those to
be Audited shall be within the Maximum
Semester Load of every student
20 1 Normal Semester Load for
Postgraduate Academic Programmes
The normal Semester Load for Postgraduate
Academic Programmes shall range from Nine
(9) Credit Units to Sixteen (16) Credit Units
20 2 Maximum Semester Load for
Graduate Academic Programmes
The Maximum Semester Load for Postgraduate
Academic Programmes shall be Twenty-Two
(22) Credit Units so as to cater for students
who have Courses to retake or those who
would be able to complete the requirements
for their respective Academic Awards in less
than the stipulated minimum duration)
21 Assessment
Each Course shall be assessed in two (2) parts
as follows:
(a) The Coursework (Progressive/Continuous
Assessment), which shall contribute
not less than 30% nor more than 40% of
the Total Marks
(b) The Coursework (Progressive/Continuous
Assessment) Component shall consist
of at least One (1) Test and One (1)
Homework/Take-Home Assignment
OR Two (2) Tests per Course
(c) The University Examinations, which
shall contribute a maximum of 70% of
the Total Marks
22 Classification
The Masters and PhD Degrees at Makerere
University are not classified However, some
Postgraduate Diplomas are classified The
Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA) for
the various classes of postgraduate diplomas
and certificates, where applicable, are
indicated below:
CLASS CGPA
First Class 4 40-5 00
Second Class-Upper Division 3 60-4 39
Second Class-Lower Division 2 80-3 59
Pass 2 00-2 79
159
22 1 Grading of Marks
The overall Marks a candidate obtains in each Course he/she offered shall be graded out of a
maximum of One Hundred (100) Marks and assigned appropriate Letter Grades and Grade Points
as follows:
Marks Letter Grade Grade Point Interpretation
90-100 A+ 5 Exceptional
80-89 A 5 Excellent
75-79 B+ 4 5 very good
70-74 B 4 good
65-69 C+ 3 5 Fairly good
60-64 C 3 Pass
55-59 D+ 2 5 Marginal pass
50-54 D 2 Clear fail
45-49 E 1 5 Bad Fail
40-45 E- 1 Qualified Fail
Below 40 F 0 Qualified Fail
together with considerable skill in using
them to satisfy the requirements of an
Assignment or Course
(vi) C Pass: Slightly better than minimum
knowledge of required concepts and/or
techniques together with some ability to
use them in satisfying the requirements
of an Assignment or Course The student
has some basic knowledge and a limited
understanding of the key aspects of the
subject area and Can attempt to solve
familiar problems albeit inefficiently
and with limited success
(vii) D+ Marginal Fail: minimum
knowledge of required concepts and/or
techniques together with some ability to
use them in satisfying the requirements
of an Assignment or Course Suggests
that the student:
a has some familiarity with the general
subject area;
b Whilst unable to solve problems can
at least formulate a problem from
information given in a sensible
(viii) D: Clear fail: poor knowledge of
concepts and/or techniques needed
to satisfy the requirements of an
Assignment of Course
22 2 Grading Descriptions
The Examiners are therefore informed that
when marking assignments they should be
guided by the following grading descriptions
i) A + Exceptional: Thorough knowledge
of concepts and/or techniques and
exceptional skill or great originality
in the use of the concepts/techniques
in satisfying the requirements of an
Assignment or Course
ii) A Excellent: Thorough knowledge of
concepts and/or techniques together
with a high degree of skill and/or some
elements of originality in satisfying
the requirements of an assignment or
course
iii) B+ Very Good: Thorough knowledge
of concepts and/or techniques together
with a fairly high degree of skill in
the use of those concepts/techniques
in satisfying the requirements of an
assignment or course
iv) B Good: Good level of knowledge of
concepts and/or techniques together
with considerable skill in using them
to satisfy the requirements of an
Assignment or Course
v) C+ Fairly Good: Acceptable level of
knowledge of concepts and/or techniques
160
(ix) E, F and E-: Bad /Qualified Fail: : lack
of understanding of knowledge of
concepts or techniques
23 Retaking a Course or Courses
(i) A student shall retake a Course or
Courses when next offered again in
order to obtain at least the Pass Mark
(60%) if he/she had failed during the
First Assessment in the Course or
Courses
(ii) A student who has failed to obtain at
least the Pass Mark (60%) during the
Second Assessment in the same Course
or Courses he/she has retaken shall
receive a warning
(iii) A student may retake a Course or
Courses when next offered again in
order to improve his/her Pass Grade(s)
if the Pass Grade(s) got at the first
Assessment in the Course or Courses
were low A student who fails to attain
higher marks after retaking to improve,
the examination results of the first
sitting are recorded on the transcript and
should not be recorded as Retake
(iv) Where students miss to sit examinations
for justified reasons; they should not be
recorded as those who retake when they
sit the examinations when next offered
(v) While retaking a Course or Courses, a
student shall:
(a) Attend all the prescribed lectures/
tutorials/Clinicals/Practicals/
Fieldwork in the Course or
Courses;
(b) Satisfy all the requirements for
the Coursework Component in the
Course or Courses; and
(c) Sit for the University Examinations
in the Course or Courses
(vi) A student shall not be allowed to
accumulate more than five (5) Retake
Courses at a time Students are required
to register for retakes course(s) first
before registering for new courses
offered in that semester and the retake
courses should fit into the approved
normal load so as to avoid time table
clashes
(vii) A final year student whose final
Examination Results has already been
approved by the relevant College/
Faculty/School/Institute Board and
has qualified for the Award of a
Degree/Diploma/Certificate, shall not
be permitted to retake any Course or
Courses
(viii) When a student has retaken a course the
better of the two Grades h e /
she has obtained in that Courses shall
be used in the computation of his/her
cumulative Grade Average (CGPA)
(ix) Whenever a Course or Courses has/have
been retaken, the Academic Transcript
shall indicate so accordingly
(x) Students who have a course(s) to retake
and these Course(s) fall beyond the set
normal semester load for their Academic
Programmes shall pay tuition fees for
any Course/Courses to be retaken
Besides, such students also pay the reexamination fees per Course retaken as
well as the Registration Fees
24 Progression
24 1 Normal Progress
Normal Progress shall occur when a student
has passed the Assessments in all the Courses
he/she had registered for in a particular
Semester and not when he/she has passed the
Assessments in the Core Courses only
24 2 Probationary Progress
A student who has obtained the Cumulative
Grade Point Average (CGPA) of less than
3 0 shall be placed on Probation Such a
student shall be allowed to progress to the
next Semester/Academic Year but shall still
retake the Course(s) he/she had failed the
Assessments in later on and obtain at least the
Pass Mark (60%) in the Course(s)
26 Certificate of Due Performance
i A student who fails to honour
the deadline set for handing in an
assignment without justifiable causes(s)
shall receive a score of a zero or fail
grade in that assignment
ii A student who does not have coursework
marks shall be denied Certificate of Due
Performance and will not be allowed to
sit the University Examinations
161
27 Absence from Examination
i If the Board of a College/Faculty/
School/Institute is satisfied that a student
has no justifiable reason for having been
absent from a particular examination,
such a student shall receive a fail
(F) Grade for the Course(s) he/she had
not sat the examination in The
Course(s) in which the Fail (F) Grade
was/were awarded shall also count in
the calculation of the CGPA
ii If the Board of a College/Faculty/School/
Institute is satisfied that a student was
absent from coursework assessment and
or a final examination due to justifiable
reason(s) such as sickness or loss of
a parent/guardian, and then a Course
Grade of ABS shall be assigned to the
Course(s) the student was absent in
27B Deferred examination
i A student who provides credible reason
for failure to complete coursework
assessment or to attend an examination
based on 27(ii)above may be permitted
to ‘sit’ the deferred examination or
coursework assignment when the
course(s) is being offered again
ii Students needing a deferred examination
must submit application to their respective
Dean or Directors Office The
application and supporting documentation
pertaining to the absence must be
presented as soon as the student is able,
having regard to the circumstances underlying
the absence but not later than
the beginning of the semester in which
the examination is scheduled Where
the cause is incapacitating illness, a
student must present a University Hospital
Medical Statement Form In other
cases, including severe domestic affliction,
adequate documentation must be
provided to substantiate the reason for
an absence
iii In the case of an approved application
for deferred final exam, the Dean or
Director of the student’s College/
Faculty/School/Institute will inform the
Head of Department responsible for the
course of the approved deferred exam
The Department will then notify the
Lecturer concern
iv A deferred exam will not be approved
if a student has not been in regular
attendance in a course, where attendance
means having completed less than half
of the assigned work
v Deferred examination shall be included
in a Student’s maximum Semester load
A Student with two or more deferred exams
outstanding from a previous semester
may be required to reduce the number
of courses in which they are registered in
order to accommodate deferred courses
from previous semester(s)
vi The grades obtained from a deferred
examination shall not be categorized as
retake because the assessment(s) is for
the first time
vii Students shall be required to pay for
deferred examination and payment of
deferred examination charges shall
normally be made at the beginning of
the semester
28 Discontinuation
i When a student accumulates three
consecutive probations based on CGPA
he/she shall be discontinued
ii A student who has failed to obtain at
least the Pass Mark (60%) during the
Third Assessment in the same Course
or Courses he/she had retaken shall be
discontinued from his/her studies at the
University
iii A student who has overstayed in an
Academic Programme by more than
Two (2) Years shall be discontinued
from his/her studies at the University
29 Change of Course
A student may be permitted to change course(s)
in an Academic Programme in order to
substitute the Course(s) failed The Substitute
Course(s) should be within the specified
Course (s) for that Academic Programme
30 Change of Academic Programme
30 1 A student may be permitted to change
from one Academic Programme to
another on condition that:
162
i He/she had satisfied the admission
requirements for the Academic
Programme applied for
ii He/she should not have been
attending lectures/tutorials and
other academic activities of the
Academic Programme he/she
would want to change from for
more than one-half of the duration
of the programme
iii He/she had not been previously
dismissed on disciplinary grounds
from the University
30 2 A student permitted to change his/her
Programme may be allowed to transfer
the Credits from the previous Academic
Programme to the new Academic
Programme, provided that the Credits
being transferred are relevant to the new
Academic Programme
30 3 Guidelines for Transfer of Credit
Units
Guidelines for the transfer of Credit
Units for Graduate Students who apply
to transfer from other recognized
Universities or equivalent Institute
of Higher Learning to Makerere
University Students should have the
following requirements;
a) Must satisfy the admission requirement
for the academic program(s) applied
for
b) Must obtain and submit an official academic
Transcript (s) Certificate from
a recognized University/institution of
Higher learning in which he/she was
previously enrolled indicating his/her
academic status, the courses offered/
taken, the credit units completed and the
grades obtained in each course
c) Must have obtained the equivalent of
Cumulative Grade Point Average of at
least 3 0
d) Will be permitted to transfer to Makerere
University Credits earned but the maximum
of Credits should not exceeding
60% of the minimum graduation load of
the academic programme applied for
e) If permitted to transfer she/he should not
be allowed to transfer the equivalent of
credit units in a course in which she/he
obtained a Grade point which was lower
than 3 0
f) An application must be accompanied by
recommendations from the Institution or
Authority she/he is transferring from
30 4 Re-admission after being Discontinued
due to weak academic performance
a A student who has been discontinued
from studies because of weak academic
performance may be permitted to
re-apply to another programme and
compete with other applicants for readmission
into first year
b A student who applies and gains readmission
after being discontinued due
to weak academic performance will not
be permitted to transfer Credits earned
from previous Academic Programmes
c A student who was dismissed from
his/her studies because of examinations
irregularities will not be considered for
re-admission
31 Withdrawal
(a) A student can apply to his/her respective
Board for permission to withdraw from
studies at any time of the Semester
(b) A student will be allowed only a
maximum of two withdrawals in
an Academic Programme and each
withdrawal shall be a maximum of one
academic year only
32 Approval of Examination Results
i The Senate has delegated the power
to approve all examination results to
Boards of Colleges/Faculties/Institutes/
Schools But the results shall not
be regarded as final until they are
confirmed by Senate on submission of
Appropriate Pass Lists to Senate by the
relevant Boards The Appropriate Pass
Lists to Senate should be accompanied
with Faculty Board Minutes
ii Students shall be provided with
examination results using the approved
testimonial format
163
33 Appeals
Any student or candidate aggrieved by a
decision of the Board of his/her College/
Faculty/ Institute/ School may appeal to
the Senate Examinations for reversal or
moderation of the decision of the Board
34 Publication of Results
The relevant department shall publish
Provisional Examination Results of candidates
in every examination soon after the meeting
of departmental Examination Committee;
the Examination Results shall be arranged
and published in a manner as prescribed by
Senate
35 Graduation Programme Load
Each College/Faculty/School/Institute Board
shall specify the quantity and composition of
their Programme Load Requirements for the
Award of the Degree/Diploma/Certificate
The composition shall include both Core and
Elective Courses
36 Earning of Credits in a Course
(a) Each student shall earn Credits for all
the Courses specified in the Programme
Load for Graduation
(b) A Credit shall be earned when a student
has obtained at least the Pass Mark
(60%) in each Course he/she had been
assessed in In other words, no Credit
shall be earned in a Course in which a
student has failed the Assessment
37 Classification of Masters and Doctoral
Masters and PhD Programmes are not classified
However Postgraduate Diplomas and
Certificates ( where applicable) are classified The Cumulative Grade Point Average
(CGPA) for the various Classes shall be as
indicated below:
Class CGPA
First Class 4 40 - 5 00
Second Class – Upper Division 3 60 - 4 39
Second Class - Lower Division 2 80 - 3 59
Pass 2 0 - 2 79
38 Awards
The Board of Examiners in a School, Faculty
or Academic Institute, upon its satisfaction
that the standard required under relevant regulations
for the award of a Degree, Diploma,
Certificate or other award, as the case may be,
has been attained by a candidate in University
examinations applicable to him/her, may recommend
to the Senate through the relevant
Board of a College, School, Faculty, academic
Institute that such Degree, Diploma, Certificate
or other award be conferred upon or
granted to such successful candidate
39 Calculation of the Cumulative Grade
Point Average (CGPA)
The Cumulative Grade Point Average at a
given time shall be obtained by:
(a) Multiplying the grade point obtained
in each Course by the Credit Units
assigned to the Course to arrive at the
Weighted Score for the Course
(b) Adding together the Weighted Scores
for all the Courses taken up to that
time
(c) Dividing the Total Weighted Score by
the total number of Credit Units taken
up to that time
40 Payment of Fees
i Tuition and other University fees are
due on the first day of the academic
year Privately-sponsored students who
cannot pay full fees at the beginning of
the academic year are required to pay
at least 60% of the course load, if they
wish by the set deadline
ii First year privately-sponsored student
who fails to pay all First Semester fees
in full by the end of the second week of
the beginning of an academic year shall
forfeit his/her place in the University
iii A continuing privately-sponsored
student who shall not have paid fees by
the end of the Sixth week shall be deregistered
a Student should complete paying
all the University fees by the
sixth week of a semester and be
registered then
b In case a student fails to raise
enough money to pay for a full
semester load a student can chose
courses within the first six weeks
and make payment for the course
164
load he/she can afford and get
registered
c The minimum course loads to be
permitted under this arrangement
should be 60% of the total credit
units for that semester
d Student will not be allowed to pay
University fees and register after
the end of the sixth week of a
semester
e Only registered students will
be allowed to use University
facilities, to attend lecturers,
do course work and sit for final
examinations
41 Refund of Tuition Fees when
a Student has Withdrawn from
Studies
41 1 A student who has been permitted to
withdraw from studies shall be refunded
the Tuition Fees already paid according
to the following schedules:
The Time At Which a Percentage of
Student has Withdrawn the Tuition Fees
in a Semester already Paid to
be Refunded to
the Student
(a) By the End of the
First Week of a Semester 100%
(b) By the End of the
Second Week 80%
(c) By the End of the Third
Week of a Semester 60/%
(d) By the End of the Fourth
Week of the Semester 40%
(e) By the End of the
Fifth Week of a Semester 20%
(f) After the Fifth Week 0%
41 2 Fees for Residence, Application, Faculty
Requirements, Registration, Examinations,
Identity Cards and the Guild
charges are not refunded
41 3 In case an Academic Programme to
which a student has been admitted is
not conducted in a particular academic
year, the University will refund the full
tuition fees paid by the student
ASSESSMENT OF A THESIS/
DISSERTATION
1 A candidate for a higher degree shall be
required to submit a thesis embodying
the result of his special study or
research
2 At least six months before the thesis
is to be presented, a candidate shall
give notice in writing to the Academic
Registrar of the University, submitting
at the same time the proposed title and
an outline of the plan and general scope
of the work
3 The Senate shall appoint for each thesis
at least two examiners one of whom
shall be an examiner external to the
University
4 Every thesis must be submitted in
triplicate and must be accompanied by a
declaration on the part of the candidate,
satisfactory to the Senate, stating that
the thesis has not been submitted for a
degree in any other University
5 A thesis submitted for the degree must
be satisfactory as regards form and
literary presentation and be worthy of
publication; it must also include a full
bibliography of the material, whether
published or otherwise, used in its
preparation
6 No thesis shall be accepted which
does not make a distinct contribution
to the knowledge or understanding
of the subject and afford evidence of
originality
7 A candidate will be required by the
Senate, to present himself/herself for a
viva voce examination
8 Applications to re-submit a thesis which
has been rejected will not be entertained,
but the Senate may, on the advice of
the examiners, invite a candidate to resubmit
a thesis in a revised or extended
form
9 A thesis accepted by the University and
subsequently published, in whatever
form shall bear the inscription “Thesis
approved for the degree of Master… ,
or Doctor of Philosophy of Makerere
University ”
165
The examiner’s report shall be compiled
using the following general format where
applicable:
1 1 Background:
This section must assess the theoretical and
conceptual background, objectives, rationale
and clarity and precision of presentation also
needs to be assessed (Maximum score 5)
1 2 Problem statement
Does the candidate clearly state the nature
of the problem and its magnitude or extent?
Howe concise is it? Is there reference to
the issues detected in the background that
either needs practical or theoretical sense?
(Maximum score 5)
1 3 Research Methods
Indicate whether the candidate has used an appropriate
approach to investigate the subject
and has not neglected other methods which
could have yielded better results Assess for
adequacy and relevance of data collected and
the appropriateness of tools and instruments
including data analytical procedures/techniques
Assess the appropriateness of hypothesis,
questions and relevant assumptions
(Maximum score: 20)
1 4 Results
Evaluate for the adequacy of data analysis,
effectiveness of results presentation, accuracy,
transparency, contributions from the study
(Maximum score 15)
1 5 Discussions
Does the candidate discuss his/her own
findings and relates them to other researched
work? Does the writer show honesty and
transparency in discussing limitations?
(Maximum score 10)
1 6 Conclusions
Does the conclusion emerge from candidate’s
own work? Does the study stimulate further
inquiry or scholarship? (Maximum score 5)
1 7 Recommendations
Does the recommendation emerge from
candidate’s own work? Does the study
stimulate further inquiry or scholarship?
(Maximum score 5)
1 8 Originality of Contribution
Please, state clearly whether the thesis makes
an original contribution to the existing fund
of knowledge For a PhD/doctoral degree the
contribution must be significant, worthy of for
example 3-5 papers if the subject is scientific
To qualify for a doctorate, there should be
strong evidence that the subject is thoroughly
understood, with some original thinking
(Maximum score 15)
1 9 Literature Citation
Has the candidate made use of available and
relevant literature? Does this adequately describe
the background, and is she/he abreast of
the current literature? Has candidate exercised
due diligence in scholarly bibliographic writeup
(Maximum score 10)
1 10 Overall presentation final write-up
Indicate whether the candidate has presented
the data in a logical flow and concise manner
for example with cross-references to other
sections, and with specific objectives following
through appropriate methods leading to the
results and discussion of each objective, thus
ensuring that conclusions can be logically
drawn from the information gathered Is
the abstract informative or not? Does the
presentation provide the flavor of scholarly
and professional output? (Maximum score
10)
1 11 Corrections or Revision
Indicate exactly what corrections are
necessary or whether the thesis needs to be
revised Occasionally theses require extensive
corrections or revision If this is the case,
please set out the corrections and paragraphs
affected Whether minor corrections are
required, please indicate them (in ink on the
thesis or in your report)
1 12 Final Evaluation
Please state frankly and without ambiguity
whether the thesis:
i is worthy of the degree award in the
present form;
ii is worthy of the degree award after
effecting minor corrections indicated
EXAMINATION OF GRADUATE THESIS OR DISSERTATION
166
in Section 1 11 to the satisfaction of the
internal examiner;
iii Must be revised according to your
suggestions in Section 1 11 and
submitted for re-examination
iv Is not worthy of the award
1 13 Thesis/Dissertations Grading
Thesis/ Dissertations shall be graded as
follows:
(a) Excellent (from 80% and above)
(b) Very good (70% to 79%)
(c) Good but within the category 1 12 (b)
(60-69%)
(d) Fair but can be revised (category 1 12
(c) (50-59%)
(e) Fail (<50%)
1 14 Re-submission and Re-examination
of Thesis/ Dissertations
(a) A masters candidate in category 1 13(e)
will be permitted to re-submit Thesis/
Dissertation ONLY Once
(b) A Thesis/ Dissertation recommended for
re-writing and re-examination by any
of the examiners will be given second
chance A re-submission that FAILS
second time will be REJECTED
(c) A Thesis/ Dissertations which requires
corrections should not be categorized
as a retake, but a Thesis/ Dissertations
submitted for re-examination shall be
categorized as retake
2 Viva Voce (marked out of 100%)
(a) Only candidates whose two examiners
reports (one internal and one external)
and has an average grading of good
(60%-69%) should be made to proceed
for oral examination (viva voice)
(b) An oral examination is compulsory for
Master and a Public defense for PhD
(c) A panel of Examiners shall identify
areas to be covered during the oral
examination and type of the questions
to be discussed in this examination
shall be based on the knowledge of the
subject matter and/or on the Research
which has been conducted
PROCEDURE OF THE VIVA-VOCE
EXAMINATION
All candidates registered for Master’s and
Doctoral degrees must be subjected to Viva
Voce examination in order to assess the
candidate’s in-depth knowledge of his/her
registered work The following procedure is
followed:
i) The Dean/Director or Deputy Dean/
Director of a Faculty/Institute shall be
the chairperson of the panel (unless
stated otherwise) and will be responsible
for convening the Viva
ii) With the exception for Masters, the viva
voce process is a public defense for
PhD candidates, whereby the University
community, other than the viva-voce
panel, may ask questions
iii) Notice of the viva-voce shall be given
to all the seven or so panel members
including copies of the thesis for
examination (two weeks in advance) for
them to read and make comments
iv) The Chair guides the process of the
examination
v) The viva voce panel consists of six
members and Four members of the
panel, including the convener, the
opponent and the public shall form a
quorum
vi) The Doctoral candidate shall be
accorded adequate time to present his/
her work followed by discussions
vii) An exhaustive face to face intellectual
discourse and engagement between the
opponent or discussant and Candidate
is followed by general questions and
discussions by the other members of the
panel and the public This may run for
about 3 hours or more for PhD and one
hour for Masters
viii) The panel shall evaluate the student’s
performance and report back to the
meeting to provide a verdict
ix) The department shall make available, all
the relevant facilities (where necessary)
to the candidate for the Public Defense
The panel shall evaluate the candidate’s
presentation, the quality of the thesis/
167
dissertation as well as the candidate’s
response to questions The assessment
then follows in private by the panelists, in
accordance with a laid down procedure
x) With the exception of re-submission
cases, candidates are expected to make
corrections within a period of Three
Months ONLY Failure to comply
without due explanations, will mean that
the Candidate has failed hence; such a
candidate shall not be considered for
award of degree and thus discontinued
from the degree programme
xi) In case of revision/corrections being
required, one of the internal examiners
should be satisfied to the completeness
of the exercise
xii) In case of failure the candidate may be
advised to re-do the work or to The report
of the viva voce examination includes
the membership and recommendation of
the panel and is signed by all panelists
that attended the viva voce session
SUBMISSION OF EXAMINER’S
REPORTS
Examiner’s reports shall be sent directly to
the Director, School of Graduate Studies
Makerere University not later than three
months of receipt of Thesis/Dissertation
Guide for admission to Doctor of Philosophy
(PhD) degree programmes
1 Applicants for Ph D degree Programmes
at Makerere University shall be granted
provisional registration of up to one
academic year on the basis of acceptable
academic qualifications they present
2 During the course of the academic year,
such students are required to develop
concise formal research proposals with
the help of Senior members of the
academic staff in the relevant fields of
study
3 The respective Boards of Faculties/
Institutes/Schools shall identify
supervisors for such students
4 When the research proposals of the
PhD students are found satisfactory by
the Departmental and Faculty/Institute/
School Postgraduate and Higher
Degrees Committees, the proposal
shall be presented to the Board of
Postgraduate Studies and Research for
further consideration
5 Students whose research proposals
has been be approved by the board of
Postgraduate Studies and Research
shall then be granted full registration
as Doctor of Philosophy (PhD) degree
students
Regulations Governing Submission of Work
for Examination
(These regulations are supplementary to the
University regulations for individual higher
degrees)
1 A thesis or dissertation shall be
submitted, in triplicate after due notice,
to the University Registrar and that, if
the degree is awarded each copy shall
remain in the custody of the University
2 The thesis or dissertation must be
type-written or printed on good quality
quarto paper The type must be double
spaced and on one side of the paper
only Copies must be clear There
should be a two inch margin on the
left hand and a one inch margin on the
right of the paper Typing should begin
about 1 inch from the upper margin and
there should be a one inch margin at the
bottom of the page Pages should be
numbered consecutively and the number
should appear just below the centre of
the upper margin Special techniques
in presentation may be necessary in
chemistry, physics, and mathematics
and, in some cases biological sciences
Students must consult their supervisors
on this matter
3 The front (title) page must be systematically
arranged as follows:
• Title of the thesis or dissertation
in capitals
• Full name of candidate
• Then, ‘A thesis (or dissertation)
submitted in partial fulfillment
of the requirements for the award
of (insert name of degree) of
Makerere University ’ This
statement should appear in the
middle of the page
• The year
168
4 The second page of the thesis or
dissertation (and third if necessary)
should contain a table of contents with
page numbers
5 A summary of the contents of the thesis
not exceeding a thousand words should
follow, beginning on a new page
6 Tables, text, figures, diagrams, and
plates should be numbered in separate
sequences and should be cited by
number in the text Each table, text
figure, diagram and plate should have a
full caption Text figures and diagrams
should in general be reproduced by
photographic or similar means There
should be a 1 inch margin around all
text figures, diagrams and plates
7 Literature must be cited by author and
date or by number in the text, and a list
of references must appear at the end
of the thesis Departments may vary
in the way they should like literature
cited and students should consult their
supervisors
8 Each copy of the thesis or dissertation
is to be bound in black Advice might
be sought from the University Library
on this matter The spine of the thesis
or dissertation should be embossed in
gold with the surname and initials of
the candidate, the degree for which the
thesis or dissertation is being submitted,
and the year and the writing should read
from the bottom to the top of the spine
9 Students should consult their supervisors
if they require any advice on any
matter concerning the form of a thesis
or dissertation not covered by these
regulations
10 Every thesis or dissertation submitted
for a higher degree must be accompanied
by a declaration to the satisfaction of the
University Senate stating that it has not
been submitted for a degree in any other
University
SUBMISSION OF DISSERTATION/
THESIS FOR EXAMINATION
(i) A candidate is not allowed to formally
start on research or project work unless
he/she has passed the taught courses
(ii) A candidate submits a research /project
proposal to the Faculty Higher Degrees
and Research Committee be-fore the end
of the second Semester and begins the
research component during the second
year of study or af-ter course work
(iii) Masters and Ph D candidates must
be ready to submit their Reports,
dissertations, Theses by the end of their
2nd and 3rd years respectively
(iv) A candidate intending to submit his or
her thesis/dissertation/Project Report
must give three months’ written notice
of submission for a masters degree or
six months written notice for a doctoral
degree to the Director, SPgS and must
be endorsed by the Supervisor and
copied to the respective Faculty
(v) When the candidates’ thesis/dissertation
is ready for submission, he/she should
submit three loose bound copies with
the authority of the supervisor direct to
the Director, SPgS
(vi) Faculty of Medicine Postgraduate regulations
on Masters degree dissertations:
a) The dissertation must be presented
at least two months before the date
of the final examination (written,
clinical/practical and oral)
b) The examination above (other
than dissertation/viva examination)
comprises five parts: Essay,
Multiple Choice Questions MCQ;
Clinical/practical; Oral; and progressive
assessment
N B: Essay + MCQ weighted at 200 marks =
two individual parts of the examination
VIVA VOCE EXAMINATION
All candidates registered for Master’s and
Doctoral degrees must be subjected to viva
voce examination in or-der to assess the
candidate’s in-depth knowledge of his/her
registered work
The following procedure is followed:
i) Notice for viva voce examination is given
by the Dean/Director to the candidate
to prepare for that examina-tion and for
members of the panel to read the thesis/
dissertation
169
ii) The viva voce panel consists of six
members with a chairman who should
normally be the Dean/Director The
role of the chairman is to guide the examination
iii) Four members including the chairman
should form a quorum The candidates
are accorded adequate time to make
presentations followed by discussions
of up to 2 – 3 hours
iv) The viva voce examination is a closed
one conducted by the appointed panel
only
v) Audio visual facilities are availed to
the candidates by departments (where
necessary)
vi) The assessment follows laid down criteria
where panelists evaluate the presentation,
the pro-ject/thesis/dissertation
and the response to their questions and
give a percentage mark
vii) Candidates are finally assessed on a 10
(ten) point system and a pass is equal to
5 points (50%)
viii) If a candidate is assessed and found
to be on borderline, the panel takes
a decision and makes an appropriate
recommendation
ix) In case of revision/corrections being
required, one of the internal examiners
should be satisfied to the com-pleteness
of the exercise
x) In case of failure the candidate may
be advised to re-do the work or to
discontinue from the degree programme
xi) The report of the viva voce examination
includes the membership and
recommendation of the panel and is
signed by all panelists that attended the
lesson
Award of Degrees
A letter of award of the degree is processed
by the School of Postgraduate only when
a candidate has made cor-rections on the
report/thesis/dissertation as recommended
by the viva-voce panel and a letter from the
examiner who was entrusted by the viva voce
panel to oversee the corrections The report/
thesis/dissertation in accept-able binding with
a hard black cover must be presented to SPgS
The examiner writes to the Director SPgS
in-dicating that he/she is satisfied with the
corrections, through the Dean/Director viva
voce examination report be made available to
the School of Postgraduate Studies before the
award letter is prepared
Note: Only those candidates who have
received or have their award letters in
preparation are eligible for inclusion in the
book of graduating students and to attend the
graduation ceremony
POLICY REGARDING THE RECOGNITION OF AN INSTITUTION OF HIGHER
LEARNING AS A UNIVERSITY (OR ITS EQUIVALENT)
1 A Local University (or its equivalent)
A local University (or its Equivalent) which has been accredited or granted a Charter or which
operates an Act of Parliament or by Statute shall be recognized by Makerere University
2 A Foreign University (or Equivalent) shall be recognized by Makerere University if:
3 Information obtained from the National Authority on Higher Education or from the Embassy
of the country in which the Institution is located attests the fact that it merits recognition
Such information, however, has to be corroborated
4 Only qualifications obtained after the institution has received a charter, shall be recognised
170
AFFILIATED INSTITUTIONS AND CONSTITUENT COLLEGES
The following are institutions affiliated to
Makerere University and offer awards of
Makerere University
- National Major Seminary, kinyamasika
- National Major Seminary ggaba
- National Major Seminary katigondo
- National Major Seminary Alokolum
- Makerere University Business School
(MUBS)
- Mulago Paramedical School
- Mbale School of Hygiene
- Mbale School of Clinical Officers
- School of Clinical Officers, Fort Portal
- Masaka School of Comprehensive
Nursing
- Soroti School of Comprehensive
Nursing
- Jinja Ophthalmic Clinical Officers
Training School
- School of Pychiatric Cinical Officers,
Butabika
- Health Tutors College, Mulago
171
Section III
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
FEES SCHEDULE FOR UGANDAN AND NON-UGANDAN STUDENTS 2007/2008
A UNDERgRADUATE FUNCTIONAL FEES
UGANDANS RATES UG SHS
Application Fees Undergraduate 20,000
Late Application 30,000
Registration Fee Undergraduate p a 100,000
Examination Fee Undergraduate p a 100,000
Transcript Fee 20,000
graduation Fee 30,000
Mature Age Application Fee 60,000
Certificate Fee 20,000
Convocation 10,000
Re-examination Charge per Course 20,000
Library Fee per Annum 20,000
Academic Document Certification 3,000
Change of Programme/Course (per Copy) 5,000
Identity Card 15,000
Late Registration Surcharge 50,000
Research 20,000
Replacement of Damaged Certificate 50,000
INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
International Students RATES IN US $
Application Fees Undergraduate 50
Late Application 65
Registration Fee Undergraduate 100
Examination Fee Undergraduate 150
Re-examination Charge per Course 20
graduation Fee 50
Certificate Fee 50
Transcript Fee 50
Convocation 10
Mature Age Application Fee 100
Library Fee per Annum 20
Late Registration (Surcharge) 50
Contribution to Research 20
Academic Document Certification 10
Change of Programme/Course (per Copy) 10
172
Identity Card 20
Research 10
Replacement of Damaged Certificate 50
1 UNDERGRADUATE TUITION FEES (per semester)
A DAY PROGRAMMES:
B EVENING/AFTERNOON PROGRAMMES:
Faculty/Institute/School Ugandan
(Private) Non- Ugandan
1 Faculty of Medicine Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
CODE
i) MAM Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of Surgery 960,000 1,600,000
ii) PHA Bachelor of Pharmacy 960,000 1,600,000
iii) BDS Bachelor of Dental Surgery 960,000 1,600,000
iv) NUR Bachelor of Science in Nursing 960,000 1,600,000
v) BMR Bachelor of Science in Medical Radiography 960,000 1,440,000
2 School of Public Health
i) BEH Bachelor of Environmental Health Science 750,000 1,125,000
ii) DPH Diploma in Public Health Nursing 300,000 450,000
3 Faculty of Veterinary Medicine
A Day Programmes
i) vET Bachelor of veterinary Medicine 960,000 1,600,000
ii) WHM Bachelor of Science in Wildlife Health and
Management 700,000 1,050,000
B Evening Programmes
i) BLT Bachelor of Biomedical Laboratory Technology 560,000 840,000
ii) BAT Bachelor of Animal Production Technology and
Management 750,000 1,125,000
4 Faculty of Agriculture
A Day Programmes
i) AgR Bachelor of Science in Agriculture 960,000 1,600,000
ii) FST Bachelor of Science in Food Science and
Technology 960,000 1,600,000
iii) AgE Bachelor of Science in Agricultural Engineering 960,000 1,600,000
iv) AEE* Bachelor of Agricultural and Rural Innovation 750,000 750,000
v) BAM Bachelor of Science in Agricultural Land Use and
Mgt 600,000 900,000
vi) AgM Bachelor of Agribusiness Management 550,000 825,000
vii) HOT Bachelor of Science in Horticulture 700,000 1,050,000
173
B Evening Programmes Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
BAE Bachelor of Science in Agricultural Land Use and
Management 600,000 900,000
5 Faculty of Forestry and Nature Conservation
A Day Programmes
i) FOR Bachelor of Science in Forestry 600,000 900,000
ii) BCF Bachelor of Community Forestry 600,000 900,000
iii) WST Bachelor of Science in Wood Science &
Technology 600,000 900,000
B Evening Programmes
i) Bachelor of Science in Forestry 600,000 900,000
ii) Bachelor of Community Forestry 600,000 900,000
iii) Bachelor of Science in Wood Science &
Technology 600,000 900,000
6 Faculty of Technology
A Day Programmes Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) CIv Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering 825,000 1,275,000
ii) ELE Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering 825,000 1,275,000
iii) MEC Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering 825,000 1,275,000
iv) SUR Bachelor of Science in Surveying 825,000 1,275,000
v) ARC Bachelor of Architecture 825,000 1,275,000
vi) SQS Bachelor of Science in Quantity Surveying 825,000 1,275,000
vii) SLE Bachelor of Science in Land Economics 825,000 1 275,000
viii) SCM Bachelor of Science in Construction
Management 825,000 1,275,000
ix) STE Bachelor of Science in Telecommunications
Engineering 825,000 1,275,000
B Afternoon Programmes Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) CIA Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering 825,000 1,275,000
ii) ELA Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering 825,000 1,275,000
iii) MEA Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering 825,000 1,275,000
iv) SUA Bachelor of Science in Surveying 825,000 1,275,000
v) ARA Bachelor of Architecture 825,000 1,275,000
vi) SQS Bachelor of Science in Quantity Surveying 825,000 1,275,000
vii) SLE Bachelor of Science in Land Economics 825,000 1,275,000
viii) SCM Bachelor of Science in Construction
Management 825,000 1,275,000
ix) STE Bachelor of Science in Telecommunication
Engineering 825,000 1,275,000
174
7 Institute of Statistics & Applied Economics
A Day Programmes Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) STA Bachelor of Statistics 720,000 US $1000
ii) BQE Bachelor of Science (Quantitative Economics) 600,000 750,000
iii) BPS Bachelor of Science in Population Studies 500,000 750,000
iv) SAS Bachelor of Science in Actuarial Science 750,000 US $800
v) BBS Bachelor of Science in Business Statistics 700,000* 1,050 000
B Evening Programmes Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) BSQ Bachelor of Science (Quantitative Economics) 750,000 1,125,000
ii) BPE Bachelor of Science in Population Studies 500,000 1,125,000
iii) SAT Bachelor of Science in Actuarial Science 750,000 US$800
iv) EBS Bachelor of Science in Business Statistics 700,000 1,050,000
8 Faculty of Law
A Day Programme Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
LAW Bachelor of Laws 600,000 900,000
B Evening Programme
LAE Bachelor of Laws 900,000 1,155,000
9 Faculty of Social Sciences
A Day Programmes Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) SOC Bachelor of Social Work & Social Administration 600,000 900,000
ii) ASS Bachelor of Arts (Social Sciences) 450,000 750,000
B Evening Programmes
ASE Bachelor of Arts (Social Sciences) 450,000 750,000
10 Faculty of Arts
A Day Programmes Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) MAS Bachelor of Mass Communication 600,000 900,000
ii) ARS Bachelor of Arts (Arts) 405,000 675,000
iii) BTM Bachelor of Tourism 500,000 750,000
iv) BEM Bachelor of Arts (Environmental Management) 500,000 750,000
v) DvS Bachelor of Development Studies 500,000 750,000
vi) URP Bachelor of Urban Planning 500,000 750,000
vii) MUS Bachelor of Arts in Music 500,000 750,000
viii) DNC Bachelor of Arts in Dance 500,000 750,000
Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
ix) DRM Bachelor of Arts in Drama 500,000 750,000
x) ESS Bachelor of Secretarial Studies 500,000 750,000
xi) MDD Diploma in Music Dance & Drama 250,000 375,000
B Evening Programmes Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) MAE Bachelor of Mass Communication 700,000 900,000
ii) ARE Bachelor of Arts (Arts) 450,000 675,000
175
iii) BTE Bachelor of Tourism 500,000 750,000
iv) BEE Bachelor of Arts (Environmental Management) 500,000 750,000
v) DvE Bachelor of Development Studies 500,000 750,000
vi) URE Bachelor of Urban Planning 500,000 750,000
vii) MUE Bachelor of Arts in Music 500,000 750,000
viii) DNE Bachelor of Arts in Dance 500,000 750,000
ix) DRE Bachelor of Arts in Drama 500,000 750,000
x) BSS Bachelor of Secretarial Studies 500,000 750,000
xi) MDE Diploma in Music Dance & Drama 250,000 375,000
11 Margaret Trowel School of Industrial and Fine Arts
A Day Programme
FIN Bachelor of Industrial & Fine Arts 600,000 900,000
12 School of Education
A Day Programmes Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) EDA Bachelor of Arts with Education 405,000 675,000
ii) EDS Bachelor of Science with Education 405,000 675,000
B Evening Programmes
i) EDE Bachelor of Arts with Education 480,000 720,000
ii) SDE Bachelor of Science with Education 405,000* 720,000
13 Faculty of Science
A Day Programmes Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) SCI Bachelor of Science 540,000 900,000
ii) ETB Bachelor of Science in Ethnobotany 500,000 560,000
iii) BgM Bachelor of Science in geological Resource
Management 600,000 900,000
iv) BSP Bachelor of Sports Science 600,000 900,000
v) BIC Bachelor of Science in Industrial Chemistry 540,000 810,000
vi) BFS Bachelor of Science in Fisheries and Aquaculture 600,000 900,000
vii) BCB Bachelor of Science in Conservation Biology 540,000 US$ 500
B Evening Programme Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) BgE Bachelor of Science in geological Resource
Management 600,000 900,000
ii) BTE Bachelor of Science in Industrial Chemistry 600,000 810,000
iii) BSE Bachelor of Science in Ethnobotany 500,000 750,000
iv) BEB Bachelor of Science in Conservation Biology 540,000 US$ 500
v) BFE Bachelor of Science in Fisheries and Aquaculture 600,000
14 East African School of Library and Information Science
A Day Programmes Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) LIS Bachelor of Library and Information Science 540,000 1,200,000
ii) ARM Diploma in Archives and Records Management 270,000 405,000
176
B Evening Programmes Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) BLE Bachelor of Library and Information Science 600,000 1,200,000
ii) LIB Diploma in Archives and Records Management 270,000 500,000
iii) RAM Diploma in Library & Information Studies 270,000 405,000
iv) CLS Certificate in Library and Information Studies 270,000 375,000
15 Institute of Adult and Continuing Education Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
A Day Programme
BAC Bachelor of Adult and Community Education 450,000 675,000
B Evening Programmes Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) BCE Bachelor of Adult and Community Education 450,000 675,000
ii) DPM Diploma in Project Planning and Management 350,000 525,000
iii) CPM Certificate in Project Planning and Management 200,000 300,000
C External Programmes(Only for candidates resident in Uganda) Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) COx Bachelor of Commerce PER YEAR 500,000 600,000
ii) SCx Bachelor of Science PER YEAR 700,000 600,000
iii) BED Bachelor of Education PER YEAR 400,000 1,050,000
iv) CYP Diploma in Youth in Development Work 700,000
16 Institute of Psychology Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
A Day Programme Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) BCO Bachelor of Community Psychology 600,000 900,000
ii) BIP Bachelor of Industrial and Organisation
Psychology 600,000 900,000
B Evening Programme Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) BEP Bachelor of Community Psychology 600,000 900,000
ii) BOP Bachelor of industrial and Organisation
Psychology 600,000 900,000
17 Faculty of Economics and Management
A Day Programme Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) ECO Bachelor of Arts in Economics 700,000 1,050,000
ii) DEC Bachelor of Arts in Development Economics 800,000 US $600
iii) COE Bachelor of Commerce 800,000 US $600
B Evening Programme Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) ECE Bachelor of Arts in Economics 750,000 1,050,000
ii) DEE Bachelor of Arts in Development Economics 800,000 US $600
iii) CEO Bachelor of Commerce 800,000 US $600
18 Faculty of Computing and Information Technology
A Day Programme Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) CSC Bachelor of Science in Computer Science 900,000 1,350,000
ii) BIT Bachelor of Information Technology 900,000 1,350,000
iii) DCS Diploma in Computer Science 750,000 900,000
177
B Evening Programme Ug Shs Ug Shs/US$
i) CSE Bachelor of Science in Computer Science 900,000 1,350,000
ii) BET Bachelor of Information Technology 900,000 1,350,000
iii) DCE Diploma in Computer Science 750,000 900,000
19 Institute of Environmental & Natural Resources
A Day Programme
BvS Bachelor of Environmental Science 600,000 750,000
B Evening Programme
BvS Bachelor of Environmental Science 600,000 750,000
2 OTHER FEES (PAYABLE TO THE UNIvERSITY)
Registration Fee 100,000 US $ 100
Late Registration (Surcharge Fee) 50,000 US $ 50
Examination Fee per Year 100,000 US $ 150
graduation Fee (On graduation) 30,000 US $50
Convocation Fee (On graduation) 10,000
Certificate Fee (On Graduation) 20,000 US $50
Transcript Fee (On graduation) 20,000 US $50
Re-examination Fee per Examination 20,000 US $20
Accommodation
i) Fee per Semester 340,000
ii) Fee for Recess Term 200,000
Certificate Fee per Copy 30,000 US $10
Library Fees 20,000 US $20
Contribution Towards Research Fund per Year 20,000 US $20
University Identity Card 15,000 US $20
178
CURRENT FEES FOR GRADUATE PROGRAMMES 2009/2010
B POSTGRADUATE STUDENTS
UgANDANS RATES Ug SHS
Application 20,000
Late Application 30,000
Registration p a 120,000
Late Registration Surcharge 30,000
Administration p a 200,000
Examinations (Diploma And Masters) p a 200,000
Examinations (PhD) p a 300,000
Re-examination (per Course) 20,000
Library Fee per Annum 20,000
Transcript Fee 20,000
graduation Fee 30,000
Certificate Fee 20,000
Academic Document Certification 3,000
Change of Programme/Course (per Copy) 5,000
Identity Card 15,000
Replacement of Damaged Certificate 50,000
INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
International Students RATES US $
Application 50
Late Application 65
Registration p a 100
Late Registration Surcharge 60
Administration p a 240
Examination Diploma and Masters p a 350
Examination Ph D p a 500
Re-examination per Paper 20
Library Fee per Annum 20
Transcript Fee 50
graduation Fee 100
Certificate Fee 50
Academic Document Certification 10
Change of Programme/Course (per Copy) 10
Identity Card 20
Replacement of Damaged Certificate 50
179
GRADUATE PROGRAMMES TUTION FEESFOR 2009/2010
A1 POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMAS TUITION FEES PER ANNUM
Ugandan Students International Students
1 PgD in Demography Shs2,662,500/= US$3,000
2 PgD in Education Shs2,673,750/= US$2,350
3 PgD in Environmental Journalism &
Communication Shs2,400,000/= US$2,100
4 PgD in Mass Communication Shs2,400,000/= US$2,100
5 PgD in Meteorology Shs2,400,000/= US$2,100
6 PgD in Construction Project
Management Shs3,787,500/= US$3,300
7 PgD in Theology and Pastoral Studies Shs2,400,000/= US$2,100
8 PgD in Refugee Law & Forced
Migration Shs3,075,000/= US$3,000
9 PgD in Statistics Shs2,662,500/= US$3,000
10 PgD in Urban Design Shs2,400,000/= US$2,100
11 PgD in Wildlife Health and
Management Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
12 PgD in Integrated Rural Planning Shs2,400,000/= US$2,100
13 PgD in Primary Education Shs2,673,750/=
US$2,350
14 PgD in Livestock Development
Planning and Management Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
15 PgD in Information Technology Shs3,825,000/= US$3,350
16 PgD in Data Communications and
Software Engineering Shs3,825,000/= US$3,350
16 PgD in Information Systems Shs3,825,000/= US$3,350
17 PgD in Computer Science Shs3,825,000/= US$3,350
18 PgD in Cleaner Production Science Shs3,525,000/= US$3,100
A2 MASTERS DEGREES
Faculty of Agriculture
1 MSc in Agricultural Extension &
Education Shs4,020,000/=
US$3,600
2 MSc in Crop Science Shs4,020,000/=
US$3,600
3 MSc in Animal Science Shs4,020,000/=
US$3,600
4 MSc in Agricultural Engineering Shs4,020,000/=
US$3,600
5 MSc in Soil Science Shs4,020,000/=
US$3,600
6 MSc in Agricultural Economics Shs4,020,000/=
US$3,600
7 Master of Agribusiness Management Shs4,020,000/=
US$3,600
8 Master of Science in Food Science &
Technology Shs4,020,000/=
US$3,600
9 MSc in Applied Human Nutrition Shs4,020,000/=
US$4,500
180
10 MSc in Agricultural & Applied
Economics Shs4,020,000/=
US$3,600
11 MSc in Plant Breeding and Seed
Systems Shs4,020,000/= US$5,118
Faculty of Arts
12 M A in Ethics and Public Management Shs2,400,000/=
US$2,100
13 M A in Human Rights Shs2,400,000/=
US$2,100
14 M A in African Languages Shs2,400,000/=
US$2,100
15 M A in Philosophy Shs2,400,000/=
US$2,100
16 M A in Languages Shs2,400,000/=
US$2,100
17 M A in History Shs2,400,000/=
US$2,100
18 M A in Performing Arts(Music, Dance
& Drama Shs2,400,000/=
US$2,100
19 M A in Land Use and Regional
Development Shs2,400,000/=
US$2,100
20 M A in geography Shs2,400,000/=
US$2,100
21 M A in Literature Shs2,400,000/=
US$2,775
22 M A in Religious Studies Shs2,400,000/=
US$2,100
23 M A in Peace and Conflict Studies Shs2,400,000/=
US$2,100
24 M A in Religious and Theological
Studies(ggaba & kinyamasika) Shs2,400,000/=
US$2,100
25 M A in Social and Management
Studies(ggaba) Shs2,400,000/=
US$2,100
26 M A in Leadership and Human Relation
Studies Shs2,400,000/=
US$2,100
27 M A in Journalism and Communication Shs2,400,000/= US$2,100
Faculty of Computing and Information Technology
28 MSc in Computer Science Shs3,825,000/=
US$3,350
29 Master of Information Technology Shs3,825,000/=
US$3,350
30 MSc in Data Communications and
Software Engineering Shs3,825,000/=
US$3,350
31 MSc in Information Systems Shs3,825,000/=
US$3,350
Faculty of Economics and
Management
32 M A in Economic Policy and Planning Shs3,075,000/=
US$2,700
33 M A in Economic Policy Management Shs3,075,000/=
US$2,700
34 M A in Economics Shs3,075,000/=
US$2,700
35 Master of Business Administration
Shs3,075,000/=
US$2,700
36 M A in gender Analysis in Economics Shs3,075,000/= US$3,000
School of Education
37 M A in Educational Management Shs2,673,750/=
US$2,350
38 M Ed in Science Education Shs2,673,750/=
US$2,350
181
39 M Ed in Social Sciences & Arts
Education Shs2,673,750/=
US$2,350
40 M Ed in Language & Literature
Education Shs2,673,750/=
US$2,350
41 M Ed in Educational Foundations Shs2,673,750/=
US$2,350
42 M Ed in Curriculum Studies Shs2,673,750/=
US$2,350
43 MSc in Human Resource Management
in Education Shs2,673,750/=
US$2,350
44 M A in Educational Policy and
Planning Shs2,673,750/=
US$2,350
45 M Ed in Information and
Communication Technology Shs2,673,750/= US$2,350
46 M Ed in Educational Psychology Shs2,673,750/=
US$3,000
47 M A in Higher Education Studies Shs2,673,750/= US$2,350
E A School of Library & Information Science
48 MSc in Information Science Shs2,587,500/=
US$2,500
Faculty of Forestry & Nature Conservation
49 MSc in Agroforestry Shs3,607,500/=
US$3,600
50 MSc in Forestry Shs3,607,500/=
US$3,600
School of Industrial and Fine Arts
51 M A in Fine Arts Shs3,037,500/=
US$3,000
Faculty of Law
52 Master of Laws Shs3,075,000/=
US$3,000
Makerere University Business School
UGANDANS E A OTHERS
53 Master of Business Administration Shs2,500,000/= US$1,563 US$2,188
54 MSc in Accounting and Finance Shs2,000,000/= US$1,250 US$1,750
55 MSc in Marketing Shs1,850,000/= US$1,156 US$1,619
56 Master of Human Resource
Management Shs1,800,000/= US$1,125 US$1,575
57 MSc in Procurement & Supply Chain
Management Shs2,500,000/= US$2,188 US$2,188
58 M Sc in Leadership and governance Shs2,000,000/= US$2,020 US$2,520
59 M Sc in Entrepreneurship Shs2,000,000/= US$1,250 US$1,750
60 M A in Economic Policy Management Shs2,000,000/= US$1,750 US$1,750
61 M in International Business Shs2,300,000/= US$2,010 US$2,010
62 M in Hospitality and Tourism
Management Shs2,300,000/= US$2,010 US$2,010
63 Master of Business Administration
(Modular) Shs3,000,000/= US$2,626 US$2,626
64 MSc in Banking & Investment
Management Shs1,800,000/= US$3,000 US$3,000
182
College of Health Science
65 M Med: Internal Medicine Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
66 M Med Community Practice Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
67 M Med Microbiology Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
68 M Med Ophthalmology Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
69 M Med Paediatrics and Child Health Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
70 M Med Pathology Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
71 M Med Psychiatry Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
72 M Med Radiology Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
73 M Med Ear, Nose &Throat Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
74 M Med general Surgery Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
75 M Med Obstetrics & gynaecology Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
76 M Med Anaesthesia Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
77 M Med Orthopaedic Surgery Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
78 M Med Otorhinolarynology, Head
&Neck Surgery Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
79 MSc in Human Anatomy Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
80 MSc in Pharmacology Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
81 MSc in Physiology Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
82 MSc in Medical Illustration Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
83 MSc in Clinical Epidemiology &
Biostatistics Shs4,162,500/= US$3,630
84 Master of Dentistry (Oral and
Maxillofacial Surgery) Shs5,000,000/= US$5,000
85 Master of Public Health Shs4,500,000/= US$5,000
86 Master of Public Health (Distance) Shs3,000,000/= US$5,000
87 Master of Health Services Research Shs5,000,000/= US$5,000
88 Master of Public Health Nutrition Shs4,500,000/= US$7,500
Institute of Environment and Natural Resources
89 MSc in Environment & Natural
Resources Shs3,637,500/= US$3,200
Faculty of Science
90 MSc in Mathematics Shs3,525,000/= US$3,100
91 MSc in Physics Shs3,525,000/= US$3,100
92 MSc in Chemistry Shs3,525,000/= US$3,100
93 MSc in Botany Shs3,525,000/= US$3,100
94 MSc in Zoology/Fisheries Shs3,525,000/= US$3,100
95 MSc in geology Shs3,525,000/= US$3,100
96 MSc in Clinical Biochemistry Shs3,525,000/= US$3,100
97 M of Mathematics
Shs3,525,000/=
US$3,100
98 MSc in Mathematical Modelling Shs3,525,000/= US$3,100
183
99 M Sc in Biochemistry Shs5,000,000/= US$5,000
Faculty of Social Sciences
100 M A in gender Studies Shs3,150,000/= US$3,000
101 M A in Public Administration &
Management Shs3,150,000/= US$4,200
102 M A in Social Sector Planning &
Management Shs3,150,000/= US$3,000
103 M A in Sociology Shs3,150,000/= US$3,000
104 M A in International Relations&
Diplomatic Studies Shs3,150,000/= US$3,000
105 M A in Rural Development Shs4,500,000/= US$4,500
Institute of Statistics & Applied Economics
106 M A in Demography Shs2,662,500/= US$3,000
107 Master of Statistics Shs2,662,500/= US$3,000
108 M A in Population and Development Shs2,662,500/=
US$3,000
109 MSc in Population and Reproductive
Health Shs2,662,500/=
US$3,000
110 MSc in Quantitative Economics Shs2,662,500/= US$3,000
111 MSc in Population Studies Shs2,662,500/=
US$3,000
Faculty of Technology
112 M of Engineering (Civil) Shs3,787,500/= US$3,300
113 M of Engineering (Mechanical) Shs3,787,500/= US$3,300
114 M of Engineering(Electrical) Shs3,787,500/= US$3,300
115 MSc in Civil Engineering Shs3,787,500/= US$3,300
116 MSc in Electrical Engineering Shs3,787,500/= US$3,300
117 MSc Mechanical Engineering Shs3,787,500/= US$3,300
118 M of Architecture Shs3,787,500/= US$3,300
119 M of Physical Planning Shs3,787,500/= US$3,300
120 MSc in Renewable Energy Shs3,787,500/= US$3,300
Faculty of Veterinary Medicine
121 M of vet Medicine (Food Animal
Health & Production) Shs 4,162,500/= US$3,630
122 MSc in Molecular Biology Shs 4,162,500/= US$5,000
123 MSc in vet Pathology Shs 4,162,500/= US$3,630
124 M of veterinary Preventive Medicine Shs 4,162,500/=
US$3,630
125 M of Wildlife Health and Management Shs 4,162,500/=
US$5,000
126 MSc in Livestock Development
Planning and Management Shs 4,162,500/= US$3,630
127 Master of Biomedical Laboratory
Sciences and Management Shs 4,162,500/= US$5,000
Institute of Adult and Continuing Education
128 Master of Adult and Community
Education Shs 3,150,000/= US$4,800
184
DOCTORAL DEGREES BY COURSEWORKS AND DISSERTATIONS
129 Ph D in Economics Shs2,934,000/= US$3,100
130 PhD in Information Systems
Shs3,000,000/= US$3,000
131 PhD in Computer Science Shs3,000,000/= US$3,000
132 PhD in Software Engineering Shs3,000,000/= US$3,000
133 PhD in Information Technology Shs3,000,000/= US$3,000
134 Ph D in Information Science Shs5,000,000/= US$4,000
135 Ph D in Educational Management Shs5,060,000/= US$4,100
136 Ph D in Plant Breeding and
Biotechnology Shs5,000,000/= US$5,118
FEES FOR PhD BY RESEARCH ONLY Available at Admission
OTHER FEES:
Ug Shs US$
graduation fee 30,000 50
Certificate Fee 20,000 50
Convocation fee 10,000 10
Academic Transcript 20,000 50
SECTION B
FOR THE STUDENT (OR AS THE SPONSOR MAY DECIDE)
(These figures are mere guidelines)
Ug Shs US$
Books, Stationery and Materials 400,000 400
Accommodation 1,200,000 p a 1,800 p a
Food 1,500,000 p a 2,400 p a
Transport Allowance 750,000 p a 1,000 p a
Stipend 1,800,000 p a 1,800 p a
vacation Supplement (per day) 10,000 20
Insurance 120,000 p a 500 p a
Research Expenses (for course with research component)
a) Arts, Social Sciences, Education, Commerce and Law up to and 1,600,000 1,600
b) Agriculture and Forestry, Science, Medicine, Technology,
veterinary Medicine up to and 5,000,000 5,000
International Students Other Expenses (Guide To Sponsors)
(i) University Accommodation if available (Payable to University by sponsor) U S $1020 per
semester
(ii) Annual Medical allowance (optional and payable to university by sponsor) $500
(iii) Faculty Requirements (annual and payable to student directly by sponsor) Approx $300
annually
(iv) Personal Allowance (annual and payable to student by sponsor) $2400 annually
185
(v) Books/Stationery allowance (annual and payable to student directly by sponsor) $500
annually
(vi) vacation supplement (approx 60 days and payable to student directly by sponsor) US $20 per
day
Transport allowance(internal) 1,000 p a
Food expenses2,400
All dues payable to the student are payable to him/her directly by the sponsor The figures quoted
for personal al-lowances are mere working estimates which sponsors may vary according to their
policies and other dictates The figure quoted for Special Faculty requirements is also a mere working
estimate It varies from Faculty to Faculty and covers such things as travel on research, fieldwork,
laboratory and field clothing/instruments, projects, report preparations etc More information about
the Special Faculty requirements can be sought directly from the Deans/Directors of the relevant
Faculties/Schools/Institutes
Regulation for Fees Payment and Refund:
(i) All tuition fees and other University fees are due on the first day of the academic year In
case, a student is not able to pay all the fees by the first day of the academic year, he/she Must
ensure that the fees for a particular semester are paid by the sixth (6th week of that semester In
order for him/her to be registered and gain access to University services and facilities Semester
(ii) Any student who is not able to raise the full semester fees may choose courses within the the
first six (6) weeks and pay for the semester course load that he/she can afford in order
To be registered and gain access to University services and facilities The minimum course
load permitted under this arrangement is 60% of the total credit units for that particular
semester
(iii) No student will be permitted to pay any fees and register after the sixth (6th) week of a
Semester
(iv) A student who has been permitted to withdraw from studies shall be refunded the tuition fees
of that Semester paid according to the following schedules:
a) By the end of the First Week of a Semester
100%
b) By the end of the Second Week of a Semester 80%
c) By the end of the Third Week of a Semester 60%
d) By the end of the Fourth Week of a Semester 40%
e) By the end of the Fifth Week of a Semester 20%
f) After the Fifth Week of a Semester
0%
v) Fees for Residence, Application, Faculty Requirements, Registration, Exam, identity cards
guild fees are not re-funded
(vi) The University Council reserves the right to vary fees chargeable any time with or without
prior notice
186
Section VI
STUDY PROGRAMMES
FACULTY OF AGRICULTURE
INTRODUCTION
Training of Agricultural professionals in
Uganda started in 1924 when a technical
school was established on Makerere Hill
to offer intermediate education in lead
subjects of Agriculture, Medicine Education
and veterinary sciences A certificate in
Agriculture was awarded after three years of
training In 1936 the course was strengthened
by introducing basic science subjects,
extending the duration from three to five years
and upgrading from a certificate to a Diploma
award in Agriculture
The admission of the first intake of students in
1958, to pursue degree courses at Makerere,
in Agriculture marked the span of the first full
course (1958/1961) for the BSc in Agriculture
Science of the University of London In 1961
the final batch of Diploma students completed
their 3-year training while the first batch of
9 students completed their B Sc Agriculture
Sciences
Agriculture, Crop husbandry, Animal
husbandry, Agricultural Engineering,
Agricultural Economics and the University
Farm
The present Faculty of Agriculture comprises
of seven departments namely;
1 Animal Science,
2 Agricultural Economics and
Agribusiness, Agricultural Engineering,
3 Agricultural Extension Education,
4 Crop Science,
5 Food Science and Technology and
6 Soil Science
Degree programmes
There are seven undergraduate programmes
offered in the Faculty of Agriculture:
i) BSc Agriculture, with five options: Animal
Science, Agricultural Economics,
Agricultural Extension and Education,
Crop Science and Soil Science
ii) BSc Agricultural Engineering
iii) BSc Food Science and Technology
iv) B Sc Land Use and Management
v) B Agricultural and Rural Innovation
vi) B Agribusiness Management
vii) B Sc Horticulture
Vision
To be the leading academic institution,
providing client responsive research and
knowledge in Agriculture and agro-industry
Mission
To produce professionals and practitioners,
generate and disseminate knowledge and technologies
for sustainable agriculture and agro
industries for socio-economic development
Goal
Develop intellectual capacity of young students/
scientists and equip them with knowledge,
practical skills and attitudes to positively
influence sustainable agricultural development,
nature conservation and judicious
utilization of environmental resources
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING (BAGE)
Programme Structure
Curriculum
The degree programme shall normally extend
over a period of four years and each year
consists of two semesters of 17 weeks each
and one recess term of 10 weeks The normal
semester load shall range from 15 Credit Units
to 21 Credit Units A full time student shall
not carry less than 15 Credit Units and not
more than 25 Credit Units per Semester The
maximum semester load shall be 28 Credit
Units to cater for students who have courses
to retake
187
YEAR 1 SEMESTER 1 (All Core Courses)
Course Code Course CU
AEN 1101 Mathematics 3
AEN 1104 Engineering Mathematics 1 4
AEN 1105 Engineering Drawing 4
AEN 1106 Engineering Mechanics I 4
AEN 1107 Electrical Engineering I 4
AEN 1108 Agricultural Engineering in
Development 3
AEN 1121 Mathematics and Statistics 3
AEN 1122 Introduction to Agricultural
Engineering 3
EMT 1101 Engineering Mathematics I 3
EMT 1107 Electrical Engineering 4
MEC 1101 Engineering Drawing 4
MEC 1103 Electrical Engineering for
Mech, Engineers I 4
Total 19
SEMESTER 11 (All Core Courses)
AEN 1201 Climatology and Field
Engineering 3
AEN 1204 Engineering Mathematics II 3
AEN 1205 Mechanics of Materials I 4
AEN 1206 Introduction to Computers 3
AEN 1207 Thermodynamics 4
AEN 1208 Engineering Mechanics II 4
S0S 1205 Soil Science for Engineers 3
EMT 1201 Engineering Mathematics II 4
MEC 1204 Mechanics of Materials I 4
Total 21
RECESS TERM (All Core Courses)
AEN 1301 Agricultural Mechanization
Practical Skills 3
AEN 1302 Workshop Practice 5
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 1 (All Core Courses)
AEN 2101 Farm Power and Machinery
Management 3
AEN 2102 Basic Electrical Technology and
Machanics 3
AEN 2104 Engineering Mathematics III 4
AEN 2105 Mechanics of Materials II 4
AEN 2106 Computer Aided Design and
Drafting 4
AEN 2107 Fluid Mechanics 4
CRS 2104 Pasture Management 4
CRS 2105 Crop Science for Engineers 3
EEE 2104 gender in Agricultural
development 2
AEN 2109 Hydraulic and Hydrology 3
AEN 2121 Basic Mechanics and Surveying 3
EMT 2101 Engineering Mathematics III 4
MEC 2101 Fluid Mechanics for Mach
Engineers I 4
MEC 2102 Mechanics of Materials II 4
Total 21
YEAR 2 SEMESTER II (All Core Courses)
AEN 2209 Theory of Machines 4
AEN 2201 Farm Structures 3
AEN 2204 Engineering Mathematics III 3
AEN 2205 Computer Programming 3
AEN 2206 Hydraulics and Hydrology 3
AEN 2207 Material Science 4
AEN 2208 Post Harvest Engineering 3
AEN 2211 Electrical Engineering II 3
MEC 2203 Computer Programming for
Mach Engineers I 4
MEC 2204 Materials Science and
Engineering I 4
Total 21
YEAR 2 RECESS TERM (Core Course)
AEN 2301 Industrial Training I 5
YEAR 3 SEMESTER I (All Core Courses)
AEN 3109 Climatology and Hydrological
Modelling 3
AEN 3105 Farm Power 3
AEN 3106 Agricultural Process
Engineering 3
AEN 3107 Rural Electrification 3
AEN 3102 Soil Mechanics 3
ANS 3103 Animal Science for
Engineers 3
EEE 3104 Rural Extension for
Engineers 3
Total 21
YEAR 3 SEMESTER II (All Core Courses)
AEN 3204 Water Resource Engineering 3
AEN 3205 Farm Machinery 3
AEN 3206 Design of Processing
Equipment 3
AEN 3207 Agricultural Structures 3
AEN 3208 Design of Machine Elements 3
AEN 3209 Environmental Engineering 3
188
AEN 3210 Surveying & Photogrometry 3
Total 21
YEAR 3 RECESS TERM(All Core Courses)
AEN 3301 Industrial Training II 5
YEAR 4 SEMESTER 1 (All Core Courses)
AEN 4102 Soil and Water Engineering 3
AEN 4105 Engineering Experimental
Design 3
AEN 4106 Design Project Planning 3
AEN 4107 Design of Agricultural
Machinery 3
AEN 4108 Irrigation System Design &
Management 3
AEN 4109 Industrial Case Study 2
AEN 4111 Systems Analysis 3
AEN 4112 Engineering Experimental
Design 3
AEN 4113 Introduction to Finite Elements 3
AEN 4114 Small Scale Manufacturing 3
AEN 4115 Irrigation Theory and Practice 3
AEN 4127 Small Scale Manufacturing
Principles 3
Total 20
YEAR 4 SEMESTER II (Core & 1 Elective)
AEN 4204 Design Project 5
AEN 4205 Operations Research 3
AEC 4206 Management Economics for
Agriculture Engineers 3
AEN 4206 New ventures &
Entrepreneurship 3
FOM 4207 Land Use Policy and Law 3
ELECTIVE COURSES (At least one)
AEN 4208 Land Evaluation for Irrigation 3
AEN 4209 Mobile and Stationery Power
Equipment 3
AEN 4221 Systems Analysis 3
AEN 4222 Energy Production Use and
Conservation 3
AEN 4223 Engineering Experimental
Design 3
AEN 4224 Engineering Seminars 3
AEN 4225 Design Project 3
EEE 4203 Management and leadership 3
FOM 4201 Land Use Policy and Law 3
FOM 4207 Land Use Policy and Law 3
AEC 4207 Management Economics for
Agricultural Engineers 3
EEE 4205 Organisational Management and
Leadership 3
FST 4205 Food Engineering 3
Total 19
BACHELOR OF AGRICULTURAL AND RURAL INNOVATION STUDIES (BARI)
Objectives Of The Programme
The goal of the programme is to strengthen
the relevance of the curriculum by
encompassing the emerging national
agricultural and rural development issues
such as poverty, natural resource degradation,
social economic inequities among others
The curriculum modification with addition
of more rural development and innovations,
entrepreneurial, business oriented and social
science related courses will make graduates
more capable of facilitating rural innovation
through providing innovative, need-based,
demand driven, market oriented services
in a liberalized and competitive service
delivery system that currently characterizes
the agricultural sector It will also match
the human resource requirements of several
stakeholder organizations at national, regional
and international level
Specifically, the programme aims at:
• Intergration of social and technical disciplines
related to agricultural and rural
development to enable graduates champion
development in agrarian societies
• Developing a systematic view of
development among professionals of
rural and agricultural development
• Developing multi-skilled professionals
with agricultural, leadership, analytical,
facilitative and reflective competences
to coordinate, stimulate and guide
innovations and multi-actor partnerships
for improving rural livehoods with a
broader view of local, regional and
global trends in development
• Intergrating professional and ethical
values and mindsets for accountable
agricultural and rural development
professionals:
189
• Providing alternative training approaches
for more effective professionals to
confront in the complex challenges of
poverty, food insecurity and natural
resources management in the sub
Saharan region
Course Structure
This is a full time three year modular
programme with multi disciplinary orientation
Each year shall consist of two semesters of 17
weeks each and one recess term of 10 weeks in
the first year, and 15 weeks in the second year
The normal semester load shall range from
15 to 21 Credit Units Between on Campus
sessions, students will be given independent
study graded work related assignments to
be completed with the oversight of their
immediate supervisors
YEAR l SEMESTER I (All core courses)
Course Code Course CU
ARI 1101 Introduction to Agricultural and
Rural Development 3
ARI 1102 Introduction to Communication
for Agrarian 3
EEE 1117 Rural Sociology 3
AEN 1202 Introduction to Computer
Applications 2
AEN 1203 Introductory Mathematics 2
AEC 1102 Principles of Economics 3
ARI 1103 Social Skills for professional
performance Seminar I 2
TOTAL 18
Semester II (All Core Courses)
EEE 1201 Social Research Methods I 3
ARI 1201 Sociology and Psychology for
rural Innovations 3
EEE 1206
Participatory approaches
to Agricultural and Rural
Development
4
ARI 2107 gender and other socio
economic issues in development 3
ARI 1202 Introduction to SELPs 2
ABM 1106 Entrepreneurship 3
TOTAL 18
INTERNSHIP – FIELD ATTACHMENT
ARI 1301 Selps 1 (10 weeks) 4
Year 2 Semester I Core Courses
Course Code Course CU
AEC
3201** Agricultural Marketing 3
AEC
3202**
Principles of Farm Management
and Account 2
ARI 2101 Statistics and Data Analysis 3
ARI 2102 Community mobilization and
group dynamics 3
EEE 2109 Extension and Training methods 4
ARI 2103 Project Planning and
Management 3
Electives (One elective)
AEC 2102 Production Economics 2
ABM 2102 Business Psychology 2
TOTAL 20
Year 2 Semester ll Core Courses
CRS 2204 Crop Production and
Management 3
ANS 2202 Livestock Production and
Management 3
FSY 2205 Food Security and Nutrition 3
SOS 2203 Intergrated Soil Fertility and
Machinery 3
AEN 2211 Farm Power and Machinery 3
ARI 2201 Social Skills for professional
performance Seminar II 2
TOTAL 17
ARI 2301 SELPs II (15 weeks) 5
Note: All courses for year two semester two
will be undertaken in University farm
MUARIk
Year 3 Semester I Core Courses
Course Code Course CU
ARI 3101 Innovation Systems
Management 3
ARI 3102 Documentation and
Disseminating Development 4
ABM 3104 Agribusiness Small Enterprise
Management 3
ARI 3103 Ethics and Intergrity Seminar 2
Electives (At least and Feeding)
Course Code Course CU
ANS 3104 Animal Nutrition and Feeding 3
ANS 3101 Poultry Management I 3
CRS 3101 Pasture Agronomy and Seed
Technology 3
190
CRS 3102 Principles of Plant Breeding 3
CRS 3104 Intergrated Pest Management
Systems 3
HRT 3101 vegetable Production 3
SSL 3102 Tropical Soils and their
Management 3
TOTAL 18
Year 3 Semester II Core Courses
Course Code Course CU
ARI 3201 Organisational Management 3
ARI 3202 Developing Sustainable Rural
Institutions/Organisation 3
SSL 3202 Land Use Planning 3
FST 3207 Post Harvest Technology and
Small Scale Agroprocessing 3
ABM 3202 Human Resource Management 3
Electives (At least two relevant courses)
ANS 3201 Apiculture 2
ANS 3202 Animal Health and Hygiene 3
CRS 3201 Field Crop diseases 3
CRS 3202 Pesticide application technology 2
TOTAL 19
BACHELOR OF AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION EDUCATION (BAEE)
CURRICULUM
The degree programme shall normally extend
over a period of three years and each year
consists of two semesters of 17 weeks each
and one recess term of 10 weeks The normal
semester load shall range from 15 Credit Units
to 21 Credit Units A full time student shall
not carry less than 15 Credit Units and not
more than 25 Credit Units per Semester The
maximum semester load shall be 28 Credit
Units to cater for students who have courses
to retake
Programme Structure
YEAR 1 SEMESTER 1 Core Courses
Course Code Course CU
AEN 1101 Mathematics 2
EEE 1102 Introduction to Communication
and Extension Methods 3
CRS 1101 Agricultural Botany and Plant
Physiology 3
EEE 1101 Programme Development and
Evaluation 2
SOS 1101 Introduction to Soil Science 3
AEC 1102 Principles of Economics 3
FST 1102 Introductory Food Science &
Technology 3
Total 19
YEAR 1 SEMESTER II Core Courses
AEN 1202 Introduction to Computer
Applications 2
ANS 1202 Introductory Livestock
Management 3
AEC 1202 Agribusiness I 3
CRS 1203 Introductory Statistics 3
SOS 1202 Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition 3
EEE 1201 Social Research methods I 2
EEE 1103 Participatory Approaches in
Extension 3
Total 19
YEAR 1 Recess Term
EEE 1302 Field Attachment 1 4
YEAR 2 Semester 1
AEN 2101 Farm Power and Machinery 3
ANS 2102 Fish Farming 2
ANS 2101 Poultry Management 1 2
CRS 2102 Annual Crops Agronomy 3
CRS 2104 Pasture Management 2
EEE 2102 group Dynamics 2
EEE 2103 gender in Agricultural
development 2
Total 16
YEAR 2 SEMESTER II
ANS 2202 Animal Health & Hygiene 3
CRS 2201 Perenial Crops Agronomy 3
Course Code Course CU
CRS 2204 High value Crops and Products 3
CRS 2205 Crop Protection 3
FST 2205 Post-harvest Technology 2
AEC 2201 Principles of Farm Management
and Accounts 2
EEE 2202 Adult Education 3
EEE 2204 Rural Sociology 2
Total 21
191
YEAR II RECESS TERM
EEE 2301 Field Attachment II 5
YEAR III (Semester 1)
ANS 3103 Animal Nutrition and Feeding 3
EEE 3104 Agricultural Communication 3
EEE 3103 Sociology and Psychology of
Education 3
EEE 3105 Social Research Methods II 3
SSL 3103 Agricultural Land Resources
and Environment Management 3
Total 15
YEAR III (Semester II)
AEN 2201 Farm Structures 3
AEN 3201 Climatology and Field
Engineering 3
EEE 2103 Management and Leadership 3
ANS 3201 Apiculture 2
AEC 3101 Rural Development 2
AEC 3202 Agricultural Finance 3
FOM 3201 Land Use Policy & Law 2
FCE 3201 Agro-forestry 3
Total 21
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN FOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY
Programme Structure
Curriculum
The degree programme shall normally extend
over a period of four years and each year
consists of two semesters of 17 weeks each
and one recess term of 10 weeks The normal
semester load shall range from 15 Credit Units
to 21 Credit Units A full time student shall
not carry less than 15 Credit Units and not
more than 25 Credit Units per Semester The
maximum semester load shall be 28 Credit
Units to cater for students who have courses
to retake
YEAR 1 (SEMESTER 1)
Course Code Course CU
AEN 1101 Mathematics 2
ANS 1101 Introduction to Animal
Agriculture 3
CRS 1101 Agricultural Botany and Plant
Physiology 3
CRS 1102 Plant Microbiology 3
CRS 1103
FST 1102 Introductory Food Science &
Technology 2
FST 1101 Biochemistry 1 3
AEC 1101 Introductory Micro-economics 3
FST 1103 Principles of Human Nutrition 2
FST 1121 Introductory Food Science 2
Total 20
YEAR 1 SEMESTER II
AEN 1202 Introduction to Computer
Applications 2
CRS 1201 Principles of Agriculture and
Introductory Ag 3
CRS 1202 Introduction to Entomology &
Nematology 3
CRS 1203 Introduction to Statistics 2
FST 1201 Biochemistry II 3
FST 1202 Food Chemistry 1 3
FST 1203 Food Microbiology 1 3
FST 1221 Physical Properties of Food 3
FST 1223 Introductory Food Science and
Human Nutrition 3
AEC 1201 Introductory Macro-economics 3
Total 19
EEE 1301 Agricultural Extension/Educ
Practical Skills 2
FST 1301 Food Technology & Nutritional
Practical Skills 3
YEAR 1 RECESS TERM
FST 1301 Food Technology and Nutrition
Practical Skills 3
ANS 1301 Molecular Biology 3
Course Code Course CU
ANS 1302 Animal Production Skills 3
CRS 1301 Crop production Practical Skills 3
Total 9
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 1
AEN 2102 Basic Electrical Tech &
Mechanics 3
ANS 2101 Fish Farming 3
CRS 2101 Biometrics 3
EEE 2101 Introduction to Agric Extension 2
FST 2101 Food Engineering I 3
192
FST 2102 Food Microbiology II 3
FST 2124 Rural Postharvest Technology 3
AEC 2101 Production Economics 3
Total 19
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 11
ANS 2201 Introductory Livestock
Management 3
FST 2201 Principles of Food Preservation 3
FST 2202 Food Processing and
Preservation 3
EEE 2205 Rural Sociology 2
FST 2204 Dietetics 2
FST 2203 Food Analysis I 3
FST 2205 Food Chemistry II 3
EEE 2202 gender in Agricultural
Development 2
EEE 2203 Research Methods 2
EEE 2206 gender in Agricultural
Development 2
FST 2206 Sensory Evaluation 2
FST 2207 Post Harvest Technology
Total 18
YEAR 2 RECESS TERM
FST 2301 Industrial Training 5
Total 5
YEAR 3 SEMESTER 1
ANS 3101 Poultry Nutrition and
Management 3
ANS 3102 Dairy Production Systems 3
EEE 3102 Introduction to Communication
and Ext Methods 3
Course Code Course CU
FST 3101 Food Engineering II 3
ANS 3101 Poultry Management I 2
FST 3103 Food Analysis 4
FST 3104 Sanitation and Waste
Management 3
FST 3105 Community Nutrition 3
FST 3106 Food Quality Assurance 3
FST 3121 Cereal Chemistry and
Technology 3
FST 3122 Food Additives & Legislation 3
FST 3123 Food Fermentation 3
FST 3124 Sensory Evaluation 3
EEE 3101 Agricultural Communication 4
EEE 3102 Introduction to Communication
& Ext Methods 4
Total 20
YEAR 3 SEMESTER II
FST 3201 Post-harvest Technology 2
FST 3202 Packaging and Packaging
Materials 3
FST 3203 Food Plant Economics &
Product Marketing 3
FST 3204 Food Analysis II 3
FST 3205 Sanitation & Waste
Management 3
FST 3206 Food Production Development 3
FST 3207 Community Nutrition 3
FST 3208 Food Biotechnology 3
FST 3221 Food Quality Control and
Assurance 3
FST 3222 Food Science for Engineers 3
EEE 3201 Social Research Methods 1 2
ANS 3203 Animal Feeds and Feeding 3
EEE 3201 visual Aids and Presentations 3
Total 19
YEAR 3 RECESS TERM
FST 3301 Pilot Plant Processing skills 5
FST 3302 Special Project 5
Total 10
YEAR 4 SEMESTER 1 (Core )
EEE 4105 Social Research Methods II 3
FST 4101 Fruits and vegetable Processing
Technology 3
Course Code Course CU
FST 4102 Dairy Science and Technology 4
FST 4103 Meat, Poultry & Fish
Technology 4
FST 4104 Roots and Tuber Crops
Technology 3
FST 4121 Food Product Development 3
FST 4122 Dietetics 3
FST 4123 Industrial Case Study 3
AEC 4105 Intermediate Macro Economics 2
ANS 4103 Poultry Management II 3
EEE 4101 Programme Development &
Evaluation II 2
EEE 4102 Agricultural Communication 2
Electives (At least one relevant course)
FOM 4201 Land Use Policy and Law 3
2
Total 16
193
YEAR 4 SEMESTER II (Core )
FST 4201 Fats and Oils Technology 3
FST 4202 Plantation and Estates Crop
Technology 3
FST 4203 Food and Nutrition Security 3
FST 4204 Special Project Report 5
FST 4205 Cereals, Legumes & Root Crop
Technology 4
FST 4221 Child Nutrition and
Development 3
FST 4222 Special Project Report 3
FOM 4201 Land Use Policy and Law 3
Electives (At least one relevant course)
AEC 4204 Agribusiness Management 3
FCE 4201 Agro-forestry 3
EEE 4101 Agricultural Communication 3
EEE 2102 group Dynamics 2
NB In order to fulfill the minimum programme
load, It is mandatory for the student to take at
least one elective in each semester of year 4
with the guidance of the Head of Department
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURE
Programme Structure
Curriculum
The degree programme shall normally extend
over a period of four years and each year
consists of two semesters of 17 weeks each
and one recess term of 10 weeks The normal
semester load shall range from 15 Credit Units
to 21 Credit Units The maximum semester
load shall be 28 Credit Units to cater for
students who have courses to retake
YEAR 1: SEMESTER 1 (All core courses)
Course Code Course CU
AEN 1101 Mathematics 2
CRS 1101 Agricultural Botany and Plant
Physiology 3
CRS 1102 Plant Microbiology 2
FST 1101 Biochemistry 1 3
AEC 1101 Introductory Micro-Economics 3
ANS 1101 Introduction to Animal
Agriculture 3
SOS 1101 Introduction to Soil Science 3
SOS 1102 Agro Microbiology 3
SOS 1103 Land Forms and Agroecological
Potential
EEE 1105 gender in Agricultural
development 2
AEN 1104 Engineering Mathematics I 4
AEN 1105 Engineering Drawing 4
AEN 1106 Engineering Mechanics I 4
AEN 1107 Electrical Engineering I 4
AEN 1108 Agricultural Engineering in
Development 4
Total 21
YEAR 1 SEMESTER 11 (All core courses)
AEN 1201 Climatology & Field
Engineering 3
AEN 1202 Introduction to Computer
Applications 2
AEN 1201 Zoology and Animal Physiology 3
AEN 1204 Engineering Mathematics II 3
AEN 1205 Mechanics of Materials I 4
AEN 1206 Introduction to Computers 3
AEN 1207 Thermodynamics I 4
Course Code Course CU
AEN 1208 Engineering Mechanics II 4
CRS 1201 Principles of Agriculture and
Introductory Ag 3
CRS 1202 Introduction to Entomology and
Nematology 3
CRS 1203 Introductory Statistics 2
CRS 1204 Introduction to agronomy &
Ecology 3
AEC 1201 Introductory Macro-Economics 3
SOS 1201 geology and geomorphology 3
SOS 1202 Soil Biology 2
SOS 1205 Soil Science for Engineers 3
ANS 1201 Animal Production Skills 3
ANS 1202 Introductory Livestock
Management 3
ANS 1203 Zoology & Animal Physiology 3
Total 27
YEAR 1 RECESS TERM (All core courses)
AEN 1301 Agricultural Mechanization
Practical Skills 3
AEN 1302 Workshop Practice 5
194
AEN 1301 Crop production practical skills 3
AEN 1303 Practical Skills in Agricultural
Surveys 3
AEN 1304 Practical Skills in Agricultural
Engineering 3
ANS 1301 Molecular Biology 3
EEE 1301 Agric Ext Educ Practical
skills 3
AEC 1301 Agric Econ Practical skills 3
SOS 1301 Soil Science Practical Skills 3
CRS 1301 Crop Production Practical Skills 3
Total 18
YEAR 2 SEMESTER 1 (All core courses)
AEN 2101 Farm Power and Machinery 3
ANS 2101 Firm Fishing 3
ANS 2104 Animal Nutrition 3
CRS 2101 Biometrics 3
CRS 2102 Annual Crops Agronomy 4
CRS 2103 Introduction to genetics 3
CRS 2105 Crop Science for Engineers 3
EEE 2101 Introduction to Agric Extension 3
AEC 2101 Production Economics 2
Course Code Course CU
SOS 2101 Soil Physics & Chemistry
Total 21 24
YEAR 2 SEMESTER II (All core courses)
AEN 2201 Farm Structures 3
ANS 2201 Introductory Livestock &
Poultry Management 3
CRS 2201 Perennial Crops Agronomy 3
CRS 2202 Weed Science 3
CRS 2203 Horticulture I 4
EEE 2204 Research Methods 3
EEE2250 Rural Sociology 3
AEC 2201 Principles of Farm Management
and Accounts 3
SOS 2201 Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition I 3
CRS 2203 Horticulture 3
Total 21
RECESS TERM (All core courses)
AEC 2301 Firm Management Case study 4
EEE 2301 Programme Planning &
Evaluation II 5
Total 5
YEAR 3 SEMESTER 1 (All core courses)
ANS 3101 Poultry Nutrition and
Management 2
ANS 3102 Dairy Production Systems 3
ANS 3105 Poultry Management I 2
CRS 3101 Pasture Agronomy and Seed
Science and Technology 3
CRS 3102 Perennial crops Agronomy 3
CRS 3103 Economic Entomology 3
CRS 3104 Principles of Plant Breeding 3
CRS 3105 Economic Entomology &
Nematology 2
EEE 3101 Agricultural Communication 3
EEE 3102 Introduction to communication
and Extension methods 3
EEE 3106 Programme Development &
Evaluation II 2
SOS 3101 Pedology & Land Use Potential 3
AEC 3101 Management Case Study 2
AEN 3101 Management Case Study 2
CCC 3101 Practical Skills I 2
Total 28
YEAR 3 SEMESTER II (All core courses)
Course Code Course CU
ANS 3201 Apiculture 2
ANS 3202 Animal Health and Hygiene 3
ANS 3203 Animal Feeds & Feeding 3
CRS 3201 Field Crops Diseases 3
EEE 3201 visual Aids and Presentations 3
EEE 3202 Social Research Methods I 2
FST 3201 Post-Harvest Technology 3
AEC 3201 Agricultural Marketing 3
SOS 3201 Soil Conservation & Land
Reclamation 3
AEC 3201 Agricultural Marketing Cooperative
and Cre 3
AEN 3201 Agricultural Marketing 3
CCC 3201 Practical Skills II 2
Total 23
YEAR 3 RECESS TERM (Core)
EEE 3301 Field Attachment II (Internship) 5
CRS 3304 Special Project 5
ANS 3301 Special Project 5
AEC 3301 Special Project 5
195
SOS 3301 Special Project 5
EEE 3302 Special Project 5
Total 10
YEAR 4 CROP SCIENCE OPTION
SEMESTER 1 Core
CRS 4101 Plant Pathology 3
CRS 4102 Crop Physiology 3
CRS 4103 Integrated Pest and Disease
Management Systems 4
CRS 4104 Hotculture II 3
CRS 4105 Seed Science & Technology 3
SOS 4102 Soil Fertility Evaluation and
Plant analysis 4
AEC 4101 Agricultural Policy & Planning 3
ANS 4101 Livestock and Poultry Breeding
Methods 4
ANS 4102 Pig and Rabbit Production
Systems 3
ANS 4103 Poultry Management II 3
ANS 4104 Small Ruminant Production
Systems 3
ANS 4105 Range Management 3
Total 20
SEMESTER II (Core Plus one elective)
CRS 4201 Plant Breeding Technologies 4
CRS 4202 Plant Biotechnology 3
CRS 4203 Plant virology and Bacteriology 3
FOM 4201 Land Use Policy & Law 3
AEC 4204 Agribusiness Management 3
Electives
EEE 4203 Organizational Management
and Leadership 3
FCE 4201 Agro-forestry 3
Total 18
YEAR 4 SOIL OPTION
SEMESTER 1 (Core Plus one Elective)
SOS 4101 Soil Survey & Land Evaluation 3
SOS 4102 Fertilizer Technology 3
SOS 4103 Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition 3
SOS 4104 Soil and Plant Analysis 3
SOS 4105 Soil Microbiology 3
SOS 4106 Soil Macrofauna and Flora 3
SOS 4107 Applied Soil Fertility & Plant
Analysis 4
SOS 4108 Soil Biology II 4
SSL 4105 Remote Sensing & gIS in Land
Use 4
AEC 4101 Agricultural Policy and
Planning 3
AEC 4102 Applied Farm Management 3
AEC 4103 Rural Development 4
AEC 4104 Econometrics 3
AEC 4105 Intermediate Macro Economics 3
Total 27
SEMESTER II (Core Plus one Elective)
SOS 4201 Applied Soil Physics 3
SOS 4202 Bio-fertiliser technology &
organic farming 3
SOS 4203 Soil & Environmental
Protection 2
SOS 4204 S oil Productivity Management
& Assessment 3
Course Code Course CU
SOS 4205 Special Project 5
FOM 4201 Land Use Policy & Law 3
Electives
EEE 4203 Organizational Management
and Leadership 3
AEC 4201 Resource and Environmental
Economics 3
AEC 4202 Agricultural Finance 3
AEC 4203 International Trade in
Agriculture 3
AEC 4204 Agribusiness Management 3
AEC 4205 Special Project 3
ANS 4201 Applied Ruminant Nutrition 3
ANS 4202 Beef Production and range
Management 3
ANS 4203 Animal Physiology and
Biotechnology 4
ANS 4204 Special Project 5
FCE 4201 Agro-forestry 3
CRS 4201 Plant Breeding Technologies 3
CRS 4202 Plant Biotechnology 3
CRS 4203 Plant virology and Bacteriology 3
CRS 4204 Special Project 5
Total 16
YEAR 4 ANIMAL SCIENCE OPTION
SEMESTER I (Core Plus one Elective - optional)
ANS 4101 Livestock and Poultry Breeding 4
196
ANS 4102 Pig and Rabbit Production
systems 2
ANS 4103 Poultry Management II 3
ANS 4104 Fish farming 2
FST 4103 Meat, Poultry & Fish
Technology 4
Total
Electives (Optional) 15
SEMESTER II (Core Plus one Elective - optional)
ANS 4201 Applied Ruminant Nutrition 3
ANS 4202 Beef Production and Range
Management 3
ANS 4203 Animal Physiology &
Biotechnology 4
ANS 4104 Small Ruminant Production
Systems 3
FOM 4201 Land Use Policy & Law 3
AEC 4204 Agribusiness Management 3
AEC 4204 Agribusiness Management 3
FCE 4201 Agroforestry 3
YEAR 4 EXTENSION/EDUCATION OPTION
SEMESTER 1 (Core) Elective optional
EEE 4101 Agricultural Communication 3
EEE 4202 Adult Education 3
EEE 4103 Curriculum Development and
Training Method 3
EEE 4104 Participatory Approaches in
Extension 3
EEE 4105 Social Research Methods II 3
EEE 4107 Adult Education 3
EEE 4108 group Dynamics
Total 18
SEMESTER II (Core Plus one Elective)
EEE 4201 Extension Methods 4
EEE 4202 Adult Education 3
EEE 4203 Program Development and
Evaluation II 3
EEE 4204 Special Project 5
EEE 4205 Organisational Management &
Leadership 3
EEE 4206 Programme Development &
Evaluation II 3
FOM 4201 Land Use Policy & Law 3
AEC 4204 Agribusiness Management 3
Electives (At least one relevant course) 2
Total 24
YEAR 4
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS OPTION
SEMESTER 1 (Core)
Course Code Course CU
AEC 4101 Agricultural Policy & Planning 3
AEC 4102 Applied Farm Management 3
AEC 4104 Econometrics 3
AEC 4105 Intermediate Macro-Economics 3
AEC 4105 Fish Farming 2
EEE 4105 Social Research Methods II 3
Total 17
SEMESTER 1I (Core Plus one Elective)
Course Code Course CU
ANS 4204 Small Ruminant Production
Systems 3
AEC 4201 Resource and Environmental
Economics 3
AEC 4202 Agricultural Finance 3
AEC 4203 International Trade in
Agriculture 3
AEC 4204 Agri-business Management 3
AEC 4205 Speical Project 3
AEC 4206 Rural Development 3
FOM 4201 Land Use Policy & Law 3
Electives (At least one relevant course) 2
EEE 4203 Organizational Management
and Leadership 3
FCE 4201 Agro-forestry 3
Total 26
197
BACHELOR OF AGRIBUSINESS MANAGEMENT
Programme Structure
(a) The degree programme is structured on
a course basis
(b) The programme consists of core courses
and elective courses
(c) Candidates shall take all the core courses
and may take one elective course where
it is offered
(d) The weighting for each course shall
be a credit Unit One credit unit shall
be equivalent to one contact hour per
week per semester One contact hour
is equivalent to one lecture hour or two
hours of tutorial One practical hour
shall be equivalent to ½ a contact hour
A full time student shall not carry less than 15
credit units and not more than 25 credit units
per semester
YEAR 1: SEMESTER 1 Core Courses
Course Code Course CU
ABM 1101 Principles of Business
Economics 3
ABM 1102 gender and Agribusiness 3
ABM 1103 Principles of Agriculture 3
SOS 1101 Introduction to Soil Science 3
EEE 1101 Programme Development and
Evaluation
EEE 1102 Introd to Communication &
Extension Methods 3
FST 1102 Introductory Food Science and
Technology 3
EEE 1103 Participatory Approaches in
Extension 4
EEE 1104 Programme Development and
Evaluation 3
EEE 1111 Introduction to Agricultural
Extensiion 3
AEC 1101 Introductory Micro Economics 3
Total 17
Electives (Optional)
FRB 1101 Basic French Communication
Skills 4
Swahili
YEAR 1: SEMESTER 2 Core Courses
AEC 1202 Introduction to Agribusiness 3
AEN 1202 Introduction to Computer
Applications 3
ABM 1203 Introduction to Agribusiness
Mgt 3
ABM 1204 Business Statistics 3
ABM 1205 Intermediate Business
Economics 3
ANS 1202 Introductory Livestock
Management 3
ABM 1202 Agribusiness Accounting 3
Total 15
Year II: Semester I
EEE 2101 Introduction to Agricultural
Extension 3
Electives (Optional)
FRB 2001 Intermediate French
Communication Skills 5
ANS 2105 Poultry Management I 2
ANS 2201 Introductory Livestock and
Poultry Management 3
ECO 2101 Micro Economics 3
YEAR 2: SEMESTER 1 Core Courses
AEC 2101 Production Economics 2
ABM 2101 Principles of Farm Business
Management 3
ABM 2102 Business Psychology 3
AEN 2101 Farm Power and Machinery 3
AEC 2102 Rural Development 3
ABM 2102 Business Psychology 3
ABM 2104 Firm Management Case Study
Theory 2
ANS 2102 Fish Farming 2
ABM 2105 Agricultural Development 3
Total 18
Electives (Optional)
YEAR 2: SEMESTER 2 Core Courses
AEN 2202 Introduction to Computer
Applications 2
ABM 2201 Principles of Agribusiness
Marketing 4
ABM 2202 Agribusiness Accounting 3
ABM 2203 Cooperative and Agribusiness 3
ABM 2204 Business Research Methods 3
ABM 2205 Development Studies 3
EEE 2205 Rural Sociology 2
EEE 2206 gender in Agricultural
Development 2
EEE 2204 Research Methods 3
198
ANS 2201 Introductory Livestock &
Poultry Management 3
Total 23
Electives (Optional)
FST Post Harvest Technology
FST 2202
Food Processing and
Preservation (Must have done
pre-requisite course)
3
ABM 2301 Field Attachment 5
YEAR 3: SEMESTER 1
Core Courses (Plus one Elective)
Course Code Course CU
ABM 3101 Agribusiness Price Analysis 3
ABM 3102 Introduction to Business Law 3
ABM 3103 Agribusiness Operations
Research 3
ABM 3104 Agribusiness Small Enterprise
Management 3
ABM 3105 Introduction to Management
Information Systems 3
ABM 3106 Firm Management Case Study 2
Electives (At least one relevant course)
ANS 3101 Poultry Nutrition and
Management 3
ANS 3102 Dairy Production Systems 3
ANS 3103 Poultry Management II 3
Total 17
YEAR 3: SEMESTER 2 All Core Courses
ABM 3201 Business Strategy 3
ABM 3202 Human Resource Management 3
ABM 3203 Agribusiness Environment and
Policy 3
ABM 3204 Agribusiness Finance 3
ABM 3205 Special Project 5
AEC 3203 International Trade in
Agriculture 3
Total 20
Year IV: Semester I
AEC 4103 Rural Development 3
ANS 4103 Poultry Management II 3
EEE 4101 Programme Development &
Evaluation 3
Semester II
AEC 4203 International Trade in
Agriculture 3
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURAL LAND USE AND MANAGEMENT
Structure of the Programme
(a) The degree programme is structured on
a course basis
(b) The programme consists of core courses
and elective courses
(c) Candidates shall take all the core
courses and one elective course where it
is offered
(d) The weighting for each course shall
be a credit Unit One credit unit shall
be equivalent to one contact hour per
week per semester One contact hour
is equivalent to one lecture hour or two
hours of tutorial One practical hour
shall be equivalent to ½ a contact hour
A full time student shall not offer less
than 15 credit units and not more than
25 credit units per semester
YEAR 1: SEMESTER 1 Core courses
Course Code Course CU
AEN 1101 Mathematics 2
AEN 1150 Agroclimatology 3
SOS 1101 Introduction to soil science 3
SOS 1102 Agro Microbiology 3
SOS 1103 Land Forms and Agroecological
Potential
SOS 1101 Introduction to Soil Science 3
SOS 1102 Agro Microbiology 3
SOS 1103 Land Forms and Agroecological
Potential 3
SOS 1150 Soil genesis and Morphology 3
SSL 1102 Concept of Natural Resources
and Development 3
SSL 1103 Human Population and
Development
SSL 1104 Land Atmosphere relations 3
EEE 1102 Introd to Communication and
Ext Methods 3
AEC 1101 Introductory Micro-economics 3
AEC1102 Principles of Economics 3
AEC 1121 Introductory Economics 3
199
AEC 1122 Introductory Statistics 3
AEC 1150 Introduction to Statistics 3
CRS1101 Agricultural botany and plant
physiology 3
CRS 1150 Pinc Of Agric & Intr Botany 3
CRS 1151 Ecology 2
Total 20
YEAR 1: SEMESTER 11 Core courses
Course Code Course CU
AEN 1201 Climatology and Field
Engineering 3
AEN 1202 Introduction to Computer
Applications 2
AEN 1203 Land Surveying and Mapping 3
CRS 1203 Introduction to Statistics 2
CRS 1205 Introduction to Agronomy &
Ecology 3
SOS 1201 geology and geomorphology 3
SOS 1202 Soil Biology I 3
SOS 1251 Introduction to genetics and
Taxonomy 3
SOS 1250 Land Atmospheric Relationsips 3
SSL 1201 gender in Agric Land Use and
Mgt 2
SSL 1203 Human population and
development 3
EEE 1204 Rural Sociology 2
EEE 1206 Rural Sociology 2
AEN 1203 Land Surveying and Mapping 3
AEN 1202 Introduction to Computer
Applications 2
AEC 1201 Introductory Macro Economics 3
AEC 1221 Agribusiness 3
Total 28
YEAR 1 (RECESS TERM)
SSL 1303 Field Attachment 1 5
YEAR 2: SEMESTER 1 Core Courses
SSL 2101 Soil Erosion Control 4
SSL 2102 Soil Morphology &
Classification 3
SSL 2104 Common Property Management 2
SSL 2105 Soil Morphology &
Classification 3
SSL 2106 Energy Sources &land Use 2
SSL 2150 Soil Classification and Mapping 3
SSL 2152 Land Degration 3
CRS 2102 Annual Crops Agronomy 4
CRS 2103 Introduction to genetics 3
SSL 2103 Energy sources and Land Use 2
SOS 2102 Soil Survey and Land Evaluation 3
SOS 2101 Soil Physics and Chemistry 3
SOS 2104 Soil Biology 3
SOS 2121 Soil and Water Chemistry I 3
SOS 2122
SOS 2123
CRS 2101
CRS 2104
AEE 2101
Total 26
Soil Science for Engineers 3
Soil and Water Chemistry II 3
Biometrics 4
Pasture Management 3
Rural Farm Technology 3
Electives (Optional)
AEN
2101
Farm Power and Machinery
Management 3
YEAR 2: SEMESTER 2 Core Courses
Course Code Course CU
ANS 2201 Introductory Livestock
Management 3
ANS 2202 Wildlife Management (E) 2
ANS 2250 Livestock Management System
(E) 3
CRS 2201 Perennial Crops Agronomy 3
EEE 2201 Social Research methods I 2
CRS 2205 Crop Protection 3
EEE 1202 gender in Agricultural
development 2
SOS 2201
Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition
(to go to SEM 1 when its
offered, therefore switch with
one course there )
3
SSL 2201 Soil and Water Pollution in Land
Use 3
SSL 2202 Common Property Management 3
SSL 2204 Land Degradation 3
SSL 2252 Watershed Management 3
SSL 2253 Sustainable Land Systems 3
SSL 2254 Common Property
Management(E) 3
SSL 2255 Soil Fertility and Plant
Nutrition(E) 3
Electives (At least one relevant course)
AEN 2210 Irrigation Technology(E) 2
AEN 2255 Irrigation Technology (E) 3
200
ANS 2201 Introductory Management
System(E) 3
ANS 2202 Wild Life Management 2
AEC 2201 Principles of Farm Management
and Accounts 3
EEE 2204 Research Methods 3
EEE 2250 Rural Sociology 3
Total 18
YEAR 2: RECESS TERM
SSL 2301 Field Attachment II 5
SSL 2350 Field Attachment II 5
SSL 3205 Special Project 5
YEAR 3: SEMESTER I
(Core Courses Plus one Elective)
SSL 3101 Surveying and Land Evaluation 3
SSL 3102 Tropical Soils and their
Management 2
SSL 3103 Soil and Water Pollution 3
SSL 3104 Principles of Environmental
Education 3
SSL 3106 Remote Sensing and gIS in
Agricultural Land Use 3
SSL 3107 Land Use Impact Assessment(E) 3
SSL 3108 Site Planning and Landscaping 3
SSL 3151 Soil and Water Pollution 3
SSL 3152 Land Use Impact Assessment(E) 3
SSL 3153 Energy Sources and Land
Use(E) 3
SSL 3154 Remote Sensing & gIS(E) 3
AEC 3101 Management Case Study 3
AEC 3102 Agricultural Land Economics 3
AEC 3121 Agricultural Development 3
AEC 3150 Land Economics (E) 3
SSL 3108 Site Planning and Landscaping 3
SSL 3104 Principles of Environmental
Education 2
SOS 3101 Padology and Land Use
Potential 3
EEE 3102 Introduction to Communication
and Ext Methods 4
EEE 3103 Agricultural Extension
Management 2
Total 19
YEAR 3: SEMESTER 2 Core Courses
ANS 3205 Beef Production and Range
Management 3
SSL 3201 Soil Conservation and Land
Reclamation 3
SSL 3202 Land Use Planning 3
SSL 3203 Land Use Impact Assessment 2
SSL 3204 Land Administration 2
SSL 3205 Soil Productivity Management
& Assessment 2
SOS 3201 Soil Conservation and Land
Reclamation 3
SSL 3202 Land Use Planning 3
SSL 3206 Special Project 5
SSL 3207 Waste Management and
Disposal(E) 2
SSL 3250 Special Project 5
SSL 3251 Land Use Planning 5
SSL 3252 Waste Management and
Disposal (E) 3
SOS 3202 Soil Productivity Management
and Assessment 2
PHN 3206 Environmental Health 3
FOM 3205 Land Use Policy and Law 3
Electives (At least one)
SSL 3207 Waste Management 2
SSL 3204 Land Administration 2
AEC 3201 Agricultural Marketing Cooperatives
and Cre 3
EEE 3201 visual Aids and Presentations 3
EEE 3202 Social Research Methods I 2
PHN 3206 Environmental Health 2
Year 4: Semester I
SOS 4101 Soil Survey and Land Evaluation 3
SOS 4101 Fertilizer Technology 3
SOS 4103 Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition 3
SOS 4104 Soil and Plant Analysis 3
SOS 4105 Soil Microbiology 3
SOS 4106 Soil Macrofauna and Flora 3
AEC 4101 Agricultural Policy and
Planning 3
AEC 4102 Applied Farm Management 3
AEC 4103 Rural Development 3
AEC 4104 Econometrics 3
AEC 4105 Intermediate Macro Economics 3
ANS 4105 Range Management 3
ANS 4150 Rangeland Management(E) 3
Semester II
201
ANS 4202 Beef Production and Range
Management 3
SOS 4221 Soil Physics Ii 3
SOS 4222 Soil and Environmental
Protection 3
SOS 4223 Soil Productivity Management 3
SOS 4224 Principles of Soil Science 3
SOS 4225 Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition 3
SOS 4226 Land Productivity Assessment
and Reclamation 3
SOS 4227 Land Resources and
Environment Management 3
ACE4202 Agricultural Finance 3
AEC 4205 Special Project 2
AEC 4221 Environmental Economics 3
AEC 4222 Management Economics for
Engineers 3
FOM 4201 Land Use Policy and Law 3
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN HORTICULTURE (B Sc HORT)
Curriculum
The degree programme shall normally extend
over a period of three years each consisting
of two semesters of 17 weeks each and one
recess term of 10 weeks A full-time student
shall carry not less than 15 credit units and not
more than 25 credit units per semester
The minimum requirement for graduation is
135 credit units
YEAR 1: SEMESTER 1 (All core courses)
Course Code Course CU
AEN 1101 Mathematics 2
CRS 1101 Agricultural Botany and Plant
Physiology 3
CRS 1102 Plant Microbiology 2
CRS 1121 Plant Physiology 2
FST 1101 Biochemistry I 3
AEC 1102 Principles of Economics 3
CRS 1103 Introduction to genetics and
Molecular Biology 2
SOS 1101 Introduction to Soil Science 3
EEE 1102 Introduction to Communication
and Extension Methods 3
CRE 1121 Computer Literacy 2
CRE 1122 Computer Architecture I 2
CRE 1123 Computer Architecture II 2
CRE 1124 Management Information
Systems 2
CRE 1125 Perennial Crops Agronomy 2
CRE1126 Plant Physiology 2
CSE1101 Agricultural Botany 2
Total 21
YEAR 1: SEMESTER II (All core courses)
Course Code Course CU
AEN 1201 Climatology and Field
Engineering 3
AEN 1202 Introduction to Computer
Applications 2
CRS 1201 Principles of Agriculture and
Introductory Ag 2
CRS 1202 Introduction to Entomology and
Nematology 3
CRS 1203 Introductory Statistics 3
CRS 1204 Introduction to Agronomy &
Ecology 3
CRS 1205 Weed Science 2
CRS 1222 Introduction to genetics 2
CRS 1223 Introductory Entomology 2
HRT 1201 Introduction to Horticulture 3
EEE 1202 gender in Agricultural
Development 2
AEC1203 Agricultural Economics 4
CRE 1221 Plant Breeding and Seed
Technology 2
Total 23
RECESS TERM (All core courses)
AEC 1301 Agricultural Economics
Practical Skills 3
AEN 1301 Practical Skills in Agricultural
Engineering 3
CRS 1301 Crop Production Practical Skills 3
EEE 1204 Agric Extension Education
Practical Skills 3
HRT 1301 Practical Horticulture 3
SOS 1301 Soil Science Practical Skills 3
Total 18
202
YEAR 2: SEMESTER 1 (All core courses)
AEC 2101 Production Economics 2
HRT 2103 greenhouse Production and
Management 3
HRT 2101 Plant Propagation and Nursery
Management 3
CRS 2101 Biometrics 3
CRS 2106 Plant Breeding and Applied
Crop Improvement 3
ABM 2103 Farm Management and
Agribusiness 4
ABM 2104 Firm management Case Study
Theory 2
CRS 2102 Annual Crops Agronomy 3
AEN 2101 Farm Power and Machinery (E) 3
ABM 2201 Principles of Farm Business
Management (E) 3
Total 22
YEAR 2: SEMESTER 2 Core courses
CRS 2201 Field Crop Diseases 3
CRS 2202 Weed Science 3
CRS 2203 Horticulture I 2
AEC 2204 Horticulture Enterprise Case
Study 2
SOS 2201 Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition 3
EEE 2201 Social Research Methods 3
AEC 2202 Introduction to Agribusiness 3
AEN 2210 Irrigation Technology 2
Electives (At least one relevant course)
AEN 2201 Farm Structures 2
Total 21
RECESS TERM (Core Course)
HRT 2301 Horticulture Industries
Internship 5
HRT 2302 Horticulture Research Project 5
Total 10
YEAR 3: SEMESTER 1 (All Core Courses)
CRS 3101 Pasture Agronomy and Seed
Science and Technology 2
CRS 3102 Perenniel Crops Agronomy 2
CRS 3104 Principles of Plant Breeding 3
CRS 3105 Economic Entomology &
Nematology 2
CRS 3108 Integrated Pest Management
Systems 3
HRT 3101 vegetable Production 3
HRT 3102 Fruit Production 3
CRS 3107 Crop Physiology 3
YEAR 3: SEMESTER 2 (Core Courses)
CRS 3202 Pesticide Application
Technology 3
CRS 3221 Plant Diseases 2
HRT 3104 Floriculture, Ornamental and
Landscape Horticulture 4
FST 3201 Post Harvest Technology 2
AEC 3201 Agricultural Marketing 3
FOM 3201 Land Use Policy and Law 3
Electives (A minimum of other two relevant courses)
CRS 2201 Economic Entomology 2
AEC 3203 International Trade in
Agriculture 3
SOS 3203 Soil and Environmental
Protection 3
FCE 3202 Agro-Forestry 3
AEC 3203 Agricultural Finance 3
AEC 3201 Agricultural Marketing
EEE 3203 Organizational Management and
Leadership 3
Total 19
Year IV: Semester I:
CRS 4101 Plant Pathology 2
CRS 4102 Crop Physiology 2
CRS 4104 Horticulture II 2
CRS 4121 Plant Bacteriology and virology 2
Semester II
CRS 4201 Plant Breeding Technnologies 2
CRS 4202 Plant Biotechnology 2
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN HUMAN NUTRITION
Objectives
The overall objectives of the programme is
to give comprehensive nutrition training so
that graduates of the programme can use food
and nutrition knowledge and approaches to
contribute to the alleviation of malnutrition
and therefore to the development of Uganda
and the region
203
Specific objectives
To produce nutritionists with knowledge
and understanding of the basic elements of
nutrition science required fro the identification
and analysis of nutritional problems of public
health significance in Uganda and the region
To produce nutritionists with knowledge and
understanding of the multi-sectoral nature of
nutrition and with the capacity of integrate
knowledge from various disciplines in the
development of nutritional programme for
the improvement of the nutritional welfare of
communities
To produce nutritionists who are motivated to
work with local governments and communities
on their development activities related to
nutrition
To produce nutritionists with the knowledge
and skills to contribute to the management of
patients as part of the health care team
To produce nutritionists who are empowered
with the skills and motivation to carry out
research on nutrition relevant to the needs of
Uganda and the region
To produce nutritionists with a range of
transferable skills such as problem-solving,
use of IT for research, composition of reports,
oral presentation and basic analysis of data;
verbal and written communication in a style
appropriate to a variety of different audiences
using different media, and working effectively
as part of a team
To establish and promote partnership between
Makerere University and Local governments
For purposes of computing entry points, the
Advanced Level subjects shall be grouped and
weighted as follows:
SUMMARY OF THE COURSES
A summary of the curriculum is shown below
(where CU: Credit Units)
YEAR I EMESTER I
Course Code Course Name CU
HMN 1101 Biomolecules 4
HMN 1102 Physiology I 4
HMN 1103 Microbiology 3
HMN 1104 Behavioural Science 3
HMN 1105 Introduction To Foods,
Nutrition And Health 3
CRS 2103 Introduction To genetics 2
Total 19
YEAR 1 SEMESTER II
HMN 1201 Metabolism 4
HMN 1202 Physiology Ii 4
HMN 1203 Micronutrients And Their
Deficiencies 4
HMN 1204 Introduction To Biostatistics
And Epidemiology 3
HMN 1205 Principles Of Food
Chemistry 3
AEN 1202 Introduction To Computer
Applications 2
Total 20
YEAR I RECESS TERM
HMN 1301 Environmental Health And
Sanitation 3
HMN 1302 Nutrition Practice I 5
Total 8
YEAR II SEMESTER I
COURSE
CODE COURSE NAME CU
HMN 2101 Communication Skills And
Counselling 3
HMN 2102 Assessment Of Nutritional
Status 4
HMN 2103 Computer Applications In
Nutrition 3
HMN 2104 Food Composition And
Analysis 3
HMN 2105 Principles Of Food
Processing & Preservation 3
HMN 2106 Nutrition And Immunity 2
204
HMN 2107 Clinical Nutrition I 3
Total 21
YEAR 1I SEMESTER II
HMN 2201 Maternal And Early
Childhood Nutrition
4
HMN 2202 Principles Of Diet Therapy 3
HMN 2203 Food Preparationnd their
deficiencies
3
HMN 2204 Nutrition Through The Life
Cycle
3
HMN 2105 Research Methods And
Bioethics
3
Total 16
YEAR II RECESS TERM
HMN 2301 Nutrition Practice Ii 5
Total 5
YEAR IIISEMESTER I
Common Courses
HMN 3101 Nutrient-Drug Interactions 2
HMN 3102 Special Project 5
HMN 3103 Public Health Nutrition 4
HMN 3104 Cell And Molecular
Biology 3
HMN 3105 Clinical Nutrition II 4
Electives (At Least One)
EEE 3102
Introduction To
Communication & Ext
Methods
3
HMN 3106 Food Economics 3
HMN 3107 Food Service Systems
Management
3
Total 18
YEAR III SEMESTER II
Common Courses
COURSE
CODE Course Name CU
HMN 3201 Food, Nutrition And HIv/
AIDS
2
HMN 3202 Nutrition In Emergencies 3
FST 4203 Food And Nutrition
Security
3
HMN 3203 Nutraceuticals And
Nutrigenomics
4
HMN 3204 Management In Nutrition 3
HMN 3205 Nutrition Biochemistry 3
Total 18
Electives (At Least One)
HMN 3206 Nutrition Education And
Extension 3
HMN 3207 Nutrition And Sports 2
HMN 3208 geriatric Nutrition 2
FST 3201 Post-Harvest Technology 2
EEE 2204 Rural Sociology 3
18
GRADUATE PROGRAMMES
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA (ANIMAL PRODUCTION AND MARKETING (GAPM)
Course Code Course CU
ANS6105 Honey & Wax Production 3
ANS6108 Fish Production 3
ANS6103 Milk Production 3
ANS6106 Hatchable Eggs & Chicks
Production 3
ANS6102 Table Eggs Production 3
ANS6104 Farm Business Planning
Analysis & Control 3
ANS6107 Rabbit Meat Production 3
ANS6101 Poultry Meat Production 3
ANS6109 Pork Production 3
ANS6201 Beef & veal Production 3
Course Code Course CU
ANS6202 goat Meat & Nutrition and
Evaluation 3
ANS6203 Animal Products Marketing 3
ANS6204 Project Planning and Evaluation 3
ANS6205 Extension Communication &
gender Integration 3
ANS6206 Field Attachment 3
ANS6208 Animal by Products Utilization 3
ANS6207 Animal Waste Management &
Utilisation 3
ANS6209 Animal Power Utilisation 3
ANS6210 Milk Products 3
ANS6203 Animal Products Marketing 3
ANS6206 Field Attachment 3
ANS6202 goat Meat & Mutton
Production 3
ANS6204 Project Planning & Evaluation 3
ANS6208 Animal By Products Utilisation 3
205
MASTER OF AGRIBUSINESS MANAGEMENT (MABM)
Objectives
The primary objective of the programme is
to develop the management competencies
required by people in the field of Agriculture
to establish and support profitable agribusiness
in a competitive global business environment
At the end of the programme, participants will
have a commercial orientation and a sound
knowledge of the structure and technologies
of the agribusiness sector They should be able
to analyses agribusiness situations, formulate
strategies, implement plans and manage
strategic change
Programme Structure
The MABM degree is conducted by course
work, practical industrial training (internship)
and research work leading to writing of a
thesis
Course work consists of satisfactory
completion of a minimum of 11 core courses,
where each course is equivalent to 3 Credit
Units The general teaching techniques will
include lectures, seminars, case studies and
paper presentations
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
ABM7101 Business Economics 3
ABM7102 Decision Analysis For Business 3
ABM7103 Financial Management For
Agribusiness 3
ABM7104 Agribusiness Production
Management 3
ABM7105 Strategic Management For
Agribusiness 3
AgR8101 RESEARCH 3
Semester II
CRS 7101 Applied Statistics & Biometrics 3
AMB 7201 Agricultural Marketing
Management 3
ABM7202 Human Resource Management 3
ABM 7203 Agricultural Policy Analysis 3
ABM 7204 Management Information
System 3
ABM7205 Agribusiness Environmental
Analysis 3
ABM 7206 International Agricultural Trade 3
ABM 7207 Agricultural and Food Marketing 3
AEC 7201 Research Methodology 3
AEC7205 International Agricultural Trade 3
AEC 7210 Investment Project Analysis and
Planning 3
AgE7201 graduate Seminar 3
AgE7202 Agricultural Adminstration And
Management 3
ABM7204 Management Information
System 3
ABM7206 International Agricultural Trade 3
ABM7201 Agricultural Marketing
Management 3
ABM7203 Agricultural Policy Analysis 3
ABM7207 Agricultural And Food
Marketing 3
AEC7201 Research Methodology 3
AEC7210 Investment Project Analysis And
Planning 3
AgE7201 graduate Seminar 3
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS (MAEC)
Programme Structure
YEAR 1: Semester 1
Course Code Course CU
AEC7104 Advanced Farm Management 3
AEC7102 Advanced Macro-Economics 3
AEC7103 Qualitative Methods 3
AEC 7104 Advanced Farm Management 3
CRS7101 Applied Statistics & Biometrics 3
AEC7101 Advanced Micro-Economics 3
AEN7103 Project Management 3
Semester II
AEC 7201 Research Methodology 3
AEC 7202 Econometrics 3
AEC7203 Applied Agricultural Production
Economics 3
206
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING (MAEN)
Programme Structure
AEC7205 International Agricultural Trade 3
AgE7202 Agricultural Adminstration and
Management 3
AEC7204 Advanced Agricultural
Marketing 3
AEC7206 Agricultural Finance 3
AEC7207 Livestock Economics 3
AEC7208 Rural Development 3
AEC7209 Resource Economics 3
AEC7201 Research Methodology 3
AEC7202 Econometrics 3
AEC7206 Agricultural Finance 3
AEC7210 Investment Project Analysis and
Planning 3
AgE7201 graduate Seminar 3
AgR8101 Research 3
YEAR 1: SEMESTER 1
Course Code Course CU
AEN 7101 Linear Algebra For Applications 3
AEN 7102 Mathematical Methods in
Engineering 3
AEN7111 Instrumentation 3
AEN7120 Soil And Water Management 3
CRS7101 Applied Statistics & Biometrics 3
AEN7103 Project Management 3
AEN7110 Agricultural Machinery and
Implements 3
AEN7130 Advanced Processing
Engineering 3
AEN7140 Agricultural Waste Management 3
AgR8101 Research 30
Semester II
AEN7201 Bio-Engineering 3
AEN7209 Land Resources Use and
Management 3
AEN7210 Environment Engineering 3
AEN7231 Advanced Food Engineering 3
AgE7202 Agricultural Adminstration and
Management 3
AEN7201 Bio Engineering 3
AEN7202 Energconversion and Utilisation 3
AEN7220 Advanced Water Resource
Systems 3
AEN7240 Environment Engineering 3
AEN7241 Advanced Farm Structures 3
AEN7209 Land Resources Use and Mgt 3
AEN7210 Environment Engineering 3
AEN7211 Advanced Farm Structures 3
AEN7220 Advanced Water Resource
Systems 3
AEN7221 Land Resource Use And
Management 3
AEC7201 Research Methodology 3
AEN7230 Agricultural Materials Design &
Construction 3
AEN7231 Advanced Food Engineering 3
AEN7240 Environment Engineering 3
AEN7241 Advanced farm Structures 3
AgE7201 graduate Seminar 2
AgE7202 Agricultural Administration and
Management 3
AgE 7241 Agricultural Administration and
Management 3
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION AND EDUCATION (MAGE)
Programme Structure
The programme consists of course work and
research carried out for a period of not less
than 12 months and not more than 24 months
A minimum of 28 Course Units shall be
required for the degree programmes A course
unit is 1 contact hour per semester The course
work plan for the degree shall consist of
satisfactory completion of a minimum of 7
core courses and one common course as well as
any other from the elective courses depending
on the student’s field of research interest
In addition, courses which are considered
relevant and beneficial to the candidate may
be selected outside the Department
207
YEAR 1: Semester 1
Course Code Course CU
ANS7103 Applied Physiology 3
AgE7101 Rural Sociology and Community
Development 3
AgE7102 Agricultural Extension 3
AgE7103 Programme Development and
Evaluation 3
AgE7104 Admin & Management of
Agric Organisation 3
CRS7101 Applied Statistics & Biometrics 3
CRS7102 Agronomy/Crop Production 3
CRS7117 Biodiversity Conservation and
Development 3
CRS7119 Weed Management Systems 3
SOS7101 Soil Fertility And Management 3
AgR8101 Research 30
CFE7103 Dryland Agroforestry 4
Semester II
CRS7117 Biodiversity Conservation &
Dev’t 3
CRS7119 Weed Management Systems 3
AgE7201 graduate Seminar 3
ABM7201 Agricultural Marketing
Management 3
ABM7202 Human Resource Management 3
AgE7202 Agricultural Adminstration And
Management 3
AgE7203 Audio/ Visual Aids & Equipment
Operation 3
AgE7204 Adults Learning 3
AgE7205 Agricultural Communication
Strategies 3
AgE7206 Curriculum Development 3
AgE7207 Methods Of Teaching
Agriculture 3
AgE7208 Extension Alternatives for the
Tropics 3
AgE7209 Extension Evaluation 3
ABM7201 Agricultural Marketing
Management 3
AEC7208 Rural Development 3
AEC7201 Research Methodology 2
AEC7208 Rural Development 3
AEC7210 Investment Project Analysis and
Planning 3
AgE7201 graduate Seminar 3
AgE7203 Audio/Visual Aids & Equipment
Operation 3
AgE7205 Agricultural Communication
Strategies 3
AgE7209 Extension Evaluation 3
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ANIMAL SCIENCE (MANL)
Programme Structure
YEAR 1: Semester 1
Course Code Course CU
CRS7101 Applied Statistics & Biometrics 3
AgR8101 Research 30
ANS7101 Epidemiology, Biostatistics &
Research 3
ANS7102 Applied anatomy 3
ANS7103 Applied Physiology 3
ANS7104 Applied Pharmacology 3
Semester II
AgE7202 Agricultural Adminstration And
Management 3
AEC7207 Livestock Economics 3
ANS7201 Animal Resource Management
ANS7202 Molecular genetics 3
ANS7204 Rumenology 3
ANS7207 Range Plant Ecology &
Ecophysiology 3
ANS7205 Incubation & Hatchery
Management 3
ANS7206 Nutrition of Foraging Range
Animals 3
ANS7207 Range Plant Ecology and
Ecophysiology 3
AEC7201 Research Methodology 3
AgE7201 graduate Seminar 2
AgR8101 Research 3
208
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CROP SCIENCE (MCRP)
Programme Structure
The programme consists of course work and
research carried out for a period of not less
than 12 months and not more than 24 months
A minimum of 21 Course Units shall be
required for the degree programmes A Course
Unit is 1 contact hour per week semester
The course work plan for the degree shall be
satisfactory completion of a minimum of 6
courses (totalling 21 Course Units), three of
which are Core Courses and the rest Elective
Courses, depending on the candidate’s field of
research interest
In addition, courses may be selected outside
the Department which are considered relevant
and beneficial to the candidate
YEAR 1: Semester 1
Course Code Course CU
AEN7111 Instrumentation 3
CRS7101 Applied Statitics and Biometrics 3
CRS7102 Agronomy/Crop Production 3
CRS7104 Seed Science And Technology 3
CRS7106 Plant Breeding Principles 4
CRS7109 The Physiology and
Biochemistry of Plant Disease 3
CRS7112 Plant Ecology And Evolution 3
CRS7114 Advanced Plant Microbiology 3
CRS7118 Advanced Molecular Biology &
genetics 3
AgE7101 Rural Sociology and Community
Development 3
AgE7102 Agricultural Extension 3
AgE7103 Programme Development and
Evaluation 3
AgE7104 Admin & Management of
Agric Organisation 3
CRS7102 Agronomy/Crop Production 3
CRS7115 Princ Of Population &
Evolutionary Biology 3
CRS7119 Weed Management Systems 3
CRS7120 gene Transcription: Mechanisms
& genetics 3
SOS7101 Soil Fertility And Management 3
SOS7103 Soil Organic Matter 3
AEN7103 Project Management 3
AEN7110 Agricultural Machinery and
Implements 3
AgR8101 Research 3
CRS7105 Plant Tissue Culture 3
CRS7110 Agricultural Insect Taxonomy 3
CRS7111 Management of Horticulture
Crop Diseases 3
CRS7115 Princ Of Population and
Evolutionary Biology 3
CRS7116 Management of Post Harvest
Anthropod Pests 3
Semester II
AgE7201 graduate Seminar 3
AgE7202 Agricultural Adminstration and
Management 3
CRS7201 Plant Breeding Methods 3
CRS7210 Quantitative genetic Theory 3
CRS7212 Farming Systems 3
CRS7215 Agroforestry 3
CRS7217 Pesticide Application And
Toxicology 3
CRS7204 Eco-Physiology 3
CRS7209 Environment Impact Assessment 3
CRS7211 Advanced Plant Physiology 3
CRS7213 Bioinformatics 3
CRS7201 Plant Breeding Methods 3
CRS7202 Disease Management 3
CRS7207 Crop Pest Ecology 3
CRS7214 Biopolicy Biosafety And
Bioethics 3
AEC7201 Research Methodology 3
AgE7201 graduate Seminar 3
AgR8101 Research 3
CRS7203 Principles Of Pest Management 3
CRS7216 Adv In Molecular genetics &
Funct genomics 3
CRS7218 Management Of Post Harvest
Diseases 3
AEC7201 Research Methodology 30
209
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN SOIL SCIENCE (MSOL)
Programme Structure
The programme consists of course work and
research carried out for a period of not less
than 12 months and no more than 24 months
A Course Unit is 1 contact hour per week per
semester The Course Work plan of the degree
shall consist of satisfactory completion of a
minimum of 6 courses (totalling 21 Course
Units), four of which are core courses and two
Elective courses, depending on the candidate’s
field of research interest In addition, courses
may be selected outside the Department which
are considered relevant and beneficial to the
candidate
YEAR 1: Semester 1
Course Code Course CU
CFE7102 Agrofor Systems, Practices &
Technologies 3
AgE7102 Agricultural Extension 3
CRS7102 Agronomy/Crop Production 3
CRS7101 Soil Fertility and Management 3
CRS7103 Crop Physiology 3
SOS7101 Soil Fertility And Management 3
SOS7102 Soil Microbiology 3
SOS7103 Soil Organic Matter 3
SOS7104 Plant Nutrition 3
SOS7105 Municipal & Farm Organic
Wastes & Management 3
Semester II
AEC7203 Applied Agricultural Production
Economics 3
AEN7210 Environment Engineering 3
AgE7202 Agricultural Adminstration and
Management 3
SOS7202 Soil Chemistry 3
SOS7201 Soil Physics 3
SOS7203 Nutrient Recycling 3
SOS7204 Soil Degradation and
Conservation 3
SOS7205 Solil Survey and Land
Evaluation 3
AEC7201 Research Methodology 3
AEC7203 Applied Agricultural Production
Economics 3
AgE7201 graduate Seminar 2
AgR8101 Research 30
FOM7203 Environment Management 3
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN FOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY (MFST)
Programme Structure
The Course Work plan for the degree shall
consist of a satisfactory completion of a
minimum of 9 courses (totalling 27 Credit
Units), of which six Core Courses (18 CU)
are compulsory plus the graduate Seminar In
addition, at least three Courses will be Elective
Courses depending upon the candidate’s field
of research interest In order to graduate
candidates must accumulate at least 27 CU,
(taking a minimum of 15 Credit Units per
semester) in addition to an acceptable thesis
All course work with the exception of graduate
Seminar (CC 503) must be completed during
the first two semesters Year 2 is reserved
for Research and Thesis All Msc (FST)
candidates are required to attend Faculty of
Agriculture and Forestry seminars and other
scientific activities
YEAR 1: Semester 1
Course Code Course CU
FST7102 Advanced Food Microbiology &
Toxicology 3
FST7103 Advanced Human Nutrition 3
CRS7101 Applied Statistics & Biometrics 3
FST7101 Advanced Food Chemistry 3
AgR8101 Research 3
FST7104 Food Quality Assurance 3
FST7204 Food Structure & Rhenology 3
FST7205 Industrial Waste Management 3
FST7201 Food Quality Assurance 3
FST7202 Food Processing Engineering 3
FST7208 Food Sensory Testing &
Analysis 3
210
FST7211 Food Product Development 3
FST7203 Food And Nutrition Security for
Health & Deve 3
FST7206 Food Biotechnology 3
FST7207 Food Business Management 3
FST7208 Food Sensory Testing and
Analysis 3
FST7209 Technology of Products of
Animal Origin 3
FST7211 Food Product Development 3
AEC7201 Research Methodology 3
AgE7201 graduate Seminar 2
AgE7202 Agricultural Administration and
Mgt 3
AgR8101 Research 30
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN APPLIED HUMAN NUTRITION (MHUN)
Introduction
The Master of Science in Applied Human Nutrition
Programme seeks to address and alleviate
nutritional problems facing the population,
but particularly the vulnerable groups, through
nutritional education and training, relevant
research and applied nutrition programmes
both at national and community levels The
Programme which is based on the recognition
that there is a great need for the development
of research capability for the advancement of
the food and nutrition security seeks to meet
changing food needs of society and industry
in Uganda
Aims and Objectives
Overall Aim of the Programme
The overall aim of the programme is to develop
human resources with capacity to improve the
nutrition situation of the people in Uganda and
the region so as to meet challenges of poverty
alleviation, good health, improved livelihoods
and sustainable development
Specific Objectives
(i) To equip graduates of the programme
with advanced knowledge and skills in
all aspects of applied human nutrition
(ii) To enable graduates to develop proficiency in research in various disciplines
of nutrition and apply research principles
and methods to the examination of
current problems in nutrition
(iii) To provide an opportunity to scientists
of diverse backgrounds and medical
personnel to do Postgraduate research
in human nutrition
(iv) To produce a special cadre of nutrition
professionals capable of providing a
leadership role in nutrition, health and
development programmes at all levels;
District, National and Regional
(v) To produce graduates with adequate
knowledge and skills to integrate, analyse
and synthesize all the multidisciplinary
elements of nutrition and to
come up with sustainable approaches
for their solution
To produce professionals who are able to
advocate for nutrition with government, donor
and international agencies so as to put nutrition
on the National Development Agenda
Programme Structure
The Course Work plan shall consist of a
satisfactory completion of 14 courses (totaling
41 CU); of which 11 (a total of 32 CU) are Core
Courses including the graduate Seminar and
3 (a total of 9 CU) are Elective Courses The
MSc research dissertation is passed through
he evaluation of two Internal Examiners and
one External Examiner who are appointed by
the School Of graduate Studies on the advice
of the Faculty and Department
The graduate Seminars course (CC 603) is
common to all the Masters’ students in the
Faculty of Agriculture
YEAR 1: Semester 1
Course Code Course CU
AHN7103 Nutrition In Health And Disease 3
AHN7101 Applied Statistics & Research
Methods 3
AHN7102 Nutritional Biochemistry 3
AHN7104 Nutritional Epidemiology 3
CRS7101 Applied Statistics & Biometrics 3
AgR8101 Research 3
211
Semester II
AHN7101 Applied Statistics & Research
Methods 3
AHN7203 Community & Public Health
Nutrition 3
AHN7209 Nutrition Anthroplolgy 3
AHN7210 Nutrition In Emergencies 3
AEC7201 Research Methodology 3
AgE7201 graduate Seminar 2
AHN7201 Food Security and Human
Rights 3
AHN7206 Food Safety and Quality
Assurance 3
AgE7202 Agricultural Adminstration and
Management 3
AHN7204 Nutrition Education and
Advocacy 3
AHN7205 Food Chemistry & Food
Analysis 3
AHN7211 Nutrition And Infection 3
AHN7202 Food & Nutrition Policy,
Programme Planning & 2
AHN7207 Food Processing and
Preservation 3
AHN7208 Food & Nutrition Business
Management 3
MASTER OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN PLANT BREEDING AND SEED SYSTEMS
Objectives
Based on the desired profile of the graduate,
the specific objectives of the programme are:
(i) To give graduates an opportunity to
broaden their knowledge in plant breeding
and seed systems by equipping them
with an understanding of the concept
and principles of genetics, plant breeding
and agricultural biotechnology
(ii) To link plant breeding efforts to seed
systems so as to enhance farmer
access to improved seed and develop
entrepreneurial capacity for managing a
seed industry
(iii) To promote professional development
of graduates in agriculture by providing
the students with an understanding and
hands-on experience of the different
disciplines within the realm of plant
breeding, biotechnology and seed
industry
(iv) To develop agri-business skills and
other social skills among the graduates
On completion of this programme, graduates
will be able to:
(i)
Use different scientific disciplines
related to plant breeding, biotechnology
and seed systems to produce new
varieties and address value-chain
needs;
(ii) Discuss and provide policy guidance
such as on seed industry and
applications of molecular biology and
biotechnological methods used by
agricultural researchers;
(iii) Design and run breeding programmes;
(iv) Manage seed enterprises; and,
(v) Work in multi-actor platforms (from
production to marketing)
Type of Programme
The Master of Science degree in Plant Breeding
and Seed Systems shall be constituted by
course work and research leading to writing a
thesis and will be implemented for two years
covering a total of four semesters
Duration of the Programme
The minimum duration shall be 18 months
and the maximum shall be 3 years
Guidelines for research areas
(i) Should address national and/or regional
priorities identified by especially Association
for Strengthening Agricultural
Research in East and Central Africa
(ASARECA) and Southern Africa Development
Community (SADC);
(ii) Should support effective development
of human resources for country and regional
needs;
(iii) The programme should as much as possible
cover the “orphan crops”, forages
and tree species that are not receiving
much support through regional or global
research efforts
212
Structure of the programme
(i) The course work plan for the degree
shall consist of satisfactory completion
of a minimum of 12 courses (totalling
30 Credit Units) of which eight core
courses (20 Credit Units) are compulsory
and a minimum of four (10 Credit
Units) courses chosen from the list of
elective courses and others depending
on the candidate’s field of research interest
(ii) Courses considered relevant and beneficial
to the candidate may be selected
outside the Department as electives
(iii) All course work with the exception of
graduate Seminar and Research Implementation
Skills must be completed
during the first two semesters Year 2
is reserved for research and thesis writing
(iv) All Students will be required to attend
Faculty of Agriculture seminars and
scientific activities
Core Courses CU
Year 1: Semester I
CRS 8101 Applied Agricultural Statistics
and Biometry 3
CRS 8102 Principles of Cultivar
Development 3
CRS 8103 Plant Cell and Tissue Culture 3
CRS 8104 Practical Plant Breeding
Methods 2
Electives 5
Total Required CU 15
Electives
CRS 8105 Utilization of Plant genetic
Resources 2
CRS 8106 Plant Ecology and Evolution 2
CRS 8107 Principles of Population &
Evolutionary Biology 3
ABM 8101 Agribusiness Management 3
CRS 8108 Social Research Methods 3
CRS 8109 Crop Agronomy and
Physiology 2
Year I: Semester II
Core courses
AgE 8201 graduate Seminars and
Research Implementation Skills 2
CRS 8201 Quantitative and Biometrical
genetics 3
CRS 8202 Bio-policy, Bio-safety and
Bioethics 2
CRS 8203 Seed Science and Seed Systems 3
Electives 5
Total required CU 15
Electives
ABM 8201 Agricultural Marketing and
Management 2
CRS 8204 Crop Pest Ecology and
Management 3
CRS 8205 Disease Management and
Epidemiology 3
CRS 8206 Environnemental Impact
Assessment 2
ABM 8202 Programme Planning and
Management 2
Year 2: Semester I
CRS 7218 Dissertation (Research) 3
Semester II
CRS 7218 Dissertation (Submission and
Defence) 7
Total Credit units 40
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PLANT BREEDING AND BIOTECHNOLOGY)
Type of programme
The programme shall be implemented
following the Plan A structure with course
work and research leading to writing a thesis
and will be implemented for 3-4 years covering
a total of 6-8 semesters
Duration of the programme
The minimum duration shall be 36 months
and the maximum shall be 7 years
Admission of Students
The general requirements for admission to
Makerere University and specifically the
Faculty of Agriculture will apply Applicants
for admission to the PhD (Breeding and
Biotechnology) degree programme must meet
the following criteria;
(i) Candidates must satisfy all minimum
requirements for admission into a PhD
programme in Makerere University
including holding a relevant MSc degree
in plant sciences;
213
(ii) Candidates should not be more than 35
years old although special cases may be
considered;
(iii) Candidates to this programme should be
able to serve target end-user institutions
during and upon completion of the
course;
Programme Purpose
The purpose of the PhD (Breeding and
Biotechnology) programme is to produce
scientists who meet the human resource needs
of the public and private sector through crop
improvement and related disciplines They
will provide training as well as lead scientific
development agenda of their countries This
purpose will be fulfilled through research and
educational programmes that link advances in
fundamental and applied biological sciences
Structure of the programme
The programme will operate through a regional
network of the 12 member Universities1, with
Makerere University taking leadership in the
implementation Thus, Makerere University
will provide the training facilities and host
the academic programme The RUFORUM
Secretariat will provide oversight and broker
links with strategic partners with unique
contribution to the programme Additionally,
the RUFORUM Secretariat will broker
additional partnerships for the programme
and will perform roles of advocacy, resource
mobilization and coordination at regional
level
Specific Objectives
The programme will strive for excellence by:
(i) Responding to problems and future
needs in agriculture and society with research
and education programmes that
improve life and preserve environmental
quality
(ii) Implementing dynamic and relevant
research and academic programmes
founded in scientific advances and responsive
to the needs of students and
farming communities by garnering
adequate resources to implement programmes
that serve the people of subSaharan Africa
(iii) To give graduates an opportunity to
broaden and deepen their knowledge
in Plant Breeding and Biotechnology
that will permit them to effectively
and efficiency engage in science led
agricultural development
(vi) To produce high calibre scientists who
will lead training and research, and
provide leadership by providing the
students with an understanding and
hands-on experience of the different
disciplines within the realm of plant
breeding and biotechnology, research
management and broader development
issues
(vii) To strategically invest in the building of
a strong national-regional-global consortium
to support and develop (where
non existent) PhD training programmes
built on shared and rationalized regional
resources for a strong agricultural science
and innovative base within East,
Central and Southern Africa
Programme Structure
List of Courses and Credit Hours
Core Courses CU
CRS 9101 Applied Plant Breeding 2
CRS 9102 Advanced Molecular Biology
and genetics 2
CRS 9103 Applied Agricultural Statistics
and Research Methods 3
CRS 9104 Advanced Plant Breeding 3
Electives 6
Total Required CU 16
Electives
CRS 9105 Agronomy and Crop Physiology 2
CRS 9106 Molecular Plant Microbe
Interactions 3
CRS 9107 Sustainable Seed Systems 3
AgE 9101 Personal Development and Social
Skills 2
Year I: Semester II Core courses
ABM 7201 Agricultural and Food Marketing 2
214
ABM 8202 Programme Planning and
Management 2
CRS 9201 Applied Molecular Biology and
In vitro Techniques 2
CRS 9202 Quantitative genetics 2
Electives
Total required CU 14
Electives
CRS 9203 Bioinformatics and Functional
genomics 2
CRS 9204 Advanced Insect Pest
Management Systems 2
CRS 9205 Disease Management and Crop
Loss Assessment 2
SOS 9201 Soil-Plant-Atmosphere Relations 2
Year 2 to 3:
CRS 9207 Dissertation (Submission and
Defence) 10
Total Credit Units 40
REGULATIONS FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN THE FACULTY
OF AGRICULTURE
1 Before presenting themselves for the
degree of Doctor of Philosophy in
the Faculty of Agriculture, candidate
must:(a) Have taken the degree of Master
of science in Agriculture or Master
of Arts of any of the Universities
of East Africa not less than two
years previously
(b) Have taken the degree of Bachelor
of Science in Agriculture or
Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of
veterinary Science of any of the
Universities of East Africa not
less than three years previously,
and whom the Senate has specially
exempted from the Master’s
examination;*
(c) Be a graduate of any other
recognized university who has
been admitted to the status of
Master of Science (Agric ) in
the University, and who has held
the qualification by virtue of
which such admission has been
granted for not less than two
years, alternatively he/she must
have been admitted to the status
of Bachelor of Science (Agric )
in the University and has held the
qualification by virtue of which
such admission has been specially
exempted by the Senate from the
Master’s examination *
(d) Be eligible to upgrade Master of
Science Registration to Doctor
of Philosophy In cases where a
candidate wishes to upgrade his
registration from Msc to PhD;
an application should be sent to
the Senate via the Faculty Board
and Higher Degrees Committee
Such an application must be
accompanied by a brief supporting
statement from the supervisor and
must be made (a) not less than 12
months after the effective date of
registration and (b) not less than
12 months before the candidate
wishes to submit the Ph D thesis
The above are University requirements for
upgrading In addition, the Faculty Board
of Post-graduate Studies can recommend
upgrading only if:
(i) The candidate satisfies internal
examiners appointed by the Board, in
subjects specified by the Board, that
his knowledge and understanding in the
field of his studies and related fields are
at a level commensurate with the Ph D
(ii) The original outline of research, or an
amended version of such an outline,
lends itself to Ph D level research
2 A candidate for the degree shall be
required to pursue at the University or
at some other place approved by the
Senate for the purpose, an approved
215
course of special study or research on
some subject connected with the fields
of Agriculture or Agricultural Sciences
3
Candidates who spend the major part
of their study period away from the
University will be expected to maintain
a close connection with the Faculty
of Agriculture which has provided or
appointed the supervisor
4
The candidate shall also be subject to
such supplementary regulations as may
from time to time be determined by the
Board of the Faculty of Agriculture and
approved by the Academic Board
1 The following shall be eligible for
the degree of Doctor of Science in
Agriculture:
(a) Any Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor
of Science or Bachelor of Science
in Agriculture or Bachelor
of veterinary Science of the
University of not less than six
years’ standing;
(b) Any graduate of another
recognized university who has
been admitted to the status of
Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of
Science, or Bachelor of Science
in Agriculture in the University
and who has held the qualification
by virtue of which such admission
has been granted for not less than
six years
REGULATIONS FOR THE DEGREE OF DOCTOR OF SCIENCE IN AGRICULTURE
2 A candidate for the degree shall be
required to submit for approval of the
Senate outstanding published work
on some subject or subjects connected
with the agricultural sciences, and
falling within the scope of the studies
represented in the University
3 No publications shall be accepted which
are not works of distinction in their
field and which do not make important
contributions to learning
4 Every submission for the degree must
be accompanied by a declaration on
the part of the candidate satisfactory
to the Senate, stating that it has not
been offered for a degree in any other
University
MAKERERE UNIVERSITY AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE KABANYOLO
(MUARIK))
The Institute is situated 17 km North of
kampala Access to the Institute is along
gayaza road
The objectives of MUARIk are:
(a) To provide the necessary facilities for
practical teaching and demonstration for
students in the Faculty of Agriculture
(b) To provide facilities for research
projects
(c) To provide data on types of small and
large scale farming in the “fertile Lake
victoria crescent” as well as basic
husbandry information which might be
applicable in the East African region
(d) To evolve an integrated farming system
which can also afford opportunities for
teaching aspects of farm management
(e) To create a focal point of contact
with farmers, field officers, teachers,
scientists and others connected with the
agricultural industry in East Africa and
elsewhere
The Institute also benefits from being close
to other institutions It is adjacent to gayaza
High School for girls, teaching agriculture
and nutritional science with its own farm
Six kilometres away lie Namulonge Research
Station and the headquarters of the Special
Development Section of the Ministry of
Agriculture, at Namalere are situated nearby
216
kabanyolo is a mixed farm with some
specialized areas such as floriculture and
horticulture being vigorously pursued The
Institute is divided roughly into three rotation
areas: (1) kyetume ridge on the Eastern
boundary, mainly a continuous arable rotation
area with three small holdings Agro-forestry
and soil conservation experiments are on
the steeper vast slope of the ridge The
valley between kyetume and kabanyolo
has been reclaimed and is being developed
as an intensively farmed horticultural and
floricultural area; (2) Eastern slope of
kabanyolo ridge is the arable-ley rotation
area; (3) The Western slope of kabanyolo
ridge below the public road is mainly long
term pasture grass area The swamp below
it is being reclaimed for paddy rice and other
crops suitable for surface irrigation
The top of kabanyolo ridge largely built up
with administrative and residential houses,
lecture rooms and laboratories Livestock
buildings are found at the Northern end of this
ridge
217
THE FACULTY OF ARTS
Introduction
The mission of the Faculty of Arts is to create
and transmit ideas, knowledge, virtues and
values to the students with a view to preparing
them to be leaders and workers for the country
in particular and the world at large
Aware of the global challenges, the Faculty of
Arts has designed new strategies to provide its
students with more favorable and marketable
programmes and courses Professional
programmes and new subject combinations
were introduced at the undergraduate level
beginning with the 2002/2003 academic year
The programs provide specific knowledge,
skills and attribute that graduates gain from
their respective areas of study The choice of
subject combinations entirely depends on one’s
interests, strengths and career aspirations
The Faculty of Arts comprises the departments
of:
geography
History
Literature
Mass Communication
Music, Dance and Drama
Philosophy
Religious Studies
Institute of Languages
The Faculty offers the following programmes:
1 Diploma in Translation and Interpretation
2 Diploma in Music Dance and Drama
3 Diploma in Theology
4 The Bachelor of Arts in Arts
5 The Bachelor of Arts in Environment
6 The Bachelor of Tourism
7 The Bachelor of Urban Planning
8 The Bachelor of Development Studies
9 The Bachelor of Mass Communication
10 The Bachelor of Secretarial Studies
11 The Bachelor of Arts in Music
12 The Bachelor of Arts in Dance
13 The Bachelor of Arts in Drama
The Bachelor of Divinity
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
14 The Bachelor of Arts in Social and
Philosophical Studies
15 The Bachelor of Public Relations and
Advertising
16 Postgraduate Diploma in Meteorology
17 Postgraduate Diploma in Translation and
Interpretation Studies
18 Master of Arts in geography
19 Master of Arts in Land Use and Regional
Development (MA LURD)
20 Master of Arts in History
21 Master of Arts in Literature
22 Master of Arts in Languages
23 Master of Arts in Ethics and Public
Management
24 Master of Arts in Human Rights
25 Master of Arts in Philosophy
26 Master of Arts in Music Dance & Drama
27 Master of Arts in Religious Studies
28 Doctor of Philosophy Degrees
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
DIPLOMA PROGRAMMES
As specified in the introduction, the Faculty of
Arts offers ordinary Diplomas whose details
are given under the various Departments
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ARTS (BARS)
This has been one of the longest standing
programmes in the Faculty From the
following list of subjects, students can opt for
any of the given combinations for the award of
the Bachelor of Arts
The Bachelor of Arts (B A) Degree Programme
is offered in both the Faculties of Arts and
Social Sciences A candidate admitted to B A
may take combination of subjects from any of
or both of the Faculties
Subjects Abbreviation
English Language Studies ELS
geography
g
Linguistics
LIN
Philosophy PH
Tourism
TOU
218
Environmental Management ENv
Dance
DNC
Economics
EC
Political Science PS
gender and Development gAD
History
H
Religious Studies
RS
Social Anthropology SAN
Communication Skills CSk
Organisational Studies OgS
Drama
DRA
Music
MUS
African Languages
ALg
Foreign Languages FLg
ALG:African Languages: Lwo, Runyakitara,
Luganda, kiswahili for both Beginners
and Advanced
FLG: Foreign Languages: French, german,
and Arabic, for both Advanced and
Beginners in all three Languages
SUBJECT COMBINATIONS FOR B A
(ARTS)
(a) Two Arts subjects and one Social
Science
CODE COMBINATION
037 FLg EC TOU
038 DRA PH PS
039 RS LIT gAD
040 H RS gAD
041 DRA ALg gAD
042 H g EC
043 LIT PS CSk
044 H EC TOU
045 LIT FLg gAD
046 RS PH EC
047 LIT ALg gAD
048 ELS CSk SO
049 LIN ALg SO
b) Pure Arts Subject Combinations
CODE COMBINATION
050 H RS PH
051 ELS LIT DRA
052 S H OgS
053 LIT CSk LIN
054 DRA LIT CSk
055 LIT LIN ELS
056 ALg OgS CSk
057 ALg LIT DRA
058 OgS LIN DRA
059 H g TOU
060 LIT RS SAN
061 PH OgS ALg
062 OgS SAN FLg
063 FLg CSk TOU
064 LIT FLg CSk
065 LIN CSk ALg
066 FLg/A FLg/B CSk
067 DNC CSk DRA
068 MUS ALg CSk
069 OgS PH ELS
070 RS ALg SAN
071 DNC TOU ALg
072 MUS FLg CSk
073 RS g SAN
074 LIN LIT SAN
075 DNC FLg SAN
076 H g ALg
077 g RS ALg
078 FLg PH SAN
079 FLg OgS CSk
080 DNC DRA SAN
081 DNC MUS ALg
082 SAN MUS ALg
083 ELS CSk OgS
084 H RS FLg
219
PROGRAMMES BY DEPARTMENT
DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY
GEOGRAPHY COURSES
Year I (All Courses in the First Year are Core)
Semester 1
Course Code Course CU
gEO 1101 The Earth’s Physical
Environment 3
gEO 1102 Human geography 3
gEO 1103 Introductory Economics 4
gEO 1104 Human geography of East Africa 3
Semester II
gEO 1201 Practical geography 3
gEO 1202 Development geography of East
Africa 3
Year II: Semester I
gEO 2101 geomorphology 3
gEO 2102 Human geography 3
gEO 2103 Population geography 3
gEO 2104 geography of Africa 3
gEO 2105 Soil geography 3
gEO 2106 Air Photo Interpretation and
Remote Sensing 3
gEO 2107 Photo geology and Basic
Chemistry 3
gEO 2108 Introduction to Computer on
geography 3
gEO 2109 Elements of Pedology 3
gEO 2110 Principles of Remote Sensing 3
gEO 2111 Quantitative geography 3
gEO 2112 Agriculture and Development 3
ENv 2102 Environmental Economics 3
Year II: Semester II
gEO 2201 Climatology
gEO 2204 Biogeography 3
gEO 2205 Principles of Resource
Development and Conservation 3
gEO 2209 Economic geography 3
gEO 2210 Principles of geographical
Information Systems 3
gEO 2211 Arid and Semi Arid Land
Management 3
gEO 2212 Settlement geography 3
gEO 2213 Development geography of
Africa 3
RMH Research Methods 3
Year III: Semester I
gEO 3101 Development of Modern
geography 3
gEO 3102 Rural Settlements and Land Use 3
gEO 3103 Advanced Biogeography 3
gEO 3104 Advanced Climatology 3
gEO 3106 Demography 3
gEO 3108 Political geography 3
Semester II
gEO 3201 Systematic geography of
Uganda 3
gEO 3202 Urban geography 3
gEO 3203 Transport geography 3
gEO 3204 Advanced geomorphology 3
gEO 3207 Tourism and Recreation
Resource Management 3
gEO 3208 Dissertation (Research Project) 3
NOTE: geography Majors take 2 cores and
2 electives plus 2 courses from a Minor
subject during the Second Year while
geography Minors take 1 core and 1
elective per Semester
220
BACHELOR OF ARTS ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
ENv 1204 Principles of Soil Science 4
ENv 1205 Environmental Ethics and
Philosophy 4
ENv 1206 Introductory Economics 4
Year II (Students offer two core courses
and two electives from Environmental
Management and two core courses from the
minor subject per semester)
Semester 1 (Core Courses)
Course Code Course CU
ENv 2101 Environmental Law and Policy 4
ENv 2102 Environmental Economics 4
ENv 2103 Conservation and Sustainable
Development 4
ENv 2104 Demography 4
ENv 2105 Urbanization and the
Environment 4
ENv 2106 Introduction to Comp Skills
(Practical) 4
ENv 2106 Introduction to Comp Skills
(Theory) 4
ENv 2107 Quantitative Techniques in
Environmental Management 4
ENv 2109 Principles of Environmental
Education 4
Elective Courses
ENv 2106 Introduction to Comp Skills 4
ENv 2110 gender and Environment 4
ENv 2111 Soil Conservation and
Management 4
gEO 2110 Principles of Remote Sensing 4
Semester II: Core Courses
RMH 2201 Research Methods 4
ENv 2207 Environmental Impact
Assessment and Standards 4
ENv 2208 Conflict Management in Natural
Resource Use 4
ENv 2209 Waste Management 4
Electives Courses
ENv 2203 Environmental Remote Sensing
and Assessment 4
ENv 2211 Energy Use and Conservation
ENv 2213 Principles of geographical
Information Systems (gIS) 4
ENv 2214 Basic Accounting 4
4
Objectives
The main objective of this course is to arouse
learners’ awareness about the environment i e
to develop an understanding and concern for
it; to equip them with skills to take appropriate
actions to manage our environment for
sustainable development and to pass on the
acquired knowledge and skills to others
Programme Structure
Curriculum
The curriculum for the course shall extend
over three academic years In the first
year, Environmental Management shall be
combined with any two of the subjects offered
in the University In the second and third
years the student will major in Environmental
Management and take one of the first year
subjects as a minor Students are expected
to participate in the compulsory field courses
and write field reports
Every student studies six core courses from
three different subjects in each semester
of first year During the second and third
years, students study two core courses and
two elective courses from Environmental
Management and two core courses from the
minor subject, per semester
Year 1: Semester 1 (All courses are core)
Course Code Course CU
ENv 1101 The East African Environment 4
ENv 1102 Principles of Ecology 4
ENv 1103 Environmental geomorphology 4
ENv 1104 Climatology 4
ENv 1105 Environmental Chemistry 5
CSk 1101 Communication Skills 4
Semester II
ENv 1201 Principles of Natural Resource
Management 4
ENv 1202 Population and Environment 4
ENv 1203 Environmental and Community
Health 4
221
Year III (Students offer two core courses and
two electives from Environmental Management
and two core courses from the minor subject per
semester)
Semester I (Core Courses)
Course Code Course CU
ENv 3101 Quantitative Skills 4
ENv 3102 Forest Economics 4
ENv 3103 Agriculture, Land Use and
Management
4
ENv 3104 Soil Management 4
ENv 3105 Arid and Semi-arid Land
Management
4
Electives
ENv 3102 Forestry Economics 4
ENv 3103 Agriculture Land Use &
Environment
4
ENv 3104 Soil Management 5
ENv 3105 Arid and Semi-Arid Land
Management 4
Semester II (Core Courses)
ENv 3201 Regional Environmental
Development and Planning 4
ENv 3202 Industrial and Environment 4
ENv 3204 Environmental Population and
Control 4
gEO 3207 Tourism, Recreation and
Environment Management 4
gEO 3208 Research Project (Dissertation) 4
Total Year Three minimum CU from
Environment = 32
Minimum Environmental Management CU
required for the award of Bachelor of Arts
with Environment = 66
BACHELOR OF TOURISM
Programme structure
Curriculum
The duration of the course shall extend over
three academic years leading to the award of
Bachelor of Arts In the first year of study
students take three subjects including Tourism
During the second and third years, Tourism
(major) is combined with any of the subjects
(minor) existing in the University While all
the first year courses are compulsory, electives
are taken both in the second and third years
During the vacation at the end of the second
year, students will spend at least three weeks
participating in a field course (the field report
will constitute the course work and the final
project dissertation will constitute the rest
of the paper) and research away from the
University
Year 1: Semester 1
Course Code Course CU
CSk 1101 Communication Skills 4
TOU 1101 Introduction to Tourism and
Tourism Operations 4
TOU 1102 East African Environment and
Tourism Product Development 4
TOU 1103 East African Wildlife Ecology I 4
gEO 1103 Introductory Economics
Semester II
TOU 1201 Tourism Business Operations 4
TOU 1202 Introduction to Quantitative
Skills 4
TOU 1203 Map and Photographic
Interpretation 4
TOU 1204 East African Wildlife Ecology II 4
TOU 1205 Foreign Language 1 (Swahili,
French, german etc) 4
TOU 1208 Natural History of East African
Flora and Founa 4
TOU 1209 Zoology for Tourism 4
gEO 1203 Basic Accounting 4
Year II: Semester I
TOU 2101 Public Relations 4
TOU 2104 Development Concepts and
Applications
4
TOU 2107 Eco-Tourism 4
TOU 2109 Tourism Hospitality Services and
Management 4
TOU 2110 Principles of Tourism Resource
Management 4
TOU 2111 Foreign Language II 4
TOU 2112 Introduction to Computers 4
TOU 2113 Acquatic Tourism 4
TOU 2114 Tourism Organization
Management 4
222
Semester II
RMH 2201 Research Methods 4
TOU 2203 Computer Applications in
Tourism 4
TOU 2204 Tourism Analysis 4
TOU 2208 Tourism Professional Ethics 4
TOU 2209 Culture Tourism 4
TOU 2210 Protected and Conservation
Areas Management 4
TOU 2211 Human Resource Management 4
Year III: Semester I
TOU 3101 Tourism Economics and Policy 4
TOU 3102 Tourism Planning and
Development in East Africa 4
TOU 3103 Tourism Marketing Systems 4
TOU 3106 Public Policy and Administration 4
TOU 3107 Advanced Language Studies 4
TOU 3108 Recreation Facilities
Management 4
TOU 3109 Operation Systems Management 4
TOU 3110 Interior Design and Decorations 4
Semester II
TOU 3201 Introduction to Computer Use in
Tourism 4
TOU 3202 Tourism Communication and
Technology 4
TOU 3203 Personnel Management and
Organization 4
TOU 3204 Project Planning and
Management 4
TOU 3206 Tourism Operation Management 4
TOU 3211 International Relations 2
gEO 3208 Dissertation (Research Project)
NOTE: Students will take six core courses
three in each semester including
participating in a supervised field
attachment and a written report is
expected from the place of attachment
The supervision reports will constitute
the course work and the final report, the
rest of the paper They are also expected
to complete the write-up of their project
Students also take two core courses from
the minor subjectSW per semester)
BACHELOR OF URBAN PLANNING
(BUP)
Objectives
(i) The main objective of the course is
National Capacity building by providing
Professional planners for our expanding
and changing Urban areas
(ii) Strengthening our urban local authorities
with staff who can handle issues of
the growing towns and are capable of
forecasting future development demands
and problems
(iii) Introducing a professional component
in the regular Arts subjects so that our
graduates become more competitive in
the job market
(iv) Offering an opportunity to practicing
urban planners who are holders of
Certificates and Diplomas to acquire
the necessary skills to improve on their
performance
Programme Structure
Curriculum
The curriculum for the Bachelor of Urban
Planning degree programme shall extend over
three academic years In the first year of study,
all courses are core During the second and
third year, students will take three core courses
and two electives per semester During the
vacation at the end of second year, students
will spend at least three weeks participating
in a field course and research away from the
University (the field report will constitute the
course work and the final project dissertation
will constitute the rest of the paper)
Year 1: Semester 1
Course Code Course CU
URP 1101 Introduction to Physical Planning 4
URP 1102 Historical Dev of Urban
Planning 4
URP 1103 Analysis of Topographic Maps 4
URP 1104 Introduction to Regional
Planning 4
CSk 1103 Communication Skills 4
223
gEO 1104 Introductory Economics 4
Semester II
URP 1201 Planning Philosophy and Theory 4
URP 1202 Urban Analysis Techniques 4
URP 1203 Community Health 4
URP 1204 Urbanization and the
Environment 4
URP 1205 Sociology of Physical Planning 4
URP 1206 Introduction to Computer
Applications 4
URP 1207 Soil Science
Year II: Semester I (Core Courses)
URP 2101 Planning Law
URP 2103 Urban governance and
Management 4
URP 2108 Quantitative Techniques in
Physical Planning 4
URP 2109 Traffic and Transportation
Planning 4
URP 2110 gender and vulnerable groups
Issues in Physical Planning 4
URP 2111 Human Settlements Analysis
URP 2112 Project Planning and
Management
URP 2113 Economics of Physical Planning
Electives Courses
URP 2111 Human Settlements Analysis 4
URP 2112 Project Planning and
Management 4
Semester II
Course Code Course CU
RHM 2201 Research Methods 4
URP 2201 Urban Design Theory 4
URP 2205 Inner City Development
URP 2206 Building Science
URP 2207 Planning for Industrial
Development
URP 2208 Interpretation of Image Data 5
URP 2209 Physical Planning Studio 4
gEO 2210 Principles of geographical
Information Systems (gIS) 4
Electives
URP 2205 Inner City Development 4
URP 2206 Building Science 4
URP 2207 Planning for Industrial
Development 4
Year III Semester I Core Courses
URP 3101 Basic Surveying 4
URP 3102 Urban Housing 4
URP 3103 Traffic and Transport Planning 4
URP 3204 Air Photo Interpretation 4
Electives
URP 3105 Computer Aided Planning and
Design 4
URP 3207 gender and Urban Development 4
Semester II Core Courses
URP 3201 Urbanization and the
Environment 4
URP 3202 Planning Practice and Ethics 4
URP 3203 Planning for vulnerable groups 4
URP 3204 Urbanization and Pollution
Control
URP 3205 Environmental Planning and
Management
URP 3206 Politics of Planning
URP 3207 Planning for Industrial
Development
gEO 3208 Research Project (Dissertation) 4
Electives
URP 3204 Urbanization and Pollution
Control 4
URP 3205 Environmental Planning and
Management 4
URP 3206 Politics of Planning 4
URP 3207 Planning for Industrial
Development 4
Total CU for Year Three from Urban Planning = 44
224
INSTITUTE OF LANGUAGES
Semester II (Core Courses)
TINT 120 Advanced Language Studies II 4
TINT 121 Translation & Interpretation
Techniques II 4
TINT 122 Current Issues I 4
TINT 123 Cross-Cultural Studies II 4
Elective Courses
TINT 124 Introduction to Another
Language II 4
TINT 125 Communication Skills II 4
Year II: Semester I (Students take 4 core
courses and 1 elective per semester)
TINT 200 Advanced Language Studies II 4
TINT 201 Acquisition of Terminology I 4
TINT 202 Language analysis II 4
TINT 203 Translation & Interpretation
Techniques III 4
Elective Courses
TINT 204 Introduction to Another
Language III 4
TINT 205 Communication Skills III 4
TINT 206 Cross-Cultural Studies III 4
Semester II (Core Courses)
TINT 220 Advanced Language Studies Iv 4
TINT 221 Introduction to Computer
Science 4
TINT 222 Current Issues II 4
TINT 223 Translation and Interpretation
Project 4
Elective Courses
TINT 224 Administrative Management 4
TINT 225 Introduction to Another
Language Iv 4
TINT 226 Cross-Cultural Studies 4
Introduction
The Institute of Languages dates back to the
late 1950s when French was introduced as a
degree course In the 1960s german followed
and in 1968 the study of indigenous languages
of Uganda was embarked on through research
The Institute now offers a number of African
Language Studies
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
DIPLOMA IN TRANSLATION AND
INTERPRETATION STUDIES
Objectives
The training of the middle level translators in
the various Ugandan Languages of different
categories of works mentioned below:
a)
Novels from one Ugandan language to
another
b) Folk-tales, proverbs, folk-songs, riddles,
poems, from one Ugandan language to
another
Programme Structure
Semester I Core Courses
Course Code Course CU
TINT 100 Advanced Language Studies I 4
TINT 101 Language Analysis I 4
TINT 102 Translation and Interpretation
Techniques I 4
TINT 103 Cross-Cultural Studies I 4
Elective Courses
TINT 104 Communication Skills I 4
TINT 105 Introduction to Another
Language I 4
225
ARABIC LANGUAGE FOR BEGINNERS (ARB)
SEMESTER II
ARB 2201 Intermediate Arabic in daily use:
grammar and Orthography II
ARB 2202 Arab Civilisation and Culture II
YEAR III: SEMESTER I
ARB 3101
Enhanced Arabic Language
Skills (grammar, Speech and
Composition ) I
ARB 3102 Enhanced Arabic Sound
Structure and Speech
Semester II
ARB 3201
Enhanced Arabic Language
Skills (grammer), Speech and
Composition) II
ARB 3202 Basic Secretarial and Computer
Skills in Arabic
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
ARB 1101 Elementary Arabic in Daily Use:
grammar and Orthography I
ARB1102 Introduction to Arabic Sound
Structure and Speech
Semester II
ARB 1201 Elementary Arabic in daily use:
grammer and Orthography II
ARB 1202 Introduction to Arab World
Civilization and Culture
Year II: Semester I
ARB 2101 Intermediate Arabic in daily use:
grammar and Orthography I
ARB 2102 Arab Civilization and Culture I
ENGLISH LANGUAGE STUDIES (ELS)
Year I: Semester 1 (All Courses in the First
Year are Core)
Course Code Course CU
ELS 1101 Introduction to the Study of
English 3
ELS 1102 The Receptive Skills of
Communication 4
ELS 1103 Language in Society 3
Semester II
ELS 1204 Introduction to English
Language Analysis 5
ELS 1205 The Productive Skills of
Communication 5
ELS 1206 Language and gender Issues 3
Year II
ELS Majors take 2 core and 2 electives plus
2 courses from a Minor subject taken during
first year while ELS Minors take 1 core and 1
elective per Semester
Semester 1 (Core Courses)
Course Code Course CU
ELS 2107 Elements of English Phonetics
and Phonology 3
ELS 2108 Conversation Analysis in English 3
Elective Courses
ELS 2109 English in Use 3
ELS 2110 Language Acquisition 3
ELS 2111 Functional varieties of English 3
ELS 2112 The Theory and Practice of
Intercultural Translation 3
ELS 2108 Conversation Analysis in English 3
Semester II
ELS 2213 The Theory and Analysis of
English Words 3
ELS 2214 The Structure of the English
Sentence II 3
Elective Courses
ELS 2215 An Analysis of English Sentence 3
ELS 2216 English in Contact and Conflict 3
ELS 2217 English in the Context of
Schooling 3
ELS 2218 English and Multicultural
Diversity 4
Year III
ELS Majors take 2 core and 2 electives plus
2 courses from a Minor subject during the
Second Year while ELS Minors take 1 core
and 1 elective per Semester
226
Year III: Semester I (Core Courses)
Course Code Course CU
ELS 3119 Research Methods 3
ELS 3120 English for Specific Purposes 3
Elective Courses
ELS 3121 Writing for Mass
Communication 3
ELS 3122 Discourse Analysis 3
ELS 3123 Travels in Contemporary English 3
ELS 3134 Materials Evaluation and
Development 4
Semester II (Core Courses)
ELS 3225 Research Project 3
ELS 3226 English Semantics 3
Elective Courses
ELS 3227 Language, Culture and Ideology 3
ELS 3228 Editing and Publishing in
English 3
ELS 3229 World varieties of English 3
ELS 3230 English Language Testing 3
Minimum CU required for graduation at 80%
attendance:
ELS Majors = 70
ELS Minors = 42
LINGUISTICS
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
LIN 1101 Introduction to the Study of
Language 4
LIN 1102 Language and Society 4
LIN 1103 Linguistic and Translation
Principles 4
End of First Year CU from Linguistics = 16
Year I: Semester II
Course Code Course CU
LIN 1204 Language Analysis and
Communication 5
LIN 1204 Lexicology and Dictionary
Making 4
LIN 1205 Language and gender Issues 4
Year II
Linguistics Majors take 2 core and 2 electives
plus 2 courses from a Minor subject taken
during first year while Linguistics Minors take
1 core and 1 elective per semester
Year II: Semester I (Core Courses)
Course Code Course CU
LIN 2107 Morphological Analysis 4
LIN 2108 Stylistics 4
Elective Courses
LIN 2109 Introduction to Sign Language 4
LIN 2110 Alphabets and Writing Systems 4
LIN 2111 Elements of Pragmatics 4
LIN 2112 Language and Politics in Uganda 4
LIN 2113 Linguistics and Commerce 4
LIN 2114 Phonetics and Phonology 4
Semester II (Core Courses)
LIN 2215 Morphosyntactic Analysis 5
LIN 2216 Linguistics and Language
Teaching 4
Elective Courses
LIN 2217 Clinical Linguistics & Speech
Therapy 5
LIN 2218 Typology of African Languages 4
LIN 2219 Ethno Linguistic Forms of
Ugandan Languages 4
LIN 2220 Language and Media in Uganda 4
LIN 2221 Editing and Publishing 4
LIN 2222 Morphonology 4
End of Second Year CU Linguistics
Majors = 33
CU Linguistics Minors = 16
Year III
Linguistics Majors take 2 core and 2 electives
plus 2 courses from a Minor subject taken
during the Second Year while Linguistics
Minors take 1 core and 1 elective per semester
227
Year III: Semester I (Core Courses)
Course Code Course CU
LIN 3123 History of Linguistic Thought 4
LIN 3124 Translation and Interpretation
(Sem II) 4
Elective Courses
LIN 3125 Language and Commerce in
Uganda 4
LIN 3126 Psycholinguistics (Sem II) 4
LIN 3127 Literary Criticism of Selected
African Writers 4
LIN 3128 Computational Linguistics 4
LIN 3129 Language Acquisition in
Children 5
LIN 3130 Syantax 5
Semester II (Core Courses)
LIN 3231 Field Linguistics 4
LIN 3232 Historical & Comparative
Linguistics 5
Elective Courses
LIN 3233 Language and Religion in
Uganda 4
LIN 3234 Introduction to Semantics (Sem I) 4
LIN 3235 Dialectology 4
LIN 3236 Onomastics 5
LIN 3237 Discourse Analysis 5
LIN 3238 Research Methods 4
LIN 3239 Research Projects 4
End of Third Year
CU Linguistics Majors = 33
CU Linguistics Minors = 16
Total CU from Linguistics Subject:
Majors = 82
Minors = 48
Minimum CU Linguistics graduation
requirement at 80% attendance
Linguistics Majors CU = 66
Linguistics Minors CU = 38
KISWAHILI FOR BEGINNERS (KSWB)
This programme is offered only as a Minor;
Students must therefore take a Major Subject
Year I: Semester I
(All First Year Courses are Core)
Course Code Course CU
kSB 1101 Introduction to kiswahili 5
kSB 1102 Applied kiswahili Language
Skills 5
Semester II
kSB 1203 Basic kiswahili Discourse 5
kSB 1204 Curtain-Raiser kiswahili
Structure 5
End of First Year CU from kSWB 20
Year II (Students offer 1 core and 1 Elective
Per Semester)
Semester 1 (Core Courses)
kSB 2105 Writing Techniques in Kiswahili 5
kSB 2106 Foundations of kiswahili
Phonology 5
Elective Courses
kSB 2107 The History of kiswahili in
Uganda 4
kSB 2108 Insights into kiswahili-focused
Translation 4
kSB 2109 kiswahili and the National
Language Debate in Uganda 4
kSB kiswahili for Special Needs 5
Semester II (Core Courses)
kSB 2211 kiswahili Morphology 5
kSB 2212 kiswahili Literature 5
Elective Courses
kSB 2213 Aspects of kiswahili Culture 4
kSB 2214 kiswahili Word Borrowing &
Change of Meaning in Words 5
kSB 2215 Creative Writing in kiswahili 5
End of Second Year CU from KSWB = 20
Year III (Students offer 1 core and 1 elective
per Semester)
Semester 1 (Core Courses)
kSB 3116 kiswahili Syntax 5
kSB 3117 Research Methods 5
Elective Courses
kSB 3118 The varieties of kiswahili 5
kSB 3119 kiswahili Poetry 5
kSB 3120 The Dialects of kiswahili 4
228
Year III: Semester II
kSB 3221 5
kSB 3222 Research Project 5
Elective Courses
kSB 3223 kiswahili Plays 5
kSB 3224 kiswahili and Comparative
Bantu 5
kSB 3225 gender Relations in kiswahili 4
End of Third Year
CU from kSWB = 19
Total CU from kiswahili Subject kSWB
Minors
= 59
Minimum graduation
Requirement at 80% attendance
kSWB Minors = 47
KISWAHILI FOR ADVANCED STUDENTS
Year I
***100 and ***120 are common courses for the
Subjects of English Language Studies (ELS),
kiswahili (kSW), Linguistics (LIN), Luganda
(LUg) and Runyakitara (RNY) ***102 and
***122 are therefore Core courses for students
who are combining any two of the above subjects
to enable them fulfill their course requirements
of 2 Core courses per subject per Semester
All Courses in the First Year Are Core, Subject
to The Above Instructions
Semester 1 CU
kSA 1101 Introduction to kiswahili
Literature 4
kSA 1102 kiswahili Ethnology 4
Semester II
kSA 1103 Advanced Proficiency in
kiswahili 5
kSA 1104 Introduction to kiswahili
Structure 4
End of First Year CU from the Kiswahili
subject 17
Y
ear II
kSWA Majors take 2 core and 2 electives
plus 2 courses from a Minor Subject in First
Year while kSWA Minors take 1 core and 1
elective per semester
Semester 1 (Core Courses) CU
kSA 2105 kiswahili Syntax: Basic
Structures 4
kSA 2106 kiswahili Poetry 4
Elective Courses
kSA 2107 Introduction to kiswahili for
Special Purposes 4
kSA 2108 kiswahili Oral Literature 4
kSA 2109 kiswahili Sociolinguistics 4
kSA 2110 kiswahili-Focused Translation
Studies 5
kSA 2111 kiswahili Stylistics 4
Semester II (Core Courses)
kSA 2212 kiswahili Morphology 5
kSA 2213 kiswahili Novel 4
Elective Courses
kSA 2214 kiswahili Phonology 4
kSA 2215 kiswahili Drama 4
kSA 2216 kiswahili Applied Linguistics 4
kSA 2217 kiswahili Dialects &varieties
(geographical) 4
kSA 2218 Creative Writing 5
End of Second Year
CU from kSWA: Majors = 33
Minors = 17
Year III
kSWA Majors take 2 core and 2 electives plus 2
courses from a Minor Subject in the Second Year
while kSWA Minors take 1 core and 1 elective
per semester
Semester 1 (Core Courses) CU
kSA 3119 Research Methods and Thesis 5
kSA 3120 History and Development of
kiswahili 4
Elective Courses
kSA 3121 kiswahili-Focused Comparative
Bantu Linguistics 5
kSA 3122
Literacy Theory and
Development of kiswahili
Literature
4
kSA 3123 kiswahili-Masterpieces 4
229
kSA 3124 kiswahili Based Comparative
Literature 4
kSA 3125 kiswahili Literature for Children 5
Semester II (Core Courses)
kSA 3226 kiswahili Discourse Analysis 4
kSA 3227 Research Methods and Thesis 5
Elective Courses
kSA 3228 Kiswahili Specific Gender
Linguistics 4
kSA 3229 kiswahili Literature and the
Woman 4
kSA 3230 Writing in kiswahili 5
kSA 3231 kiswahili-Focused Semantics &
Pragmatics 4
kSA 3232 Advanced kiswahili Syntax
Complex Structure 4
End of Third Year CU from KSWA:
Majors = 33
Minors = 16
Total CU from Kiswahili Subject:
KSWA Majors 83
KSWA Minors 50
Minimum CU for graduation at 80%
attendance:
KSWA Majors 66
KSWA Minors 40
FRENCH FOR BEGINNERS (FRB)
Year II: Semester II
FRB 2207 Intermediate French Language 4
FRB 2208 Intermediate Social Study 4
Year III: Semester I
FRB 3101 Enhanced French
Communication Skills 4
FRB 3102 Introduction to French and
Francophone Lit 4
FRB 3109 Enhanced French
Communication Skills 4
FRB 3110 Introduction to French and
Francophone 4
Year III: Semester II
FRB 3201 Enhanced French Language
Usage 4
FRB 3202 Enhanced Study of French Inst
and the Francophone 4
FRB 3211 Enhanced French Language
Usage 4
FRB 3212 Enhanced Study of French
Institutions 4
This programme is offered only as a Minor
Subject Students offering this option must
therefore offer a Major Subject as well
Year I: Semester I CU
FRB 1101 Basic French Communication
Skills 4
FRB 1102 Introduction to French
Communication Skills 4
FRB 1104 Basic French Communication
Skills 4
FRB 1105 Introduction to French Cultural
Studies 4
Semester II
FRB 1201 Introduction to French Language
Usage 4
FRB 1202 Introduction to Francophone
Society 4
FRB 1203 Introduction to French Language
Usage 4
FRB 1204 Introduction to Francophone
Society 4
Year II: Semester I
FRB 2100 Intermediate Communication
Skills 4
FRB 2101 Intermediate French
Communication Skills 4
FRB 2102 Semi-Intermediate Cultural
Studies 4
FRB 2106 Intermediate French Cultural
Studies 4
230
FRENCH FOR ADVANCED STUDENTS
Year I: Semester 1 CU
FRA 1101 Advanced French Language
Usage I 4
FRA 1102 Panorama of French and
Francophone Literature 4
Semester II
FRA 1203 Introduction to Creative Writing
& Communication Skills 4
FRA 1204 Advanced Social Study of the
French and Francophone Society 4
End of First Year CU from French Advanced = 20
Year II
FRA Majors take 2 Core and 2 Electives per
Semester while FRA Minors take 1 core and 1
elective per Semester from a subject taken in
First Year
Semester 1 (Core Subjects) CU
FRA 2105 Advanced French language
Usage II 4
FRA 2106 Communication and Media
Skills in French 4
FRA 2107 Contemporary Francophone
Literature 2
FRA 2108 Cross-Cultural Studies in French 2
FRA 2109 Creative Writing in French 2
Elective Courses
FRA 2107 Contemporary Francophone
Literature 3
FRA 2109 Creative Writing in French 3
Semester II (Core Courses)
FRA 2210 Advanced French Language
Usage III 4
FRA 2211 French for Management/
Administration 4
FRA 2212 Scientific French 2
FRA 2213 French through sights and sounds 2
FRA 2214 French Language and Society 2
Year III
FRA Majors take 2 Core and 2 Electives per
Semester FRA Minors take 1 Core and 1
Elective per Semester from a Subject taken
during the Second Year
Semester 1 (Core Courses) CU
FRA 3115 general and French Language
Science 4
FRA 3116 Business French/Computer Skills 4
FRA 3117 Legal French 2
FRA 3119 Contemporary French Literature 2
GERMAN FOR BEGINNERS (GRB)
gRB 2108 germany in World Affairs 3
gRB 2109 Cultural Institution in germany 3
gRB 2111 Topics in german 3
Semester II
gRB 2201 Mittel Stufe 1 Language
Acquisition 4
gRB 2210 Intermediate Level I 5
gRB 2212 german Political and Cultural
History II 3
gRB 2213 german Mass Media 3
gRB 2214 Cultures and Sub-Cultures in
Present Day 3
Year III: Semester I
gRB 3101 Language Acquisition 4
gRB 3106 Communication Skills 4
gRB 3115 Mittelstute II (Language
Acquisition) 4
gRB 3116 Research Methods in german
Studies 3
This programme is offered only as a Minor
Students must therefore take a Major subject
as well
Year I: Semester 1 CU
gRB 1101 Basic Level I (Language
Acquisition) 5
gRB 1102 Introduction to german Studies 5
gRB 1103 Basic Level II (Language
Acquisition) 5
Semester II
gRB 1204 german Language Use 5
Year II: Semester I
gRB 2101 grundistufe I 3
gRB 2102 Analysing german Texts 3
gRB 2105 Basic Level III 5
gRB 2106 Comprehension and Analysis
of Sele 3
gRB 2107 german Political and Cultural
History I 3
231
gRB 3117 german for Special Purposes 1:
Tourism 4
gRB 3118 Literary Texts and Literary
History I 3
gRB 3119 Intercultural Exchange and
Cooperation 3
gRB 3120 Communication Skills in
german 3
Semester II
gRB 3201 Mittel Stufe III Language
Acquisition 4
gRB 3202 Language Acquisition 3
gRB 3205 Creative Writing 3
gRB 3221 Mittelstute III (Language
Acquisition) 4
gRB 3222 Research Project in german
Studies 3
gRB 3223 Literary Texts and Literary
History II 3
gRB 3224 german for special purposes II:
Business 4
gRB 3225 Creative Writing 3
gRB 3226 Multimedia german 3
GERMAN FOR ADVANCED STUDENTS
Courses marked with an asterisk (*) are offered
mainly in English
Semester 1 (All First Year Courses Are Core) CU
gRA 1101 Advanced german Language
Skills 5
gRA 1102 Introduction to german Studies 5
Semester II
gRA 1203 Introduction to german
Language and Linguistics 5
gRA 1204 Introduction to Literary Criticism
& 20th Century Lit in germany 5
Total CU from GRA in First Year = 20
Year II
gRA Majors take 2 Core and 2 Elective per
Semester Plus 2 Courses from a subject taken
during the First Year while gRA Minors take
1 core and 1 elective per semester
Year II Semester 1 (Core Courses) CU
gRA 2105 grammar Theories 4
gRA 2106 german Literary genres I 4
gRA 2107 german as an Applied Foreign
Language I 3
Elective Courses
gRA 2108 german History I:1789-1918 3
gRA 2109 Ugandan Issues in german 3
gRA 2110 Creative Writing in german 3
gRA 2111 Multimedia german 3
gRA 2112 Cultural Institutions in germany 3
Year II Semester II (Core Courses)
gRA 2213 Theory and Practice of
Intercultural Translation 3
gRA 2214 german Literary genres II 4
gRA 2215 german as an Applied Foreign
Language II 4
Year III
gRA Majors take 2 Core and 2 Electives per
Semester Plus 2 Courses from a subject taken
during the Second year while gRA Minors
take 1 core and 1 elective per Semester
Semester 1 (Core Courses) CU
gRA 3121 Periods of german Cultural and
Literary History I 5
gRA 3122 Research Methods in german
Studies* 3
gRA 3123 Communication Skills and Essay
Writing in german 3
Elective Courses
gRA 3124 Intercultural Exchange and
Cooperation* 3
gRA 3125 Introduction to german
Lexicology 3
gRA 3126 germany in World Affairs 3
gRA 3127 Theatre and the Performing Arts
in germany 3
gRA 3128 german Mass Media 3
Semester II (Core Courses)
gRA 3229 Periods of german Cultural and
Literary History II 5
gRA 3230 Research Project in german
Studies 3
232
gRA 3231 Introduction to Literary
Translation 3
Elective Courses
gRA 3232 german Lexicography 3
gRA 3233 Cultures and Subcultures in
Present Day germany 3
gRA 3234 Africa in german Texts 3
gRA 3235 Interpreting in german 3
gRA 3236 Special Author 3
End of third Year CU from gRA Majors = 26
gRA Minors = 14
Total CU from german Subject: gRA Majors= 72
gRA Minors = 46
Minimum CU for graduation at 80%
Attendance:
gRA Majors = 58
gRA Minors = 37
LUGANDA FOR BEGINNERS (LUGB)
This Programme is offered only as a Minor
Students must therefore take a Major Subject
as well
Year I: Semester 1 (All Courses in the First
Year are Core) CU
LgB 1101 Introduction to the Study of
Language 4
LgB 1102 Aural/Oral Skills in Luganda &
Introd to Standard Orthography 4
Semester II
LgB 1203 Language Analysis and
Communication 4
LgB 1204 Basic grammatical Structure and
vocabulary 4
Total First Year CU from
The Luganda Beginners = 16
Year II (Students take 1 Core and 1 Elective
per Semester)
Semester 1 (Core Courses)
LgB 2105 Composition and Writing in
Luganda 4
LgB 2106 An Introduction to the
Phonology of Luganda 4
Elective Courses
LgB 2107 History of Luganda Language 4
LgB 2108 An Introduction to Translation 4
LgB 2109 An Introduction to Interpretation 4
LgB 2110 Language and Politics in Uganda 4
Semester II (Core Courses)
LgB 2211 Luganda Morphosyntax 4
LgB 2212 Written Literature of Luganda 4
Elective Courses
LgB 2213
Culturalinguistics & Philo
Interp of Lug Proverbs &
Idioms
4
LgB 2214 Oral Literature of Luganda 4
LgB 2215
A Study of Prominent
Contributors to the Devt of Lug
Language
4
End of Second Year CU from
Luganda Beginner = 18
Year III: Semester 1 (Students take 1 Core
and 1 Elective per Semester)
LgB 3116 Research Methods in Luganda 4
LgB 3117 Research Project in Luganda 4
Elective Courses
LgB 3118 Luganda Stylistics 4
LgB 3119 Advanced Oral/Aural Skills in
Luganda 4
LgB 3120 Editing and Publishing in
Luganda 4
Semester II (Core Courses)
LgB 3221 Mass Communication in
Luganda 4
LgB 3222 Creative Writing in Luganda 4
Elective Courses
LgB 3223
A Comparative Study of
Luganda & Other Bantu
Languages
4
LgB 3224 The Dialects of Luganda 4
LgB 3225 kiganda Mythology and
Legendary 4
End of Third Year CU from
Luganda Beginners = 17
Total CU from
Luganda Subject; LUgB = 55
Minimum CU for
graduation at 80% attendance = 44
233
LUGANDA FOR ADVANCED STUDENTS
LgA 2113 The Theory and Practice of
Interpretation in Luganda 3
Semester II (Core courses)
LgA 2214 The Syntax of Luganda 3
LgA 2215 Prosodic Phonology of Luganda 3
Elective Courses
LgA 2216 Poetry and Oral Literature in
Luganda 3
LgA 2217 Lexicology in Luganda 3
LgA 2218 Luganda and the Media 3
LgA 2219 Creative Writing in Luganda 3
LgA 2220 Theatre and Performing Arts 3
End of Second year CU from Luganda
Advanced:
Luganda Advanced Majors = 32
Luganda Advanced Minors = 16
Year III
Luganda Advanced Majors take 2 Core and 2
Electives plus 2 courses from a Minor Subject
taken during the Second Year while Luganda
Advanced Minors take 1 core and 1 elective
per Semester
Semester 1 (Core Courses) CU
LgA 3121 The Luganda Novel (Sem II) 3
LgA 3122 Drama in Uganda 3
Elective Courses
*LgA 3123
The Theory & Practice of
Translation into Luganda &
vice-versa
3
LgA 3124 kiganda Mythology &
Legendary 3
LgA 3125 Luganda Dialectology 3
LgA 3126 Ethnosemantics 3
LgA 3127 Philosophical Interpretation of
Luganda Proverbs 3
Semester II (Core Courses)
LgA 3228 Research Methods in Luganda
(Sem I) 3
LgA 3229 Research Project in Luganda 3
Elective Courses
LgA 3230 Editing and Publishing 3
LgA 3231 Luganda and Religion in Uganda 3
LgA 3232 Luganda and Politics in Uganda 3
Year I
Courses LUgA 100 and LUgA 120 are
common courses for the Subjects of English
Language Studies (ELS), kiswahili (kSW),
Linguistics (LIN), Luganda (LUg) and
Runyakitara (RNY) Courses LUgA 102
and LUgA 122 are therefore Core courses
for students who are combining any two of
the above Subjects to enable them fulfill their
course requirements of 2 Core courses per
subject per Semester
Year I All courses are core, subject to the
above explanation
Semester 1 CU
LgA 1101 Introduction to the Study of
Language 3
LgA 1102 Ethnological Study of the
Baganda 3
LgA 1103 Introduction to the Principles of
Translation in Luganda 3
Semester II
LgA 1204 Language Analysis and
Communication 3
LgA 1205 History of Luganda 3
LgA 1206 Introduction to the Art of
Effective Communication 3
Total First Year CU from the
Luganda Subject = 18
Year II
Luganda Advanced Majors take 2 core and
2 electives plus 2 Courses from a Minor
Subject taken during first Year while Luganda
Advanced Minors take 1 core and 1 elective
per Semester
Semester 1 (Core courses) CU
LgA 2107 Segmental Phonology of
Luganda 3
LgA 2108 A Study of the Morphology of
Luganda 3
LgA 2109 Comparative Study of Luganda
& Other Languages 3
LgA 2110 Luganda Stylistics 3
LgA 2111
A Study of the Promin
Contributors to the Dev’t of
Lug Lang
3
LgA 2112 Music in Luganda 3
234
LgA 3233 Psycholinguistics 3
+LUgA
3234 Luganda Lexicography 2
Note: * Students must have taken LUg 206 in
the Second Year
+ Students must have taken LUg 203 in the
Second Year
End of Third Year CU Luganda Advanced
Majors = 32
CU Luganda Advanced Minors
= 16
Total CU from Luganda Subject:
Luganda Advanced Majors
= 82
Luganda Advanced Minors
= 50
Minimum CU Graduation requirement at
80% attendance:
Luganda Advanced Majors = 66
Luganda Advanced Minors = 40
RUNYAKITARA FOR BEGINNERS (RNYB)
Entry Requirements
This course is intended for students without
any prior knowledge of the language and is
offered only as a Minor
Year I: Semester 1 (All First Year Courses
are Core) CU
NB: Courses Marked with * will be conducted
in English
RNB 1101 Introduction to the Study of
Languages 4
RNB 1102 Basic Communication in
Runyakitara 4
RNB 1103 Introducing Runyakitara
Orthography 4
Semester II
RNB 1201 Language Analysis and
Communication 4
RNB 1205 Introduction to Runyakitara
grammar 4
RNB 1206 Introduction to Basic Reading
and Comprehension 4
Year II: Semester I
RNB 2107 Oral/Aural Skills in Runyakitara 4
RNB 2108 An Introduction to the
Phonology of Runyakitara 4
RNB 2109 The History of Runyakitara 4
RNB 2110 Runyakitara and Politics in
Uganda 4
RNB 2111 Comparative Studies of
Runyakitara 4
Year II: Semester II
RNB 2212 Developing of Reading and
Comprehension Skills 4
RNB 2213 Developing Writing skills in
Runyakitara 4
RNB 2214 Introduction to Basic Translation 4
RNB 2215 Cultural Linguistics and
Philosophical 4
RNB 2216 Ethnological Study of
Runyakitara 4
Year III: Semester I
RNB 3120 Practical Translation 4
RNB 3121 Runyakitara Functional varieties 4
RNB 3127 Proficiency Enhancement I 4
RNB 3128 Research Methods in
Runyakitara 4
RNB 3129 Introduction to Written Literature 4
Year III: Semester II
RNB 3203 Introduction to Written Literature
II 4
RNB 3222 Proficiency Enhancement II 4
RNB 3223 Research Project Writing 4
RNB 3224 Introduction to Morphology 4
RNB 3225 Runyakitara for Special Purposes 4
RNB 3226 Radio and Television Language
Skills 4
235
RUNYAKITARA FOR ADVANCED STUDENTS
Elective Courses
RNA 2203 The History of Runyakitara 5
RNA 2204 Creative Writing in Runyakitara 5
RNA 2205 Functional varieties in
Runyakitara 5
RNA 2206 Philosophical Perspective in
Runyakitara 4
RNA 2207 Language Teaching in
Runyakitara 5
RNA 2208 Current Trends in Runyakitara 5
End of Second Year CU Runyakitara
Majors = 35
Runyakitara Minors = 17
Year III: Semester 1 (Core Courses)
RNA 3101 Research Methods 5
RNA 3102 The Morphology of Runyakitara 4
Elective Courses
RNA 3103 Poetry & Oral Literature in
Runyakitara 5
RNA 3104 An Ethnological Study of
Runyakitara 4
RNA 3105 Lexicological Studies of
Runyakitara 4
RNA 3106 Comparative Studies of
Language & Politics in Uganda 5
RNA 3107 Runyakitara for Special Purposes 5
RNA 3108 Runyakitara and Religion 5
Semester II (Core Course)
RNA 3201 The Syntax of Runyakitara 4
RNA 3202 Research Project 5
Elective Courses
RNA 3203 Written Literature 5
RNA 3204 Television Language Skills 4
RNA 3205 Runyakitara and Commerce in
Uganda 4
RNA 3206 Runyakitara and Adult Literacy 4
RNA 3207 Drama and Play Writing in
Runyakitara 5
End of Third Year CU From Runyakitara:
Majors = 34
Minors = 18
Year I
All courses in the First Year are Core, subject
to the above explanation
Semester 1 CU
RNA 1101 Introduction to the Study of
Language 4
RNA 1102 Social Linguistic Approaches to
Runyakitara 4
RNA 1103 Introduction to Oral and Written
Literature in Runyakitara 4
Semester II
RNA 1201 Language Analysis and
Communication 5
RNA 1202 Economic Anthropology of the
Banyakitara 4
RNA 1203 Introduction to the Dynamics of
Linguistics and 5
Translation in Runyakitara 3
Total First Year CU from
The Runyakitara Subject = 17
Year II
RNYA Majors take 2 core and 2 electives plus
2 courses from a Minor subject taken during
first year while RNYA Minors take 1 core and
1 elective per Semester
Semester 1 (Core Courses) CU
RNA 2101 The Phonology of Runyakitara 4
RNA 2102 The Theory and Practice of
Translation 5
Elective Courses
RNA 2103
Comparative Studies of
Runyakitara with East African
Languages
4
RNA 2104 Alphabets and Writing System in
Runyakitara 4
RNA 2105 Runyakitara and gender Issues 4
RNA 2106 Social and Cultural
Anthropology of the Banyakitara 4
RNA 2107 Dialectological Studies of
Runyakitara 5
RNA 2108 Materials Identification & Dev’t 5
Semester II (Core Courses)
RNA 2201 The Semantics of Runyakitara 4
RNA 2202 Radio and Television Language
Skills in Runyakitara 5
236
LWO FOR BEGINNERS
Year I
This programme is offered only as a Minor
Students are therefore required to take a Major
Subject
Semester 1 CU
LIN 1101 Introdution to the Study of
Language 4
LWB1102 Basic Oral/Aural Skills in Lwo 5
Semester II
LIN 1203 Language Analysis and
Communication 5
LWB1204 Basic Lwo grammar and
Orthography 4
End of First Year CU from LWB = 18
Year II: Semester 1 (Students offer 1 core and
1 elective per semester)
LWB 2105 Advanced Oral/Aural Skills in
Lwo 5
LWB 2106 Phonetics and Phonology 4
Elective Courses
LWB 2107 Basic Introduction to Translation 5
LWB 2108 The History of Western Nilotes 5
LWB 2109 Basic Lwo Oral Literature 5
Semester II (Core Courses)
LWB 2210 Composing and Writing in Lwo 5
LWB 2211 Lwo Morphosyntax 4
LWO FOR ADVANCED STUDENTS
Year I : Semester 1 (All First Year Courses
are Core) CU
LWA 1101 Introduction to the Study of
Language 4
LWA1102 Basic Oral/Aural Skills in Lwo 5
Semester II
LWA 1203 Language Analysis and
Communication 5
LWA1204 An introduction to Lwo
grammar and Orthography 4
End of First Year CU from LWA = 18
Electives Courses
LWB 2212 Written Literature 4
LWB 2213 Lwo Cultures and Social
Institutions 4
LWB 2214
A Comparative Study of Lwo
and one other Ugandan Lang
family
5
End of Second Year CU from LWB = 19
Year III (Students offer 1 core and 1 elective
per semester)
Semester 1 (Core Courses)
LWB 3115 Advanced Oral/Aural Skills in
Lwo 5
LWB 3116 Research Methods 5
Elective Courses
LWB 3117 Practical Translation 5
LWB 3118 Material Development in Lwo 5
LWB 3119 Lwo Stylistics 4
Semester II (Core Courses)
LWB 3220 Mass Communication in Lwo 5
LWB 3221 Research Project 5
Elective Courses
LWB 3222 Editing and Publishing in Lwo 4
LWB 3223 Creative Writing in Lwo 5
LWB 3224 The varieties of Lwo 4
End of Third Year CU from LWB = 20
Total CU from LWO Subject LWB = 57
Minimum CU requirement at 80%
attendance for graduation LWB = 46
Year II
LWA Majors take 2 core and 2 electives plus
2 courses from a Minor subject taken during
first year while LWA Minors take 1 core and
1 elective per Semester
Semester 1 (Core Course) CU
LWA 2105 Advanced Oral/Aural Skills in
Lwo 5
LWA 2106 Phonetics and Phonology 4
Electives
LWA 2107 Advanced Practical Translation 5
LWA 2108 The History of Western Nilotes 5
237
LWA 2109 Lwo Oral Literature 5
Semester II (Core Courses) CU
LWA 2210 Communication Skills in Lwo 5
LWA 2211 Lwo Morphosyntax 4
Elective Courses
LWA 2212 Lwo Written Literature 4
LWA 2213 Lwo Cultures and Social
Institutions 4
LWA 2214
A Comparative Study of Lwo
and the other Ugandan Lang
Family
5
End of Second Year CU from LWA:
Majors = 36
Minors = 9
Year III
LWA Majors take 2 core and 2 electives
plus 2 courses from a Minor subject taken
during the Second Year while LWA Minors
take 1 core and 1 elective per Semester
Semester 1 (Core Courses) CU
LWA 3115 Lwo Pragmatics 5
LWA 3116 Research Methods 5
Elective Courses
LWA 3117 Lwo Lexicography 5
LWA 3118 Material Development in Lwo 5
LWA 3119 Language Teaching in Lwo 4
Semester II (Core Courses)
LWA 3220 Mass Communication in Lwo 5
LWA 3221 Research Project 5
Elective Courses
LWA 3222 Editing and Publishing in Lwo 5
LWA 3223 Lwo Stylistics and Creative
Writing in Lwo 5
LWA 3224 The varieties of Lwo 5
End of Third Year CU from LWA:
Majors = 39
Minors = 19
Total CU from Lwo Subject:
LWA Majors = 64
LWA Minors = 57
Minimum CU required for graduation from
LWO Subject:
Majors = 75
Minors = 46
BACHELOR OF SECRETARIAL STUDIES (BSES)
SES 1110 german for Beginners 3
SES 1111 kiswahili Communication Skills 3
Semester II
SES 1201 Shorthand 1B 3
SES 1202 Typing and Computer Operations 3
SES 1203 Communication Theory and
Office Practice 3
SES 1204 Office Automotion 3
SES 1205 Information Organisation 3
SES 1206 Social Psychology 3
SES 1207 Shorthand Open Speed II 3
SES 1208 Advanced Typing and Audo
Typing 3
SES 1210 german Language and
Acquisition 3
kSB 1201 Basic kiswahili Discourse 3
Year II
A Student has to offer Secretarial Studies as
a major where three core courses and one
Programme structure
Year 1
Advanced students shall take 4 core courses
and 3 electives per semester One of the
electives shall be a language Beginner
students shall take 6 core courses and 1
elective The elective shall be selected from
the language courses
Semester 1 (Core Course) CU
SES 1101 Shorthand I A 3
SES 1102 Typewriting & Computer
Operations 3
SES 1103 Language Skill and
Communication 3
SES 1104 Interpersonal Communication
Skills 3
SES 1105 Introduction to Psychology 3
SES 1106 Fundamentals of Accounting 3
SES 1107 Shorthand Open Speed 3
SES 1108 Advanced and Audio Typing 3
238
electives are done per semester in addition
to two core courses from one of the minor
subjects done in the first year
Semester 1 (Core Courses) CU
SES 2101 Shorthand 1A 3
SES 2102 Typewriting & Computer
Operations 3
SES 2103 Office Management and
Foundation of Management 3
SES 2104 Foundation of International
Relations 3
SES 2105 Introductory Economics 3
SES 2106 Shorthand Open Speed II 3
SES 2107 Advanced Typing 3
SES 2108 French for Beginners 3
SES 2112 Desktop Publishing 3
Semester 1 (Electives)
SES 2104 Foundation of International
Relations
Semester II (Core Courses)
SES 2201 Shorthand IIB 3
SES 2202 Typewriting & Computer
Operations IIB 3
SES 2203 Principles of Law 3
SES 2204 gender Dimensions in
Development 3
SES 2205 Business Administration 3
SES 2206 Shorthand Open Speed Iv 3
SES 2207 Advanced Audio Typing Iv 3
SES 2208 Intermediate French 3
SES 2210 Mittlestufei I (Language
Acquisition) 3
SES 2211 Cross-Culture and Comparative
Management 3
Electives
SES 2204 The gender Dimensions in
Development 3
SEC 2205 Business Administration 3
Year III
A student has to take Secretarial Studies as
a major where three core courses and one
elective are done per semester in addition
to two core courses from one of the minor
subjects done in the first year)
Semester 1 (Core Courses) CU
SES 3101 Shorthand III A 3
SES 3102 Typewriting & Computer
Operations IIIA 3
SES 3103 Secretarial Duties and Ethics 3
SES 3105 Personnel Management 3
SES 3106 Shorthand Open Speed v 3
SES 3107 Advanced Typing 3
SES 3110 kiswahili for Secretarial Duties 3
SES 3112 Research Methods 3
SES 3113 Public Administration 3
Electives
SES 3105 Personnel Management
Semester II (Core Courses) CU
SES 3201 Shorthand III B 3
SES 3202 Typewriting & Computer
Operations III B
SES 3203 Language Skills & Written
Communication 3
SES 3204 Reading and Speed Training 3
SES 3205 Public Relations 3
SES 3206 Shorthand Open Speed vI 3
SES 3207 Advanced and Audio Typing vI 3
SES 3208 Applied and Audio Typewriting
vI 3
SES 3210 Translation Skills in kiswahili
and English 3
SES 3211 Research Project 3
SES 3214 Diplomacy, Functions and
Techniques 3
Electives
SES 3204 Reading and Speech Training 3
SES 3205 Public Relations 3
For graduation the minimum CU required from
Secretarial Studies are =
62
COMMUNICATION SKILLS COURSES
Major Objectives
There are two major objectives of this
programme, namely:
a) To impart communication skills into
students in order to improve their
communication competence
b) To develop understanding and a specialist
appreciation of the peculiar nature of
Ugandan communication problems and
how this impacts on our national growth
and developmental plans
239
Skills
a) Impart technical and analytical communication
skills so as to enhance the students’
competence in communication
b) Develop awareness and appreciation for
communication skills:
c) Train technical communication specialists
in specific fields of study
d) Introduce a professionalised component
into the BA(A) degree so that the
graduate can get involved in journalism
and other related disciplines
e) Train future leaders, media planners,
policy makers, educationists in the art
of communication
Attitudes
At the end of the programme the students
should develop;
a) A more professional appreciation of
how to use languages in the various
domains
b) Positive attitude to the acquisition and
use of appropriate speech forms, patterns
and styles for specific situations
c) Proper understanding of problems of
those with special or disadvantaged
forms of communication, e g the
language of the deaf, the writing of
the blind and dumb and other related
forms
d) Appreciation of the appropriate levels
of writing, expressions, reading and
other related skills
Curriculum
The curriculum for the subject shall extend
over three academic years
A student offering Communication Skills
shall be required to register for two subjects in
addition to Communication Skills in the first
year of study All courses in the first year are
core
In the second and third years of study, students
major in Communication Skills and minor in
one of the subjects studied in the first year
They will offer:
(i) Two core courses and two electives
in each semester from the approved
Communication Skills Courses
(ii) One core course and one elective in the
minor subject of study of each semester
Year I: Semester 1I (Core Courses) CU
CSk 1101 Introduction to Communication 4
CSk 1102 Receptive & Productive Skills of
Communication 5
CSk 1103 Uniwide Communication Skill 5
Semester II (Core Courses)
CSk1201 Practice of Written
Communication 5
CSk1202 Cross-cultural Dynamics in
Communication 5
Total Year 1 CU form Communication Skills 16
Year II
A student takes two core courses and two
electives in Communication Skills and one
core course and one elective from the minor
subject per semester
Semester 1 (Core Courses) CU
CSk2101 The History of Communication
in Uganda 4
CSk2102 The Management of Information
Technology 4
Electives
CSk2103 Management Communication 4
CSk2104 Structure & Function of Media
Systems 4
CSk2105 Interpersonal & Intergroup
Communication 4
CSk2106 The Psychology of
Communication 4
CSk2107 Essay and Report Writing 4
Semester II (Core Courses)
CSk2201 Communication Processes &
Effects 4
CSk2202 Culture and Communication 4
Electives
CSk2203 Reading Skills and Speech
Training 5
CSk2204 Organisational Communication
& Behaviour 4
CSk2205 Communication for Persuasion
& Social Influence 5
CSk2206 Communication in Life Sciences 4
CSk2207 Public Relations and Advertising 4
Total Year II CU from Communication Skills 74
240
Year III
A student takes two core courses and two
electives in Communication Skills and one
core course and one elective from the minor
subject per semester
Semester 1 (Core Courses) CU
CSk3101 Models in Communication
Dissemination 4
CSk3102 Research Methods 5
Electives
CSk3103 Writing for the Media 4
CSk3104 Editing & Publishing 5
CSk3105 Communication & Law 4
CSk3106 Communication in a Changing
World 4
Electives
CSk3107 Standards in Journalism 4
CSk3108 Writing Techniques for
Administrators and Executives 4
Semester II (Core Courses)
CSk3201 Development Communication 5
CSk3202 Research Project 5
Electives
CSk3203 Acquisition of Skills in Public
Speaking 4
CSk3204 Topical Issues in Communication 4
CSk3205 The viability & Impact of
Communication 5
CSk3206 Specialised Forms of
Communication 5
CSk3207 Communication for Educators 5
Total Year III CU from Communication Skills 37
Minimum CU from Communication Skills for
graduation 72
SOCIAL ANTHROPOLOGY COURSES
Objectives
i To provide academic training in Social
Anthropology at degree level, so that
graduates can feed the various demands
for social anthropologists in various
sectors of society (academic, cultural,
social, medical)
ii To enhance the academic study
and promotion of African Social
Anthropology as a corrective to Western
Anthropology on Africa
iii To provide academic training to
graduates in order to preserve the rich
history of the interlacustrine region of
East Africa (publications, exhibitions,
films, data-banks, etc)
iv To provide the expanding tourism industry
with well trained personnel who
can expose the rich cultural tradition of
Uganda and East Africa in a professional
manner
Programe structure
Curriculum
In the first year of study students take three
subjects including Social Anthropology
During the second year, students can either
major or minor in Social Anthropology
where it is either combined with a Language,
History or any other subject in the faculty
of Arts While all the first year Courses are
compulsory, electives are offered both in the
second and third years
The course will last three academic years (six
semesters)
Year I
All courses offered must be taken by every
student in addition to courses from two other
subjects
Semester 1 (Core Courses) CU
SAN 1101 Introduction to Anthropology I 4
SAN 1101 Introduction to Ethnography in
Africa 5
Semester II Core Courses
SAN 1201 Introduction to Social
Anthropology II 4
SAN 1202 Introduction to Ethnography of
Eastern Africa 5
Total Year One CU from Social Anthropology 18
241
Year II (Core Courses)
Students taking this subject as a major will
choose three core courses and one elective
and two core courses from the minor subject
per semester Those taking it as a minor will
choose two core courses and Four courses
from the major subject per semester
Semester 1 CU
SAN 2101 Theories and Methods of Anthropology/
Ethnology I 5
SAN 2102 Ethnography of West Africa 2
SAN 2103 Language and Society 5
Electives (Major students select one elective)
SAN 2104 History of Uganda From the
Earliest Times to 1962 5
SAN 2105 Religion in Uganda since 1900 5
SAN 2106 Introduction to an African Language (
Lug/kiswa/Runy/Lwo) 5
Semester II (Core courses)
SAN 2201 Theories and Methods of Anthropology/
Ethnology II 5
SAN 2202 Ethnography of Southern Africa 5
SAN 2203 Introduction to
Ethnoarchaeology 2
Electives (Major students select one elective)
SAN 2204 Ethnolinguistics - Comparative
and Historical Linguistics 4
SAN 2205 African Traditional Religions 4
SAN 2205 Ethnography of Europe 4
SAN 2207 Adv Lang Studies in an African
Lang (Lug/kisw/Runy/Lwo) 4
Total Year II CU from Social Anthropology
Major = 32
Minor = 6
Year III
(Students offering this subject as a major
will take three core courses and one
elective and two core courses from the
minor subject per semester Those offering
it as a minor will take two core courses
and Four courses from the major subject
per semester)
Semester 1 (Core Courses) CU
SAN 3101
Professional Appl I: Musicology
& Preservation of Cultural
Heritage
5
SAN 3102 Research Methods in Social
Anthropology 4
SAN 3103 Ethnography of North Africa and
the Middle East 4
SAN 3104 Ethnoarchaeology 5
Electives (Major students take one elective)
SAN 3102 Research Methods in
Anthropology(Sem 1) 4
SAN 3105
Social Study of the Oriental
World: a case study of South
East Asia
4
SAN 3106 Oral Literature Theories 4
SAN 3107
Socio-Economic Transformation
of East Africa since 1800
4
Second Semester (Core Courses)
SAN 3201 Professional Application II:
Tourism and Public Relations 5
SAN 3202 Research Project 5
Electives: (Major students take one elective)
SAN 3203 Ethnography of the Americans 4
SAN 3204 Themes in East African History
since 1900 4
SAN 3205 Religions in the Contemporary
World 4
SAN 3206 Emerging Themes of Social
Anthropology 4
Total Third Year CU from Social
Anthropology: Major 32
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC, DANCE AND DRAMA
DRAMA COURSES
Objectives
(a) To enable students to acquire the general
knowledge about drama and theatre arts
and related sciences
(b) To empower the students’ capacity for
creative execution of the arts
(c) To equip students with knowledge
and skill for mobilisation, arousing
of awareness, critical consciousness
and empowerment of people for social
change
(d) To enable students contribute to the
body of national literature and provide
a record of the country’s socio-politicoeconomic
development
(e) To produce job creative social critics
242
and contribute to shaping the morals of
society
(f) To produce creators as against job
seekers
Programme Structure
See courses under Bachelor of Arts in Drama
Year I
(All courses in the first year are core and prerequisites
Students in the second year take two core
courses and one of the electives per semester
Year III
Students in the third year take two courses and
one elective per semester
Introduction
The programme is intended to respond to the
changing music needs nationally and internationally
by providing well trained musicians
The objectives are:
(a) To train composers, ethnomusicologists,
music therapists, performers, music
analysists and researchers
(b) To relate Ugandan music traditions with
other music cultures in the world
(c) To plan and effectively manage the
music rehearsals and concerts nationally
and internationally
(d) To transcribe and preserve ethnic music
which is fast dying away
DIPLOMA IN MUSIC, DANCE AND DRAMA (DMDD)
The Diploma in Music, Dance and Drama is a
two year programme
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester 1
Course Code Course Name CU
MDD 1101 Social and Historical Contexts of
Performing Arts 5
MDD 1102 Technical Aspects of Theatre 5
MDD 1103 Folklore and its Performance 5
MDD 1104 Basic Elements of Music 5
MDD 1105
Introduction to Dance
Choreography, Notation, and
Analysis
5
MDD 1106 Basic Style and Form in
Dramatic Composition 5
MDD 1107 Introduction to Music
Performance 5
MDD 1108 Introduction to Performance
Skills in Dance 5
MDD 1109 Introduction to Acting Skills 5
Year I: Semester II
MDD 1201 Introduction to Radio,
Television, and video Production 5
MDD 1202 Theatre Management and
Marketing 5
MDD 1203 Audience Analysis and Peoples
Theatre 5
MDD 1204 Elementary Harmony and
African Song Writing 5
MDD 1205 Dance Craft, Design, and
Notation 5
MDD 1206 Introduction to Play writing and
Dramatic Literature 5
MDD 1207 Performance Techniques in
Western and African Music 5
MDD 1208 Theory and Practice of Dance
Performance Skills 5
MDD 1209 Theory and Practice of Acting
Skills 5
Year II: Semester I
MDD 2101 Techniques in Radio, Television,
and video Production 5
MDD 2102 Applied Performing Arts I 5
MDD 2103 Scientific Elements of
Performing Arts 5
MDD 2104 Intermediate Harmony and
Transcription of African Music 5
MDD 2105 Lab notation and Dance
Composition 5
MDD 2106 Playwriting Skills 5
MDD 2107 Performance Techniques in
Western and African Music II 5
MDD 2108 Introduction to Modern and Folk
Dance 5
MDD 2109 Theory and Practice of Directing 5
Year II: Semester II
243
MDD 2201 Music, Dance, and Drama
Festivals 5
MDD 2202 Applied Performing Arts II 5
MDD 2203 Theory and Practice of Peoples
Theatre 5
MDD 2204 Counterpoint and Transcription
Project 5
MDD 2205 Project in Dance Composition 5
MDD 2206 Writing a Play 5
MDD 2207 Concert Performance 5
MDD 2208 Modern and Folk Dance Projects 5
MDD 2209 Stage Management and
Production 5
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC (BMUS)
Objectives
The programme is intended to respond to
the changing music needs nationally and
internationally by providing well trained
musicians The specific objectives are:
(a) To train composers, ethnolusociologists,
music therapists, performers, music
analysists, and researchers
(b) To relate Ugandan music traditions with
other music cultures in the world
(c) To plan and effectively manage the
music rehearsals and concerts nationally
and internationally
(d) To transcribe and preserve ethnic music
which is fast dying away
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester 1
Course Code Course Name CU
MUS 1101
Introduction to Advanced
Harmony, Counterpoint, and
Ethnic Music Writing
4
MUS 1102 Introduction to Music
Performance 4
MUS 1103 Aural Skills I 4
MUS 1104 Introduction to Music Analysis 4
MUS 1105 Introduction to Music History 4
MUS 1106 Music in Selected Ugandan
Cultures 4
Semester II
MUS 1201
Advanced Harmony,
Counterpoint, and Ethnic Music
Writing
4
MUS 1202 Music Production 4
MUS 1203 Aural Skills II 4
MUS 1204 Styles and Approaches to Music
Analysis 4
MUS 1205 History of Baroque Music 4
MUS 1206 Music in Selected African
Cultures 4
Year II: Semester I
MUS 2101 Introduction to Writing,
Inventions, and African Songs 4
MUS 2102 Performance in Western and
Ethnic Music I 4
MUS 2103 Aural Skills III 4
MUS 2104 Formal Analysis I 4
MUS 2105 Introduction to Ethnomusicology 4
MUS 2106 History of Classical Music 4
MUS 2107 Introduction to Music Therapy 4
MUS 2108 Music in Selected Latin
American Cultures 4
Year II: Semester II
MUS 2201 Inventions and African Song
Writing 4
MUS 2202 Performance in Western and
Ethnic Music II 4
MUS 2203 Aural Skills Iv 4
MUS 2204 Formal Analysis II 4
MUS 2205 Lab and Field Methods in
Ethnomusicology 4
MUS 2206 History of Romantic Music 4
MUS 2207 Theories and Practice in Music
Therapy 4
MUS 2208 North-American Music 4
Year III: Semester I
MUS 3101 Introduction to Fugue and
African Song Cycle 4
MUS 3102 Performance in Western and
Ethnic Music III 4
MUS 3103 Aural Skills v 4
MUS 3104 Serial Atono and Modal Music
Analysis 4
MUS 3105 Research Report Writing in
Ethnomusicology 4
MUS 3106 History of 20th Century Music 4
244
MUS 3107 Compositional Techniques in
Music Therapy 4
MUS 3108 Music in South-East Asia 4
Year III: Semester II
MUS 3201 Fugue and African Song Cycle
Project 4
MUS 3202 graduation Recital 4
MUS 3203 Aural Skills vI 4
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN DANCE (BDNC)
Objectives
The programme is intended to respond to
the changing dance needs nationally and
internationally by providing well trained
dance professionals The objectives are:
(a) To train choreographers, dance therapists,
dance preservers, dance analysts,
researchers, dance trainers, dance
theatre managers, and performers
(b) To relate Ugandan dance traditions with
other dance cultures in the world
(c) To plan and effectively manage the
dance releases and concerts nationally
and internationally
(d) To note and preserve traditional dance
whose authenticity is fast dying away
due to the fact that presently its survival
is solely dependent on the “observe and
participate” arrangement
Programme Structure
Curriculum
The (BADance) is a three year programme (6
semesters) offered to both day and evening
students
Programme structure
Curriculum
The duration of the course shall extend over
three academic years leading to the award of a
Bachelor of Arts degree There are 4 courses
in each year of study All the first year courses
are compulsory Elective courses are offered
in the second and third years Besides the two
core courses offered in years two and three, a
student is expected to take a minimum of two
electives
Year I: Semester 1
Course Code Course Name CU
DNC 1101 Dance History 4
DNC 1102 Introduction to Human Anatomy
and Movement Awareness 4
DNC 1103 Introduction to Choreography 4
DNC 1104 Introduction to Movement
Notation and Analysis 4
DNC 1105 Introduction to Dance
Performance 4
DNC 1106 Introduction to Dance Technique 4
Year I: Semester II
DNC 1201 Study of Selected Ugandan
Dance Forms I 4
DNC 1202 Movement Awareness and
Observation 4
DNC 1203 Basic Skills in Choreography 4
DNC 1204 Labanotation and its Analysis 4
DNC 1205 Basic Dance Performance Skills 4
DNC 1206 Dance in Selected World
Cultures I 4
Year II: Semester I
DNC 2101 Study of Selected Ugandan
Dance Forms II 4
DNC 2102 Introduction to Modern Dance 4
DNC 2103 Choreography I 4
DNC 2104 Dance Analysis and Criticism 4
DNC 2105 Introduction to Dance Movement
Therapy 4
DNC 2106 Dance in Selected World
Cultures II 4
DNC 2107 Dance in Education I 4
DNC 2108 Dance in Traditional, Social, and
Theatrical Contexts I 4
MUS 3204 Analysis of 20th Century Music 4
MUS 3205 Thematic Studies in
Ethnomusicology 4
MUS 3206 History of Modern Music 4
MUS 3207 Field Work and Project in Music
Therapy 4
MUS 3208 Music in East Asia and Eastern
Europe 4
245
Year II: Semester II
DNC 2201 Dance Craft and Design I 4
DNC 2202 Theory and Practice of Modern
Dance 4
DNC 2203 Choreography II 4
DNC 2204 Research Methods for Dance 4
DNC 2205 Dance Movement Therapy:
Theory and Practice I 4
DNC 2206 Dance in Selected World
Cultures III 4
DNC 2207 Dance in Education II 4
DNC 2208 Dance in Traditional, Social, and
Theatrical Contexts II 4
Year III: Semester I
DNC 3101 Dance Craft and Design II 4
DNC 3102 Creative Dance I 4
DNC 3103 Choreography III 4
DNC 3104 Field Work, Festivals and
Adjudication 4
DNC 3105 Dance Movement Therapy:
Theory and Practice II 4
DNC 3106 Dance in Europe and America 4
DNC 3107 Dance in Education III 4
DNC 3108 Analysis of African Dance I 4
Year III: Semester II
DNC 3201 Community-Based Dance
Performance Forms 4
DNC 3202 Creative Dance II 4
DNC 3203 Choreography Production Project 4
DNC 3204 Research Project Report in
Dance 4
DNC 3205 Dance Movement Therapy
Project 4
DNC 3206 Dances of the Oriental World 4
DNC 3207 Dance in Education Iv 4
DNC 3208 Analysis of African Dance II 4
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN DRAMA (BDRA)
Objectives
The programme is in response to the current
developments in the field of drama to meet the
changing needs of human society nationally
and internationally, by providing fully trained
knowledgeable and skilled dramatists and
theatre practitioners
The specific objectives are:
(a) To train students to acquire the general
knowledge about drama and theatre arts
and related sciences
(b) To empower the students’ capacity for
creative execution of the arts
(c) To equip students with knowledge
and skill for mobilization, arousing
of awareness, critical consciousness
and empowerment of people for social
change
(d) To enable students contribute to the
body of national literature and provide
a record of the country’s socio-politicaleconomic
development
(e) To produce creative social critics and
contribute to shaping the morals of
society
(f) To produce job creators as against job
seekers
Programme Structure
Curriculum
The BA Drama is a three year programme (6
semesters) offered to both day and evening
students
Objectives
(a) To enable students to acquire the general
knowledge about drama and theatre arts
and related sciences
(b) To empower the students’ capacity for
creative execution of the arts
(c) To equip students with knowledge
and skill for mobilization, arousing
of awareness, critical consciousness
and empowerment of people for social
change
(d) To enable students contribute to the
body of national literature and provide
a record of the country’s socio-politicoeconomic
development
(e) To produce job creative social critics
and contribute to shaping the morals of
society
(f) To produce creators as against job seekers
246
Programme structure
Year I: Semester 1
Course Code Course Name CU
DRM 1101 Foundations of Drama and
Theatre 4
DRM 1102 Introduction to Dramatic
Literature 4
DRM 1103 Philosophy of Art and Aesthetics 4
DRM 1104 Sociology of Art and Community
Theatre 4
DRM 1105 Introduction to Technical Aspects
of Theatre 4
DRM 1106 Introduction to Electronic Media
and Communication 4
Year I: Semester II
DRM 1201 Introduction to Conventional
Theatre 4
DRM 1202 Theatre of the Black Experience 4
DRM 1203 Psychology of Art 4
DRM 1204 Applications of Theatre 4
DRM 1205 Introduction to Theatre Design
and Construction 4
DRM 1206 Practices in Electronic Media
and Communication 4
Year II: Semester I
DRM 2101 African Theatre 4
DRM 2102 Evolution of Theatre: greek
Classicism to Neo-Classicism 4
DRM 2103 Theories of Art and Theatre
Criticism 4
DRM 2104 Communication Skills for
Performers I (voice and Speech) 4
DRM 2105 Theatre Design and
Construction I 4
DRM 2106 Creative Writing and Production
for Radio and Television I 4
DRM 2107 Theory and Practice of Acting I 4
DRM 2108 Drama in Education I 4
Year II: Semester II
DRM 2201 Uganda Folklore (Literature and
Application) 4
DRM 2202 Theatre of Post-Classicism to the
20th Century 4
DRM 2203 Research Methods 4
DRM 2204 Communications Skills for
Performers II (Public Speaking) 4
DRM 2205 Theatre Design and Construction
II 4
DRM 2206 Creative Writing and Production
for Radio and Television II 4
DRM 2207 Theory and Practice of Acting II 4
DRM 2208 Drama in Education II (and
Children’s Theatre) 4
Year III: Semester I
DRM 3101 Ugandan Drama and Theatre 4
DRM 3102 Contemporary Western Theatre 4
DRM 3103 Theatre Research Project 4
DRM 3104 Theatre Management and
Administration 4
DRM 3105 Theatre Design and Construction
III 4
DRM 3106 Play writing I 4
DRM 3107 Directing: Theory and Practice I 4
DRM 3108 Theatre for Development and
PRA I 4
DRM 3109 Theories and Practice of video
and Film Making I 4
Year III: Semester II
DRM 3201 The Study of a Single Dramatist 4
DRM 3202 The Avant-garde Theatre Forms 4
DRM 3203 Theatre Review, Criticism, and
Documentation 4
DRM 3204 Theatre Marketing 4
DRM 3205 Computer Skills for Theatre
Artists 4
DRM 3206 Play writing II 4
DRM 3207 Directing: Theory and Practice II 4
DRM 3208 Theatre for Development and
PRA II 4
DRM 3209 Theories and Practice of video
and Film Making II 4
POS 1101 Introduction to Political Science
247
ECO 1101 Introductory Microeconomics
MCO 1101 Introductory Microeconomics
MCO 1102 Introduction to Computer
Science
Semester II
MCO 1201 Media History and Issues
ECO 1201 Principles of Development
Economics
MCO 1202 Writing for Mass
Communication
MCO 1203 History of Uganda
POS 1203 Comparative Political Systems
Year II: Semester I
MCO 2101 Mass Media and Society
MCO 2102 Public Information Programmes
MCO 2103 News Writing and Reporting
POS 2103 Politics in Africa
MCO 2104 Research Project/Dissertation
ECO 2106 Industrial Economics
Semester II
MCO 2201 Mass Communication Law
MCO 2202 Introduction to Public Relations
MCO 2203 Introduction to Broadcasting
MCO 2204 Introduction to Photojournalism
ECO 2205 Managerial Economics
POS 2207 International Organisations
Year III: Semester I
MCO 3101 Newspaper Editing
MCO 3102 Advertising copy and layout
ECO 3102 Development Economics
MCO 3103 Public Relation Services and
Production
MCO 3104 Radio Production
MCO 3105 Photojournalism
POS 3105 Environmental Management
MCO 3106 The Art of Public Speaking
Semester II
MCO 3201 Specialized Writing
MCO 3202 Public Relations and Media
Practice
ECO 3202 Project Planning and
Management
DEPARTMENT OF MASS COMMUNICATION
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MASS
COMMUNICATION
Objectives
The Bachelor of Arts with Mass Communication
as the major subject graduates should be
equipped with basic skills to plan, design,
develop and manage programmes for optimal
utilization of mass media and communication
resources in ways that enhance communication
with the public for sustainable development
Knowledge/Skills
The student is expected to have knowledge/
skills of:
i News writing and reporting
ii Advertising
iii Public relations
Attitudes
At the end of the programme, the students
should have developed:
i) A positive and accommodative attitude
to the communication needs of the
society
ii) The work and professional ethics of
journalists
iii) A positive attitude to develop and exploit
different communication channels
while at the time considering long term
sustainability
Curriculum
The curriculum for the Bachelor of Arts with
Mass Communication as the major subject
shall extend over three academic years In the
first year of study students take three subjects
including Mass Communication During the
second and third years, students will major in
Mass Communication which will be combined
with one minor subject from the Faculty of
Arts or any other relevant faculty While all
the first year courses are compulsory, electives
are offered both in the second and third years
Distribution of Courses
Year I: Semester I (All courses offered must
be taken by every student)
Course Code Course Name CU
MCO 1101 Introduction to Mass
Communication
248
MCO 3203 Public Relations Cases and
Strategies
MCO 3204 graphics of Communication
MCO 3205 Public Affairs Reporting
MCO 3206 Television Production
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY
MCO 3207 Issues in Mass Communication
MCO 3208 Development Communication
MCO 3209 Media Management
POS 3218 Politics of Development and
Technological Change
HISTORY COURSES
Year I: Semester 1 (All First Year Courses
are Core)
Course Code Course Name CU
HIS 1101 Themes of East African History
1500 to 1900 3
HIS 1102 Themes of African History 1500
to 1870 3
Semester II
HIS 1201 European History 1780 - 1919 3
HIS 1202 Themes of African History Since
1871 3
Year II
History Majors take 2 core and 2 electives
plus 2 courses from a Minor subject taken
during first year while History Minors take 1
core and 1 elective per semester
Semester 1
Course Code Course Name CU
HIS 2101 European History 1919-1970 3
HIS 2102 Historiography and History
Methods 3
HIS 2103 History of South Africa 3
HIS 2104 World Revolutions 1600-1950 3
HIS 2105 Socio-Economic and Political
Development in S Asia 3
HIS 2106 Contemporary International
Relations 3
HIS 2107 Education and Social Change in
Sub Saharan 3
Semester II
HIS 2201 Transformation of Europe Since
1871 3
HIS 2202 African Nationalism 1900-1963 3
HIS 2203 History of West Africa from
Early Times to 18 3
HIS 2204 South African History 1652-1902 3
HIS 2206 Military History and Conflict
Resolution in Africa 3
HIS 2207 Education and Social Change in
Sub-Saharan Africa 3
Year III: Semester I
HIS 3101 Studies in Politics and Social
Economics of Uganda 3
HIS 3102 The New States in Africa 3
HIS 3103 Socio-Econ Transform of East
Africa from 1800-1918 3
HIS 3105 Phenomenon of Human Rights in
Sub Saharan Africa 3
HIS 3106 The 19th Century History of
West Africa 3
HIS 3107 The History of the Middle East
Since 1900 3
HIS 3108 Themes of American History
1800 to 1914 3
Semester II
HIS 3201 World Affairs Since 1945 3
HIS 3202 History of United States Africa
Relations 3
HIS 3203 History of West Africa Since
1800 3
HIS 3204 History of South Africa 1902
1994 3
HIS 3205 History of United States of
America 1861-1945 3
HIS 3206 North African History Since
1600 3
HIS 3207 Themes of American History
Since 1914 3
249
ORGANISATIONAL STUDIES COURSES
Major Objectives
The major objective for the introduction of
the subject of Organisational Behaviour is to
enrich the existing BA courses by adding a
professional component, hence developing the
necessary leadership qualities in the Bachelor
of Arts graduates
Curriculum
The curriculum for the subject of
Organisational Studies shall extend over three
academic years In the first year, students take
Organisational Studies as a professional subject
along with two non-professional subjects In
the 2nd and 3rd years, students will major in
Organisational Studies and minor in one of the
subjects offered in the first year
Year I: Semester 1
Course Code Course Name CU
OgS 1101 Business Administration 4
OgS 1102 Human Behaviour I 4
Semester II
OgS 1201 Fundamentals of Management 4
OgS 1202 Human Behaviour II 4
Year II: Semester I
OgS 2101 Elements of Human Resource
Management 4
OgS 2102 Research and Quantitative
Methods 4
OgS 2103 Introduction to the Law of
Contract 4
OgS 2104 Introductory Economics 4
OgS 2105 Introduction to Accounting 4
Semester II
OgS 2201 Selected Aspects of
Development 4
OgS 2202 Management of Information
Systems 4
OgS 2203 Communication Processes and
Effects 4
OgS 2204 Computer Fundamentals and
Operations 4
OgS 2205 Cross Cultural Management 4
OgS 2206 Industrial Psychology 4
Year III: Semester I
OgS 3101 Dimensions of Leadership and
Management 4
OgS 3102 Conservation and Sustainable
Development 4
OgS 3103 Elements of Constitutional Law 4
OgS 3104 Social Structure in Uganda 4
OgS 3105 Project Management 4
OgS 3106 Wages and Salary Administration 4
Semester II
OgS 3201 Organisations and Organisational
Behaviour 4
OgS 3202 Politics of International
Economics 4
OgS 3203 Socio-Economic Transformation
of East Africa 4
OgS 3204 Public Relations 4
OgS 3205 Employment Law and Practice 4
OgS 3206 Labour and Industrial Relations 4
OgS 3207 Introduction to the Torts 4
THE BACHELOR OF DEVELOPMENT STUDIES (BDVS)
Objectives
The programme introduces the student to the
formulation of social, political, economic,
environmental policy and appropriate
technology together with spatial connotation
It deals with policy formulation at national,
regional and local level but considerable
emphasis is given to the local development
and its implications to national and regional
implementation at the grassroots
The program also aims at developing skills to
enable its graduates to:
• increase production, particularly in natural
resources level to achieve sustainable
development
• restructure rural economies by identifying
all causes and areas of current underdevelopment
• improve the development and management
of rural areas
• develop linkages between lower and upper
circuit activities particularly in relation
to industrial development
250
• introduce students to the integrative,
interdisciplinary and continuous
planning process and evaluation
• promote techniques for effective political
interaction and community participation
as integral activities in the planning and
technological development process
• identify short and long term policies for
sustainable development
• critically analyse the human and nonhuman
issues that affect development
Programme Structure
Curriculum
The B DES is a three year programme (six
semesters) offered to both day and evening
students
Year I: Semester 1 (all courses offered must
be taken by every student)
Course Code Course Name CU
DES1101 Introduction to Development
Studies 4
DES1102 Sociology and Culture in
Development 4
DES1103 Introductory Economics 4
DES1104
Political Economy
of Development and
Underdevelopment
4
Semester II
DES1201 Theories of Development 4
DES1202 Environment and Sustainable
Development 4
DES1203 Introduction to Computer
Applications 4
DES1204 Industrialization and
Development 4
Total CU for Year One 32
Recess Term
DES 1205 Field Attachment
Year II (Students offer 3 core courses and 2
electives per semester)
Semester I (Core Courses)
DES2101 gender and Development 4
DES2102 History of Development
Processes 4
DES 2103 Political Economy of Uganda 4
DES 2104 Research Methods 4
DES2206 International Law and
Organisations in Development 2
DES2207 Regional Intergration and
Development 2
Specialisation 2: Rural And Natural
Resource Development
DES2207 Rural Development Programmes
in East Africa 2
DES2208 The Political Economy of Land
and Production Systems 2
Specialisation 3: Governance, Society And
Production Systems
DES2209 Political Systems, Ideologies and
Development 2
DES2210 Human Rights, governance and
Development 2
DES2211 Conflicts, Peace and Refugee
Studies 2
Specialisation 4: Financial, Urban And
Industrial Development
DES2212 Business Finance in
Development 2
DES2213 Taxation and Development 2
DES2214 Marketing and Procurement in
Development 2
Recess Term
DES 1405 Field Attachment
Year III: Semester I (Core Courses)
DES 3101 Financial Management and
Development 4
DES 3102 Agrarian Reform and Rural
Transformation 4
DES 3102 Development Policy Science and
Analysis 4
Year III: Semester I Electives
Specialisation 1: International Development
DES 3105 Hunger and Food Security 2
DES 3106 International Finance and
Development 2
DES 3107 International Language 2
Specialisation 2: Rural And Natural
Resource Development
DES3108 Environment Impact Assessment 2
DES3109 Introduction to Development
Economics 2
Specialization 3: Governance, Society And
Development
DES 3105 Hunger and Food Security 2
DES 3111 Employment and Labour Studies 2
Specialisation 4: Financial, Urban And
Industrial Development
251
Specilisation 2: Rural And Natural
Resource Development
DES 3207 Tourism and Development 2
DES 3208 The Political Economy of
Commodity Marketing 2
SPECILISATION 3: FINANCIAL, URBAN
AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT
DES 3209 Decentralisation and
Development 2
DES 3206 Issues in Economic Disparities 2
DES 3207 Education, Health and
Development 2
SPECIALISATION 4: FINANCIAL, URBAN
AND INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENT
DES 3211 Estate Management and
Development 2
DES 2106 Trade and Development 2
Recess Term
DES 1405 Internship 120
DES 3112 Entrepreneurship and
Development 2
DES 3109 Introduction to Development
Economics 2
DES 3110 Development and the Law 2
Year III: Semester II (Core Courses)
DES 3201 Population and Development 4
DES 3202
The Political Economy
of Imperialism and NeoColonialism
4
DES 3203 Social Services and Human
Resource Development 4
DES 3204 Civil Society Organisations and
Development 4
Year III: Semester II Electives
Specialisation 1: International Development
DES 3205 Science and Technology in
Development 2
DES 3206 Issues in Economic Disparities 2
DEPARTMENT OF LITERATURE
LITERATURE COURSES
Year I: Semester 1 (All First Year Courses
are Core)
Course Code Course Name CU
LIT 1101 Introduction to Literature I 3
LIT 1102 Language and Literature 3
Semester II
LIT 1201 Introduction to Literature II 3
LIT 1202 Introduction to Literary Stylistics 3
End of First Year CU from
Literature Department 12
Year II
Literature Majors take 2 core and 2 electives plus 2
courses form a Minor subject during first year while
Literature Minors take 1 core and 1 elective per
semester
Semester 1 (Core Courses)
Course Code Course Name CU
LIT 2101 Literary Critical Theory 3
LIT 2102 Research Methods 3
LIT 2103 Elements and Scope of Drama 3
Elective Courses
LIT 2104 East African Literature 3
LIT 2105 The Art of Communication 3
LIT 2106 Popular Literature 3
LIT 2107 Computer Skills for Writers 3
LIT 2108 Children’s Literature 3
Semester II (Core Courses)
LIT 2201 Elements and Scope of the Novel 3
*LIT 2202 Oral Literature 3
Elective Courses
LIT 2203 Changing Concepts and Patterns
of Drama 3
LIT 2204 20th Century Literary Theories 3
LIT 2205 Business Communication 3
LIT 2206 Area Studies 3
LIT 2207 African Drama 3
LIT 2208 Film Studies 3
End of Second Year
CU Literature Majors 24
CU Literature Minors 12
Year III
Literature Majors offer 2 core and 2 electives
plus 2 courses from a Minor subject taken
during the Second year while Literature Minors
offer 1 core and 1 elective per Semester
252
Semester 1 (Core Courses)
Course Code Course Name CU
LIT 3101 Practical Literacy Criticism 3
LIT 3102 Elements of Poetry 3
Elective Courses
LIT 3103 Creative Writing 3
LIT 3104 Selected Author(s) 3
LIT 3105 African Cinema 3
LIT 3106 The Novel: Forms & Concepts 3
LIT 3107 Public Speaking 3
LIT 3108 American Literature 3
Semester II (Core Courses)
LIT 3201 Linguistic Approach to Literary
Criticism 3
LIT 3202 Trends in African Literature 3
Elective Courses
LIT 3203 Changing Patterns in Poetry 3
LIT 3204 The African Novel 3
LIT 3205 African Poetry 3
LIT 3206 Oral Literature Research
Proposal 3
LIT 3207 gender Issues in Literature and
the Media 3
LIT 3208 Creative Writing Project 3
LIT 3210 Film/Cinema Project 3
LIT 3211 Art of Communication Project 3
Note: Students must have offered LIT 301
End of Third year CU Literature Majors = 24
CU Literature Minors = 12
Total CU for Three Years from Literature
Department:
Literature Majors = 60
Literature Minors = 36
Minimum CU Graduation requirement from
Literature Department at 80% attendance:
Literature Majors = 48
Literature Minors = 29
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
PHILOSOPHY COURSES
Year I: Semester 1 (All First Year Courses
are Core)
Course Code Course Name CU
PHI 1101 Introduction to Philosophy 3
PHI 1102 Introduction to History of
Philosophy 3
Semester II
PHI 1203 Introduction to Logic 3
PHI 1204 Introduction to Ethics 3
End of First Year
CU from Philosophy
Department 12
Year II
Philosophy Majors take 2 core and 2 electives
plus 2 courses from a Minor subject
taken during first year while Philosophy Minors
take 1 core and 1 elective per semester
Semester 1 (Core courses)
Course Code Course Name CU
PHI 2105 Advanced Logic 3
PHI 2106 Ethics, Pure and Applied 3
Elective Courses
PHI 2107 Traditional African Philosophy
PHI 2108 History of Ancient Philosophy
PHI 2109 Philosophy of History 3
PHI 2110 Philosophy of Law 3
PHI 2111 Philosophy of gender 3
Semester II (Core Courses)
PHI 2212 Metaphysics and Epistemology 3
PHI 2213 Philosophical Anthropology 3
Optional Courses
PHI 2214 History of Medieval Philosophy 3
PHI 2215 Philosophy of Religion 3
PHI 2216 Philosophy of Economics 3
PHI 2217 Philosophy of Natural Science 3
PHI 2218 Philosophical Thought Throughout
the Ages 3
End of Second Year
CU Philosophy Majors 24
CU Philosophy Minors 12
253
Year III
Philosophy Majors take 2 core and 2 electives
plus 2 courses from a Minor subject taken
during the Second Year while Philosophy
Minors take 1 core and 1 elective per
semester
Semester 1 (Core Courses)
Course Code Course Name CU
PHI 3119 Contemporary Philosophy 3
PHI 3120 Axiology 3
Elective Courses
PHI 3121 History of Modern Philosophy 3
PHI 3122 Political and Social Philosophy 3
PHI 3123 Aesthetics 3
PHI 3124 Philosophy of Education 3
PHI 3125 Philosophy of Language 3
Semester II (Core Courses)
PHI 3226 Philosophy of Development 3
PHI 3227 Research Paper 3
Elective Courses
PHI 3228 Contemporary African
Philosophy 3
PHI 3229 Philosophy and Culture 3
PHI 3230 Philosophy of Social Science 3
PHI 3231 Philosophy of Literature 3
PHI 3232 African Philosophy 3
End of Third Year
CU Philosophy Majors 24
CU Philosophy Minors 12
Total CU from Philosophy Department:
Majors = 60
Minors = 36
Minimum CU graduation
requirement at 80% attendance:
Philosophy Majors = 48
Philosophy Minors
= 29
DEPARTMENT OF RELIGIOUS STUDIES
RELIGIOUS STUDIES COURSE
Year I: Semester 1 (Core Course) ((Students
take One Core and One Elective per Semester
***)
Students Select One Core and One Elective per
Semester
Course Code Course Name CU
RSD 1101
Religions in the Contemporary
World I (Phenomenology of
Religion & African Religion)
Elective Courses
RSD 1102 Introduction to the Bible I (Old
Testament) 3
RSD 1103 Introduction to Islam I 3
RSD 1104 Biblical Hebrew I (Introduction) 3
RSD 1105 Arabic Language 3
RSD 1106 greek 1 (Beginners)
Semester II (Core Course)
RSD 1201 Religions in the Contemporary
World II 3
(Middle-East & Far-East
Religious Experience)
Elective Courses
(Students Select One Elective)
RSD 1202 Introduction to the Bible II
(New Testament) 3
RSD 1203 Introduction to Islam II 3
RSD 1204 Hebrew II (Beginnners) 3
RSD 1205 Arabic Language II (Beginners) 3
RSD 1206 greek II (Beginners) 3
End of First Year
CU from Religious Studies
Department RSD 12
Year II
Religious Studies Majors take 2 core and 2
electives plus 2 courses from a Minor Subject
taken during first year while Religious
Studies Minors take 1 core and 1 elective per
Semester
Semester 1 (Core Courses)
Course Code Course Name CU
RSD 2101 African Traditional Religion 3
254
RSD 2102 Research Methods 3
Elective Courses
RSD 2103 The Study of the Old Testament
I (Pentateuch) 3
RSD 2104 Contemporary Theologies 3
RSD 2105 general Church History 3
RSD 2106 Qur’an I 3
RSD 2107 Sociology of Religion 3
RSD 2108 Religion, Culture and Ideology 3
RSD 2109 greek III (Advanced) 3
RSD 2110 Arabic Language I (Advanced) 3
RSD 2111 The History of Islamic
Civilization 3
RSD 2112 Hebrew III (Advanced) 3
Semester II (Core Courses)
RSD 2201
Religion and Contemporary
Social & Economic
Development
3
RSD 2202 History of Religions in Uganda 3
Elective Courses
* RSD 2203 Old Testament II ((Prophesy and
Wisdom Literature) 3
RSD 2204 Systematic Theologies 3
RSD 2205 African Theory 3
**RSD 2206 Qur’an II(Islam Juris
– Prudence) 3
RSD 2207 Islamic Institutions I 3
RSD 2208 Counselling: Religious
Perspective 3
+RSD 2209 greek Iv (Advanced) 3
++RSD 2210 Arabic Language II (Advanced) 3
RSD 2211 Religion, Law and Society 3
RSD 2212 Hebrew Iv (Advanced) 3
End of Second Year
CU Religious Studies Majors 24
CU Religious Studies Minors 12
Year III
Religious Studies Majors take 2 core and 2
electives plus 2 courses from a Minor subject
taken during Second Year while Religious Studies
Minors take 1 core and 1 elective per Semester
Semester 1 (Core Courses)
Course Code Course Name CU
# RSD 3101 Religious Ethics I 3
RSD 3102 Religion, Peace and Justice 3
Elective Courses
RSD 3103 The New Testament I(Synoptic
gospels) 3
RSD 3104 Classical Theology 3
RSD 3105 Asian Religions 3
RSD 3106 Theology and Traditions of Islam 3
RSD 3107 Modern Islam-Movements 3
RSD 3108 Hadith and Fiqh 3
RSD 3109 History of Religion 3
RSD 3110 Research Paper I 3
Semester II (Core Courses)
> RSD 3201 Religious Ethics II 3
RSD 3202
Inter-Religious/Inter-faith
Dialogue Ecumenical
Movements
3
Elective Courses
>>RSD 3203
The New Testament II (Pauline
Johannine/Other Epistolary
Tradition)
3
RSD 3204 African Church History 3
RSD 3205
The Ideology and Practice of
Health Ministry: Traditional/
Modern
3
RSD 3206 Islamic Philosophy 3
RSD 3207 Islamic Institutions II 3
RSD 3208 New Religious Movements in
Africa 3
RSD 3209 Religion, gender &
Development 3
RSD 3210 The Psychology of Religion 3
RSD 3211 Liberation Theologies 3
Note:
# The course is a Pre-requisite for all
students
* Students must have offered NCC: RSD
2103 in first Semester
** Students must have offered NCC: RSD
2106 in first Semester
+ Students must have offered NCC: RSD
2109 in first Semester
++ Students must have offered NCC: RSD
2110 in first Semester
> Students must have offered NCC: RSD
3101 in first Semester
>> Students must have offered NCC: RSD
3103 in first Semester
Total CU from Religious Studies
Majors = 60
Minors = 36
255
POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES IN THE FACULTY OF ARTS
Aims and Objectives
i) To contribute to the professionalism
of journalism and media practice in
Uganda
ii) To provide an opportunity to people
with or without a Mass Communication/
Journalism background to acquire
advanced knowledge and professional
skills
Objectives
i) To equip students with the intellectual
and practical skills to work in a modern
and dynamic journalism and media
environment
ii) To impart knowledge of and skills in
the management of journalism and the
media
iii) To explore the roles and functions of
journalists and media institutions and
practitioners
iv) To examine media and communication
concepts, issues and practices, as well
as the policies, laws and principles that
govern these practices
v) To equip students with methodological
and analytical skills needed to conduct
research in journalism and the media
Programme Structure
The duration of the PgD in Mass
Communication shall be one academic year
consisting of two semesters and eight weeks
of supervised internship
Course Units
A student undertaking the PgD in Mass
Communication shall be required to take and
complete 8 course units In the first semester,
there are 4 core course units and all are
compulsory In the second semester, there are
4 course units One is a core course unit and
is compulsory A student will be required to
specialize in one area of Mass Communication
by choosing 3 course units from pre-defined
professional tracks The programme course
units are structured as follows:
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN MASS COMMUNICATION (GDMC)
a) The programme shall be conducted on
the credit unit (CU) basis
b) One credit unit is equivalent to one
contact hour per week per semester,
i e a series of 15 contact hours in 15
weeks
c) One contact hour is equivalent to one
hour of lecture, tutorial or 2 hours of
practicals
The PgD in Mass Communication is offered
by coursework/progressive assessment,
examination and internship over one academic
year, that is, two semesters of 17 weeks each
as laid out in the university academic calendar
Tuition will take 15 weeks and the last 2 weeks
of the semester will be for examinations
During the recess term students will enroll
for an 8-week internship in an organization of
their choice with the approval of the internship
coordinator
graduates of the Postgraduate Diploma in
Mass Communication will be required to
specialize in one of the following areas of
their choice, known as Specialised Elective
Tracks
i) Print journalism
ii) Radio journalism
iii) Television journalism
iv) Photojournalism
v) Public relations
vi) Advertising
The 1st semester comprises foundation
courses, known as Core Courses, which are
compulsory (DMC 500/5001/502/503) The
2nd semester comprises one Core Course
(DMC 504) and three electives grouped
together as a Specialised Elective Track The
journalism tracks share certain courses because
of their common premise The programme
is structured in such a way as to lead to the
acquisition of core competence in a specific
professional area of journalism and the allied
media industries
256
DMC6201 Reporting and Writing
Techniques 3
DMC6202 Copy Editing, Design and
Production 3
DMC 6203 Covering Public Affairs 3
DMC 6204 Writing For Radio 3
DMC 6205 Radio Production 3
DMC 6206 Writing for Television 3
DMC 6207 Tv Production 3
DMC 6208 Introduction to Public Relations 3
DMC 6209 Public Relations Practice 3
DMC 6210 Organisational Communication 3
DMC 6211 Introduction to Advertising 3
DMC 6212 Advertising and Media
Production 3
DMC 6213 Integrated Marketing
Communication 3
DMC 6214 The Art of Photojournalism 3
DMC 6300 Internship 3
Teaching, Internship and Assessment
Teaching is conducted through a scheme of
lectures, seminars, tutorials and practical
assignments To graduate, a student will
require at least 40 semester hours of approved
coursework, a grade Point (gP) of 2 0+ in every
examination and the successful completion of 8
weeks of supervised internship The internship
will be graded independently as course DMC
519, and students will be required to submit a
report at the end of the internship
Year I: Semester I (Core Courses)
Course Code Course Name CU
DMC6100 Communication Theory 3
DMC6101 Society, Ethics and the Media 3
DMC6102 Media Management 3
DMC6103 Communication Law 3
Semester II
DMC6200 Communication Research
Methods 3
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN TRANSLATION AND INTERPRETATION STUDIES
(GTIS)
Objectives
(i) The training of high level translators
and interpreters in the various Ugandan
languages of different categories of
works mentioned below:
a) Novels from one Ugandan
language to another
b) Folk-tales, proverbs, folk-songs,
riddles, poems from one Ugandan
language to another
c) Translation of the above into
English and other international
languages
d) Translation of major literary and
scientific works from international
languages to Ugandan languages
i) Translation into local languages of
different religious writings (from
world’s major religions) that do
not yet exist in such languages
(ii) Training of high level interpreters
to assist interpreting from one
local language to another or
from one international language
to another during conferences,
seminars, literacy campaigns,
mass mobilization works, etc
Curriculum
The Diploma course will run for one year
made up of two semesters A student shall select
two of the languages below for training,
namely: English, French, Spanish, german,
Russian, Chinese, Arabic, Portuguese, Italian,
kiswahili and any other internationally recognised
language
There shall be 3 categories of students:
(i) Those who will specialize in
Translation
(ii) Those who will specialize in Interpretation
(iii) Those who will specialize in Translation
and Interpretation
257
Semester I (All courses in the 1st Semester
are core)
Course Code Course Name CU
TINT 500 Language Analysis 3
TINT 501 Introduction to a 3rd
International Language (1) 4
TINT 502 Studies in the two Working
Languages (1) 4
TINT 503 Theory and Practice of
Translation & Interpretation I 4
TINT 504 Translation and Interpretation 4
TINT 505 Communication Skills 3
TINT 506 Topical Issues 3
Total Course Units for semester I 21
Semester II: Core Courses
Students who specialise in Translation should
take TINT 525 and those specialising in
Interpretation should take TINT 526
TINT 520 Introduction to a 3rd
International Language (2) 3
TINT 521 Studies in the two Working
Languages (2) 4
TINT 522 Specialized Terminology 3
TINT 523 Project Preparation 3
TINT 524 Theory and Practice of
Translation & Interpretation II 4
Elective Courses
TINT 525 Introduction to Administrative
Magement 2
TINT 526 Introduction to Cross Cultural
Studies 2
TINT 527 International Relations 2
TINT 528 Introduction to Computer Studies 2
Total course units for semester II 21
Total Course units in a Year 42
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN THEOLOGY AND PASTORAL STUDIES (PGD TPS)
Objectives of the Programme
The general objective is to train pastors and
administrators
The programme is also intended to enable
the student acquire the skills of research
in Theology and management of religious
organizations and institutions It will also
train the students to be agents of change in
communities
Curriculum
Duration
The programme is expected to extend over
one year of two semesters Every semester
shall be 17 weeks long: 15 weeks of teaching
and two weeks fr examinations In addition
students are expected to do a research
project to be completed during the recess
term of the second semester Students who
come in without a background of Research
Methodology will be given a remedial course
in Research Methods
Structure
Course Layout: All Courses are core
Semester I
Course Code Course Name CU
gPT 6100 Old Testament 2
gPT 6101 general Church History 2
gPT 6102 Patrology 2
gPT 6103 African Theology 2
gPT 6104 Moral Theology (Christian
Ethics) 2
gPT 6105 Liturgy (Worship) 2
gPT 6106 Theology of Mission 2
gPT 6107 Biblical Hebrew I 2
Total Creit Units 16
Semester II
gPT 6208 New Testament 2
gPT 6209 Pastrol Theology 2
gPT 6210 Spiritual Theology 2
gPT 6211 Chruch Law 2
gPT 6212 African Chruch History 2
gPT 6213 Systematic Theology 2
gPT 6214 Biblical Hebrew II 2
gPT 6215 Research Project 2
Total Credit Units 16
258
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN METEOROLOGY (GMET)
Objectives
The main objective is to train professional
Meteorological and Atmospheric scientists to
staff Meteorological Institutions as well as other
cross-sectoral applications like Agriculture,
Water Development, Tourism etc
The secondary objectives include the
strengthening of the national research
capability in fields of applied Meteorology
as well as atmospheric sciences so as to
adequately handle Ugandan issues of climatic
variability and change, Climatic impacts,
Agricultural Meteorology, Hydrometeorology,
and short, medium to long range forecasting
The programme will also be beneficial to
Makerere University Staff Development
Programme Structure
All courses in Meteorology are Core and
Compulsory
Semester I
Course Code Course Name CU
gMR 6101 Meteorological Instruments &
Observation Methods 3
gMR 6102 Physical Meteorology I 3
gMR 6103 Dynamics of Atmospheric
Motions I 3
gMR 6105 Synoptic Meteorology 3
gMR 6106 Statistical Methods in
Meteorology 3
Total Semester CU 18
Semester II
gMR 520 Physical Meteorology II 3
gMR 521 Micrometeorology & Cloud
Physics 3
gMR 522 Dynamics of Atmosphere
Motions II 3
gMR 523 Tropical Meteorology 3
gMR 524 Agro meteorology &
Hydrometeorology 3
gMR 525 Project Work 3
Total Semester II Credit
(Course) Units 18
Total Course (credit) Units for the PGD in
Meteorology 36
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ENVIRONMENTAL JOURNALISM AND
COMMUNICATION (GEJC)
Objectives
The general objective of the journalism and
communication training programme is to
improve the quality of environmental reporting
in the media in the Eastern Africa region
through training, networking; community
outreach; and developing positive attitudes
toward sustainable management of resources
through the media The regional programme
also aims at creating a cadre of experts in
environmental journalism and communication,
who will be based at Makerere University
to spearhead training in environmental
journalism through training, networking;
community outreach; and developing positive
attitudes toward sustainable management of
resources through the media The regional
programme also aims at creating a cadre
of experts in environmental journalism
and communication, who will be based at
Makerere University to spearhead regional
training in environmental journalism and
communication through training, networking,
community outreach, and developing positive
attitudes toward sustainable management of
resources through the media
Specific Objectives
• To train environmental journalists
in the Eastern Africa region in a one
year practical-oriented, specialised
programme leading to the award of a
259
Postgraduate Diploma in Environmental
Journalism and Communication
• To enable graduates in a variety of fields
to gain skills in environmental reporting
and communication
• To help journalists gain a deeper
understanding of the environment and
improve their reporting in the field
• To meet the needs of journalists and
communicators who want to specialise
in environmental journalism at a higher
level
• To create the needs of journalists and
communication experts that can handle
environmental issues with interest and
responsibility
• To build the human resource capacity of
media houses, training institutions and
environmental organisations in environmental
reporting
Programme Structure
Layout of Courses
Year I: Semester I (Core Courses)
Course Code Course Name CU
DEJC 600 Introduction to Journalism,
Media & Communication 3
DEJC 601 Introduction to Environmental
Management 3
DEJC 602 Development Support
Communication 3
DEJC 603 Environmental Information
Packaging and Reporting 3
DEJC 604 Environmental Message Design
and Communication 3
DEJC 605 Communication Law, Policy &
Regulation 3
DEJC 606 Investigative and Interpretative
Reporting 3
DEJC 607 Research Methodology 3
Semester II (Core Courses)
DEJC 608 Environmental Law & Policy 3
DEJC 609 gender and the Environment 3
Elective Courses
DEJC 610 Environmental Economics 3
DEJC 611 World Environments &
Agricultural geography 3
DEJC 612 Sociology and the Environment 3
DEJC 613 Environmental Health
Communication 3
DEJC 614 Forestry Resources Management 3
DEJC 615 Issues in Zoology, Environment
& Communication 3
DEJC 616 veterinary Resources,
Environment & Communication 3
MASTER OF ARTS IN LAND USE AND REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT [MLRD)]
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course Name CU
LUD 7101 Land Evaluation and Land Use
Planning 4
LUD 7102 vocational Analysis 4
LUD 7103 Research Methods Analytical
Techniques 4
LUD 7104 Spatial Aspects of Rural
Development 4
LUD 7105 Soil Classification and
Management 4
LUD 7106 geomorphic Landforms and
Processes 4
LUD 7107 Settlement Systems 4
Semester II
LUD 7201 geographical Information
System (gIS) 4
LUD 7202 Resources and Development 4
LUD 7203 Regional Development and
Urban Planning 4
LUD 7204 Population Analysis 4
LUD 7205 Climatology and Regional
Development 4
LUD 7206 Biogeography 4
LUD 7207 Applied Political geography 4
260
MASTER OF ARTS IN GEOGRAPHY (MGEO)
Introduction
The MA geography programme is designed
to qualify people with an MA in various
specialised fields of Geography It addresses
the needs of research Institutions and any
other Institution which needs manpower
with specialised advanced training in the
diverse areas of geography like population,
environment, water resources, geomorphology,
climatology etc
Programme Structure
The Master of Arts (geography) degree shall
be offered by Coursework and Dissertation
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course Name CU
gEO 7101 Research Methods and
Analytical Skills 4
gEO 7102 Principal Foundations of
geography 4
gEO 7103 Economic geography 4
gEO 7104 Industrial geography 4
gEO 7105 geomorphology 4
gEO 7106 Soil Classification and
Management 4
gEO 7107 Population geography 4
gEO 7108 Agricultural geography 4
Semester II
gEO 7201 geographical Information
Systems 4
gEO 7202 Resources and Development 4
gEO 7203 Settlement geography 4
gEO 7204 Urban geography 4
gEO 7205 Land Use and Regional
Development 4
gEO 7206 Environmental Evaluation 4
gEO 7207 Biogeography 4
gEO 7208 Climatology 4
gEO 7209 Hydrology 4
gEO 7210 Advanced geographical
Information Systems 4
MASTER OF ARTS IN HISTORY (MAHI)
Programme Structure
Duration
The MA (History) programme takes a
minimum of two years and a maximum of
three years The courses are divided into two
parts
Part I: (i) Four courses are to be
taken; two of the courses during
the first half of the academic year,
and two during the second half
(ii) Each of these courses shall
be examined at the end of the
academic year
(iii) Course HD1 on Historiography
is to be taken in the first half of
the first academic year of the
Programme It is compulsory The
other three courses will be chosen
according to the candidate’s need
Part II: Supervised research on an approved
topic leading to the writing of a
Dissertation This is to be done in
the second year
Courses of Study (Part I)
Course HDI: Historiography (Compulsory
for all students)
Course HD2: Advanced Seminar on the PostColonial History of Uganda
(Optional)
Course HD3: History of U S - African
Relations, 1945 to Present (optional) Course
HD4: Diplomatic History of Europe, 1870-
1939 (optional)
Course HD5: Advanced Seminar on the
Organization of African Unity (O A U), 1963
to Present
(Optional)
Course HD6: Advanced Seminar on
Imperialism and Neo-Colonialism in Africa,
1960 to present (optional)
261
MASTER OF ARTS IN LITERATURE (MLIT)
Objectives
i) The Master of Arts in Literature
Programme is intended to give students
deeper training and specialization in
Literature This will strengthen Uganda’s
creative and intellectual capacity, and
also widen the employment opportunities
of the individual graduates
ii) Literature normally sharpens the critical
capacity of the students, and revitalizes
their use of language This in turn helps
them to refocus their perception of
national issues
Curriculum
Duration
The MA Literature degree is offered
by coursework and dissertation over two
academic years
a) There will be two semesters in the first
year of study, each of 17 weeks; 15
weeks for tuition and two weeks for
examination
b) There shall be a three weeks holiday
between semesters
c) The courses will be organized as
below:
i) Ten courses each of 60 contact
hours (5 per semester) in the first
year will be offered
ii) All shall be examined by
coursework and examination, to
be done at the end of the semester
in which the courses are offered
(d) In the first year, all candidates shall
attend Lectures and Seminars on a full
time basis On successful completion
of the taught courses in the first year,
candidates are expected to work at
their dissertation on an approved topic
under a supervisor appointed by the
appropriate University authority There
shall be regular reports on the students’
progress
Programme Structure
The order of the courses is subject to
adjustment at the beginning of any academic
year, depending on the availability of facilities
and personnel Six of the courses offered on
the programme will be Core courses
Year I: Semester I (Core Course)
Course Code Course Name CU
Lit 7101 Research Methods 3
Lit 7102 Epic Prose and Poetry 3
Lit 7103 African Poetry & Contemporary
Experience 3
Electives
Lit 7104 The African Novel 3
Lit 7105 Theatre for Development 3
Lit 7106 Popular Literature 3
Lit 7107 Oral Literature Forms and Issues 3
Lit 7108 American Literature 3
Semester II (Core Courses)
Lit 7201 Advanced Literary Theory 3
Lit 7202 Selected Author 3
Lit 7203 Ugandan Literature 3
Electives (2 courses are selected)
Lit 7204 Trends in 20th Century Drama 3
Lit 7205 Children’s Literature 3
Lit 7206 Literature and Human Rights 3
Lit 7207 Caribbean Literature 3
Lit 7208 gender Issues in Literature and
the Media 3
Progressive Assessment
In the first year, essays and other related
projects, shall account for 40% of the final
examination mark
Year II
Dissertation
In the second year of study, a student is
expected to specialize in a chosen area and
write a dissertation A student will write
a research proposal in accordance with
University regulations governing higher
degrees and submit the proposals initially in
the form of a Department seminar
262
MASTER OF ARTS IN ETHICS AND PUBLIC MANAGEMENT (MAPM)
Introduction
The public yearning for professional and
leadership codes of conduct, their public
accountability all invariably point to the
centrality of the issue of ethics and public
management This programme therefore
targets all those persons who are involved
in or who intend to serve in the different
professions which offer services to society in
both the public and private sectors
This programme therefore is designed to
contribute to the training of the various
professionals, policy-makers and leaders
at various levels, in the subject of Ethics
as it is related to the management of public
affairs The programme is designed to enable
participants to apply pure ethical issues to
the practical and public concerns in everyday
life
Programme Structure
The Master of Arts (Ethics and Public
Management) shall be offered by Coursework
and Dissertation
Year One:
Three: Core Courses per Semester
Two: Elective Courses per Semester
* Students without a background in Philosophy
must take PHI 201 and PHI 303 both of which
are offered at Undergraduate Level, in lieu of
electives in the first semester
Recess Term
Project Proposal
Year II
Research and Dissertation
Layout of Courses
A student takes (10) courses in the first year,
five (5) in each semester, four (4) of which are
compulsory and one (1) an elective
Year I: Semester I (Core Courses)
Course Code Course Name CU
ETP 7101 The History of Public Policy 3
ETP 7102 Social Ethics 3
ETP 7104 Policy Analysis, Design
&Formulation 3
ETP 7109 Research Methodology 3
Elective Courses (2 courses are selected)
ETP 7107 Theory of Organisation and
Management 3
ETP 7103 Political Rights and Political
Obligations 3
ETP 7106 Ethics, Ideology and Public
Policy 3
PHI 7106 Ethics, Pure and Applied 3
Semester II
ETP 7208 Multiculturalism and Public
Policy 3
ETP 7210 Ethics and Public Policy in
Uganda 3
ETP 7215 Programme and Project
Management 3
Electives Courses
PHI 3122 Political and Social Philosophy 3
ETP 7205 Professional Ethics 3
ETP 7212 Environmental Ethics 3
ETP 7213 Ethics, Public Policy and Human
Rights Development 3
ETP 7214
Local government,
Administration, Decentralization
and Public Policy
3
Notes:
Practicals (P) in all cases are seminars given
by individual students in the various courses
chaired by the course lecturers which are also
open to other lecturers in the Department
during the semester and are assessed
The credits gained by a student at the end of
each presentation form part of that student’s
semester course work assignment alongside
any other assignments in the course
Year II
Semesters I and II
(i) A candidate shall conduct research in a
chosen area of specialisation with the
guidance of a supervisor(s) The candidate
will initially present the intended
research work proposals at a Departmental
seminar
(ii) The candidates shall present their research
findings in the form of a Dissertation
in accordance with the common
University Rules and Regulations for
Masters Degrees in all Faculties
263
MASTER OF ARTS IN HUMAN RIGHTS (MAHR)
Objectives
The objectives of the programme are:
(a) To introduce students to the major
Rights issues, generally, and Human
Rights issues specifically
(b) To equip students (many of whom
may be policy makers) with theoretical
foundations of Human Rights issues
(c) To equip students with skills of dealing
with Human Rights issues in specific
social settings e g among Refugees,
Prisoners, Workers, Children etc
(d) To sensitize students about various
Human Rights Organisations and how
they go about their jobs
(e) To sensitize students about the many
impediments which stand in the way of
enjoyment of Human Rights e g armed
conflicts?
(f) To equip students with research skills in
Human Rights issues
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I (Core Courses)
Course Code Course Name CU
HRT 7101 Introduction to Concepts and
Theories of Human Rights 3
HRT 7102 Classical Theorists of Human
Rights 3
HRT 7103 Evolution of Human Rights 3
HRT 7106 Research Methodology 3
Electives Courses
HRT 7107 The Media and Human Rights 3
Semester II (Core Courses)
HRT 7209 Protection and Promotion of
Human Rights in Uganda 3
HRT 7210 International and Regional
Human Rights Regimes 3
Electives Courses
HRT 7204 gender and Human Rights 3
HRT 7205 Peace and Conflict Resolution 3
HRT 7211 A Study of Children’s Rights 3
HRT 7215 Human Rights and Refugees 3
HRT 7219 A Detailed study of selected
Human Rights Issues
Year II
Semesters I and II
(i) A candidate shall conduct research in a
chosen area of specialization with the
guidance of a supervisor(s) (ii) T h e
candidate shall present their research
findings in the form of a Dissertation in
accordance with the common University
Rules and Regulations for Masters
Degrees in all Faculties
MASTER OF ARTS IN PHILOSOPHY (MPHI)
The Department offers the MA Philosophy
degree both by Thesis and by Coursework and
Dissertation
Programme Structure
Semester I (Core Courses)
Course Code Course Name CU
PHI 7101 African Philosophy 3
PHI 7102 Moral Issues and Human Rights
in Africa 3
PHI 7103 Advanced Logic 3
Electives Courses
PHI 7104 An African Philosopher 3
PHI 7105 Issues in Social and Political
Philosophy 3
PHI 7106 A School or Period of
Philosophy 3
Semester II (Core Courses)
PHI 7207 Research Methodology 3
PHI 7208 Philosophical Thought in Uganda 3
PHI 7209 Applied Ethics 3
Electives Courses
PHI 7210 Issues in Metaphysics and
Epistemology 3
PHI 7211 Issues in Aesthetics 3
PHI 7212 Intercultural Philosophy 3
264
MASTER OF ARTS IN MUSIC
Objectives
To impart both theoretical and practical
musical skills so as to create a pool of trained
musicians, at an advanced level, that can meet
the increasing demand of the music industry,
as well as being job creators and not job
seekers
To equip students with skills that are relevant
to present contexts and easily transferable
into practical application, so as to meet needs
of the present market
To equip students with research and archiving
skills, which will feed back into the long term
project of making Makerere University the
documentation center for research on music
and sound archive in Uganda
Duration
The Master of Arts in Music shall be two
academic years each consisting of two
semesters In the first year, each semester shall
be 17 weeks, 15 of teaching/study/practice
and two weeks of examinations The second
year is a year of research and dissertation
writing/graduation recital preparation/writing
composition or folio of compositions
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course Name CU
MMUS 7101 Field Laboratory and Library
Methods in Music Research 3
MMUS 7102 Tonal Music Analysis 3
MMUS 7103 Techniques in Music
Transcription 3
Electives
MMUS 7104 Compositional Styles 1890-1945 3
MMUS 7105 Jazz Arranging 3
MMUS 7106 History, Theory and
Methodology Ethnomusicology 3
MMUS 7107 Cultural Theory and Musical
Practices 3
MMUS 7108 Performance of Western and
African Music 3
MMUS 7109 Introduction to Choral
Conducting 3
MMUS 7110 Introduction to Jazz Performance 3
Total number of course at the end of the
semester are 5 and 15 Credit Units
MMUS 7201
Analytical Approaches
to Twentieth-Century
Contemporary Music
3
MMUS 7202 Music Collection Recording and
Archiving 3
Electives Courses (Areas of Specilization):
Three Courses to be chosen
MMUS 7203 Western Art Music Composition
Since 1945 3
MMUS 7204 Compositional Techniques in
African Art Music 3
MMUS 7205 Compositional Skills in Ugandan
Popular Music 3
MMUS 7206 Jazz and Improvisation 3
MMUS 7207 Electro acoustic Music
Composition 3
MMUS 7208 Theory and Practice in Popular
Music Studies 3
MMUS 7209 Survey in World Music Cultures 3
MMUS 7210 Music Anthropology 3
MMUS 7211 Music and Social Relations 3
MMUS 7212 Advanced Choral Conducting 3
MMUS 7213 Performance of African Music 3
MMUS 7214 Performance of Western Music 3
MMUS 7215 Advanced Jazz Performance 3
Total Credit Units required at the end of
second semester 15
Total Credit Units required at the end of the
first year 30
265
MASTER OF ARTS IN MUSIC, DANCE AND DRAMA (MMUD)
MAP 7203 is Core for Music, 7204
Core for Dance , 7205 Core for Dance
MA Candidates specializing in Music shall
take the following courses:
Course I: Research Methods and Techniques
in Music
Course II: Advanced Study of selected areas
of African Music in historical
Perspective
Course III: Techniques of Music
Analysis involving examination
of some analytical techniques
employed in the study of European
Music and the techniques
employed in the evaluation of
African Folk Music
Course IV: The MA Candidate in Music will
be guided to obtain an advanced
standard of artistic execution in an
instrument of his specialization
MA Candidates specializing in
Drama shall take the following
courses:
Course I: Research and Editorial Methods in
the Field of the Student’s research
for his dissertation
Course 2: One of the following:
(a) Creative writing
(b) The study of a single dramatist
(c) The study of a specified period
(d) A Comparative Study of the
student’s choice
Course I: Research Methods and Techniques
in Music
Course II: Advanced Study of selected areas
of African Music in historical
perspective
Course III: Techniques of Music
Analysis involving examination
of some analytical techniques
employed in the study of European
Music and the techniques
employed in the evaluation of
African Folk Music
Course IV: The MA Candidate in Music will
be guided to obtain an advanced
standard of artistic execution in an
instrument of his specialization
Programme Structure
Semester I (Core Courses)
Course Code Course Name CU
MAP 7101 Introduction to graduate Studies
and research Methods 5
MAP 7102 Performance Theory and
Criticism 5
MAP 7103 World Theatre Art Forms and
Philosophy 5
Electives
MAP 7104 Multimedia and Performing Arts 5
MAP 7105 Theatre in Education I 5
MAP 7106 Theatre for Development I 5
MAP 7107 Electronic Media and Popular
Culture 5
MAP 7108 Compositional Styles I 5
MAP 7109 Applied Music 5
MAP 7110 Applied Dance 5
MAP 7112 Advanced Performance in Music 5
MAP 7113 Ethnomusicology I 5
MAP 7114 African Traditional Music Forms 5
Semester II (Core Courses)
MAP 7201 Advanced Research Methods and
Proposal Writing 5
MAP 7202
Legal Framework and
Professional Ethics of the
Performing Arts
5
MAP 7203 Analytical Approaches to Music 5
MAP 7204 Dance Theory and Aesthetics 5
MAP 7205 Dramatic Theory and Criticism 5
Electives
MAP 7206 Theatre Science and Technology 5
MAP 7207 Theatre in Education Project 5
MAP 7208 Theatre for Development II 5
MAP 7209 Performance, Politics, gender
and Human Rights 5
MAP 7210 Compositional Styles II 5
MAP 7211 Project in Applied Music 5
MAP 7212 Project in Applied Dance 5
MAP 7213 Project in Applied Drama 5
MAP 7214 Ethnomusicology 5
NOTES: OCC = Old Course Code, NCC
– New Course Code
266
MA Candidates specializing in
Drama shall take the following
courses
Course I: Research and Editorial Methods in
the Field of the Student’s research
for his dissertation
Course 2: One of the following:
(a) Creative writing
(b)
The study of a single
dramatist
(c) The study of specified
period
(d) A Comparative Study of the
student’s choice
Course 3: Emphasis here is laid on the
acquisition of practical skills in
Drama/ Theatre
Course 3a: (i) State and Scenery Designing
plus Stage Management
(ii) Costume Design and Theatre
make-up
(iii) Lighting Design
(iv) Acting
Course 3b: An advanced analytical study of
the two disciplines selected in 3a
MASTER OF ARTS IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES (MRES)
Introduction
Starting with the academic year 2002/2003
the Master of Arts in Religious Studies
programme was revised The rationale behind
the revised programme is that Religion as an
academic subject has a critical role to play
to humanity, the environment and society
at large The programme places religion in
a wider academic context with a mission to
serve not only a particular religious institution
but also the wider realm of society and social
existence
Another novelty of the programme is the
emphasis on the African reality The former
course: African Religious Experience (RSM
620); has been given a backup of two new
courses: African Hermeneutics (RSM 601);
and African Spirituality (RSM 607) The
African reality is further emphasized by other
courses: Contemporary Ethical Issues in
Africa (RSM 603); Islamic Law (Sharia) in
Africa (RSM 626); and History of Christianity
and Islam in Africa (RSM 608)
The Global Universal Dimension of Religion
and Inter-disciplinarity was not lost; this
enables the participants to interact and hold
dialogue with other international scholars in
the field and will enable candidates to pursue
further research for Ph D To emphasize this
global dimension, new courses have been put
on board They are: Philosophy of Religion
(RSM 605); Religion and Human Rights
(RSM 623); and New Religious Movements
(RSM 625) To emphasize the practical
dimension of Religion to the individual and to
society, two new courses were also introduced:
Religion and Development (RSM 627) AND
Religion and Health (RSM 628)
The revised and semesterised programme
gives the students four (4) core courses
and two (2) electives making a total of 6
courses a semester and 12 courses the whole
programme
Objectives
The MA programme is intended to give
candidates training and specialization in
specific areas, build Uganda’s capacity while
at the same time widening the employment
opportunities of each individual graduate
Duration
The duration of the MA (Religious Studies)
degree is two years Each academic year is
two semesters Each semester shall comprise
15 weeks of teaching/study and 2 weeks of
examinations
Programme Structure
The Master of Arts (Religious Studies) shall
be offered by Coursework and Research
Semester I (Core Courses)
Course Code Course Name CU
MRS 7101 Research Methods 4
MRS 7102 African Hermeneutics 4
MRS 7103 Comparative Religion 4
267
MRS 7209 Religion and Health 2
Total Course Units at end of second semester 20
Total Course Units at end of first year 40
Note: CU = Course (Credit) Unit
Year II
Semesters I and II
A candidate shall not be permitted to formally
start on research work unless he/she has passed
the prescribed courses in the first year
A candidate shall conduct research in a chosen
area of specialization with the guidance of a
supervisor(s) The candidate will initially
present the intended research work proposal
at a Departmental Seminar
The research work shall have to be approved
by the Faculty Research and Higher Degrees
Committees
The candidate shall present their research
findings in the form of a dissertation in
accordance with the common University Rules
and Regulations for the Masters Degrees in all
Faculties of the University
MRS 7104 Contemporary Ethical Issues in
Africa 4
Electives
MRS 7105 Language 2
MRS 7106 Philosophy of Religion 2
MRS 7107 The Modern Movements in Islam 2
MRS 7108 African Spirituality 2
MRS 7109 History of Christianity and Islam 2
* 4 Core courses and 2 electives per semester
Total course units at the end of First
Semester 20
Semester II (Core Courses)
MRS 7201 African Religious Experience 4
MRS 7202 Religion and Society 4
MRS 7203 Religion & Science-Interdiscip
Issues 4
MRS 7204 Religion and Human Rights 4
Electives
MRS 7205 Language 2
MRS 7206 New Religious Movements 2
MRS 7207 Islamic Law (Sharia) in Africa 2
MRS 7208 Religion and Development 2
MASTER OF ARTS IN AFRICAN LANGUAGES (KISWAHILI/ LUGANDA/ LUO AND
RUNYAKITARA) (MALN)
Introduction
This MA Programme is the amalgamated,
harmonised and rationalised version of the
segmented non-semesterized and duplicated
MA Programmes previously offered by the
different African Languages in the Institute
of Languages: kiswahili, Luganda, Luo
and Runyakitara This is in accordance with
strategic priority number one of the Institute: To
“Increase the marketability and sustainability
of the programmes in the Institute ”
Objectives
The objectives of the programme are:
i) To develop students knowledge of the
background to modern linguistics and
appreciation of linguistic theory and
its relevance to the study of African
Languages
ii) To give practice in techniques of analysis
and description of African Languages
iii) To present a coherent model of the
description of African Languages,
Cultures and Communication systems
iv) To provide the basis for work in different
types of situations and sectors requiring
general and applied language usage
v) To provide skills for research and
material development and production in
African Languages and Cultures
Programme Structure
Duration
The duration of the MA Degree in African
Languages is two years of two semesters
each Each semester will comprise 17 weeks
of teaching/study (including 2 weeks of
examinations) There will be a break of 4
weeks between semesters
268
AL 606 Policy Development for African
Languages 4
AL 607 The Changing Uses of African
Languages 4
AL 608 Introduction to Computer
Applications 3
Total Course Units required and end of first
semester = at least 15
Semester II (Core courses)
AL 609 Advanced Morpho-Syntax of
African Languages 4
AL 610 Semantics and Pragmatics in
African Languages 4
AL 611 African Languages Lexicology
and Lexicography 4
Electives
AL 612 African Languages and the
Media 4
AL 613 African Proverbs and Mythology 4
AL 614 African Languages and gender 4
AL 615 Translation & Interpretation
Focusing on African Languages 4
AL 616 A Modern Description of an
African Language 4
AL 617 Introduction to Computational
Linguistics 3
Total Course Units required at end of
Second Semester = at least 15
Total Course Units required at end of First
Year = at least 30
Year II
Semester I & II
A candidate shall not be permitted to formally
start on research work unless he/she has passed
a minimum of 6 courses in the first year
The candidate shall present his/her research
findings in the form of a Dissertation in accordance
with the general rules and regulations
pertaining to all Masters Degrees submitted to
Makerere University
Award
The degree of a Master of Arts (African
Languages) will be awarded to a candidate
who has accumulated a minimum of 300 CU
including the cores for courses passed and has
passed the dissertation
Syllabi for Indigenous Languages
The government White Paper (which might
eventually be formalised into policy) specifies
indigenous languages be the media of
education for the first four years of primary
school education By strengthening the
teaching of African Languages at the Institute
a cadre of resource persons will be in a
position to contribute to the designing of the
syllabi and production of teaching materials
for the schools as well as to teach in schools
and colleges
Course Units
a) The programme will be conducted on
Course Unit (CU) basis
b) One CU is equivalent to one contact
hour a week over a semester or a series
of at least 15 contact hours
c) One contact hour is equivalent to one
hour of a lecture/tutorial, or two hours
of Practicals
The Master of Arts in African Languages
will be offered by Coursework and
Research
Year I:
Semester I and Semester II
Core Courses per Semester 3
Elective Courses per Semester 2
Recess: Project Proposal
Year II
Semester I and Semester II: Research and
Dissertation
Layout of Courses
A student takes ten courses in the first year,
five in each semester: three core courses and
two electives
Year I: Semester I – Core Courses
Course Code Course Name CU
AL 600 Advanced Phonetics &
Phonology of African Languages 4
AL 601 Comparative and Contrastive
Studies of African Languages 4
AL 602 Research Methods 4
AL 603 African Modes of
Communication 4
AL 604 African Cultures and Societies 4
AL 605 Materials Development for
African Languages 4
269
MASTER OF ARTS IN LANGUAGES (MALA) (MA Languages by Research and Thesis)
Candidates are required to complete the
course in Research Methods before writing
the proposals for their theses unless they can
satisfy the Department that they have already
completed an equivalent course Acceptance
into the programme will ultimately be
determined by the availability of adequate
supervision in the candidate’s field of
interest
MASTERS OF ARTS IN PEACE AND CONFLICT STUDIES (MPCS)
General Objectives
• The main objective of the course
is capacity building by providing
the nation with professionals with
competent skills in peace-building and
conflict management
• To develop the concept of peace as a way
of living in the world and as a practical
approach to solving problems
• To study and contribute to the solution of
major problems confronting human kind,
such as nuclear proliferation, poverty,
population growth, environmental
degradation and economic disparity
• To promote an educational process
which will initiate peace among people/
nations of different ideological views,
various religious persuasions and further
the growth of peace in the great Lakes
Region and Pan-Africanism
Specific Objectives
• To provide rigorous, interdisciplinary
research, education and training toward
peacemaking expertise
• To educate potential community and
institutional leaders and politicians in
the peace movement for communities,
institutions and organizations
• To encourage students to become
informed and active peacemakers
in interpersonal, inter-group, interregional,
continental and international
relations
• To prepare students to creatively and
skillfully build a society based on peace,
freedom, justice and a diminished level
of violence
• To enable students identify and analyse
the issues associated with violent
behaviour and the methods used to
achieve peace and justice
Programme Structure
Course Units
• The Programme shall be conducted on
the Credit Unit (CU) basis One Credit
Unit (CU) is equivalent to one contact
hour a week over a semester
• One contact hour is equivalent to one
lecture/practical
• Candidates take 4 cores and 2 electives
per semester for the 2 semesters of the
first year
Year I: Semester I (Core Courses)
Course Code Course Name CU
PCS 7101 Research Methods 4
PCS 7102 Conflict Analysis and
Transformation 4
PCS 7103 Religions and Peace Making 4
PCS 7104 Psychology of Peace and
Conflict Management 4
Electives
PCS 7105 Faith-Based Comm for Conflict
Transformation 2
PCS 7106 Religion and History of Conflicts 2
PCS 7107 Conflict Management and
Decentralization 2
PCS 7108 Ethics of Peace & Conflict
Management 2
PCS 7109 Conflict Management and Law
in Uganda 2
PCS 7110 Humanitarian Law 2
PCS 7111 violence, Non-violence &
Conflict Transfn 2
PCS 7112 Conflict Resolution Skills 2
PCS 7113 Managerial Effectiveness &
Conflict Resolution 2
PCS 7114 Perspective of Sustainable
Comm Devpt 2
4 Core courses and 2 electives per semester
270
Total Course Units at end of First Semester
P stands for Practicals in all cases and
seminars given by individual students in
various courses chaired by the respective
lecturer and open to other lecturers in the
Department; they are assessed
Year I Semester II Core Courses
PCS 7201 Skills for the Religious Peace
Builder 4
PCS 7202 Fundamentals of Conflict Res
Skills & Peace Building 4
PCS 7203 International Law and
Diplomacy 4
PCS 7204 governance, Participation and
Human Rights 4
Electives
PCS 7205 Religion, Peace Educational and
Media 2
PCS 7206 African Theology of Peace and
Justice 2
PCS 7207 Religion’s Strategies to Conflict
Prevention 2
PCS 7208 Peace, Gender and Conflict
Transformation 2
PCS 7209 Conflict Management in
Industrial Relations 2
PCS 7210 United Nations and Peace
keeping 2
PCS 7211 Refugees, Humanitarian
Assistance & Conflict 2
PCS 7212 Alternative Dispute Resolution 2
PCS 7213 Disaster Preparedness and
Prevention 2
PCS 7214 Religion: Source of Conflict,
Resource For Peace
Total Course Units at end of Second
Semester 20
Total Course Units at End of First Year 40
Year II: Semester I
Start of Research and Dissertation
Semester II
COMPLETION OF DISSERTATION
MASTER OF ARTS IN LEADERSHIP AND HUMAN RELATIONS (MLHR)
Programme structure
Semester I (Core Sources)
Course Code Course Name CU
LHS 7101 Leadership Theory and Practice 4
LHS 7102 Religion and Leadership
Paradigims 4
LHS 7103 Human Resource Management/
Development 4
LHS 7104 Communication 4
Electives Courses
LHS 7105 Organisation Development
Strategy 2
LHS 7106 gender, Leadership Strategies,
Policy and Family Law 2
LHS 7107 Human Relations and
Environment 2
LHS 7108 Organisational Theory and
Practice 2
LHS 7109 Insurance, Benefits, Retirement
Transition 4
LHS 7110 group Dynamics and Team
Building 4
LHS 7111 Civil Education Strategy 4
LHS 7112 Customary, Administrative and
Constructional Law 4
LHS 7113 NgOs and Humanitarian
Organisations 4
Semester II
LHS 7201 Resource Mobilization 2
LHS 7202 Environmental Ethics 2
LHS 7203 Information Technology and
Organisation 2
LHS 7204 Human Relations, Decisions
Making, Problem Solving 2
Electives
LHS 7205 Ethical and Spiritual Dimension
of Leadership 2
LHS 7206 Proposal Writing 2
LHS 7207 Managerial Finance 2
LHS 7208 Psychology and Career guidance 2
LHS 7209 Counseling and Career guidance 2
LHS 7210 gender, Family Planning and
Policy 2
LHS 7211 Religion and Contemporary
Society 2
271
LHS 7212 Poverty Eradication and
Development Strategy 2
Cores Courses
LHS 7301 Development of African
Leadership Models 2
LHS 7302 Leadership, Democracy, and
good governance 2
LHS 7304 Leadership and Conflict
Management 2
LHS 7305 Organisational Change and
Reform 2
Electives
LHS 7306 Leadership Dynamics 2
LHS 7307 Leadership and Labour Relations 2
LHS 7308 International Human Relations
Management 2
LHS 7309 Human Relations Compaigns
Ethics/Advertising 2
LHS 7310 Internship and Research Project 2
LHS 7311 Religion, Politics, Ethnicity,
Society 2
LHS 7312 Religion and Economic
Intergration
LHS 7313 Inter-religious Dialogue
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PH D) (LITERATURE)
The Ph D Degree is offered by research and
theses only Candidates may register at any
time during the academic year The general
University regulations for Ph D degrees shall
apply
Course Structure
(a) All courses in the Department shall be
offered according to the availability of
staff
(b) There shall be two courses at first year
level, namely Lit 100 and Lit 101 plus
two other subjects
(c) Lit 102 to Lit 116 shall be offered in the
second and third year
(d) 3 1 1 students shall, in their second and
third year take Lit 102 and Lit 108
respectively, and three other courses or
their equivalents
(e) 3 2 2 students shall, in their second year,
take Lit 102 and one other course or its
equivalent, and, two courses or their
equivalents in their third year
(f)
Education students shall be treated as
3 2 2 students
(g) Lit 102 and Lit 108 shall respectively be
offered at second and third year levels
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PH D) RELIGIOUS STUDIES
Requirements
The general requirements for the Ph D degrees
at the University shall apply The Ph D in
Religious Studies is done by research only
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (PH D)
LANGUAGES
This programme is offered by Research and
Thesis only
272
FACULTY OF FORESTRY AND NATURE CONSERVATION
Introduction
The Faculty of Forestry and Nature Conservation was established in the 1999/2000 academic year
It was a result of the expansion of the former Faculty of Agriculture
The Mission of the Faculty is to advance knowledge in the use, management and conservation
of natural resources through training, research and technology transfer for accelerated national
development
The Faculty is comprised of four departments;
Forest Biology and Ecosystems Management;
Forest Management;
Forest Products Engineering
Department of Community Forestry and Extension
1
2
3
4
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course Name CU
FBM 1101 Forest Botany & Plant
Physiology 4
FBM 1102 Introductory Soil Science 4
FOM 1101 Introductory Economics 4
FOM 1102 Introductory Statistics 3
CFE 1101 Forest Extension Methods I 3
CFE 1102 Community Dynamics 3
CFE 1103 Rural Sociology 3
FPE 1101 Biochemistry 3
FPE 1102 Basic Mathematics 3
SOS 1102 Agro Microbiology
Semester II
CFE 1201 Communication in Forestry 3
CFE 1202 Forestry and Food Security 3
CFE 1203 Functional Adult Literacy 3
FBM 1201 Introductory genetics 4
FBM 1203 Introductory Forest Ecology 3
FBM 1204 Tree Seed Technology
FBM 1205 Introduction to Animal Ecology 3
FOM 1201 Basic Computing Skills 3
FPE 1202 Wood Anatomy 3
FPE 1203 Engineering Machanics 3
AEN 1201 Climatology and Field
Engineering 3
BACHELOR OF COMMUNITY FORESTRY (BCOF)
CFE 1202 Forestry and Food Security 3
CFE 1203 Functional Adult Literacy 3
RECESS TERM
CFE 1309 Field Attachment for Extension
Clinics I 10
FBM1301 Practical in forest soils 3
FOM1309 File Attachment for general
Forestry Practice 3
FPE 1303 Practical Skills in Forest Survey
and gIS 3
FPE 1309 Industrial Attachment 5
Year II: Semester I
FBM 2101 Silviculture 4
FBM 2102 Introduction to Forest Protection 4
CFE 2101 Forestry Extension Methods II 3
CFE 2102 Social Research Methods 3
CFE 2103 Forestry Extension Methods 4
FOM 2101 Biometrics 3
FOM 2102 Forestry Economics 3
FOM 2103 Natural Resource and
Environmental Mgt 3
FMB 2102 Introduction to Forest Protection 5
ASE 2104 Bee keeping 3
FPE 2101 Forestry Engineering 4
FPE 2102 Surveying 3
FPE 2103 Wood Chemistry 3
FPE 2104 Physical Processing of Wood 3
273
Semester II
FOM 2201 Forest Resource Assessment&
gIS 4
FOM 2202 Resource Economics 3
CFE 2201 Indigenous knowledge in
Resource Management 3
CFE 2202 Youth and gender Programme
Development 3
EEE 2250 Rural Sociology 3
FBM 2201 Reproductive Biology Protection 3
FBM 2202 Dryland Forestry Practices 3
FPE 2201 Work Science and Ergonomics 3
FPE 2202 Mechanical Properties of Wood 4
FPE 2203 Physical Properties of Wood 3
SOS 2201 Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition 3
RECESS TERM
FBM 2301 Practical Skills in Biodiversity
Conversation 3
FBM 2302 Practical Skills in Silviculture 3
FOM 2301 Practical Skills in Forestry
Resource Assessment 3
FOM 2302 Computer Skills 3
FPE 2301 Practical Skills in Logging and
Sawmilling 3
CFE 2309 Field Attachment for Extension
Clinics II 10
Year III: Semester I
FOM 3101 Program Planning and
Evaluation 3
CFE 3101 Community Forestry 3
CFE 3102 Soil Research Methods 3
CFE 3103 Planning Forest Development
Programs 3
CFE 3104 Forestry for Rural Development 3
CFE 3105 Ethnobotany 3
CFE 3106 Principles of Landscaping and
Urban Forestry 3
CFE 3112 Rural Education and Out Reach 3
CFE 3116 Problem Solving Skills in
Forestry Extension 3
FPE 3101 Primary Wood Industries 4
FPE 3102 Non Timber Forest Products 3
FPE 3103 Wood Biodegradation and
Preservation 4
FPE 3104 Chemical Processing of Wood 3
FBM 3101 Wildlife Ecology 3
FBM 3102 Forest Protection 5
SOS 3101 Pedology and Land Use Potential 3
Semester II
CFE 3201 Agro Forestry 3
CFE 3202 Leadership Development 3
CFE 3203 Conflicts in Forestry Resource
Management 3
CFE 3209 Extension Case Study Report 5
FPE 3201 Wood Physical Properties 4
FPE 3202 Panel Products 4
FPE 3203 Technical Drawing 4
FPE 3204 Wood Utilization 4
FPE 3205 Timber Structures and Design 4
FPE 3206 Introduction to Biomass Energy
Productions 3
FPE 3201 Introduction to Biomass Energy
Use and Conservation 3
FOM 3203 Forestry Business Management 3
FOM 3204 Land Use Policy and Law 3
CFE 3209 Extension Case Study Report 5
CFE 3203 Conflicts in Forest Management 3
FOM 3201 Forest Management Planning 3
FOM 3203 Forestry Business Management 3
FOM 3204 Land Use Policy and Land 3
FOM 3205 Forest Products Economics and
Marketing 3
SOS 3201 Soil Conversation and Land
Reclamation 4
ANS 3201 Apiculture 2
FBM 3201 Plant Ecology 3
FBM 3202 Aquatic and Wetland Resources
Management 3
RECESS TERM
FPE 3301 Basic Carpentry and Joinery 3
FPE 3308 Industrial Attachment for Special
Project 5
FPE 3309 Industrial Attachment for Case
Study 5
FOM 3309 Field Attachment for
Management Case Study 5
274
Year IV: Semester I
FBM 4101 Biodiversity Conservation and
Management 3
EEE 4105 Social Research Methods II 3
FOM 4101 Hydrology and Watershed
Management 3
FOM 4102 Environmental Protection 3
FOM 4103 Forest Management Case Study 3
FOM 4104 Operations Research 3
FOM 4105 Human Resource Management 3
FPE 4101 Forest Based Rural Industries 4
Semester II
CFE 4201 Landscaping and Urban Forestry 3
CFE 4202 Rural Development 3
FOM 4203 Accounting and Budgeting 3
FOM 4204 Resource Assessment and
Management 3
FOM 4209 Forest Management Case Study
Report 5
FPE 4201 Biomass Energy Productions Use
and Conservation 4
FPE 4208 Special Project Report in Wood
Based Industries 5
FPE 4209 Project Proposal for a Wood
Based Industrial 5
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN FORESTRY (BFOR)
FOM 1201 Basic Computing Skills 3
FPE 1201 Biochemistry II 3
FPE 1202 Wood Anatomy 3
FPE 1203 Engineering Mechanics 3
AEN 1201 Climatology and Field
Engineering 3
RECESS TERM
FBM 1301 Practical in Forest Soils 3
FOM 1301 Field Attachment for general
Practices 5
FOM 1309 Field Attachment for general
Forestry Practice 5
FPE 1301 Practical Skills in Forestry
Survey and gIS 3
FPE 1309 Industrial Attachment 5
Year II: Semester I
FBM 2101 Silviculture 4
FPE 2101 Forest Engineering 4
FPE 2102 Surveying 3
FPE 2103 Wood Chemistry 3
FPE 2104 Physical Processing of Wood 3
FOM 2101 Biometrics 3
FOM 2102 Forestry Economics 3
FOM 2103 Natural Resource and
Environmental Management 3
CFE 2101 Forestry Extension Methods II 3
CFE 2103 Forestry Extension Methods 3
ASE 2104 Bee keeping 3
Programme Structure
This programme emphasizes the ecology and
sustainable management of natural, plantation,
farm and urban forests New participatory
approaches to forest management and
participatory social research methods are also
introduced to the students Issues of nature
conservation, ecosystem restoration and
environment management are covered
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course Name CU
FBM 1101 Forest Botany and Plant
Physiology 4
FBM 1102 Introductory Soil Science 4
FOM 1101 Introductory Economics 4
FOM 1102 Introductory Statistics 3
FPE 1101 Biochemistry 3
FPE 1102 Basic Mathematics 3
ELECTIVES
FOM 1101 Introductory Economics 3
FPE 1102 Basic Mathematics 3
SOS 1102 Agro Microbiology 3
Semester II
FBM 1201 Introductory genetics 3
FBM 1202 Introductory Entomology 3
FBM 1203 Introductory Forest Ecology 3
FBM 1204 Tree Seed Technology 3
FBM 1205 Introduction to Animal Ecology 3
275
Semester II
SOS 2201 Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition 3
FOM 2201 Forest Resource Assessment &
gIS 4
FOM 2202 Resource Economics 3
FBM 2201 Reproductive Biology and Tree
Improvement 3
FBM 2202 Dry Land Forestry Practices 3
EEE 2250 Rural Sociology 3
FPE 2201 Work Science and Ergonomics 3
FPE 2202 Mechanical Properties of Wood 3
FPE 2203 Physical Properties of Wood 3
RECESS TERM
FBM 2301 Practical Skills in Biodiversity
Conservation 3
FBM 2302 Practical Skills in Silviculture 3
FOM 2301 Practical Skills in Forest
Resources Assessment and gIS 5
FOM 2302 Computer Skills 3
FPE 2301 Practical Skills in Logging and
Sawmilling 3
Year III: Semester I
CFE 3101 Community Forestry 3
CFE 3102 Social Research Methods 3
FBM 3101 Wildlife Ecology 3
FBM 3102 Forest Protection 5
SOS 3101 Pedology and Land Use Potential 3
FPE 3101 Primary Wood Industries 4
FPE 3102 Non Timber Forest Products 3
EEE 3101 Programme Development and
Evaluation 3
EEE 3105 Social Research Methods 3
FOM 3101 Programme Planning and
Evaluation 3
Semester II
CFE 3202 Agroforestry 3
SOS 3201 Soil Conservation and Land
Reclamation 4
FOM 3201 Forest Management and
Planning 3
FPE 3201 Wood Physical Properties 4
FPE 3202 Panel Products 4
FPE 3203 Technical Drawing 4
FPE 3204 Wood Utilization 4
FPE 3205 Timber Structures and Design 4
FPE 3206 Introduction to Biomass Energy
Production Use 3
FBM 3201 Plant Ecology 3
FBM 3202 Aquatic and Wetland Resource
Management 3
FPE 3206 Secondary Wood Industries 3
ANS 3201 Apiculture 3
FBM 3202 Aquatic & Wetland Resources 3
FOM 3205 Economics of Forest Products 3
RECESS TERM
FPE 3301 Basic Carpentry and Joinery 3
FPE 3308 Industrial Attachment for Special
Project 5
FPE 3309 Industrial Attachment for Case
Study 5
FBM 3301 Practical Skills in Wild Life
Ecology 3
Year IV: Semester I
FBM 4101 Biodiversity Conservation and
Management 3
FOM 4101 Hydrology and Watershed
Management 3
FOM 4102 Environment Protection 5
FOM 4103 Forest Management Case Study 3
FOM 4104 Operations Research 3
FOM 4105 Human Resource Management 3
FPE 4101 Forest Based Rural Industries 4
EEE 4105 Social Research Methods II 3
Year IV: Semester II
FPE 4201 Biomass Energy Production, Use
and Conservation 3
FOM 4201 Land Use Policy & Law 3
FOM 4203 Accounting and Budgeting 3
FOM 4204 Resource Assessment and
Management 3
FOM 4209 Forest Management Case Study
Report 5
FNC 4201 Special Project
FPE 4208 Special Project Report in Wood
Based Industrial 5
FPE 4209 Project Proposal for a Wood
Based Industrial 5
ELECTIVES
CFE 4201 Land Scarping and Urban
Forestry 3
CFE 4202 Rural Development 3
FOM 4203 Accounting & Budgeting 3
276
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN WOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY (BWST)
FPE 1201 Biochemistry II 3
FPE 1202 Wood Anatomy 3
FPE 1203 Engineering Mechanics 3
FBM 1202 Introductory Entomology 3
FBM 1201 Introductory genetics 3
RECESS TERM
FPE 1301 Practical Skills in Survey and
gIS 3
FPE 1302 Industrial Attachment 5
FOM 1309 Field Attachment for general
Forestry Practice
FPE 1309 Industrial Attachment
Year II: Semester I
FBM 2101 Silviculture 4
FPE 2101 Forestry Engineering 4
FPE 2102 Surveying
FPE 2103 Wood Chemistry 3
FPE 2104 Physical Processing of Wood 4
ASE 2104 Bee keeping 3
CFE 2101 Forestry Extension Methods II
FOM 2102 Forestry Economics 3
Semester II
FPE 2201 Work Science and Ergonomics 3
FPE 2202 Mechanical Properties of Wood 4
FPE 2203 Physical Properties of Wood 4
FBM 2201 Reproductive Biology &
Improvement 3
FBM 2202 Dryland Forestry Practices
FOM 2201 Forest Resource Assessment &
gIS 4
RECESS TERM
FOM 2302 Computer Skills 3
FPE 2301 Practical Skills in Logging and
Saw Milling 5
Year III: Semester I
EEE 3105 Research Methods 3
FPE 3102 Non Timber Forest Products 3
FPE 3103 Wood Biodegradation and
Preservation 4
FPE 3104 Chemical Processing of Wood 4
EEE 3101 Programme Development and
Evaluation 3
CFE 3101 Community Forestry 3
CFE 3102 Social Research Methods 5
Introduction
This programme emphasizes sustainable harvesting
and utilization of forest resources
Appropriate harvesting and processing technologies,
physical, mechanical and chemical
properties of wood, diversified use and marketing
of forest products are taught Environment
protection is also covered in relation
wood utilization
Training in Wood industries in Uganda has
not been given sufficient consideration and
yet wood is a significant resource upon which
the livelihood of many households and the
national economy depend
The Bachelor of Science in Wood Science and
Technology aims at developing the intellectual
capacity of students and to equip them with
knowledge, practical skills and attitudes to
positively contribute to judicious utilization of
forest products Furthermore, the programme
will produce well-trained professionals with
sufficient knowledge in the planning and
management of wood industries
Specific Objectives
i) To build capacity for the small-scale
entrepreneurs and large scale wood
industries
ii) To carry out research in Wood Science
and Technology which is essential for
the development of the wood industries
sector in Uganda?
iii) To transfer appropriate technology to
wood processors and users
Programme Structure/Curriculum
This is a four year Programme and the details
of the courses are shown below
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course Name CU
FBM 1101 Forest Botany & Plant
Physiology 3
FOM 1101 Introductory Economics 3
FOM 1102 Introductory Statistics 3
FPE 1101 Biochemistry 3
FPE 1102 Basic Mathematics 3
Semester II
FOM 1201 Basic Computing Skills 3
277
FOM 3101 Program Planning and
Evaluation
FOM 3205 Forest Products Economics and
Marketing
Year III: Semester II
FPE 3202 Panel Products 3
FPE 3203 Technical Drawing 4
FPE 3204 Wood Utilization
FPE 3205 Timber Structure & Design 3
CFE 3202 Agroforestry 3
FOM 3205 Economics of Forest Products 3
RECESS TERM
FPE 3301 Basic Carpentry and Joinery 3
FPE 3308 Industrial Attachment for Special
Project
FPE 3309 Industrial Attachment for Case
Study
Year IV: Semester I
FPE 4101 Forest Based Rural Industries
FPE 4103 Industrial Attachment for Case
Study 5
EEE 4105 Social Research Methods II
FOM 4102 Environmental Protection
FOM 4103 Forest Management Case Study
FOM 4104 Operations Research 3
FOM 4105 Human Resource Management 3
Semester II
FPE 4201 Biomass Energy Production, Use
and Conservation 3
FPE 4202 Marketing of Forest Products 3
FPE 4208 Special Project in Wood
Industries
FPE 4209 Project Proposal for a Wood
Based Industrial
FOM 4201 Land Use Policy and Law 3
FOM 4203 Accounting and Budgeting 3
FNC 4201 Special Project 5
FPE 4202 Marketing of Forest Products 3
CFE 4202 Rural Development 3
CFE 4201 Land Scarping and Urban
Forestry 3
FOM 4203 Accounting and Budgeting 3
POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
Introduction
The Faculty of Forestry and Nature Conservation
(FFNC) offers advanced training aimed
at enhancing knowledge and skills of graduate
trainees in forestry and allied resources
management, utilizations and conservation
Postgraduate study leads to Master of Science
and Doctor of Philosophy degrees, as well as
Diplomas and Certificates for short courses
mainly designed for in-service trainees Specialized
course work and research opportunities
are offered by Faculty’s Departments of
Forest Management (FM), Forest Biology
and Ecosystems Management (FB), Community
Forestry and Extension (CF), and Forest
Products Engineering (FP), as well as other
relevant Departments and Institutes at Makerere
University
Regulations for Master of Science Degree
Programmes
Eligibility
A candidate with a Bachelors degree of at least
lower second division or its equivalent from a
recognized University in any of the following
natural sciences and humanities disciplines:
Forestry, Agriculture, Environment
management, veterinary medicine, Rural
Economics, Sociology, Biological Science,
geography and any other related sciences, will
be eligible to undertake a Master of Science
degree in Forestry or Agroforestry Applicants
with qualifications other than these must
demonstrate academic growth In addition,
the general minimum entrance requirements
and regulations of Makerere University must
be satisfied
Course Work and Research Requirements
Masters studies shall comprise course work
and research, both carried out in not less than
12 months and no more than 24 months
The course work plan for the Masters degree
shall depend on satisfactory completion of
at least 8 courses (21 course units): 6 core
courses and two electives depending on the
candidate’s research interest All masters’
degree programme students are also required to
present at least one seminar before completing
their degree programme
278
A course unit is 1 contact hour per week per
semester Courses, which are considered
relevant and beneficial to the candidate, may
be selected from other Makerere University
Departments and Institutes Postgraduate
course work may be of two types:
i formal courses: lectures, seminars,
laboratory and/or field practical work;
ii programmed self study course involving
sequential reading lists, where the
student will meet the lecturer at
intervals for discussion and/or paper
reading seminars; laboratory and/
or field practical work may also be
required Course units’ selection will
be in consultation with the students’
supervisor
Course work may be waived by Senate on
recommendation of the Faculty Board for
candidates who have completed equivalent
postgraduate course work at another University
without having received any academic award
In such cases the registration requirement
for research and final examination will be a
minimum of one year
The course units shall normally be
concentrated in one academic year, except in
cases recommended by the Faculty Board and
approved by Senate
Six months after registration, a candidate shall
submit, for the approval of the Faculty Board,
an outline of the special study or research
proposal A proposal may be declined if:
(a) it is irrelevant to the study objectives or
the study has already been done;
(b) it cannot profitably be studied under the
supervision of this University or outside
the University which is acceptable to
Senate, or;
(c) the proposed conditions of work are
unsatisfactory
A candidate for the Masters degree shall
undertake advanced study, and/or research,
with guidance of a supervisor(s) appointed by
the Faculty Board and approved by the Senate
Candidates mainly away from the University
must maintain a close communication with
the Faculty and the supervisor(s) Resident
graduate students must attend Faculty Research
Colloquia and seminars in the relevant fields
of study
M Sc FORESTRY PROGRAMME (MSFO)
Programme structure
Year I: Semester I Core Courses
Course Code Course Name CU
FOM 7101 Applied Statistics and Biometrics 4
FOM 7102 Natural Resource Economics 4
FBM 7101 Advanced Silviculture 4
FNC 7101 graduate Seminars 4
FOM 7101 Applied Statistics and Biometrics 4
FOM 7102 Natural Resource Economics 4
FOM 7103 Land Use Planning & Watershed
Management 4
FBM 7101 Advanced Silviculture 4
FBM 7102 Advanced Forest Soils 4
FPE 7101 Forest Products 4
CFE 7101 Advanced Forestry for Rural
Development 4
CFE 7102 Agroforestry Systems, Practices
and Technologies 4
CFE 7103 Dryland Agroforestry 4
CFE 7104 Advanced Community Forestry 4
SOS 7101 Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition 4
FNC 7101 graduate Seminars 4
Semester II Core Courses
FOM 7201 Forestry Resource Assessment 4
FOM 7202 Natural Resources Management 4
FOM 7203 Environment Management 4
FOM 7204 Forestry Business Management 4
FOM 7205 Natural Resources Project
Planning and Mgt 4
FBM 7201 Tropical Forest Ecology and
Management 4
FBM 7202 Tree/Crop Improvement 4
FBM 7203
Advanced Biodiversity
Conservation 4
FBM 7204 Eco-Physiology and Silviculture/
Agronomy 4
CFE 7201 Forestry Research Methods 4
279
CFE 7202 gender Issues in Forestry 4
CFE 7203 Forestry Education and
Extension 4
CFE 7204 Advanced Forestry for Rural
Development 4
FNC 7201 graduate Seminars 4
FOM 7202 Natural Resource Management 4
FOM 7203 Environment Management 4
FOM 7204 Forestry Business Management 4
F0M 7205 Natural Resources Project
Planning and Management 4
FBM 7202 Tree/Crop Improvement 4
FBM 6203 Advanced Biodiversity
Conservation 4
FPE 7201 Forest Harvesting Systems 4
CFE 7202 gender Issues in Forestry 4
CFE 7203 Forestry Education and
Extension 4
CFE 7204 Advanced Forestry for Rural
Development 4
Year II
Research and thesis write up 5
M Sc AGROFORESTRY PROGRAMME (MSAF)
Year I: Semester I Core Courses
Course Code Course Name CU
CFE 7102 Agroforestry Systems, Practices
and Technologies 4
F0M 7101 Applied Statistics and Biometrics 4
SOS 7101 Soil Fertility and Plant Nutrition 4
FNC 7101 graduate Seminars 4
CFE 7103 Dryland Agroforestry 4
CFE 7104 Advanced Community Forestry 4
FOM 7103 Land Use Planning and
Watershed Management
FBM 7101 Advanced Silviculture 4
FPE 7101 Forest Products 4
ANIM 711 Animal Production in
Agroforestry 4
Semester II Core Courses
CFE 7201 Forestry Research Methods 4
FOM 7204 Forestry Business Management 4
FBM 7204 Eco-physiology and Silviculture/
Agronomy 4
FNC 7201 graduate Seminars 4
Electives
CFE 7202 gender Issues in Agroforestry 4
CFE 7203 Forestry Education and
Extension 4
CFE 7204 Advanced Forestry for Rural
Development 4
FOM 7201 Forestry Resource Assessment 4
FOM 7205 Natural Resources Project
Planning and Management 4
FBM7202 Tree/Crop Improvement 4
Year II
Research and thesis write up 5
REGULATIONS FOR DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY DEGREE PROGRAMMES
Eligibility
A candidate with a Masters degree or its
equivalent from a recognized University in
any of the following natural sciences and
humanities disciplines: Forestry, Agriculture,
Environmental management, veterinary
medicine, Rural economics, Sociology,
Biological Science, geography and any other
related sciences, will be eligible to undertake
a doctor of Philosophy degree in Forestry or
Agro Forestry Applicants with qualifications
other than these must demonstrate academic
growth In addition, the general minimum
entrance requirements and regulations of
Makerere University must be satisfied
Study Programme
The Ph D programme shall take 3-5 years
of supervised research in Forestry or Agro
Forestry Within one year after registration, a
candidate shall submit, for the approval of the
Faculty Board, a research proposal A proposal
may be declined if:
(a) It is irrelevant to the objectives of the study
program or has already been done;
280
(b) It cannot profitably be studied under the
supervision of this University or outside
the University which is acceptable to
Senate, or;
(c) The proposed conditions of work are
unsatisfactory
viva voce examination and any other
examinations that may be required must all
be passed in order to qualify for the degree
award At least 3 months before the thesis
submission, a candidate shall give notice in
writing to the University Registrar with the
proposed thesis Candidates may present
themselves for examination in any subject
only once, except for special reasons to be
approved by the University Senate
A candidate shall be discontinued if he/she:
a) fails more than two course unit
examinations
b) fails a supplementary/re-take
examination
c) fails to meet examiners requirements
after a re-submission of the thesis
d) deliberately presents forged or nonoriginal
work
e) Fails to submit a thesis within 5 years
without a valid reason
POSTGRADUATE IN-SERVICE
TRAINING
Eligibility
A candidate with a degree or its equivalent
from a recognized University in any
of the following natural sciences and
humanities disciplines: Forestry, Agriculture,
Environmental management, veterinary
medicine, Rural economics, Sociology,
Biological Science, geography and any other
related sciences, will be eligible to undertake
in-service training, leading to a Certificate
or Postgraduate Diploma in selected forestry
and environmental science related areas of
specialisation
Objectives
The overall objective of the in-service
training programme is to meet the demand by
the public and private sectors by upgrading
knowledge and skills in forestry and related
areas of specialisation, through providing
training opportunities to graduates in-service
and those seeking for employment
Training Programmes
In-service trainees will receive formal course
work, assigned independent study, as well as
practical exercises in specialised areas such
as:
• Forest Resources Policy and
Management
• Community Forestry and Extension
• Forest Biology and Nature
Conservation
• Forest Products Processing and Utilisation
• Natural Resources and Environment
Management
• Agroforestry
Performance Evaluation
Each trainee will be required to obtain
satisfactory scores in coursework, practical
exercises and presentation of a special
technical report on a selected practical project
conducted For short courses (not exceeding
one semester), the overall supervision of
each trainee will be conducted by a tutor or
tutors specialised in the area of study Award
of the Certificate after successful completion
of the course will be subject to approval
by the Faculty Postgraduate Studies and
Research Committee for short courses, and
the University Senate for courses leading to
award of a Postgraduate Diploma take a period
of not less than three semesters
281
FACULTY OF LAW
Introduction
Since its establishment in 1968, the Faculty of
Law has sought to provide quality education
in the study of Law and Legal Sciences, and
to promote the development of a well rounded
scholar and advocate
The Faculty of Law entered the 21st Century
as a trial-blazer in the arena of legal teaching
scholarship and practice, providing personnel
for traditional law practice, non-governmental
service, international diplomacy and academia
Not only has it strengthened the traditional
areas of teaching such as legal methods, Land
law and Civil Procedure, but it is introducing
new areas that meet the challenges of the new
millennium, such as Legal informatics, gender
and the Law, the Clinical Legal Education All
these developments have projected the Faculty
back into the international arena Drawing
student applications from within the greater
Eastern Africa region, and further a field
At the undergraduate level, the Faculty of Law
offers the 4--year undergraduate Bachelor of
Laws (LLB) degree The course is conducted
simultaneously on the full-time Day and
Evening Program
At the graduate level, the Faculty of Law offers
the 2 year Master of Laws (LL M) degree and
the Doctor of Laws (LL D) At the Master’s
level, there is no specialization but the student
has the choice to tailor his/her academic and
professional needs according to their interests
The Doctor of Laws generally follows the
Doctor of Philosophy structure and is similar
in academic rigor
Objectives
The Faculty of Law has the following as its
objectives:
1 To educate Ugandan lawyers in their
own country so that they are more
familiar with Ugandan Law, the legal
system and all the legal problems in
their sociological, political, economic
and general cultural context
2 To produce law graduates who are
satisfactorily prepared for further
training and grooming for professional
practice that is of value and service
to the people individually and to the
country at large
3 To produce law graduates of the
highest academic standing and caliber
competent to execute all and legal work
in any capacity either as state Attorneys
or as private legal practitioners of legal
executive officers
4 To provide other University students
and members of the public with the
quality and quantity of legal knowledge
and service required in their residence,
and
5 To preserve and foster the traditional
role of a University in propagating
knowledge both within and outside the
country of its setting
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
BACHELOR OF LAWS (LLB)
Programme Structure
All courses except the fourth year Clinical
Programme and the fourth year Research Paper
shall be defined as a series of FOUR (4) Credit
Units Details of the Programme Structure are
specified below where CU represent Credit
Units respectively
Year I: Semester I (All Courses are Core)
Course Code Course Name CU
LAW 1101 Introducing Law* (Law 106) 4
LAW 1102 Development Studies 4
LAW 1103 Fundamentals of Criminal Law*
(Law 108) 4
LAW 1104 Law of Contract I* (Law 109) 4
LAW 1105 Constitutional History 4
282
Semester II (All courses are Core)
LAW 1201 Legal Methods* 4
LAW 1202 Administrative Law I (L202)* 4
LAW 1203 Criminal Liability* 4
LAW 1204 Law of Contracts II* 4
LAW 1205 Principles of Constitutional
Law II 4
Total Year I Credit Units 50
Year II: Semester I (All courses are Core)
LAW 2101 Nature and History of Torts 4
LAW 2102 Administrative Law II 4
LAW 2103 Equity and Trusts 4
LAW 2104 Law of Evidence I 4
LAW 2105 Foundations of Land Law* 4
Semester II (All courses are Core)
LAW 2201 Negligence, Strict Liability &
Procedure 4
LAW 2202 Social Research Methods
LAW 2203 Family Law I 4
LAW 2204 Law of Evidence II 4
LAW 2205 Land Transactions* 4
Total Year II Credit Units 50
Year III: Semester I (Three Cores, Two Electives)
LAW 3101 Jurisprudence I* (Law 306) 4
LAW 3102 Family Law II 4
LAW 3103 Law of Sale of goods 4
LAW 3104 Conflict of Laws 4
LAW 3105 Principals of International Law I 4
LAW 3106 Banking & Negotiable
Instruments 4
LAW 3107 International and Regional
Human Rights 4
Semester II: (Three Cores, Two Electives)
LAW 3201 Jurisprudence II 4
LAW 3202 Criminal Procedure 4
LAW 3203 Business Association I 4
LAW 3204 Environmental Law and Policy 4
LAW 3205 Conflict of Laws 4
LAW 3206 Principles of International Law II 4
LAW 3207 Human Rights in Domestic
Perspective 4
LAW 3208 Consumer Law and Protection 4
LAW 2206 Business Association II 4
Total Year III Credit Units 50
Year IV
(Students shall take the Core Courses in both
Semesters plus three Optional Courses per
semester The courses shall be chosen from the
list of Electives indicated below) (Research
Paper shall be done in both semester one and
semester two of the Fourth year)
Semester I (Two Core, Three Electives)
Course Code Course Name CU
LAW 4101 Civil Procedure I (Core) 4
LAW 4102 Research Paper (Core) 4
LAW 4102 Clinical Legal Education 4
LAW 4103 Law of Business Association II 4
LAW 4104 Revenue Law and Taxation I 4
LAW 4105 International Trade and Business 4
LAW 4106 Health Law and Policy 4
LAW 4107 Intellectual Property Law 4
LAW 4108 Labour Law I 4
LAW 4109 Insurance Law 4
LAW 4112 Environmental Law 4
LAW 4113 Health and the Law 4
LAW 4144 International & Regional Human
Rights 4
Semester II
LAW 4201 Civil Procedure II (Core) 4
LAW 4202 Continuation of Research Paper 4
LAW 4203 Estate Planning 4
LAW 4204 Revenue Law and Taxation II 4
LAW 4205 gender and The Law 4
LAW 4206 Criminology and Penology 4
LAW 4207 Hire Purchase and Bankruptcy 4
LAW 4208 Computers and the Law 4
LAW 4209 Intellectual Property Law II 4
LAW 4210 Labour Law II 4
LAW 4256 International Trade and Business 4
LAW 4257 Human Rights in the Domestic
Perspective 4
LAW 4259 International Law II 4
LAW 4263 Health and the Law II 4
A student shall choose three Courses from the
following list of Electives provided he/she
did not offer the same electives in the 1st
semester
Total Year IV Credit Units = 50
283
POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN REFUGEE LAW AND FORCED MIGRATION
STUDIES (GLAW)
Year I: Semester I (Core Courses)
Course Code Course Name CU
RFM 6101 Introduction to the Study of
Forced Migration 3
RFM 6102 International Human Rights,
History, Theory and Practice 3
RFM 6103 Refugee Law 3
RFM 6104 Household Livelihood and
Economy in Forced Migration 3
RFM 6105 Field Methods in the Study of
Forced Migration 3
Electives
RFM 6106 Forced Migration and
International Relations 3
RFM 6107 Nutrition and Health in Forced
Migration 3
RFM 6108 Ethnicity, Nationalism and
Identity 3
Semester II
RFM 6201 Critical Institutions in Forced
Migration 3
RFM 6202
International Displacement:
Conceptual and Practical
Dimension
3
RFM 6203 Psychosocial Dimensions of the
Phenomenon of 3
RFM 6204 gender violence, Human Rights
and Forced Migration 3
RFM 6205 Forced Migration in global
Perspective 3
RFM 6206 Humanitarian Law and Conflict
Resolution 3
RFM 6207 Environmental Consequences
Forced Migration 3
Introduction
The course shall provide a well-grounded
qualification that is mainly oriented towards
professionals engaged in relief, development
assistance and disaster-preparedness activities
It is principally directed towards those who
have acquired some field experience in
government, public service, development
assistance, relief and disaster preparedness,
non-governmental agencies and universities
Objectives
This program is designed to achieve the
following objectives:
a) To provide students with a basic
understanding of the main issues in the
debate over forced migration, refugee
studies and humanitarian law
b) To enable students appreciate the
national, regional and international
dimensions of the subject of forced
migration, refugee studies and
humanitarian law
c) To provide specialized training for
government officials, and the staff
of humanitarian inter-and nongovernmental
organizations
d) To provide a basic grounding in the
Political Economy of forced migration in
Africa in particular and the world at large
e) To provide an overview of the national,
regional and international legal regimes
governing the area of Forced Migration,
Refugee Studies and Humanitarian Law,
and their relationship to International
Human Rights Law
f) To inculcate within students a critical
and inquiring mind about the subject
under examination
Programme Structure
(a) The Postgraduate Diploma is offered
through Coursework and a Project over
a period of one academic year (two
semesters)
(b) Courses already offered by candidates at
the undergraduate level of their studies
will be substituted with alternative
courses from among the Electives
284
MASTER OF LAWS (LLM)
The Master of Laws Programme shall be done
by coursework and research The minimum
duration on this programme is 24 months or
4 semesters
Regulations on course offerings
(a) No candidate shall be permitted to
take more than one subject from those
he/she offered for the LLB Degree
programme
(b) No candidate shall be permitted to
take International Trade and Business,
International Economic Law, Law of
the Sea, International Institutions and
Organizations unless she or he has
passed the basic course in Inter-national
Law
(c) Any candidate who has not taken
Jurisprudence at the LLB Degree level
shall be required to take it as one of his/
her course offerings
(d) On the recommendations of the Faculty
Board and the Board of Postgraduate
Studies, the Senate may allow a candidate
to transfer up to 20 Credit Units from a
recognized University which will count
towards the degree award
Year I: Semester I (Core)
Course Code Course Name CU
LAW 7101 Social Research Methods I** 5
Electives
LAW 7102 Corporate Finance 5
LAW 7103 Computers and the Law 5
LAW 7104 Conflict of Laws I 5
LAW 7105 Environmental Law and Policy I 5
LAW 7106 Health Law and Policy I 5
LAW 7107 Intellectual Property I: Patents
LAW7108
International and Regional
Human Rights Law I: Concepts
and Mechanisms
5
LAW 7109 International Institutions and
Organizations
LAW 7110 International Law I 5
LAW 7111 Jurisprudence I* 5
LAW 7112 Labour Law I 5
LAW 7113 Law of Treaties 5
LAW 7114 Law on World Trade
Organizations 5
LAW 7115 Legal Control of Natural
Organizations 5
LAW 7117 Revenue Control of Natural
Resources 5
Semester II
LAW 7201 Social Research Methods II
(Core) 5
Electives
LAW 7202 Criminology and Penology 5
LAW 7203 Corporate and governance 5
LAW 7204 Conflict of Laws II 5
LAW 7205 Comparative Constitutional Law 5
LAW 7206 gender and the Law 5
LAW 7207 Health Law and Policy II 5
LAW 7208 Human Rights in the Domestic
Perspective 5
LAW 7209 Insurance Law and Practice 5
LAW 7210
Intellectual Property II:
Copyright, trademarks and
Designs
5
LAW 7211 International Environmental Law 5
LAW 7212
International and Regional
Human Rights Law II
Substantive Rights
5
LAW 7213 International Law II 5
LAW 7214 Jurisprudence Law II* 5
LAW 7215 Labour Law II 5
LAW 7216 Law of Use of Force and Armed
Conflict 5
LAW 7217
Law on International Economic
Institutions: IMF and World
Bank
5
LAW 7218 Refugee Law and Migration 5
LAW 7219 Revenue Law and Taxation II 5
LAW 7220 Refugee Law and Migration 5
LAW 7221 Revenue Law and Taxation I 5
LAW 7222 Revenue Law and Taxation II 5
LAW 7223 Social Research Methods 5
Year II
LAW 8101 Research Paper/Dissertation 10
LAW 8201 Research 10
Course is compulsory for students who did not
undertake it at the LLB
285
COLLEGE OF HEALTH SCIENCE
The College of Health Sciences was
established on 1st December 2007 under the
“Universities and Other Tertiary Institutions
Act (Establishment of College of Health
Sciences, Makerere University) Order, 2008
The College of Health Sciences has evolved
from a Medical School of a University College
in the early 1900s, to a Medicine Faculty,
and finally to a constituent College of a fully
fledged University
The School of Medicine, as newly reconstituted
is one of 4 others that make up the College
of Health Sciences Located at Mulago Hill,
home to the Mulago National teaching and
referral Hospital, the School has evolved
from a Medical School as early as 1924, to
a Faculty, and now to a School of Medicine
Organisationally, the School is headed by
a Dean, with 2 deputies i e Deputy Dean
(Research) and Deputy Dean (Education)
The College vision is “To be a center for
academic and health service excellence “with
a Mission dedicated to improving the health
of the people of Uganda and beyond and
promoting health equity by providing quality
education, research and health services
This is achieved by enhancing capacity and
participation of stakeholders; strengthening
systems and partnerships; and harnessing the
power of new sciences and technology so as
to build and sustain excellence and relevance”
the College approach to teaching and learning
includes the Problem Based Learning (PBL),
Community Based Education and Services
(COBES), as well as models like SPICE
The campus at Mulago Hill is also home to
galloway Hall of Residency accommodating
students, as well as the Mulago guest
House providing accommodation to Mulago
Hospital and CHS visitors Other facilities
include the Albert Cook Medical Library, as
well as Computer Laboratory facilities for
Postgraduate and Undergraduate students
The four Schools that constitute the College of
Health Sciences are:
School of Medicine
The School of Medicine is made up of
the following units/departments:
1 Department of Internal Medicine
2 Department of Surgery
3 Department of Obstetrics and gynecology
4 Department of Pediatrics and Child Health
5 Department of Radiology and Radiotherapy
6 Department of Psychiatry
7 Department of Family Medicine
8 Department of Anesthesia
9 Department of Ear, Nose and Throat
(E N T)
10 Department of Medical Illustration
11 Department of Ophthalmology
12 Department of Orthopedics
13 Clinical Epidemiology Unit
14 Reproductive Health Unit
15 Medical Research Center
16 Infectious Disease Institute
17 Department of Family Medicine
School of Public Health
The School of Public Health comprise of
the following departments:1 Health Policy Planning and Management,
2 Epidemiology and Biostatistics,
3 Disease Control and Environment Health,
4 Community Health and Behavioural
Science
5 Regional Centre for Quality Health
School of Bio-medical Sciences
The School of Biomedical Sciences is one
of the four schools in the newly constituted
College of Health Sciences hosting
the following basic science departments:
1
2
3
4
Department of Human Anatomy
Department of Biochemistry
Department of Microbiology
Department of Pathology
5 Department of Physiology
6 Department of Pharmacology and
Therapeutics
286
School of Health Sciences
The School of Health Sciences comprise of the
following departments:
1 Department of Pharmacy
2 Department of Dentistry
3 Department of Nursing
4 Department of Allied Health Sciences
In its various departments, study programmes
leading to the following awards are offered
Undergraduate Awards
1 Diploma in Otolaryngology
2 Diploma in Health Tutors
3 Diploma in Ophthalmology
4 Diploma in Pharmacy
5 Diploma in Medical Radiography
6 Diploma in Occupational Therapy
7 Diploma in Anaesthesia
8 Diploma in Physiotherapy
9 Diploma in Medical Laboratory Sciences
10 Diploma in Clinical Psychiatry
11 Bachelor of Pharmacy (B Pharm)
12 Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of
Surgery (MBChB)
13 Bachelor of Dental Surgery (BDS)
14 Bachelor of Science (Nursing) BSc N
15 Bachelor of Science (Medical Radiography)
Postgraduate Awards
1 Postgraduate Diploma in Anaesthesia
2 Master of Medicine (M Med)
3 Master of Medicine (Anaesthesia)
4 Master of Medicine (Community Practice)
5 Master of Medicine (Internal Medicine)
6 Master of Medicine (Obstetrics/
gynaecology)
7 Master of Medicine (Paediatrics)
8 Master of Medicine (Surgery)
9 Master of Medicine (Pathology)
10 Master of Medicine (Ophthalmology)
11 Master of Medicine (Psychiatry)
12 Master of Medicine (E N T)
13 Master of Medicine in Otorhinolaryngology,
Head & Neck Surgery
14 Master of Medicine on Radiology
15 Master of Medicine (Microbiology)
16 Master of Medicine (Orthopaedic Surgery)
17 Master of Science Clinical Epidemiology
and Biostatistics
18 Master of Science (Human Anatomy)
19 Master of Science (Pharmacology)
20 Master of Science (Medical Illustration)
21 Master of Science Physiology
22 Doctor of Medicine (Ph D)
23 Doctor of Philosophy (Ph D)
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
DIPLOMA IN OTOLARYNGOLOGY
Aim
The aim of this curriculum is to produce an
ENT Clinical Officer who will bridge the
gap between the ENT specialists based at the
national or referral hospitals and the patients
residing in the rural communities all over the
country
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course Name CU
DOL1101 Anatomy and Physiology for the
Ear, Nose, and Paranasal Sinuses 4
DOL1102
Anatomy and Physiology of the
oral cavity, pharynx, larynx and
esophagus
4
DOL1104 Audiology 5
DOL1105 Counselling 3
DOL1106 Social Psychology 3
Semester II
DOL1201 Otology 5
DOL1202 Rhinology 3
DOL1203 Research Metodology 3
DOL1204 Palliative Care 4
DOL1205 Basic Computer Skills 3
Year II: Semester I
DOL2101 Management 4
DOL2102 Head and Neck 5
DOL2103 Laryngology 5
DOL2104 Nursing 4
DOL2105 Ethics 3
Semester II
DOL2201 Research 5
DOL2202 Rural Practice 5
287
DIPLOMA IN HEALTH TUTORS
Overall Objective
The overall objective of the Health Tutors’
Diploma Programme is to develop and equip
health tutors with competencies for managing
Health Training Institutions, carry out primary
health care and participate in research
Specific Objectives
The end of the programme students should
be;
a) To teach students in both classroom and
clinical field placement
b) To plan, design, develop and produce
learning/teaching materials
c) To guide and counsel both staff and
students
d) To manage nursing and Allied Health
Professional Schools
e) To evaluate the training programmes
f) To carry out research in education and
health related areas
g) To participate in community health
activities
h) To evaluate training programmes
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course Name CU
HTD 1101 Foundations of Education I 5
HTD 1102 Curriculum Studies I 5
HTD 1103 Educational Psychology I 2
HTD 1104 Development Studies 2
HTD 1105 Anatomy 3
HTD 1106 Physiology 3
HTD 1107 Psychiatry 2
Total 22
Semester II
HTD 1201 Foundations of Education II 5
HTD 1202 Curriculum Studies II 2
HTD 1203 Educational Psychology II 2
HTD 1204 Medical Ethics 2
HTD 1205 Medical Sociology 2
HTD 1206 Statistics 2
HTD 1207 Research Methods 3
HTS 1208 Primary Health Care I 3
Total 21
Recess Term
HTD 1301 School Practice I 4
HTD 1302 Primary Health Care II 3
HTS 1303 Proposal Writing 3
Total 10
Year II: Semester I Core Courses
HTD 2101 School Practice II 4
HTD 2102 Pharmacology 3
HTD 2103 Biochemistry 3
HTD 2104 Clinical Teaching 3
HTD 2105 general Management 2
Total 15
Specialized Courses (Electives)
HTD 2106 Surgery 3
HTD 2107 Nursing 3
HTD 2108 Public Health 3
HTD 2109 Obstetrics & gyn 3
HTD 2110 Psychiatric Nursing 3
HTD 2111 Physiotherapy 3
HTD 2112 Pharmacy 3
HTD 2113 Environmental Health 3
HTD 2114 Occupational Therapy 3
HTD 2115 Radiography 3
Semester II Core Courses
HTD 2201 Medical Psychology 2
HTD 2202 Microbiology 2
HTD 2203 Family Planning 3
HTD 2204 Research Project 4
HTD 2205 School Practice III 4
Specialized
HTD 2206 Midwifery 3
HTD 2207 Paediatrics 3
HTD 2208 Medicine 3
HTD 2209 Orthopaedic Technology 3
HTD 2210 Clinical Orthopaedic 3
HTD 2211 Anasthesia 3
HTD 2212 Dentistry 3
HTD 2213 Medical Lab Technology 3
HTD 2214 Ear Nose Throat (ENT) 3
HTD 2215 Medical Entomology 3
HTD 2216 Ophthalmology 3
288
DIPLOMA IN OPTHALMOLOGY
DOP 1102 Ocular Pharmacology 3
DOP 1103 Ocular Pathology, Microbiology
and Immunology 4
DOP 1104 Clinical Ophthalmology I 4
DOP 1105 Ophthalmic Surgery I 5
Total 17
DOP 1201 Refraction and Low vision 2
DOP 1202 Community Ophthalmology 4
DOP 1203 Clinical Ophthalmology II 5
DOP 1204 Opthalmic Surgery II 4
Total 15
Aim of the Course
To produce competent, well trained Eye Care
Workers who will contribute to the promotion
of Eye health Care in the Country
Curriculum
The course will run on semester system There
will be two semester of 17 weeks each
Programme Structure
Semester I
Course Code Course Name CU
DOP 1101 Ocular Anatomy and Physiology 4
DIPLOMA IN PHARMACY
Aim of the Programme
Develop competent pharmacy technicians’
equipped with knowledge skills and attitudes
for preparing quality pharmaceuticals ad
manage health care activities ensuring rational
drug use
Objectives of the Programme
The objectives of the programme are to
develop a pharmacy Technician able to:
• Prepare and dispense quality pharmaceuticals
in a professional manner
• Participate in management of Health,
drugs and Pharmaceutical resources
• Maintain the Pharmaceutical equipment
• Implement drug policies and regulations
• Carry out primary Health Care activities
on community drug use
• Conduct and participate in pharmaceutical
researches
• Plan continuing professional education
for self and others
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course Name CU
EAN 1101 Anatomy 4
EPH 1102 Physiology I 4
EFA 1103 First Aid/Nursing 3
EPC 1104 PHC/Communication Skills 4
ESM 1105 Social Psychology/Ethics 3
EPM 1106 Principals of Pharmacology 5
Total 23
Semester II
PHP 1201 Pharmaceutics I 4
PHP 1202 Physiology II 4
PHP 1203 Biochemistry 4
PHP 1204 Math/Statistics 3
PHP 1205 Pharmaceutical Chemistry I 3
PHP 1206 Pharmacy Practice I 3
Total 21
Recess Term Year I
PHP 1301 O T C Dispensing of
Prescription Drugs 5
PHP 1302 Records Management/Stores 5
Total 10
Year II: Semester I
EMA 2101 Management and Administration 4
PHP 2102 Pharmacology I 3
ERM 2103 Research Methods 4
PHP 2104 Pharmaceutical Chemistry II 4
PHP 2105 Pharmaceutics II 4
PHP 2106 Science of Pharmaceutical/
Equipment 3
Total 22
Semester II
PHP 2201 Microbiology 4
PHP 2202 Pharmacology II 3
PHP 2203 Pharmacognosy 4
289
Year III: Semester II
PHP 3201 Pharmacy Practice III 3
PHP 3202 Pharmaceutics v 4
PHP 3203 Drug Supplies Management 4
PHP 3204 Pharmacology v 3
PHP 3205 Forensic Law/Ethics 2
PHP 3206 Bio Pharmaceutics 2
PHP 3207 Therapeutics II 3
Total 21
PHP 2204 Proposal Writing 3
PHP 2205 Pharmaceutics III 4
PHP 2206 Pharmaceutical Chemistry III 4
Total 22
Recess Term Year II
PHP 2301 Project Work 5
PHP Industrial Attachment 5
Total 10
Year III: Semester I
PHP 3101 Pharmacy Practice II 3
PHP 3102 Pharmaceuticals Iv 5
PHP 3103 Pharmacology Iv 4
PHP 3104 Toxicology 3
PHP 3105 Therapeutics I 5
Total 20
DIPLOMA IN MEDICAL RADIOGRAPHY
Aim
The overall aim of the Medical Radiography
curriculum is to train and develop radiographers
able to deliver medical diagnostic and radiation
therapy services
Specific Objectives
At the end of the training the medical
radiographer should be able to:
(i) Carry out imaging using the various
imaging modalities
(ii) Administer correctly ionizing radiation
to patients during radiation therapy
(iii) Educate the public on the benefits and
hazards of ionizing radiation
(iv) Carry out operational research
(v) Participates in the maintenance of
equipments used in medical imagining
unit
(vi) Carry out management functions in a
radiography unit
(vii) Carry out quality assurance of imaging
and radiation therapy process
(viii) Maintain optimum film processing and
darkroom conditions
(ix) Ensure continuing education for self,
peers and other health workers
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course Name CU
EAN 1101 Anatomy I 4
EPH 1102 Physiology I 4
EFA 1103 First Aid & Nursing 3
EPC 1104 Primary Health Care &
Communication Skills 4
ESM 1105 Socio-Psychology and Medical
Ethics 3
EPM 1106 Principles of Pharmacology 3
Total 21
Semester II
DMR 1201 Physics I 5
DMR 1202 Anatomy II 5
DMR 1203 Pathology 4
DMR 1204 Physiology II 4
Total 21
Recess Term Year I
DMR 1301 Basic Radiographic
Pharmacology 5
DMR 1302 Clinical Radiographic Practice I 5
Total 10
Year II: Semester I
ERM 2101 Research Methods 4
EMA 2102 Management, Administration
& IT 4
DMR 2103 Anatomy III 5
DMR 2104 Physics II 4
DMR 2105 Radiographic Techniques I 4
Total 21
290
DMR 3104 Ultrasound II 5
Total 20
Year III: Semester II
DMR 3201 Radiographic Equipment II 5
DMR 3202 Radiographic Photography III 5
DMR 3203 Clinical Radiographic Practice
III 5
DMR 3204 Elective II 4
Total 19
Key
• DMR – Diploma in Medical
Radiography
• Course Codes starting with letter E
refer to those courses common to
all paramedical programmes and are
centrally taught
Year II: Semester II
DMR 2201 Anatomy Iv 5
DMR 2202 Physics III 4
DMR 2203 Radiographic Photography I 4
DMR 2204 Radiographic Technique II 5
DMR 2205 Ultrasound I 3
Total 21
Recess Term Year II
DMR 2301 Clinical Radiographic Practice II 5
DMR 2302 Elective I 4
DMR 2303 Research Project Report Writing 2
Total 11
Year III: Semester I
DMR 3101 Radiographic Equipment 5
DMR 3102 Radiographic Photography II 5
DMR 3103 Radiographic Technique III 5
DIPLOMA IN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY
General Aim
The general objective of this diploma is to
give special training to those who work with
people with physical and Mental disabilities,
and those suffering from chronic diseases in
their homes/hospitals and facilitate the integration
of rehabilitation care within their environment
Objectives of the Programme
At the completion of the Diploma Programme,
the learner will be equipped with the
knowledge, skills and attitudes to:
• Integrate and use the holistic approach in
resolving health problems of individuals
and groups as regards to Occupational
Therapy
• Conduct relevant scientific research in
Occupational Therapy and continuously
improve their skills and knowledge using
recent advances in their practice and
participating in continuing professional
development programmes
• Liaise and co-ordinate with other health
professionals an relevant agencies for
the better delivery or rehabilitation services
• Promote positive attitude of individuals
and communities towards full
participation of people with disabilities
• Train other health workers, families and
communities in the basic management
of disability
• Manage Occupational Therapy services
and departments
• Observe the professional codes of
ethics
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course Name CU
EAN 1101 Anatomy 4
EPH 1102 Physiology 4
EFA 1103 First Aid & Nursing 3
EPC 1104 PHC & Communication Skills 4
ESM 1105 Socio-Psychology and Medical
Ethics
3
EPM 1106 Principles of Pharmacology 3
Total 21
Semester II
DOT 1201 Introduction to Occupational
Therapy 3
DOT 1202 Principles of Education 3
DOT 1203 Psychology I 4
291
DOT 1204 Practical Media I 4
DOT 1205 Clinical Placement I
– Assessment 5
DOT 1206 kinesiology 3
Total 22
Recess Term Year I
DOT 1301 Psychology II 3
DOT 1302 Clinical Science-Orthopaedics 3
DOT 1303 Clinical Science-Paediatrics 3
Total 9
Year Two Semester I
ERM 2101 Research Methods 4
EMA 2102 Management & Information
Technology 4
DOT 2103 Clinical Science-Medicine 4
DOT 2104 Clinical Science-Psychiatry 4
DOT 2105 Practical Media II 3
Total 19
Semester II
DOT 2201 Researhc Project/Disseration 4
DOT 2202 O T Treatment Models &
Approaches 4
DOT 2203 Occupational Therpay in Mental
Health 4
DOT 2204 Practical Media III 3
DIPLOMA IN PHYSIOTHERAPY
Ojectives of the Programme
On completion of the programme, the Physiotherpay
graduate should be able to:
a) Assess and evaluate patient/clients’
physical ability, performance and progress
b) Promote health through health education
and maintenance of physical fitness
c) Prevent muscle wasting, joint stiffness
and loss of function
d) Treat pains and aches, strengthen weak
muscles, and mobilize stiff joints
e) Functionally re-educate and
rehabilitate the physically and mentally
handicapped
f) Prevent and correct manageable
deformities and contractures
g) Conduct referral of patient/clients or
receive them as necessary
h) Conduct/participate in operational
research
i) Counsel patients or clients as necessary
j) Observe the Professional code f
conduct
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester 1
Course Code Course CU
EAN 1101 Anatomy I 4
EPH 1102 Human Physiology I 4
EFA 1103 First Aid & Nursing 3
EPC 1104 PHC & Communication Skills 4
DOT 2205 Occupational Therapy in
Paeditrics 4
Total 19
Recess Term Year II
DOT 2301 Clinical Placement II-Planning 5
Total 5
Year Three Semester I
DOT 3101 OT and Physical Dysfunction 4
DOT 3102 Orthotics and Assistive Aids 4
DOT 3103 Advanced Studies in
Occupational Therapy 4
DOT 3104 Practical Media Iv 3
DOT 3105 Clinical Placement IIIIntervention
5
Total 20
Semester II
DOT 3201 Occupational/Activity Analysis 4
DOT 3202 Community OT and Counseling 4
DOT 3203 Case Studies/Reports 3
DOT 3204 Clinical Placement IvIntegration 5
Total 16
292
ESM 1105 Socio-Psychology & Medical
Ethics
3
EPM 1106 Principles of Pharmacology 5
Total 23
Semester II
DPT 1201 Anatomy II 5
DPT 1202 Physiology II 5
DPT 1203 kinesiology 4
DPT 1204 Physical Principles 4
DPT 1205 Socio-Phychology & Medical
Ethics 3
Total 21
Year II: Semester I
ERM 2102 Research Methods 4
EMA 2102 Management & Information
Technology 4
DPT 2103 Anatomy III 4
DPT 2104 Exercise Therapy I 4
DPT 2105 Electrotherapy I 3
DPT 2106 Manipulative Techniques
(Massage) 3
Total 21
Semester II
DPT 2201 Research Project 4
DPT 2202 Anatomy Iv 4
DPT 2203 Exercie Therapy II 4
DPT 2204 Electrotherapy II 3
DPT 2205 Micro-Pathology 2
DPT 2206 Trauma/Orthopaedics 5
Total 22
Year II Recess Term
DPT 2201 Theory & Practice Clinical 5
DPT 2202 Community Based Rehab 5
Total 10
Year III: Semester I
DPT 3101 CBR/Ot 4
DPT 3102 Special Techniques 4
DPT 3103 Neurology 4
DPT 3104 Theory & Practice of PT II 4
DPT 3105 Clinical Practice 5
Total 21
Semester II
DPT 3201 Theory and Practice of PT III 4
DPT 3202 Clinical Practice 4
DPT 3203 Principles of Pediatrics gyn/Obs 3
DPT 3204 Surgery 4
DPT 3205 general Medicine/Sports Injuries 4
DPT 3206 Management & Admin 3
Total 22
NB: Recess Term Year I
Students shall be placed for the 1st term recess
attachment for clinical/field placement to
enhance practice in First Aid/Nursing; PHC/
Communication skills at Mulago, Nsambya,
Rubaga, Mengo, Jinja, Mbale, gulu, kumi,
Arua, Mbarara and Masindi hospitals
DIPLOMA IN MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCES
Objectives
At the end of the programme the Medical
Laboratory Technologist will be able to:
• Receive, collect (where applicable),
process specimens and carry out
laboratory analyses
• Manage laboratory records
• Ensure excellent quality in laboratory
services
• Care for laboratory equipment and
instruments
• Ensure a healthy and safe working
environment
• Participate in surveillance of diseases
and research
• Plan and implement continuing
education for self and others
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester 1
Course Code Course CU
EAN 1101 Human Anatomy 4
EPH 1102 Human Physiology 4
EFAS 1103 First Aid/Nursing 3
EPC 1104 Primary Health Care/
Communication Skills 4
ESM 1105 Socio-Psychology/Medical
Ethics 3
293
EPP 1106 Principles of Pharmacology 3
Total 21
Semester II
MLS 1201 general Laboratory Practice 4
MLS 1202 Histopathology I 4
MLS 1203 Clinical Chemistry I 4
MLS 1204 Microbilogy I 4
MLS 1205 Haematology I 5
Total 21
Recess Term Year I
MLS 1301 Laboratory Practical Skills 5
MLS 1302 Management Skills 3
MLS 1303 Report Writing 2
Total 10
Year Two Semester I
ERM 2101 Research Methods 4
EMA 2102 Management and Information
Technology 4
MLS 2103 Histopathology II 4
MLS 2104 Clinical Chemistry II 5
MLS 2105 Parasitology I: Protozology 4
Total 21
Semester II
MLS 2201 Haematology II 5
MLS 2202 Microbilogy II 4
MLS 2203 Clinical Chemistry III 5
MLS 2204 Immunihaematology 4
MLS 2205 Parasitology II: Helminthology 3
Total 21
DIPLOMA IN CLINICAL PSYCHIATRY
Total 18
Semester II
DCP 1201 Psychiarty II 5
DCP 1202 Community Health II 5
DCP 1203 Internal Medcine I 5
DCP 1204 Research Methods 5
Total 20
Recess Term (10 weeks)
DCP 1301 Community Health III
(Community Diagnosis) 5
DCP 1302
Community Health III
(Community Mental Health &
PHC)
5
DCP 1303 Internal Medicine II (Medical
Clerkship) 5
Total 15
Year II: Semester I
DCP 2101 Psychiatry III 5
DCP 2102 Psychotherapy 5
DCP 2103 Health Systems Management 4
DCP 2104 Computer Application 4
Total 18
Semester II Psychiatry Iv (Clerkship)
DCP 2201 general Hospital Psychiatry 5
DCP 2202 Forensic Psychiatry & Acute 5
DCP 2203 Child and Adolescent Psychiatry 5
Total 15
Objectives
The main objectives of this programme is to
train a health professional who is able to:
1 Manage mental health units
2 Plan and participate in the development
of mental heath programmes
3 Manage mental health conditions in the
institution and community
4 Plan and conduct education of health
workers, trainees, and community about
mental health
5 Collect, analyze and utilize mental
data
6 Plan and participate in primary health
care activities in an integral manner
7 Collaborate with stake holders in
promoting mental health, preventing
mental illness and rehabilitating the
mentally ill
8 Conduct research
9 Work harmoniously with other health
providers
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester 1
Course Code Course CU
DCP 1101 Psychiatry I 5
DCP 1102 Psychology 4
DCP 1103 Medical Sociology 4
DCP 1104 Community Health I 5
294
BACHELOR OF PHARMACY (B PHARM)
Objectives
The objectives of the B Pharm degree course
aim at fulfilling the following:
1 To train professional Pharmacists locally
in Uganda considering the local needs
of the country
2 To produce a pharmacist having skills
and ability equivalent to International
standards of Pharmacy Training
3 To initiate research which will utilise
locally available materials for possible
use in Pharmaceutical Industry
4 To practice according to the
internationally accepted professional
code of ethics which will include the
ability to:
(a) Compound and dispense medicine
including sterile preparations
(b) Evaluate drugs to determine and
maintain their quality
(c) Participate in the health teams
by giving advice in all matters
relating to drugs
(d) Participate in the training of nonprofessional
pharmaceutical staff
e g dispensers and other health
personnel as appropriate
Programme Structure
Duration
The Bachelor of Pharmacy programme will
be four years, each year comprising of two
semesters of seventeen weeks long and a
recess term of ten weeks The fourth year will
however have two semesters only without a
recess term Two weeks at the end of each
of the semesters is reserved for University
Examination
All courses in Pharmacy are core courses (i e
compulsory)
Year I: Semester 1
Course Code Course CU
CHM 1101 Physical and Inorganic
Chemistry
3
ANA 1101 Anatomy: Histology and
Embryology 2
PHY 1101 Physics Practicals 5
BCM 1101 Introduction to Biochemistry I 4
PSY 1101 Psychology I 4
PCg 1101 general Pharmacognosy 4
BPH 1102 Cells and Tissues 5
BPH 1103 Blood & Body Fluids 5
FOM 1101 Introductory Economics 3
FOM 1104 Principles of Nursing & First Aid 2
FOM 1111 Introduction of Health
Professionals Edu & Et 3
FOM 1112 Cells and Tissues 3
FOM 1113 Blood and Body Fluids 3
Semester II
ANA 1201 Anatomy: Thorax and Abdomen 5
ANA 1202 Pelvis and Perineum 1
PHY 1201 Physics Practicals 5
BCM 1201 Introduction to Biochemistry II 4
SOC 1201 Sociology I 2
CHM 1101 Basic Inorganic Chemistry 4
CHM 1205 Basic Organic Chemistry 5
PCT 2301 Introduction to Pharmaceutics 3
PHY 1201 Physics Practical 5
BPH 1201 Digestion Nutrition &
Metabolism 5
BPH 1202 Cardio vascular & Respiratory
System 5
BPH 1203 Foundations of Behavioural
Sciences 2
BPH 1211 Digestion Nutrition and
Metabolism 5
BPH 1213 Foundations of Behavioural
Sciences 2
BPH 1214 Physicochemical Principles of
Pharmacy I 3
FOM 1202 Cardiovascular & Respiratory
Systems 5
FOM 1203 Foundations of Behavioural
Sciences 5
FOM 12011 Cardiovascular & Respiratory
Systems 5
FOM 1212 Digestion Nutrition &
Metabolism 5
Recess Term
PCg 1301
Medical plant families, Organic
Analysis, field classes &
Herbaria
3
SOC 1301 Sociology II 2
PSY 1301 Psychology II 2
295
PHC 1302 Research Method 2
PHC 1301 Introduction to Biostatistics 1
MTH 131 general Mathematics 2
FOM 1301 Introduction to Community
Health I 4
FOM 1302 Introduction to Community
Health II 4
FOM 1311 Introduction to Community
Health I 4
FOM 1312 Introduction to Community
Health II 4
Year II: Semester I
ANA 2101 Head and Neck 5
PHY 211 Endocrine & Reproductive
Physiology 3
BCM 2101 Introduction to Medical
Biochemistry I 4
PHA 2101 general Pharmacology 4
MCB 2101 Microbiology I-Bacteriology 4
PAT 2101 genetics Haemetology 2
BPH 2101 Endocrine 4
BPH 2102 Reproductive & Urinary 3
BPH 2103 Head & Neck 3
BPH 2104 Physicochemical Principles of
Pharmacy II 5
BPH 2111 Endocrine 4
BPH 2112 Phsico-Chemical Principles of
Pharmacy II 5
FOM 2111 Endocrine 5
FOM 2112 Reproductive and Urinary
Systems 5
FOM 2113 Head and Neck 5
Semester II
ANA 2201 Neuro Anatomy 4
BCM 2201 Introduction to Medical
Biochemistry II 4
PHY 221 Neurophysiology 3
PHA 2201 Chemotherapy & Cytotoxic
Agents 4
MCB 2201 Microbiology II (Immunology &
Parasitology) 4
PAT 2201 Systemic Pathology 2
PCg 2201
Organised, Unorgaunised drugs
Different classes of the active
principle
3
BPH 2202 Neurolocomotor 2
BPH 2203 Introduction to Drug Production 5
BPH 2204 Community Pharmacy Practice I 3
BPH 2212 Neurolocomotor 2
BPH 2213 Introduction to Drug Production 5
BPH 2214 Community Pharmacy Practice I 3
FOM 2201 Forestry Resource Assessment
and gis 5
FOM 2211 Principles & Microbiology &
Pathology 5
FOM 2213 Head & Neck 5
FOM 2214 Community and Pharmacy
Practice I 3
PCT 2301 Introduction to Pharmaceutics &
compounding 3
Recess Term
PCg 2301
Different classes of active
principles & their quality control
II
4
MCB 2301 Microbiology III: virology &
Mycology 2
PCM 2301 Analytical Methods and
instrumentation/organic 4
BPH 2302 Chemotherapeutics 5
FOM 2301 Practical Skills in Forest
Resources Assessment 3
FOM 2311 Blood Haemopoetic Fluids
Disorders 3
FOM 2312 Pathology & Development
Psychology 5
Year III: Semester I
PHA 3101 Systemic Pharmacology 2
PCg 3101 Different classes of active princ
& their quality control III 5
CLP 3101 Clinical Pharmacy I 4
PMC 3101 Biotechnology and their
Applications 4
PCT 3101 Dispersed systems, Phys
Pharmacy and Rheology 3
PCT 3102 Pharm Appl of metals/Unit
Operations 3
PCM 3101 Medicinal Chemistry/QA 3
BPH 3101 Natural Products of Medicinal &
Pharmaceutical 5
BPH 3102 Cardiorespiratory system
Disorders
BPH 3103 Digestion Nutrition & Metabolic
Disorders 3
BPH 3104 Blood Haemopoetic Fluid
Disorders Drugs 3
BPH 3111 Natural Products of Medicinal
Pharmaticals 5
296
BPH 3112 Cardiorespiratory System
Disorders Drugs
BPH 3113 Digestion Nutrition & Metabolic
Disorders 3
BPH 3114 Blood Haemopoetic Fluid
Disorders Drugs
Semester II
PCM 3201 Inorganic and Organic
Pharmaceutical Chemistry 5
PCT 321 Powder properties and solid
dosage forms (I) 4
CLP 3201 Clinical Pharmacy II 4
PHA 3201
Neuro & Psychopharmaco
Toxicolo vitamins & Therapeutic
gases
2
PMC 3201 Pharmaceutical Microbiology II 3
MgM 3201 Management 3
PCg 3201 Applied Pharmacognosy’Quality
assurance of medicinal plants 3
BPH 3202 Endocrine Disorders Drugs &
Pharmaceutical 5
BPH 3203
Reproductive & Urinary
Disorders Drugs &
Pharmaceutical
5
BPH 3212 Endocrine Disorders Drugs &
Pharmaceuticals 5
BPH 3213 Reproductive & Urinary
Disorders Drug Pharmaceutical 5
Recess Term
BPH 3301 Pharmaceutical Microbiology &
Biotechnology 3
BPH 3302 Manufacture & Control of
Pharmaceutical 5
BPH 3311 Pharmaceutical Microbiology &
Biotechnology 3
BPH 3312 Manufacture & Control of
Pharmaceuticals 5
PRJ 3301 Regional hospital/industrial
placement
PRJ 4101 Project work starts 5
Year IV: Semester I
PCM 4101 Medicinal Chemistry 5
PCT 4101 Solid dosage forms (II), Aerosols
and
PCT 412 Drug stability (I) 4
CLP 4101 Clinical Pharmacy III 4
EFP 4101 Ethics, Forensic Pharmacy &
Toxicology 2
PRJ 4101 Project Work examined 5
PHA 4101 Pharmacotherapeutics 1
PCT 4112 Special Topics 4
BPH 4101 Toxicity & Adverse Drug
Reactions 5
BPH 4102 Radiopharmacy 2
BPH 4103 Cosmetology 3
BPH 4104 Pharmaceutical Management
Project I 5
BPH 4111 Toxicity & Adverse Drug
Reactions 5
BPH 4112 Radiopharmacy 2
BPH 4113 Cosmetology 3
BPH 4114 Pharmaceutical Management
Project I 5
Semester II
PCM 321 Medicinal Chemistry 4
CPL 4201 Clinical Pharmacy 4
EFP 4201 Ethics, Forensic Pharmacy
Toxicology 2
PMC 4201 Pharmaceutical MicrobiologyII 3
PCT 4201 Sterile products, Packaging and
Stability I 3
PCT 4202
Drug Stability (II),
Pharmacokinetics,
Biopharmaceutics, RadioPharmaceuticals
5
PHC 421 Pharmacoepidemeology
3
BPH 4201 Pharmacy Administration Law
& Ethics
BPH 4202 Industrial Pharmacy 3
BPH 4203 Community Practice II 2
BPH 4204 Drug Targeting & Clinical
Pharmacy Management 3
BPH 4205 Pharmaceutical Management
Project II 5
BPH 4211 Pharmacy Administration Law
& Ethics
BPH 4212 Industrial Pharmacy 3
BPH 4213 Community Pharmacy Practice II 2
BPH 4214 Drug Targeting & Clinical
Pharmacy Management 3
BPH 4215 Pharmaceutical Management
Project II 5
PMC 4201 Pharmaceutical Microbiology 3
297
THE BACHELOR OF MEDICINE AND BACHELOR OF SURGERY (MBCh B)
Year I: Semester 1
Course Code Course CU
ANA 1101 Histology & Embryology
ANA 1102 Anatomy of upper & lower limbs
PHY 1101 Physics Practicals
PHY 1104 general, Blood & Respiratory
Physiology 5
BCM 1101 Introduction to Biochemistry I 4
PSY 1101 Introduction to Psychology 4
FOM 1101 Introductory Economics 3
FOM 1102 Introductory Statistics 5
FOM 1103 Blood & Body Fluids 5
FOM 1104 Principles of Nursing & First Aid 2
FOM 1111 Introduction of Health
Professionals Edu & Et 3
FOM 1112 Cells and Tissues 5
FOM 1113 Blood & Body Fluids 5
FOM 1114 Principles of Nursing & First Aid 2
Semester II
ANA 1201 Thorax & Abdomen 5
ANA 1202 Pelvis and Perineum 1
PHY 1201 Cardiovascular, gastro-Intestinal
Track & Renal Physiology 5
BCM 1201 Introduction to Biochemistry II 4
SOC 1201 Sociology I 2
FOM 1201 Basic Computer Skills 5
FOM 1202 Cardiovascular & Respiratory
Systems 5
FOM 1203 Foundations of Behavioral
Sciences 5
FOM 1211 Cardiovascular & Respiratory
Systems 5
FOM 1212 Digestion Nutrition &
Metabolism 5
FOM 1213 Foundations of Behavioural
Sciences 5
Recess Term
SOC 1301 Sociology II 2
PSY 1301 Psychology II 2
gEN 1301 genetics I 1
PHC 1301 Introduction to Biostatistics 1
PHC 1302 Research Methods 2
FOM 1301 Introduction to Community
Health I 4
Introduction
The present curriculum has defined the
following eight areas in which a doctor
working in Uganda should be competent
a) Promotion of health and prevention of
disease
b) Patient Management
c) Medical Legal duties
d) Research
e) Management & Administration
f) Teaching and learning
g) Understanding the role of Traditional
Medicine
h) Community Leadership
In order to achieve these objectives emphasis
has been put not only on science subjects but
also the humanities such as sociology and
psychology as well as communication skills
Community Clerkship during which time the
student will be living in the community will
have the same weight as the clinical subjects
Primary Health Care will be emphasized
during Community Clerkship The training
will not only be Community Oriented but will
also be problem solving and the students will
be guided to do more self learning This will
emphasize to the students that the University
is a place of learning rather than teaching In
this curriculum, integrated teaching will be
done as much as possible
Degree Award
The degree of MBChB shall be awarded
without classification but performance in
individual courses shall be graded according
to the approved semester system grading
Programme Structure
Duration
This is a five-year academic programme
Every academic year shall have two 17 week
semesters and one 10 week recess term except
in the Fifth year which will have no recess
semester
All courses in the MBChB programme are
core (compulsory)
298
FOM 1302 Introduction to Community
Health II 4
FOM 1311 Introduction to Community
Health I 4
FOM 1312 Introduction to Community
Health II 4
Year II: Semester I
ANA 2101 Anatomy of Head and Neck 5
BCM 2101 Introduction to Medical
Biochemistry I 4
PHY 2109 Endocrine & Reproductive
Physiology 3
PSY 2106 Applied Psychology 1
PHA 2101 general Pharmacology 4
MCB 2101 Microbiology I-Bacteriology 4
PAT 2101 general Pathology 4
BDS 2102 Foundations of Dentistry 1
FOM 2101 Biometrics 5
FOM 2102 Forestry Economics 5
FOM 2103 Natural Resources &
Environmental Management 5
FOM 2111 Endocrine 5
FOM 2112 Reproductive & Urinary Systems 5
FOM 2113 Head and Neck 5
Semester II
ANA 2201 Anatomy: Neuroanatomy 4
BCM 2201 Introduction to Medical
Biochemistry II 4
PHY 2204 Neurophysiology 3
PHA 2201 Chemotherapy & Cytotoxic
Agents 4
MCB 2201 Microbiology II Immunology &
Parasitology 4
PAT 2201 Systemic Pathology 5
BDS 2202 Central Nervous System
BDS 2203 Community & Diagnosis &
Communication
BDS 2204 Plague
BCM 2214 Material Science 2
FOM 2201 Forestry Resource Assessment
and gis 5
FOM 2202 Resource Economics 5
FOM 2203 Community Diagnosis &
Communication 5
FOM 2204 Material Science 5
FOM 2211 Principles of Microbiology &
Pathology 5
FOM 2212 Neurolocomotor 5
FOM 2213 Community & Diagnosis &
Communication 3
Recess Term
PSY 2301 Psychotherapy & Counseling 2
MCB 2301 Microbiology III (virology &
Mycology) 2
ETH 2301 Introduction to Ethics 1
RAD 2301 Introduction to Radiology 1
PAT 2302 Haematology 2
BDS 2301 Foundations II
FOM 2301 Practical Skills in Forest
Resources Assessment 3
FOM 2302 Computer Skills 5
FOM 2311 Blood Haemopoetic Fluids
Disorders 3
FOM 2312 Pathology & Development
Psychology 5
Year III: Semester 1
The student is required to take either
combination A or combination B
Course Code Course CU
Combination A:
PCH 3101 Clinical Pediatrics Methods I 5
PCH 3102 Paediatrics & Child Health I 4
BMS 3101 Principles of Surgery 5
BMS 3102 Endocrine & gastroenterology 5
PHA 3101 Systemic Pharmacology 2
BDS 3102 Cariology I
BDS 3103 Cariology II
Combination B:
OgN 3101 Lectures in Obs/gynaecology 3
OgN 3102 Clinical Methods & skills in
Obstetrics & gynaecology I 4
OgN 3103 Obsteric and gynaecological
Practice I 5
MED 3101 Clinical Medicine Theory 4
MED 3102 Clinical Medicine Methods I 5
PHA 3101 Systemic Pharmacology 2
FOM 3101 Program Planning and
Evaluation 5
FOM 3102 Digestion Nutrition & Metabolic
Disorders 5
FOM 3103 Blood Haemopoetic Fluid
Disorders 5
FOM 3111 Cardiovascular Respiratory
Body system & Disorders 5
299
FOM 3113 Pharmacology & Therapeutics 5
Semester II
The student is required to take either
combination A or combination B which he/she
did not take in the previous semester
Course Code Course CU
Combination A:
PCH 3201 Clinical Peadiatrics Methods I 5
PCH 3202 Paediatrics and Child Health I 4
BMS 3201 Principles of Surgery 5
BMS 3202 Endocrine & gastroenterology 5
BDS 3201 Cobes/Electives Proposal
Writing
BDS 3202 Oral Surgery I
BDS 3203 Oral Diagnosis & Pain
Combination B:
OgN 3201 Lectures in Obs/gynaecology 3
OgN 3202 Clinical Methods & skills in
Obstetrics & gynaecology I 4
OgN 3203 Obstetric and gynaecological
practice I 5
MED 3201 Clinical Medicine Theory 4
MED 3202 Clinical Medicine Methods I 5
PHA 3201
Neuro & Psychopharm ,
Toxico &vitamins &Therap
gases
2
FOM 3211 Cobes/electives Proposal Writing 5
BMC 3201 Electives/Proposal Writing
BMC 3203 Reproductive & Urinary
Disorders
BMC 3211 Electives/Proposal Writing 5
BMC 3212 Endocrine Disorders I 5
BMC 3213 Reproductive & Urinary
Disorders 5
Recess Term
ETH 3301 Medical Ethics I 1
PAT 3301 Forensic Medicine 3
PSY 3301 general, Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry 3
gEN 3301 genetics II – Clinical 1
PHC 3301 Introduction to Public Health 2
BDS 3301 Rehabilitative Dentistry I
BDS 3302 Oral Medicine I
BMC 3301 Tropical Infectious Diseases
BMC 3302 Endocrine Disorders II
BMC 3311 Tropical Infectious Diseases
BMC 3312 Endocrine Disorders II
Year IV: Semester 1
A student shall do either combination C or
combination D
Course Code Course CU
Combination C:
PHC 4101 Epidemiology and Biostatistics 2
PHC 4102 Health Policy and Management 2
PHC 4103 Disease Control &
Environmental Health 3
PHC 4104 Community Health 3
PSY 4101 Clerkships in Psychiatry 4
PSY 4102 Social Psychiatry 2
MED 4101 Medical Specials 3
ETH 4101 Medical Ethics II 1
BDS 4101 Clinical Medicine Relevant to
Dentistry
BDS 4102 Clinical Surgery Relevant of
Dentistry
BDS 4103 Conservative Dentistry I
BMC 4101 Clinical Medicine I
BMC 4102 Clinical Surgery I
BMC 4103 Paediatrics Child Health I
BMC 4104 Obstetrics & gynaecology I
BMC 4106 Psychiatry
BMC 4111 Clinical Medicine I 5
BMC 4112 Clinical Surgery I 5
BMC 4113 Paediatrics Child Health I 5
BMC 4114 Obstetrics &gynaecology I 5
BMC 4115 Cobes Project 5
BMC 4116 Psychaitry 5
Combination D:
ICC 4101 Community diagnosis & Primary
Health Care 5
BMS 4101 Surgical Specials I
(ophthalmology,ear,nose throat) 4
BMS 4102 Anaesthesia 4
RAD 4101 Chest Radiology 1
ETH 4101 Medical Ethics II 1
FOM 4105 Human Resource Management 3
FOM 4111 Cobes Project 5
300
Year IV: Semester 1I
A student shall do either combination C or
combination D which he/she did not take in the
previous semester
Course Code Course CU
Combination C:
PHC 4201 Epidemiology and Biostatistics 2
PHC 4202 Health Policy and Management 2
PHC 4203 Disease Control &
Environmental Health 3
PHC 4204 Community Health 3
PSY 420I Clerkships in Psychiatry 4
ETH 4201 Medical Ethics 1
MED 4201 Medical Specials 3
PSY 4202 Social Psychiatry 2
Combination D:
ICC 4201 Community diagnosis & Primary
Health Care 5
BMS 4201 Surgical Specials I
(ophthalmology, ear,nose throat) 4
BMS 4202 Anaesthesia 4
DEN 4202 Periodontology I 5
RAD 4201 Chest Radiology 1
ETH 4201 Medical Ethics II 1
BDS 4201 Oral Surgery II
BDS 4202 Rehabilitative Dentistry II
BDS 4203 Cobes Investigative Project
BMC 4211 Clinical Medicine I 5
BMC 4213 Paediatrics Child Health I 5
BMC 4214 Obstetrics & gynaecology I 5
BMC 4215 Psychiatry 5
FOM 4211 Cobes Project 5
Recess Term
This will be an elective period for all students
who will be required to participate in a
new or on-going research project or have a
practical experience in Medical Practice or
health services delivery institution This is
mandatory and will be assessed as Pass or
Fail, based on a satisfactory report by the
student and a report obtained from the host
department or organisation
Course Code Course CU
BMC 4301 Surgical Specials 5
BMC 4302 Medical Specials
BMC 4311 Surgical Specials I 4
BMC 4312 Medical Specials I 4
Year V: Semester 1
A student will be required to take either
combination X or Y
Course Code Course CU
Combination X:
BDS 5101 Peridontology II
BDS 5102 Conservative Dentistry
BDS 5103 Orthodontics
BMS 5101 Surgical Special II 4
BMS 5102 Essential Surgical Skills 3
PCH 5101 Clinical Paediatric Methods II 5
PCH 5102 Paediatrics and Child Health II 3
PSY 5101 Clinical Psychiatry 1
PHA 5101 Pharmacotherapeutics 1
Combination Y:
OgN 5101 Lectures in Obs/gynae II 3
OgN 5102 Clinical Methods & skills in
Obstetrics & gynaecology II 4
OgN 5103 Obsteric and gynaecological
practice II 5
MED 5101 Clinical Medicine Theory II 4
MED 5102 Clinical Medicine Methods II 5
PSY 5101 Clinical Psychiatry 1
PHA 5101 Pharmacotherapeutics 1
FOM 5115 Surgical Specials II 5
FOM 5116 Medical Specials II 5
Year V: Semester 1I
A student will be required to take either
combination X or Y which he/she did not take
during the previous semester
Course Code Course CU
Combination X:
BDS 5201 Child Dentistry
BDS 5202 Oral Surgery Iv
BDS 5203 Forensic Dentistry Jurispridence
BMC 5211 Clinical Methods II 5
BMC 5212 Clinical Surgery II 5
BMC 5213 Paediatrics Child Health II 5
BMC 5214 Obstetrics & gynecology II 5
BMS 5201 Surgical Special II 4
BMS 5202 Essential Surgical Skills 3
PCH 5201 Clinical Paediatric Methods II 5
PCH 5202 Paediatrics and Child Health II 3
301
PHA 5201 Pharmacotherapeutics 1
PSY 5201 Clinical Psychiatry 1
Combination Y:
OgN 5201 Lectures in Obs/gynae II 3
OgN 5202 Clin Methods & skills in
Obstetrics&gynaecology II 4
OgN 5203 Obsteric and gynaecological
practice II 5
MED 5201 Clinical Medicine Theory II 4
MED 5202 Clinical Medicine Methods II 5
PSY 5201 Clinical Psychiatry 1
FOM 5211 Medical Specials II 5
FOM 5212 Surgical Specials II 5
*BMS 511 Surgical Specials II includes the
following subjects:
• Tropical Surgery
• Urology
• Neurosurgery
• Cardiothoracic Surgery
• Orthopaedic Surgery
• Paediatric Surgery
• Essential Surgical Skills
• Done in rotation
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN SPEECH AND LANGUAGE THERAPY
Programme administration
The programme will be conducted according
to the semester system Each semester will
have specific courses to be covered and
examined Completion of al the courses will
be required for completion of the programme
Programme Outline
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
EAN 1101 Anatomy 4
EPH 1102 Physiology 4
EFA 1103 First Aid and Nursing 3
EPC 1104 PHC & Communication Skills 4
ESM 1105 Social Psychology and Medical
Ethics 3
TOTAL 10
Semester II
SST 1201 Basic Principles in SLT and
Communication Disability 5
SLT 1202 Observation and Assessment 3
SLT 1203 Development of Communication 4
SLT 1204 Introduction to Linguistics 4
TOTAL 16
Recess term
This will be used partially for research and for a
clinical placement Students will be expected
to report back on their clinical placement
with a written report signed by the placement
superior who will have appended any
comments as he/she will see appropriate
Course Code Course CU
SLT 1301 Computing 2
SLT 1302 Preparation for Clinical
Placements 3
SLT 1303 COBES 4
TOTAL 9
TOTAL YEAR I 43
Year II: Semester 1
Course Code Course CU
ERM2101 Research Methods 4
EMA 2102 Management and Administration 4
SLT 2103 Psychology for SLT 4
SLT 2104 Speech and Language delay/
disorder 4
SLT 2105 Anatomy and Physiology for
SLTs 3
TOTAL 19
Semester II
SLT 2208 Acquired Neurological Disorders 5
SLT 2202 Learning Difficulties (Including
Autistic Spectrum Disorders) 4
SLT 2203 Physical Difficulties 4
SLT 2204 Linguistic Analysis 3
SLT 2205 voice and Laryngectomy 3
TOTAL 19
Recess Term
SLT 2302 Research Project 4
SLT 2303 COBES 4
TOTAL 8
TOTAL YEAR 2 46
302
YEAR III: Semester I
SLT 3101 Community, Disability and
Development 5
SLT 3102 Hearing Impairment and
Deafness 4
SLT 3103 Teaching, Training and Learning
Skills 4
SLT 3104 Cleft Lip, Palate and Tongue Tie 3
TOTAL 16
Semester 2
SLT 3201 Counseling Skills 3
SLT 3202 Dyfluency 3
SLT 3203 Developmental and Acquired
Dysphagia 3
SLT 3204 Approaches for therapeutic
intervention 4
SLT 3205 SLT Management 2
TOTAL 15
TOTAL YEAR 3 31
BACHELOR OF DENTAL SURGERY DEGREE (BDS)
Introduction
This is a five year course Every academic
year consists of two 17 week semesters and
one 10 week recess term except the final year,
which has no recess term The course shall
be governed by the general regulations and
statutes of the University and in addition by
regulations of the faculty
Programme Structure
Curriculum
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
ANA 1101 Anatomy: Histology
&embryology 2
ANA 1102 Anatomy of upper & lower limbs 4
PHY 1101 Physics Practical 5
BCM 1101 Introduction to Biochemistry I 4
PSY 111 Psychology I 4
FOM 1111 Introduction of Health
Professionals Edu & Et
FOM 1112 Cells and Tissues
FOM 1113 Blood and Body Fluids
FOM 1114 Principles of Nursing and First
Aid
Semester II
ANA 1201 Thorax & Abdomen 5
ANA 1202 Pelvis and Perineum 1
PHY 1201 Physics Practical 5
BCM 1201 Introduction to Biochemistry II 4
SOC 1201 Sociology I 4
FOM 1202 Cardiovascular & Respiratory
Systems 5
FOM 1203 Foundations of Behavioural
Sciences 5
FOM 1211 Cardiovascular & Respiratory
Systems 5
FOM 1212 Digestion Nutrition &
Metabolism 5
FOM 1213 Foundation of Behavioural
Sciences 5
Recess Term
SOC 1301 Sociology II 2
PSY 1301 Psychology II 2
gEN 1301 genetics I 1
PHC 1301 Introduction to Biostatistics 1
PHC 1302 Research Methodology 2
FOM 1311 Introduction to Community
Health I 4
FOM 1312 Introduction to Community
Health II 4
Year II: Semester I
ANA 2101 Anatomy of Head and Neck 5
BCM 2101 Introduction to Medical
Biochemistry I 4
PHY 2101 Physics Practicals 3
PSY 211 Descriptive Psychopathology 1
PHA 2101 general Pharmacology 4
MCB 2101 Microbiology I 4
PAT 2101 general Pathology 4
BDS 2112 Foundations of Dentistry 5
FOM 2111 Endocrine 5
303
FOM 2112 Reproductive and Urinary
Systems 5
FOM 2113 Head and Neck 5
Semester II
ANA 2201 Anatomy: Neuro Anatomy 4
BCM 2201 Introduction to Medical
Biochemistry II 4
PHY 2201 Physics Practicals 3
PHA 2201 Chemotherapy & Cytotoxic
Agents 4
PSY 2201 Physiology: Neurophysiology 3
MCB 2201 Microbiology II 4
PAT 2201 Systemic Pathology 5
BDS 2205 Dental Equipment &
Procurement 2
BDS 2212 Central Nervous System 3
BDS 2214 Dental Equipment &
Procurement 2
BDS 2215 Plaque 2
FOM 2203 Community & Diagnosis &
Communication 3
FOM 2204 Material Science 5
FOM 2211 Principles of Microbiology &
Pathology 5
FOM 2212 Neurolocomotor 5
FOM 2213 Community & Diagnosis &
Communication 3
FOM 2214 Community Pharmacy &
Practice I 3
Recess Term
BDS 2311 Foundations of Dentistry II 5
PSY 2301 Psychotherapy/Counseling 2
MCB 2301 Microbiology III (virology ) 2
PAT 2301 Haematology 2
RAD 2301 Introduction to Radiology 1
ETH 2301 Introduction to Ethics 1
FOM 2312 Pathology & Development Body
system & Disorders 4
Year III: Semester I
BDS 3112 Cariology I 5
BDS 3113 Cariology II 5
BMS 3101 Principles of Surgery & Trauma 4
BMS 3102 Endocrine & gastroenterology 4
BMS 3103 Special Topics in surgery 4
MED 3101 Clinical Medicine Theory 4
MED 3102 Clinical Medicine Methods 4
PHA 3101 Systemic Pharmacology (gIT/
Resp/Endocrine/CvS/Renal) 2
FOM 3111 Cardioverscular Respiratory
Body system & Disorders 4
FOM 3113 Pharmacology & Therapeutics 5
Semester II
PHA 3201 CNS Toxicology & vitamins 2
BDS 3211 Oral Surgery and Diagnosis 5
BDS 3212 Oral Medicine and Oral
Pathology 5
BDS 3213 Rehabilitative Dentistry 5
DEN 3201 Oral Biology I 4
DEN 3202 Dental Materials 4
DEN 3203 Dental Radiology 4
DEN 3204 Oral Pathology I 2
Recess Semester
BDS 3311 Rehabilitative Dentistry I 4
PHC 3301 Introduction to Public Health 2
gEN 3301 genetics-Clinical 1
BDS 3112 Oral Medicine I 4
ENT 421 ENT 2
EYE 421 Ophthalmology 3
ETH 331 Medical Ethics 1
PSY 3301 general Psychiatry 2
Year IV: Semester I
BDS 4111 Clinical Medicine Relevant to
dentistry 5
BDS 4112 Clinical surgery Relevant to
Dentistry 5
BDS 4113 Conservative Dentistry I 5
DEN 4101 Conservative Dentistry I 5
DEN 4102 Community Dent I 1
DEN 4103 Oral Medicine I 2
DEN 4104 Complete Dentures 5
DEN 4105 Oral Biology II 2
DEN 4106 Oral Surgery I 1
FOM 4111 Cobes Project 5
Semester II
BDS 4211 Oral Surgery II 4
BDS 4212 Rehabilitative Dentistry II 2
BDS 4213 Cobes-Investigative Project 4
DEN 4201 Conservative Dentistry II 5
DEN 4202 Periodontology I 2
DEN 4203 Oral Pathology II 2
DEN 4204 Partial Dentures 4
304
DEN 4205 Oral Medicine II 2
DEN 4206 Oral Surgery II 2
ENT 4201 Ent 2
EYE 4201 Ophthalmology
Recess Term
This will be an elective period for all students
who will be required to carry out a research
project or have a practical experience in
Dental Practice or Health services delivery
institution This is mandatory and will be
assessed as Pass or Fail
Course Code Course CU
BDS 4311 Oral Surgery III 5
BDS 4312 Orthodontics I 5
Year V: Semester I
OgN 5101 Lectures in Obs & gyn II 3
OgN 5102 Clinical Methods in Skills &
Obs/gyn II 3
OgN 5103 Obstetric & gynacology Practice
II 3
BDS 5111 Periodontology II 5
BDS 5112 Conservative Dentistry II 5
BDS 5113 Orthodontics II 5
DEN 5101 Oral Surgery III 5
DEN 5102 Orthodontics 4
DEN 5103 Periodontology II 2
DEN 5104 Community Dent II 3
DEN 5105 Conservative Dent III 5
DEN 5106 max-facial Prosth 2
PCH 5101 Clinical Paediatrics Methods II 3
PCH 5102 Paediatrics & Child Health II 3
PHA 5101 Pharmacotherapeutics 3
PSY 5101 Clinical Psychaiatry 3
Semester II
BDS 5211 Child Dentistry 5
BDS 5212 Oral Surgery Iv 5
BDS 5213 Forensic Dentistry Jurusprudence
Practice
DEN 5201 Oral surgery Iv 5
DEN 5202 Child Dental Health 5
DEN 5203 Comm Dent III 3
DEN 5204 Conservative Dent Iv 5
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN NURSING
Introduction
The BScN programme was established in the
Faculty of Medicine at Makerere University
in 1993, to prepare graduate nurses with
competencies in Nursing, Midwifery, Primary
Health Care and Research The BScN
Programme refers to Nursing education
which incorporates both general Nursing
and Midwifery The programme emphasises
application of all the Nursing Process as a
framework for all Nursing, Midwifery and
Primary Health Care practice at all levels of
all health care delivery
The main goal of the BScN programme is
to improve the quality of health services for
the community through higher education and
integrated practice This is on the basis that
Nursing education and services play a vital
role in the health care delivery in a country
The programme also aims at preparing a
Nurse for meaningful functioning, as a team
member, within the health care system
Objectives
The overall aim of the degree programme is to
educate and train nurses for the promotion of
all aspects of health and elevation of standards
of Nurse-Midwifery practice in the country
Specific objectives
Graduate nurses will be equipped with the
knowledge, attitudes and skills to:
1 provide both basic and advanced nursing
care to the community;
2 provide quality midwifery services;
3 manage common clinical conditions;
4 promote and practice Community-Based
Primary Health Care (CBPHC);
5 provide quality leadership, management
and administration within the health care
delivery system and the community;
6 initiate, promote, support and conduct
research in nursing and health related
issues;
7 contribute to health policy formulation;
8 train nurses, other health workers and
members of the village community;
9 advocate for the rights of their clients/
patients and the Nursing Profession
305
Programme Structure
Curriculum
The courses in the programme shall be
arranged as follows:
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
ANA 1101 Histology & Embryology 2
ANA 1102 Anatomy of upper & lower limbs 4
PHY 1101 Physics Practicals 5
BCM 1101 Introduction to Biochemistry I 4
FOM 1101 Introductory to Economics 3
FOM 1102 Introductory Statistics 5
FOM 1103 Blood & Body Fluids 5
FOM 1104 Principles of Nursing & First Aid 2
FOM 1111 Introduction of Health
Professionals Edu & Et 3
FOM 1112 Cells and Tissues 5
FOM 1113 Blood and Body Fluids 5
FOM 1114 Principles of Nursing and First
Aid 2
PSY 1101 Psychology I 4
NUR 1101 The Scientific Process and
Theories of Nursing 3
NUR 1102 Nursing Issues I 2
Semester II
ANA 1201 Thorax & Abdomen 5
ANA 1202 Pelvis and Perineum 1
PHY 1201 Physics Practicals 5
BCM 1201 Introduction to Biochemistry II 4
FOM 1201 Basic Computing Skills 5
FOM 1202 Cardiovascular & Respiratory
Systems 5
FOM 1203 Foundations of Behaviural
Sciences 5
FOM 1211 Cardiovascular & Respiratory
Systems 5
FOM 1212 Digestion Nutrition &
Metabolism 5
FOM 1213 Foundations of Behavioural
Sciences 5
SOC 1201 Sociology I 2
NUR 1201 Fundamentals of Nursing 3
NUR 1202 Communication & Nursing
Issues II 3
Recess Term
gEN 1301 genetics I 1
PHC 1301 Introduction to Biostatistics 1
PHC 1302 Research Methods 2
SOC 1301 Sociology II 2
PSY 1301 Psychology II 2
NUR 1301 Personal & Communal Health 3
FOM 1301 Introduction to Community
Health I 4
FOM 1302 Introduction to Community
Health II 4
FOM 1311 Introduction to Community
Health I 4
FOM 1312 Introduction to Community
Health II 4
Year II: Semester I
ANA 2101 Anatomy of Head and Neck 5
PHY 2101 Physics Practicals 3
MCB 2101 Microbiology I (Bacteriology) 4
PHA 2101 general Pharmacology 4
PAT 2101 general Pathology 4
BCM 2101 Introduction to Medical
Biochemistry I 4
PSY 2106 Applied Psychology 1
FOM 2101 Biometrics 5
FOM 2102 Forestry Economics 5
FOM 2103 Natural Res & Environmental
Management 5
FOM 2111 Endocrine 5
FOM 2112 Reproductive and Urinary
Systems 5
FOM 2113 Head and Neck 5
Semester II
ANA 2201 Anatomy: Neuro Anatomy 4
MCB 2201 Microbiology II (Immunology &
Parasitology) 4
PHA 2201 Chemotherapy & Cytotoxic
Agents 4
PAT 2201 Systemic Pathology 5
PHY 2201 Physics Practicals 3
BCM 221 Introduction to Medical
Biochemistry II 4
NUR 2201 Nursing Issues III 1
BNS 2212 Neurolocomotor 3
BNS 2213 Community & Diagnosis &
Communication 5
306
BNS 2214 Nursing Issues 2
FOM 2201 Forestry Resource Assessment
and gis 5
FOM 2202 Resource Economics 5
FOM 2203 Community & Diagnosis &
Communication 3
FOM 2204 Material Science 2
FOM 2211 Principles of Microbiology &
Pathology 5
FOM 2212 Neurolocomotor 5
Recess Term
PSY 2301 Psychotherapy Counseling 2
MCB 2301 Microbiology III (virology &
Mycology) 2
PAT 2301 Haematology 2
NUR 2301 Normal Midwifery I (Applied
Obs Anatomy & Antenatal Care) 4
NUR 2302 Physical & Health Assessment 3
BNS 2301 Fundamentals of Nursing and
Physical Assessment 3
BNS 2312 Fundamentals of Nursing and
Physical Assessment 5
FOM 2302 Computer Skills 5
FOM 2311 Blood Haemopoetic Fluids
Disorders 5
Year III: Semester I
PHA 3101
Systemic Pharmacology
(gastrointestinal, Respiratory,
Endocrine, Cardiovascular,
Renal)
2
PCH 3102 Peadiatrics & Child Health I 4
NUR 311
Princ & Practice of Primary
Health Care & Conceptual
Models
3
NUR 3102 Preventive and Promotive
Mental Health Care 3
NUR 3103 Systemic Medical Nursing 4
NUR 314 Systemic Surgical Nursing 4
NUR 3105
Normal Midwifery II:
Intrapartum Postpartum & the
new born
5
FOM 3101 Blood Haemopoetic Fluid
Disorders 5
FOM 3102 Digestion Nutrition &
Metabolism Disorders 5
FOM 3103 Blood Haemopoetic Fluid
Disorders 5
FOM 3111 Cardio Respiratory Body system
& Disorders 5
FOM 3112 Digestion Nutrition & Metabolic
Disorders 5
FOM 3113 Pharmacology & Therapeutics 5
Semester II
PHA 3201
Pharmacology of Central
Nervous System, Toxicology,
vitamins and Therapeutic gases
2
NUR 3201 Principles & Practice of Prim
Health Care 3
NUR 3202 Psychiatric Nursing 5
NUR 3203 Abnormal Midwifery (High Risk
Conditions) & Family Planning 5
NUR 324
Paediatric Nursing II (Child
Development & Adolescent
Health)
2
NUR 3204 Emergency Surgical Conditions
and Orthopaedic Nursing 4
NUR 3211 Community Assessment &
Diagnosis 4
BNS 3201 Women’s Health & Midwifery I 5
BNS 3202 Paediatrics & Child Health 5
BNS 3203 Mental Health & Psychiatric
Nursing 5
BNS 3211 Project Proposal Writing &
Implementation 5
BNS 3212 Paediatrics & Child Health 5
BNS 3213 Women’s Health & Midwifery I 5
FOM 3201 Forest Management Planning 5
Recess Term
NUR 3301 Domiciliary Midwifery Practice 5
NUR 3302 Medical Nursing & Tropical
Diseases 5
NUR 333
Paediatric Nursing Integrated
Mgt of Childhood Illnesses
(IMCI)
3
NUR 334 Foundations of Educational &
Management Theory 2
BNS 3301 Medical Nursing 4
BNS 3302 Surgical Nursing 4
BNS 3311 Medical Nursing 4
BNS 3312 Surgical Nursing 4
Year IV: Semester I
PHA 4101 Pharmacotherapeutics 2
NUR 4102 Research Proposal Development 3
NUR 4103 Specialised Medical Nursing
(Oncology and Palliative Care) 3
NUR 4104 Women Studies
307
NUR 4105 Advanced Community-Based
Primary Heath Care I 4
NUR 4106 Principles and Methods of
Teaching 5
NUR 4107
Specialised Surgical Nursing
(ENT, Ophthalmology and
Operating Theatre Technique)
4
BNS 4101 Midwifrey 4
BNS 4102 Research Proposal Writing 3
BNS 4103 Dociliary Midwifery 4
BNS 4104 Principles & Methods of
Teaching 3
BNS 4111 Midwifery II (Normal & High
Risk) 5
BNS 4112 Research Proposal Writing 3
BNS 4113 Domiciliary Midwifery 4
BNS 4114 Principles & Methods of
Teaching 3
Semester II
NUR 4201 Advanced Nursing Issues 2
NUR 4202 Advanced Community-Based
Primary Health Care II 5
NUR 4203 Advanced Midwifery (Safe
Motherhood) 3
NUR 4204 Principles and Practice in Health
Unit Management 5
NUR 4205 Research Report Writing 5
BNS 4201 Research Project 4
BNS 4202 Health Unity Management
Midwifery 2
BNS 4203 Community Health 4
BNS 4204 Specialised Med-Surgical
Nursing 5
BNS 4211 Research Project 4
BNS 4212 Health Unit Management and
Midwifery 2
BNS 4213 Mental Psychiatric Nursing 4
BNS 4214 Specialised Med-Surgical
Nursing 5
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL RADIOGRAPHY
Objectives
The primary objective of the programme
is to provide the necessary understanding,
knowledge and skills required of graduate
radiographers to undertake appropriate
diagnostic imaging examinations or radiation
therapy procedures
Specific objectives
To enable the graduate radiographer master the
present principles and practice of diagnostic
imaging or radiation therapy
To enable the graduate radiographer acquire
the necessary stimulation to do research to
improve on the present knowledge & practice,
and to develop new scientifically acceptable
methods of medical imaging or radiotherapy
To enable the radiographer acquire leadership
skills, as they will be called upon to head the
already existing centres in the country, and to
open up new ones
Understand the principles, ethics and legal
responsibilities of health care practice and
actuate measures to promote the health and
safety for themselves and others
Have a comprehensive understanding and
knowledge of the behavioral, physical and
biological sciences relevant to the practice of
radiography
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
BMR 1101 Physics of Imaging and Ionizing
Radiation 5
BMR 1102 Physics of Imaging and Lonising
Perineum 5
BMR 1103 Radiography of the Axial
Appendicular Skeleton 5
BMR 1112 Physics of Imaging and Lonising
Radiation 5
BMR 1113 Radiography of the Axial
Appendicular Skeleton 5
CSC 1101 Computer Literacy 3
ANA 1101 Anatomy: Histology &
Embryology 3
ANA 1102 Anatomy: The Upper & lower
Limbs 4
PSY 1101 Psychology I 4
PYS 1101 Physiology: general blood,
respiration 4
308
FOM 1101 Introductory Economics 3
FOM 1104 Principles of Nursing and First
Aid 2
FOM 1111 Introduction to Health
Professionals Edu & Et 3
FOM 1112 Cells and Tissues
FOM 1113 Blood and Body Fluids
FOM 1114 Principles of Nursing and First
Aid 2
Semester II
BMR 1201 Sociology I 3
ANA 1201 Anatomy:The thorax & abdomen 5
PYS 1201
Physiology:The cardiovascular
system, kidney & body fluids,
the gIT
5
BMR 122 Radiographic Technique I 3
PSY 1201 Psychology II 3
FOM 1201 Basic Computing Skills 5
FOM 1202 Cardiovascular & Respiratory
Systems 5
FOM 1203 Foundations of Behavioural
Sciences 5
FOM 1211 Cardiovascular & Respiratory
Systems 5
FOM 1212 Digestion Nutrition &
Metabolism 5
FOM 1213 Foundations of Behavioural
Sciences 5
Recess Term
ANA 1301 Anatomy of the Pelvis &
Perineum 1
BMR 132 Radiographic photography I 5
BMR 133 Sociology II 3
BMR 134 Radiographic Technique II 1
FOM 1301 Introduction to Community
Health I 4
FOM 1302 Introduction to Community
Health II 4
FOM 1311 Introduction to community
Health I 4
FOM 1312 Introduction to Community
Health II 4
Year II: Semester I
ANA 2101 Anatomy of The Head & Neck 4
BMR 2101 Imaging Equipment 4
PYS 2101 Physiology: Endocrinology &
Reproduction 3
BMR 212 Pathology: general & Systemic
Pathology 5
BMR 2103 Fundamentals of Clinical
Imaging I 4
BMR 2104 Radiographic Photography II 3
PHA 2101 general Pharmacology 4
FOM 2102 Forestry Economics 5
FOM 2103 Natural Res Environmental
Management
FOM 2112 Reproductive and Urinary
Systems 5
FOM 2113 Head and Neck 5
Semester II
PHR 2201 Pharmacology for Radiography I 4
PHR 2202 Pharmacology for Radiography
II 4
ANA 2201 Anatomy: Neuroanatomy 4
PYS 2201 Physiology: Neurophysiology 3
BMR 2201 Hospital Practice & Ethics 4
BMR 2202 Fundamentals of Clinical
Imaging II 5
BMR 2204 Equipment Maintenance &
Servicing 2
BMC 2214 Material Science 2
FOM 2202 Resource Economics 3
FOM 2203 Community & diagnosis &
Communication 5
FOM 2204 Material Science 2
FOM 2212 Neurilocomotor 5
FOM 2213 Community & Diagnosis &
Community 5
Recess Term
BMR 2301 Fundamentals of Clininica
Imaging II 3
BMR 2302 Clinical Ultra Sound II 5
BMR 2303 Radiographic Techniques IV 4
BMR 2311 Pharmacology for Radiographers 3
BMR 2312 Special Radiological Procedures 5
Year III: Semester I (IMAGING)
BMR 3101 Radiation Protection & Public
Health 5
BMR 3102 Clinical Ultrasound III 5
BMR 3103 Clinical CT & MRII 5
BMR 3104 Radiographic Technique III 5
BMR 3105 Therapy Technique I 5
BMR 3106 Therapy Equipment 3
309
BMR 3111 Radiographic Photography &
Imaging Equipment 5
BMR 3112 Radiation Protection and Public
Health 5
BMR 3113 Clinical MR I 5
BMR 3114 Therapy Equipment and
Technique I 5
Semester II (IMAGING)
BMR 3201 Clinical Ultrasound Iv 5
BMR 3202 Ultra Sound of Small Parts
Neonatal & Brain 5
BMR 3203 Clinical CT & MRI II 5
BMR 3204 Nuclear Medicine 2
BMR 3205 Therapy Technique II 5
BMR 3206 Oncology & Radiobiology 5
BMR 3207 Therapy Technique III 5
BMR 3211 Obstetric and gynaecological
UltraSound 5
BMR 3212 Ultra Sound of Small Parts
Neonatal Brain 5
Year III: Semester I (THERAPY)
PHA 3101 Systematic Pharmacology 2
BMR 311 Radiation Protection & Public
Health 3
BMR 313 Clinical CT & Clinical MRI I 5
BMR 315 Principles of Health Services
Management 4
BMR 316 Therapy Technique I 5
BMR 317 Therapy Equipment 3
Semester II (THERAPY)
BMR 322 Bio-statistics & Research
Methods 3
BMR 3215 Therapy Technique II 5
BMR 3216 Oncology & Radiobiology 5
BMR 328 Therapy Technique III 5
POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ANAESTHESIA
This diploma is taken as a pre-requisite
to the Master of Medicine (Anaesthesia)
programme
Duration of Training:
The course will run for a minimum of twelve
months
Programme Structure
Basic Sciences
Anatomy: Respiratory system, cardiavascular
system, nervous system
Physiology: Respiration, circulation,
metabolism, exertion, nervous system
Pharmacology: general principles, drugs
used in Anaethetic practice, other drugs of
significance to the Anaesthetist
Tuition in the Basic Sciences shall consist of
lectures, seminars, tutorials etc
Anaesthesiology
Weekly tutorials and lectures in Anesthesiology,
including pre and immediate post operative
care A minimum of two operation lists per
week under supervision; a minimum of two
months in the Intensive Care Unit
Examinations
Examinations for the Diploma shall be held at
the end of the course and shall run according
to the following scheme;
Anatomy & Physiology
Written examinations (3 hour paper) 100
marks
Pharmacology
Written examination (2 hour paper) 100
marks
Anaesthesiology
Written Paper I (3 hour paper)
100
marks
Written Paper II (3 hour paper)
100
marks
Oral examination
100 marks
Progressive assessment
100 marks
Logbook
100 marks
Total 500 marks
The pass mark in all subjects shall be 50%
Admission of a candidate into the examination
shall be subject to obtaining a Certificate of
Due Performance
310
MASTERS OF MEDICINE IN ANAESTHESIA (M MED ANAESTHESIA)
ANS 7114 Epidemiology, Biostastics &
Research Methods 2
End of Semester Examination
Semester II
ANS 7121 Applied Physics and Clinical
Measurements 5
ANS 7122 Applied Clinical Chemistry &
Biochemistry 4
ANS 7123 Anaesthesiology I 4
End of Semester Examination
Recess Term
ANS 7131 Health Systems Management 4
ANS 7132 Surgery for the Anaesthetist 1
Year II: Semester I
ANS 7211 Anaesthesiology II 5
ANS 7212 Anaesthesiology III 5
ANS 7213 Medicine for the Anaesthetist 5
End of Semester Examination
Semester II
ANS 7221 Intensive Care Medicine I 5
ANS 7222 Intensive Care Medicine II 5
ANS 7223 Anaesthesiology Iv 5
End of Semester Examination
Recess Term
ANS 7231 Chronic pain 4
End of Semester Examination
Year II: Semester I & II
Research
Clinical rotations
viva voce
Objectives
General objectives
The overall objective of the postgraduate
training in anaesthesiology of Makerere
University is to build capacity by producing a
highly trained and competent Anaesthesiologist
who will be able to handle all aspects of
modern health care delivery in anaesthesia
Specific objectives
1 To prepare a clinician who will be able
to provide anaesthesia for all surgical
procedures
2 To produce a practitioner who will
provide consultancy services, plan,
evaluate anaesthetic service and play
an advisory role to the Ministry of
Health on policy issues pertaining to
Anaesthesia
3 To train a specialist who will be able
to care for the critically ill patient and
participate in pain management
4 To provide an Anaesthesiologist with
the capacity to conduct and/or supervise
research
5 To provide a clinician with leadership
qualities in the field of Anaesthesiology
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
ANS 7111 Applied Anatomy 3
ANS 7112 Applied Physiology 3
ANS 7113 Applied Pharmacology 5
MASTERS OF MEDICINE IN COMMUNITY PRACTICE (M MED COMMUNITY
PRACTICE)
Introduction
The programme is both by Coursework and
Dissertation
Objectives
The candidate should demonstrate:
1 Sound understanding and application
of pathophysiology, clinical assessment
skills use of diagnostic tools and
management of commonly occurring,
important or life threatening conditions
in the community and show some familiarity
with less common and rare conditions
2 A sharpened clinical acumen, with a
high index of suspicion
3 Positive attitudes to life long learning,
researching and teaching and application
of most appropriate techniques to
achieve the above and contributing to
advancement of knowledge, service delivery
and quality of life
4 Positive social conscience or attitudes
and possess skills that support appropri-
311
ate public health policy, programmes
and community action for health
5 How to nurture leadership qualities for
health promotion within the services
and communities
6 Proficiency and interest in application
of management techniques in all aspects
of their life and work
7 Skills, ability and motivation to apply
epidemiological techniques in their day
to day work
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
CHP 7111 Principles of Internal Medicine
for Community Practice 5
CHP 7112 Clinical Course in Internal
Medicine 5
CHP 7113 Introduction to Community
Studies 1
CHP 7114 Epidemiology, Biostatistics and
Research Methods 3
Semester II
CHP 7121
Principles of Obstetrics &
gynaecology for community
Practice
5
CHP 7122 Clinical Course in Obstetrics and
gynaecology 5
CHP 7123 Community Organising for
Health 1
Recess Term
CHP 7131 Community Diagnosis Field
Work 5
CHP 7132 Health Systems Management 4
Year II: Semester I
CHP 7211 Principle and Practice of Surgery
for Community Practice 5
CHP 7212 Clinical Course in Surgery 5
CHP 7213 Health Systems Management for
Quality Assurance 2
Semester II
CHP 7221 Principles of Paediatrics for
Community Practice 5
CHP 7222 Clinical Course in Paediatrics 5
CHP 7223
Advanced Community
Organising for Primary Health
Care
2
Recess Term
CHP 7231 Community Project 5
CHP 7232 Surgical Specials 5
Year III Recess Term
CHP 7311 Community Practice
Apprenticeship
CHP 7312 Dissertation
MASTER OF DENTISTRY ORAL MAXILLOFACIAL SURGERY
Objectives of the Programme
The Master of Dentistry in Oral and
Maxillofacial Surgery is designed to
enable candidates achieve an advanced
level of knowledge and competence in oral
and Maxillofacial Surgery by means of a
prescribed course of study and supervised
research project
1 It will enable the trainee to acquire
familiarity with most pathological
condition affecting the Oral Maxillofacial
structures
2 An understanding of the principles of
patient management and experience
in inpatient care; basic clinical and
practical skills in selected aspects of
Maxillofacial surgery
3 The trainee will acquire knowledge of
the relevant Dental literature and the
ability to assess such literature critically
as well as clinical data gathering skills
4 The trainee will acquire basic
knowledge of intravenous sedation
techniques and clinical competence in
intravenous sedation for Dento-alveolar
and maxillofacial surgery
5 The trainee gains professional attitudes,
which encompasses the set of values,
ethical standards, and any behaviour
that defines a medical professional, learn
proper personal appearance, acquire
continuous professional development
attitude
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
EBR 7101 Epidemiology, Biostatistics,
Research Methodology 4
312
MDS 7101
Advanced Renal, blood Cardio
respiratory and gastrointestional
Physiology
5
MDS 7102 Molecular Biology 3
MDS 7103 Dental Microbiology 3
TOTAL 15
Semester II
MDS 7201 Advanced Neuro and Endocrine
Physiology 4
MDS 7202
Systemic Pathology and Forensic
Medicine relevant to the practice
of Oral and Maxillo facial
surgery
3
MDS 7203 Advanced Oral Biology 3
MDS 7204
Principles of Medicine relevant
to the practice of Oral and
Maxillofacial Surgery
3
MDS 7205
Advanced Anatomy of the
Head and Neck and the Nervous
System
3
TOTAL 16
RECESS TERM
HSM 7301 Health Systems Management 4
MDS 7301
Radiology relevant to the
practice of Oral and Maxillofacial
surgery -1
3
TOTAL 10
Year II: Semester I
MDS 8101 Surgical Anatomy (Topographic)
of the Head and Neck 2
MDS 8102 Oral Pathology and Oral
Medicine 3
MDS 8103 Clinical Pharmacology 3
MDS 8104 Maxillo-facial prosthetics and
Implant logy 3
MDS 8105 Oral and Maxillo facial Surgery I 3
TOTAL 14
Semester II
MDS 8201 Clinical clerkships (2 case
descriptions) 2
MDS 8202 Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery
2 Traumatology 3
MDS 8203 Anaesthesia and intensive care
medicine 3
MDS 8204
Principles of surgery relevant
to the practice of Oral and
Maxillofacial Surgery 2
3
MDS 8205 Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery 3
Neoplastic conditions 3
TOTAL 14
Recess Term
MDS 8301 Clinical Clerkship 2 (1 case
description) 3
MDS 8302 Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery-4 3
MDS 8303 Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery3 Salivary gland diseases 3
TOTAL 9
Year III: Semester I
MDS 8401 Clinical Clerkship 3 (1 case
description) 3
MDS 8402 Oral and Maxillo-facial surgery
Orthognathic Surgery 3
MDS 8403
Principles of Surgery relevant
to the practice of Oral Maxillofacial
surgery 3 Ear, Nose and
Throat
MDS 8501
Oral and Maxillo-Facial Surgery7 infections T M J and Maxillofacial
Neuropathies
3
TOTAL 12
Semester II
MDS 8502 Oral and Maxillo facial Surgery
-8 Re-constructive Surgery 3
MDS 8503 Clinical Clerkship 4 3
MDS 8504 Operative Surgery 3
MDS 8505 Dissertation submission and
defense 9
TOTAL 18
*Dissertation preparation, research submission
and defense as a process stretches from 2nd
year first semester till final semester 3rd year
when total credits will be awarded
313
MED 7123 Endocrine & Metabolic
Disorders 3
MED 7124 Clinical Practice II 5
Recess Term Year I only
MED 7131 Health Systems Management 4
Even Years First and Second Year Students
Semester I: Year I & II
MED 7211 Cardiovascular Diseases 3
MED 7212 Dermato-venereology and HIv/
AIDS Clinical Care 3
MED 7213 gastrointestinal Diseases 3
MED 7214 Clinical Practice III 5
Semester II: Year I and II
MED 7221 Neurology 3
MED 7222 Critical Care Medicine, Palliative
Care & Radiology 3
MED 7223 Cancers & Haematologic
Disorders 3
MED 7224 Clinical Practice in the Medical
Sub-specialities 5
Recess Term: Year 2 Students only
MED 7231 Psychiatry 3
Third Year Students: Semester I
MED 7311 Advanced Clinical Course I 5
Semester II
Dissertation
MED 7321 Advanced Clinical Course II
Dissertation
MASTER OF MEDICINE (INTERNAL MEDICINE) M MED (INT MED)
MASTER OF MEDICINE IN OBSTETRICS & GYNAECOLOGY
Introduction
First and second years of study
In the first and second years there will be three
or four lecture courses and one clinical course
per semester Each lecture and clinical practice
course will be offered every alternate year to
both first and second year students except:
Epidemiology, Biostatistics & Research
Methods and Health Systems Management
courses will be offered to students in their first
year of study and Psychiatry will be offered
to students in their second year of study By
the end of the second year, students will have
completed all the lecture courses
Programme Structure
Odd Years (Alternate Year) – First and
Second Year Students
Year I & II: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
MED 7111 Infectious Diseases 3
MED 7112 Respiratory Problems 3
MED 7113 Immunology & genetics 3
MED 7114 Epidemiology, Biostastics &
Research Methods(Year I only) 2
MED 7115 Clinical Practice I 4
Semester I : Year I & II
MED 7121 Nephrology & Acid/Base 3
MED 7122 Rheumatological Disorders 3
Goals and Objectives
The overall goal of the programme is to train
specialists who are competent in clinical,
operative emergency and elective obstetric
and gynaecological surgery
Specific Objectives
To provide a trainee with:
1 A broad working knowledge of obstetrics
and gynecology and related disciplines
2 Specialized Skills in clinical data
gathering, and sound clinical
judgement
3 Ability to perform specialized diagnostic
procedures
4 Proficiency in performing the Obstetric
and gynaecological surgery
5 Acquire communication skills and
ability to teach
6 Develop further an appropriate positive
attitude towards patients and their
families as individuals with right and
needs and exercise professional as well
as ethical conduct
7 Ensure proficiency in patient care and
critical case analysis and presentation
8 Acquire the epidemiologic principals
and methods of clinical research
9 Promote commitment towards personal
and professional growth
10 Demonstrate research capability
through production of an acceptable
dissertation
314
Programme Structure
Curriculum
The Masters of Medicine Programme in
Obstetrics and gynaecology extends over a
period of three years Each year will consist of
2 semesters and a recess term The duration of
a semester is 17 weeks; 15 weeks for teaching
and two weeks for examinations There is a
three week holiday between the semesters
The recess term will last 10 weeks
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
MOg 7111 Epidemiology, Biostatistics &
Research Methods 3
MOg 7112 Advanced general Physiology 3
MOg 7113 Advanced Anatomy &
Embryology 5
MOg 7114 Reproductive Endocrinology I 5
Semester II
MOg 7121 Reproductive Endocrinology II 3
MOg 7122 Reproductive Micro-Pathology
& genetics 5
MOg 7123 Applied Pharmacology &
Immunology 4
MOg 7124 Physiology of Pregnancy 3
Recess Term
MOg 7131 Clinical Practicum in Obs/gyn &
Imaging 5
MOg 7132 Health Systems Management 4
Year II: Semester I
MOg 7211 Safe Motherhood & Perinatal
Medicine 5
MOg 7212
Emergency Obstetrics/
gynaecology & High Risk
Obstetrics
5
MOg 7213 Obs/gyn Clinical Practicum II 5
Semester II
MOg 7221 Operative Obstetrics &
gynaecology 5
MOg 7222 Family Planning 4
MOg 7223 Obs/gyn Clinical Practicum III 5
Recess Term
MOg 7231 Abdominal Surgery &
Urogynaecology 4
MOg 7232 Clinical Practicum Iv &
Community Obs/gyn 5
Year III: Semester I
MOg 7311 gynaecological Oncology and
Palliative Care 5
MOg 7312 Benign Disorders in
gynaecology 4
MOg 7313 Obs/gyn Clinical Practicum v 5
Semester II
MOg 7321 Obs/gyn Clinical Practicum
Course vI 5
MOg 7322 Dissertation 5
MASTERS OF MEDICINE IN PAEDIATRICS AND CHILD HEALTH (M MED PAED)
Introduction
The paediatrician and child health specialist in
a resource poor country like Uganda has many
roles, which include diagnosis, management,
and prevention of diseases of children,
promotion of child health and advocacy for
children’s rights, research and training This
means that the paediatrician must be both
clinically sound and able to recognize the
wider community and societal issues involved
in the causation of child health problems, and
be aware of the need for innovative multi
sectoral programmes to improve the life and
health of children and their families
The Department of Paediatrics and Child
Health, in collaboration, implements the
course with other departments in the Faculty
of Medicine (such as Radiology, Physiology,
Medicine, Pathology, Microbiology, Obstetrics
and gynaecology and the School of Public
Health, Surgery, Psychiatry, Oncology and
Clinical Epidemiology)
Internationally the course participants benefit
from the department’s collaboration with
outside partners, the Liverpool School of
Hygiene and Tropical Medicine, the US based
Health volunteers Overseas, UNICEF, WHO,
the International Paediatric Association
and the Royal College of Paediatrics (Uk),
315
Cleveland, Nuffield Foundation, and Child
Advocacy International
Objectives
The general objective of the M Med (Paediatrics
and Child Health) course is to build the
capacity of doctors to become internationally
recognised paediatricians capable of carrying
out cost effective clinical, promotive and preventive
work, training research, and advocacy
for child health issues
The specific objectives are to:
Equip doctors with the relevant knowledge
and skills to carry out comprehensive clinical
evaluation of children through history taking,
physical examination and institution of relevant
and cost effective laboratory and other
investigations and offer safe treatment
Programme Structure
Curriculum
The course will be a full time three-year programme
conducted on a credit unit basis
There shall be lectures, tutorials and bedside
teaching The student will undertake both supervised
and un-supervised clinical practice in
outpatient as well as inpatient areas In addition
he/she will carry out practical laboratory
procedures
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
MMP 7111 Immunology, allergy and
infectious diseases 5
MMP 7112 Paediatric Clinical Methods I &
Counselling 5
MMP 7113 Paediatric haematology
procedure and screening 3
MMP 7114 Epidemiology, Biostatistics and
Research Methodology 2
Total 15
Semester II
MMP 7121 growth & devt Endocrin, CNS,
metabolic disorders & genetics 5
MMP 7122 Paediatric Clinical Methods II 5
MMP 7123 Paediatric Physiology
Microbiology & Pathology 5
Recess Semester
Year I
MMP 7131 Health Systems Management 4
MMP 7132 Paediatric Clinical Methods III
and Therapeutics 4
Year II: Semester I
MMP 7211 Internal Medicine & Intensive
Care for Paediatricians 5
MMP 7212 Internal Medicine Clinical
Methods 5
MMP 7213 Oncology and Child Psychiatry 5
Semester II
MMP 7221 Neonatology 4
MMP 7222 Nutrition and gIT disorders 3
MMP 7223 Ethics, Preventive and Social
Paediatrics 3
MMP 7224 Paediatric Clinical and Lab
methods 5
Recess Semester
MMP 7231 Diseases of the Respiratory and
Cardiovascular System 5
MMP 7232 Community Attachment 3
Year III: Semester I
MP 7311 Advanced Paediatrics and
Adolescent Health 5
MMP 7312 Emergency Paetiatrics, Training
& Counselling 5
MMP 7313 Advanced Clinical Methods I 5
Semester II
MMP 7321 Advanced Clinical Methods II 5
MMP 7322 Integrated Management of
Childhood illness 5
Dissertation
316
MASTER OF MEDICINE (GENERAL SURGERY)
Surgeons, other health workers, and
medical students in particular and the
public in general
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
MMS 7111 Essential Surgical Skills 2
MMS 7112 Epidemiology, Biostatistics and
Research Methods 2
MMS 7113 Surgical Anatomy of the Limbs 2
MMS 7114 Surgical Physiology of the CvS,
RS & gIT 3
MMS 7115 Surgical Pathology/Microbiology
of the CvS, RS & gIT 3
MMS 7116 Applied Anatomy of the Trunk 3
Semester II
MMS 7121 Clinical Anatomy of the Head
and Neck 3
MMS 7122 Surgical Endocrinology Neuro &
Renal Physiology 5
MMS 7123
Surgical Pathology &
Microbiology of the MusculoSkeletal & geniturinary systems
5
MMS 7124 Neurosurgical Anatomy 2
Recess Term
MMS 7131 Health Systems Management 4
Year II: Semester I
MMS 7211 Surgical Oncology &
Immunology 5
MMS 7212 Abdominal Surgery 5
Semester II
MMS 7221 Orthopaedics & Traumatology 5
MMS 7222 Plastic and vascular Surgery 3
MMS 7223 Surgical Radiology 2
Recess Term
MMS 7231 Paediatric & Urological Surgery 5
Year III: Semester I
MMS 7311 Operative Cardiothoracic
Surgery 5
MMS 7312 Anaesthesia & Neurosurgery 5
Semester II
MMS 7321 Head & Neck Surgery &
Endocrinology 5
MMS 7322 Recent Advances in Clinical
Surgery 3
MMS 7323 Dissertation write up 2
General objectives
1 Clinical and operative competence in
both emergency and elective general
Surgery Additionally they require
knowledge and experience across a
wide range of surgery to ensure appropriate
referral
2 The competence to be responsible, as a
consultant for both the emergency admissions
in general Surgery and internal
referrals
3 Appropriate skills in:
gastro-intestinal endoscopy
Endoscopic Surgery
4 knowledge of the Basic Sciences related
to general Surgery and the Trainee’s
sub-specialty, including relevant specialist
applied anatomy
5 As a consultant, to help medical students,
interns and other health personnel reach
rational surgical decisions
6 The ability to work as a member of a
clinical team, bearing in mind the needs
of the service and the hospital
7 An understanding of the particular
requirements of day care surgery
8 A knowledge of palliative care
9 A knowledge of subjects such as Medical
Ethics, Health Economics, MedicoLegal matters, Risk Management, Medical
Statistics, Information Technology
and, Health Service Management (Result
Oriented Management)
10 A knowledge and experience of Clinical
Audit
11 An understanding of Research
Methods
12 To be able to publicly communicate
with other health workers at scientific
meetings
Specific objectives of training (Long Term
Goals)
To provide Surgeons who are well grounded
in the Science and Art of Surgery who will in
turn provide:
i) Quality care for patients under their
care
ii) Quality research on prevention and
management of surgical disease
iii) Quality teaching of Surgery to fellow
317
MASTERS OF MEDICINE IN PATHOLOGY (M MED PATH)
Semester II
PAT 7121 Microbiology 5
PAT 7122 Chemical Pathology 5
Recess Term
PAT 7131 Health System Management 4
Year II: Semester I
PAT 7211 genetics 4
PAT 7212 Techniques in Pathology &
Cytology 5
Semester II
PAT 7221 Systemic Pathology 5
PAT 7222 Pathology of Protozoal &
Parasitic Diseases 5
Year III: Semester I
PAT 7311 Diagnostic & Molecular
Investigative Techniques 4
PAT 7312 Macro Techniques in Diagnostic
Histopathology 5
Semester II
PAT 7321 Morbid Anatomy, Diagnostic
Histopathology & Cytology 5
PAT 7322 Forensic Pathology 5
Goals and Objectives
The goal of the M Med in pathology
Programme is to produce a competent and
professional pathologist who is able to:
• Perform medical autopsies to contribute
to medical knowledge, quality assurance
and medical education
• Perform forensic autopsies to serve
society and contribute to public
protection
• Participate in medical education
• Conduct and supervise research in
pathology
• Provide diagnostic histopathologists
and cytological services
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
PAT 7111 Advanced Principles of
Pathology 5
PAT 7112 Haematology 5
PAT 7113 Epidemiology, Biostatistics &
Research Methods 2
MASTER OF MEDICINE IN OPHTHALMOLOGY (M MED OPHTHAL)
Introduction
The Master of Medicine Ophthalmology
course is designed to train an all round
Ophthalmologist who at the completion of his
training should be able:
1 To manage all Ophthalmic cases
2 Should have administrative skills
rendering him capable of being a leader
in an eye care team which is capable of
conducting research work
3 To identify and refer patients who need
sub-specialist management
Objectives of the course
The primary objective of the course is to
admit and train Medical officers to become
ophthalmologists
It is planned to achieve this objective by
having in place adequate facilities for training
A document to be followed in the training
programme is to be in place The document
will give the teachers and any other facilitators
in the training programme a comprehensive
guideline in achieving the following
• To teach basic scientific principles of
ophthalmology
• To teach basic fundamentals of
Ophthalmology
• To teach Clinical skills
• To teach Surgical skills
• To teach administrative/management
skills
• To acquaint the postgraduate doctor with
basic principles of community eye care
• To understand skills of allied Ophthalmic
workers
• To acquaint the postgraduate doctor with the
basics of Subspecialist Ophthalmology
318
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
MMx 7111 Advanced Ophthalmic Science I 5
MMx 7112 Advanced Ophthalmic Science II 5
MMx 7113 Research Methodology 3
Semester II
MMx 7123 Advanced Ophthalmic Science
III 5
MMx 7124 Advanced Ophthalmic Science
Iv 5
MMx 7125 Contact Lens fitting 3
Recess Term
Writing Research proposal and
surgical rotation 5
MMx 7126 Health Systems Management 4
Year II: Semester I
MMx 7211 External diseases 5
MMx 7212 Uvealens vitreous Disease 5
MMx 7213 Community Ophthalmology 3
Semester II
MMx 7221 Trauma and glaucoma 5
MMx 7222 Muscles and orbit 5
MMx 7223 keratoplasty 3
Recess Term
Surgical rotation 5
Year III: Semester I
MMx 7311 Neurophthalmology 6
MMx 7312 Retinopathy Arterial-venous
diseases 6
Semester II
MMx 7321 Paediatric Ophthalmology 5
MMx 7322 Orthoptics 5
MASTERS OF MEDICINE IN PSYCHIATRY (M MED PSYCH)
Goals and Objectives
The goal of postgraduate training in psychiatry
at Makerere University is to produce a
competent psychiatrist who will:
• Provide clinical psychiatric and
psychotherapeutic care to those who
will present with both common, as well
as, the more unfamiliar psychiatric
disorders in Uganda
• Conduct and/or supervise research in
neuropsychiatry and mental health
• Assume leadership role in the field of
mental health
• Build capacity in mental health care
• Provide consultation services in mental
health to other health institutions in the
country
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
PSY 7111 Advanced Neuroanatomy 4
PSY 7112
Advanced Neuro-biochemistry,
Neuro-pathology & genetics of
mental disorders
4
PSY 7113 Liaison Psychiatry 5
PSY 7114 Epidemiology, Biostatistics and
Research Methods 2
Semester II
PSY 7121
Advanced Neurophysiology ,
Behavioural
Psychopharmacology
5
PSY 7122 Experimental Psychology 5
PSY 7123 Medical Sociology &
Anthropology 5
Recess Term
PSY 7131 Principals of Neural Science 3
PSY 7132 Clinical Neurology 3
PSY 7133 Health Systems Management 4
Year II: Semester I
PSY 7211 Child & Adolescent Psychiatry 5
PSY 7212 Critical Skills Appraisal, and
Clinical skills & Phenomenology 5
PSY 7213 Psychological Therapies 5
Semester II
PSY 7221 Forensic & Administrative
Psychiatry 5
PSY 7222 Social Psychiatry 5
PSY 7223 Organic Psychiatry 5
319
Recess Term
Dissertation Data Collection
Year III: Semester I
PSY 7311 Old Age Psychiatry 5
PSY 7312 Alcohol & Substance Abuse 5
PSY 7313 Community Psychiatry 5
Semester II
PSY 7321 Clinical clerkships 15
Dissertation write-up & hand-in
for examination
MASTERS OF MEDICINE IN EAR, NOSE, THROAT (M MED E N T )
Programme Structure
The programme has a minimum duration of 36
months (3 years) and is organized as follows
Year I (12 months)
- Orientation
(3 months)
- Basic Sciences (9 months)
The Basic sciences course is done together with
students of M Med general Surgery
Main subjects - Anatomy
- General pathology
- Physiology
- Histopathology
- Pathology
- Microbiology +
Immunology etc
N B:
1) During this time, liaison with the Heads
of the above departments ensures emphasis
on Head and Neck anatomy and
the Chest
2) Emphasis on Physiology includes
physiology of Hearing, smell, respiratory
and cardiovascular systems, and mouth,
pharynx, larynx and Oesophagus and
Neurophysiology
3) During this period, the student does
emergency work for the E N T department
including weekend and night
calls
Year II - 12 Months The activities include;
a) Clinical work b) Academic work
a) Clinical:
(i) Out-patient clinic:
- Sees and treats
- Does routine outpatient surgical
procedures under Local
anaesthesia
- Does specialised investigation
like Audiometry and
caloric tests
(ii) In-patient
- attends to admitted patients
and carries out ward rounds
prepares patients for and
does minor and major
surgery as an apprentice
under supervision,
- attends to emergencies on
24 hour basis,
- participates in interdepartmental
consultations and
joint manoeuvres
(iii) Rotation in other disciplines:
Later in the year, the candidate rotates
in the disciplines of general
Surgery, Neurosurgery, Cardiothoracic
surgery and Ophthalmology
for one month each
b) Academic:
(i) The main motivating force is the
student himself who is expected
to read widely on his own
In addition:
(ii) receives tutorials in E N T
Students must achieve a pass
in all four sections of the final
examination
(iii) attends journal clubs in E N T
(iv) participates in seminars,
grand rounds & workshops as
need arises, organised by E N T
and other relevant disciplines
(v) starts on Dissertation, (iv)
sits a progressive exam set by
the E N T Department at the end
of the year consisting of written
papers, clinicals plus vivas, at the
discretion of the department
320
Year III - 12 months
Continues with academic and clinical work as
for Years 1 and II
In addition
(a) Undergoes specialised training in;
- Audiology
- Temporal bone surgery
- Upper aerodigestive endoscopy
- Microsurgery of the ear, Head and
Neck
- Head and Neck Oncology
- Plastic and reconstructive and
neck surgery
(b) Is instructed and assisted to perform
more advanced and complicated surgical
procedures
(c) Continuing his dissertation which must
be handed in 3 months prior to final
exam
(d) Revision
(e) Final examination set by the University
consisting of:
(i) 3 written papers;
- paper 1 Principles of Surgery
3 hours
- “ II E N T
3 hours
- “ III E N T
3 hours
(ii) Clinical examination;
- Long cases
30 minutes
- Short cases
30 minutes
iii) viva voce
20 minutes
MASTER OF MEDICINE IN OTORHINOLARYNGOLOGY, HEAD AND NECK
SURGERY (M MED OHNS)
Introduction
The Master of Medicine course in Ear, Nose
and Throat Surgery, was started in the early
nineteen seventies However, it wasn’t until
1978 that the first graduate, wholly trained by
Makerere University came out Since then,
many have followed suite
However, the increase in the population
of Uganda, coupled with increased health
awareness, has continued to extend an ever
increasingly demanding hand on this specialty
in particular and health care in general
Simultaneously, scientific and technological
advancement have continued to improve
health care in the world, Uganda inclusive
Some of the fruits of these changes have seen
improvement in the care and habilitation of
patients with hearing impairment, head and
neck cancer and other conditions
The E N T Department, Makerere University
has therefore, come up with this programme
to guide the training of specialists to face
the challenges of the people of Uganda, in
particular and the international community
in general, in Otorhinolaryngology, Head and
Neck Surgery
Objectives
To train specialists, who can manage all
Otorhinolaryngological, Head and Neck
surgical conditions prevalent in this region, in
the hospital and in the community
To assist develop trainees research skills,
necessary to carry out operational research in
the clinics and the community
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
ORL 7111
Advanced Anatomy of the Head
and Neck,Chest and Central
Nervous System
4
ORL 7112
Physiological regulation and
Advanced Physiology of the
Renal, gastro Intestinal Tract,
Blood, Cardiovascular and
Respiratory systems
3
ORL 7113
Pathological Techniques, Cell
Biology, genetics, Forensic
Medicine and Medical Ethics
3
ORL 7114
Advanced Microbiology and
Laboratory Techniques in
Immunology, Bacteriology and
virology
3
ORL 7115 Epidemiology, Biostastics and
Research Methods 3
321
Semester II
ORL 7121
Surgical Anatomy of the head
and neck and Microsurgery of
the temporal bone and skull base
5
ORL 7122 Advanced Endocrinology and
Neurophysiology 3
ORL 7123
Advanced Systemic Pathology,
Hematology and Endocrine
Pathology
3
ORL 7124
Advanced Mycology and
Medical Parasitology and
Microbiological basis of Head
and Neck Surgery and Hospital
Infection Control
4
Recess Term
ORL 7131
Ultra Anatomy, Physiology and
Pathophysiology of the Ear,
Nose and Throat and Upper Aero
Digestive Tract
3
ORL 7132 Health Systems Management 4
Year II: Semester I
ORL 7211 Audiology and Speech Pathology 3
ORL 7212
Advanced Clinical, Diagnostic
and Therapeutic Techniques in
ENT/HNS
4
ORL 7213 Clinical Clerkship and Field
Work I 5
ORL 7214 Operative Surgery I 3
Semester II
ORL 7221 Otology 5
ORL 7222
Clinical Clerkship and field work
II 5
ORL 7223 Operative Surgery II 5
Recess Term
ORL 7231 Rhinology 4
ORL 7232 Clinical Clerkship III (elective
period) 3
ORL 7233 Operative Surgery III (elective
period) 3
Year III: Semester I
ORL 7311 Larynogology and Head and
Neck Surgery 5
ORL 7312 Clinical Clerkship Iv 5
ORL 7313 Operative Surgery Iv 5
Semester II
ORL 7321 Head and Neck Oncology 3
ORL 7322 Clinical Clerkship v 3
ORL 7323 Operative Surgery v 3
Dissertation write up and
revision
MASTER OF MEDICINE-RADIOLOGY (M MED RAD)
Objectives
To train and produce competent men and
women who can participate as specialists in
the clinical diagnosis and management of the
full range of diseases where radiology and
imaging is applicable Due emphasis will be
given to the common diseases in the tropics
To produce personnel who can have adequate
knowledge and skills in radiology
To produce Radiologists who will enhance
knowledge and practise of medicine and
science by carrying out appropriate research
and reporting their findings at scientific fora
and through publications both locally and
internationally
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
RAD 7111 Radiological Anatomy & Special
Radiological Techniques I 5
RAD 7112 Radiological Physics I 5
RAD 7113 Radiography and Radiographic
Photography I 5
Semester II
RAD 7121 Radiological Anatomy and
Special Radiology Techniques II 5
RAD 7122 Computer Science 3
RAD 7123 Epidemiology Biostatistics and
Research Methods 2
RAD 7124 Radiological Physics II 2
322
RAD 7125 Radiography & Radiographic
Photography II 3
Recess Term
RAD 7131 Introd to Clinical Radiology
case descript &Research Prop 2
RAD 7132 Clinical Radiology &Imaging I 4
RAD 7133 Health Systems Management 2
RAD 7134 Radiation Oncology and Nuclear
Medicine I 2
Year II: Semester I
RAD 7211 Radiology Applied to Internal
Medicine & general Surgery 2
RAD 7212 Clinical Radiology Case
Description I 4
RAD 7213 Clinical Radiology &Imaging II 5
RAD 7214 Radiation Oncology and Nuclear
Medicine II 2
Semester II
RAD 7221 Clinical Radiology Case
Description II 5
RAD 7222 Clinical Radiology and Imaging
III 3
RAD 7223 Echo-cardiography and
Cardiovascular Radiology 5
Recess Term
RAD 7231 Clinical Radiology Case
Description III 2
RAD 7232 Clinical Radiology and Imaging
Iv 5
Year III: Semester I
RAD 7311
Information Technology Systems
& Teleradiology & Medical
Ethics related to Radiology
4
RAD 7312 Clinical Radiology and Imaging
v4
RAD 7313 Interventional Radiology 3
RAD 7314 Clinical Radiology Case
Description Iv 3
Semester II
RAD 7321 Clinical Radiology Case
Description v & Dissertation 5
MASTERS OF MEDICINE IN MICROBIOLOGY (M MED MICROBIOLOGY)
Goal
The overall goal of this programme is to train
future medical microbiologists in laboratory
diagnosis, management and control of
problems especially related to infections in
particular but also other clinical pathological
aspects
The successful candidates will provide the
necessary expertise to both Ministry of
Health and Makerere University locally and
equivalent institutions internationally
Specific Objectives
a) To teach medical doctors the biology
of infectious agents specific factors in
them responsible for disease, including
oncogenesis
b) To explore the gross and microscopic
pathological features of diseases
caused by microorganisms and possible
complications arising out of them
c) To teach candidates laboratory diagnostic
procedures and how to best apply them
in the management of patients
d) To impart knowledge of control
strategies of infectious disease
e) To explore molecular microbiology as
it currently applies to infectious disease
immunology, pathology, and design of
vaccines
f) To train the student in emergency clinical
laboratory medicine, including blood
transfusion and chemical pathology
g) To train the student in research
methodology to prepare her/him for
future task of contributing to growth of
knowledge in the specialty
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
Year I: Semester I
MCM 7111 Advanced Bacteriology I 5
MCM 7112 Advanced Immunology 5
MCM 7113 Applied Haematology 2
MCM 7114 Epidemiology, Biostatistics &
Research Methods 3
323
Semester II
MCM 7121 Advanced Bacteriology II 5
MCM 7122 Advanced Parasitology 5
MCM 7123 Histopathology 4
Recess Term
MCM 7131 Molecular Biology 4
MCM 7132 Chemical Pathology 5
Year II: Semester I
MCM 7211 Clinical MicrobiologyI 5
MCM 7212 virology I 4
MCM 7213 Opportunistic parasitoses 2
MCM 7214 Research Proposal 3
Semester II
MCM 7221 Clinical Microbiology II 5
MCM 7222 Antimicrobial chemotherapy 2
MCM 7223 virology II 4
MCM 7224 Mycology 3
Recess Term
MCM 7231 Serology/Advanced
Immunologic Techniques 5
MCM 7232 Health Systems Management 4
Year III: Semester I
MCM 7311 Immunology of Infectious
Diseases 2
MCM 7312 Applied Molecular Biology 3
MCM 7313 Nosocomial Infections 3
MCM 7314 Data Collection for Thesis 7
Semester II
MCM 7321 Microbiology of Special
organisms 5
MCM 7322 Public Health Microbiology 4
MCM 7323 Write Up and Presentation of
Dissertation 6
MASTER OF MEDICINE IN ORTHOPAEDIC SURGERY (M MED ORTH)
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
MMO 7111
Surgical Anatomy of the
Extremities Applied Anatomy of
the trunk
5
MMO 7112
Advanced Physiology and
physiology of Cardiovascular
Respiratory and gastrointenstinal
systems
4
MMO 7113
Advanced Micropathology
and Micropathology of the
Cardiovascular, Respiratory, and
gastrointestinal systems
4
MMO 7114 Epidemiology, Biostatistics and
Research Methods 2
Semester II
MMO 7121
Clinical Anatomy of the Head
and Neck and Neurosurgical
anatomy
5
MMO 7122
Endocrinology, Neurophysiology
and Renalphysiology
5
MMO 7123
Micropathology of the
Musculoskeletal and
genitourinary Systems
4
Recess Term
MMO 7131 Neuropathology and
Immunology 4
MMO 7132 Health Systems Management 4
Year II: Semester I
MMO 7211 Trauma I 5
MMO 7212 Trauma II 5
MMO 7213 Trauma III 5
Semester II
MMO 7221 Trauma Iv 5
MMO 7222 Adult Orthopaedic diseases I 5
MMO 7223 Adult Orthopaedic Diseases II 5
MMO 7224 Research Proposal Preparation &
Submission
Recess Term
MMO 7231 Adult Orthopaedic diseases III 5
Year III: Semester I
MMO 7311 Adult Orthopaedic Iv 5
MMO 7312 Paediatric Orthopaedic diseases I 5
MMO 7313 Paediatric Orthopaedic diseases
II 5
Semester II
MMO 7321 Paediatric Orthopaedic diseases
III 5
MMO 7322 Paediatric Orthopaedic diseases
Iv 5
MMO 7323 general Surgery, Neuro and
Plastic Surgery 5
324
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN CLINICAL EPIDEMIOLOGY AND BIOSTATISTICS (MSc
CEB)
5 To strengthen the research arm of health
and allied professionals
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I (Core Course)
Course Code Course CU
CEB 7101 Epidemiology I 4
CEB 7102 Fundamentals of Clinical
Epidemiology 3
CEB 7103 Biostatistics I 5
CEB 7104 Research Methods 3
CEB 7105 Principles of Demography 2
Year 1: Semester II (Core Courses)
CEB 7201 Clinical Trials & NonExperimental Designs 4
CEB 7202 Public Health and Preventive
Medicine 4
CEB 7203 Fundamentals of Health
Economics 2
CEB 7204 Fundamentals of Social Science
and Health 2
CEB 7205 Computer Skills & Data
Management 4
Recess Term (Core Courses)
CEB 7301 Epidemiology II 4
CEB 7302 Biostatistics II 4
Year 1I: Semester I (Core Courses)
CEB 8101 Health Care Planning,
Management & Evaluation 4
CEB 8102 Biostatistics III 4
CEB 8103 Bioethics 4
CEB 8104 Research Proposal 2
Year II: Semester II
CEB 8201 Dissertation (Filed Work, Report,
Defence) 2
CEB 8202 Economic Analysis of Health
Services 2
CEB 8203 Scientific Writing and
Dissemination 2
Elective Courses
CEB 8205 Anthropology of Health and
Health Care 2
CEB 8206 Pharmacoepidemiology 2
CEB 8207 Injury Epidemiology 2
CEB 8208 Reproductive Health 2
Introduction
Clinical epidemiology and biostatistics is the
application of the principles and methods of
epidemiology, biostatistics, health economics
and health social sciences to clinical medicine
The objective is to develop and apply methods
of clinical observation that will lead to valid
clinical conclusions; to develop and test
appropriate diagnostic tests; to develop test
interventions for the prevention and control of
diseases; and to provide a rational approach to
resource allocation in clinical medicine
The MScCEB course is designed to build
the capacity of health and health related
professionals so as to conduct research
that defines the population at risk of health
problems; shows the efficacy of interventions;
and critically examines the functioning of
the health systems These goals are in line
with those of the health sector namely to
consolidate existing health services and reorient
health services to primary health care
to achieve efficiency as well as equity The
primary beneficiaries are Ugandans but also
the Africa region since this will be the first
time that this course is offered in Africa
Objectives
The philosophy of this programme will
be to develop high quality and sustainable
training strategies that will produce clinical
epidemiologists, biostatisticians, health social
scientists and health economists with the
knowledge and skills to address health care
challenges with special emphasis on tropical
diseases and the tropical environment The
specific objectives of the course are:
1 To train health workers in the areas of
clinical epidemiology, biostatistics,
health economics, and health social
sciences
2 To equip the health workers with
the knowledge and skills to conduct
appropriate health research
3 To produce health researchers with a
multi-disciplinary approach to health
problems
4 To develop human research capacity
to link research with health policymakers
325
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN HUMAN ANATOMY (MSC(Anat )
Research in Anatomy at University
level
b) To produce personnel who have
adequate knowledge in gross Anatomy,
embryology and human tissues at
microscopic level and relate this
knowledge to functions, evolution,
pathogenesis clinical diagnosis and
management of disease conditions
c) To produce an Anatomist who will
make correct observations, prepare
and interpret microscopic specimens of
normal structures of the human body,
give presentations and discuss research
findings at scientific fora
d) At the end of the course, the student
should be able to appreciate the
similarities and differences in primates
and how this may be related to evolution
of human beings
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
MSA 7111 Advanced cell biology 2
MSA 7112 Applied and comparative
anatomy of Limbs 3
MSA 7113 Applied anatomy of the Trunk 4
MSA 7114 Fundamentals of epidemiology,
biostatistics&Research Methods 3
Semester II
MSA 7121 Advanced anatomy of Head &
Neck 3
MSA 7122 Advanced Neuro-anatomy 3
MSA 7123 Laboratory Techniques 2
MSA 7124 Primatology 5
Year II
Dissertation
Introduction
Master of Science in Human Anatomy is a two
year programme It is to be done by course
work and dissertation
The programme will be taught through
lectures, practicals, tutorials and regular
progressive assessments
Functional Anatomy and primate comparative
Anatomy programme shall extend over a
period of one academic year and this will be the
first year which will consist of two semesters
The second year will be devoted to research
work that will produce a dissertation
The programme will be a full-time study
Candidates will be expected to be involved
in the teaching of Anatomy to undergraduate
students for this will enhance their learning
of Anatomy There will be three aspects of
academic work to be covered during this
programme
(i) Anatomical Theory: To equip
candidates with the basic medical and
technical knowledge
(ii) Dissection and Laboratory techniques:
To equip candidates with technique and
skills of practical Anatomy Candidates
should be able to learn and practice
histological techniques that will help
them in Histology They are also to
learn the art of preparing specimen for
teaching of gross anatomy
(iii) Dissertation: This will be on a researched
topic which must be approved by the
Department, Faculty and School Of
graduate Studies Boards A supervisor
will be selected by the Department
Objectives
a) To train and produce competent men
and women who can teach and conduct
326
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN PHARMACOLOGY (MSc PHARMACOLOGY)
PHA 7113 Biochemistry of Pharmacokietics
and Drug Disposition 2
PHA 7114 Epidemiology, Biostatistics &
Research Methods 2
Semester II
PHA 7121
Advanced in Chemotherapy &
Chemoprophylaxis Systemic
Pharmacology, Cancer
Chemotherapy
5
PHA 7122
Advanced Endocrine &
Reproductive Physiology,
Nerophysiology
4
PHA 7123
Biochemistry of
Pharmacodynamics and Drug
Interactions
2
Recess Term
PHA 7135 Health Systems, Management 4
Year II
Dissertation
Objectives
The objective of the course is to give a sound
basic knowledge of Pharmacology and
experimental techniques used in assessing
pharmacological responses in biological
systems to drugs Candidates will also gain
insight on how various chemicals affect
cellular systems At the end of the programme,
candidates are expected to have achieved
independence in planning, designing and
executing pharmacological experiments
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
PHA 7111
Recent Advances in general
Pharmacology, Neuropharmaco
logy, Psychopharmacology and
Toxicology Clinical Trials
5
PHA 7112
Recent Advances in Renal
gIT,CvS & Respiratory
Physiology
4
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL ILLUSTRATION (MSC MED ILL)
Objectives
i) To train and produce high calibre
personnel who will make quality
illustrations for educational materials
such as books, reports, pamphlets,
journals and manuals in the field of
human and veterinary Medicine,
Biology, Nursing, Dentistry and Public
Health prevention programmes
ii) To produce personnel who can make
self-instructional materials, teaching
packages, three dimensional casts
of normal and abnormal structures
like limbs and organs which will
improve on the quality of instruction
and communication of Health related
information
iii) To promote capacity building in the field
of Medical Illustration
iv) To act as a regional training ground for
professionals in Africa
Programme Structure
Master of Science in Medical Illustrations
is semesterized according to the Makerere
University Senate regulations The programme
shall be conducted by course work, presentation
of exhibitions, promotions and dissertation
Each academic year will have two semesters
It will be a full time study programme
Options
The programme has two options
Option A: graphics and Medical Sculpture
Option B: Photography and Film Production
First year is reserved for Core courses for both
options
Second year is for specialization In each
option, there are three aspects of academic
work to be covered
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
MI 7111 Systemic Anatomy I 4
MI 7112 Systemic Anatomy II 4
MI 7113 Photography I 4
MI 7114 Fundamentals of epidemiology,
biostatistics & Res Methods 3
Semester II
MI 7121 Administration & Management 4
327
MI 7122 Surgical Illustrations 4
MI 7123 Pathological Illustrations 4
MI 7124 Field work I 2
Year II: Semester I: Option A
MI 7211A Advanced Anatomy 3
MI 7212A Surgical Illustrations II 4
MI 7213A Pathological Illustrations II 3
MI 7214A Moulage 2
MI 7215 Filed work II 3
Semester I: Option B
MI 7211B Introduction to Arts 3
MI 7212B Photography II 4
MI 7213B Optics 3
MI 7214B Photography III 2
MI 7215B Filed work II 3
Semester II: Both Options A and B
MI 7221 Exhibition 4
MI 7222 Portfolio 3
MI 7223 Field work II 3
MI 7224 Dissertation
MASTERS OF SCIENCE IN PHYSIOLOGY (MSc PHYSIO)
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
PHY 7111 gen , Blood, Renal Physiology,
Physiological Chem & Biochem 6
PHY 7112
Cardiovascular, Respir
Physiology, Physiology of
Exercise, gIT & Nutritional
Physiology
6
PHA 7113 Advanced general
Pharmacology 4
Semester II
PHY 7211
Advanced Endocrinology
& Immuno Reproduction &
Reproductive Physiology
6
PHY 7212 Advanced Neurophysiology 6
PHA 7213
Chemotherapy and
Chemoprophylaxis Systemic
Pharmacology Cytotoxic drugs
5
Recess Term
Research Methodology Course
Preparation of Research Proposal
Year II: Semester I & II
Research work and Dissertation
writing
Goals and objectives
a) To train students as physiologists who
can help to increase the number of
physiology lecturers in the Faculty of
Medicine
b) These trained physiologists should be
able to teach students by giving formal
lectures, seminars, tutorials and conducting
practical sessions
c) The trained physiologists should be
well equipped to be able to understand
the role of physiology in research and
diagnosis
d) To be able to provide qualified
physiologists for other Universities and
institutions
e) To ensure that research is an ongoing
process in Medical Physiology
f) To establish strong links with other
Physiologists the world over in order
to enhance the learning process as well
as update research methodologies, in
department of Physiology, Faculty of
Medicine, Makerere University
328
DOCTOR OF MEDICINE (Ph D)
1 The degree may be awarded for work
in the field of Medicine and related
subjects
2 Any holder of the Bachelor of Medicine
and Bachelor of Surgery degree of a
recognised University and who has held
the qualification by virtue of which such
admission has been granted for not less
than three years, shall be eligible for the
degree of Doctor of Medicine
3 A candidate for the degree may register
and submit a title for a Thesis and
indicate the filed of study undertaken
for approval by the Board of the Faculty
of Medicine not less than two years
after the award of the M B Ch B Degree
of being admitted to the status of that
degree A period of not less than one
year must elapse between registration
and the award of the M D Degree
4 The Board of the Faculty shall
recommend to the Senate a Board of
Examiners, of whom at least one shall be
an Examiner external to the University
5 The examination for the degree shall be
in two parts:
(i) Part one shall be the examination
of a thesis presented by the
candidate
(ii) Part two may include a defence
of this thesis by oral or other
examination in the field of study
chosen
6 The thesis must be of satisfactory
literary standard and presentation, and
will be assessed for a critical analysis of
the subject, as well as the presentation
of new data and observation by the
candidate
7 If the thesis is unsatisfactory for
the award of the degree, the Board
of Examiners may recommend resubmission
of the modified thesis at a
later date
8 Two copies of the thesis to be retained by
the University together with a certificate
stating that the thesis is the work of the
candidate, should be submitted to the
Academic Registrar
9 The degree of Doctor of Medicine may
be awarded with distinction
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY (Ph D)
Admission Requirements
1 The following shall be eligible for
admission to the degree of Doctor of
Philosophy in the Faculty of Medicine
(i) Any holder of the Bachelor
of Medicine and Bachelor of
Surgery (M B Ch B ) degree of a
recognized University of not less
than three years standing
(ii) A graduate of Makerere University
or any other recognised University
who has been admitted to the
status of Bachelor of Medicine
and Bachelor of Surgery and
who has held the qualification by
virtue of which such admission
has been granted for not less than
three years A candidate for the
degree shall be required to pursue
at the University or at some other
place approved by the Senate for
the purpose, an approved course
of special study or research
or not less than two calendar
years’ duration on some subject
connected with the basic medical
sciences
General Regulations
The common Regulations for the Degree of
Doctor of Philosophy (see regulations Under
the School Of graduate Studies) shall apply
329
SCHOOL OF PUBLIC HEALTH
Introduction
Makerere University Institute of Public Health
(MUIPH) (now School of Public Health)
evolved from a department in Faculty of
Medicine to an autonomous Institute in 2001
In 2007, Council changed its name to School
of Public Health
It has lived to its mission of improving and
attainment of better health for the people of
Uganda Through its undergraduate, post
graduate and collaborative programs, the
Institute has persistently and diligently trained
personal in line with Public Health related
issues It continues to render valuable services
to communities by a way of attachment of its
undergraduate students to kasangati and post
graduate students to 15 districts in the country
Its continuous insight in research in major
epidemics in the country and its participation
in disease outbreak investigation makes it one
of the key players in the effort to improve
Public Health in Uganda and the world
Departments:
The Institute comprises of the following
departments:
1 Epidemiology and Bio-statistics
2 Health Policy Planning and
Management
3 Community Health and Behavioral
Sciences
4 Disease Control and Environmental
Health
5 Regional Center for Quality of Health
Care
Through its members of staff in the above
named five departments in addition to service
delivery and teaching, it undertakes several
research projects in the fields of Health
Systems, HIv/AIDS , Epidemiology and
many other public health related issues
It has two centers where the students are
exposed to community medicine and these
are: kasangati Health Center which was
established in 1959 and the Regional Center
for Quality Health Care established in 1999
Immediate Objectives:
1) To improve the quality of training
through strengthening field-training
sites, increasing stock of resources
and establishing strategic linkages and
networks to harness teaching resources
and market the Institute
2) To improve quality and expand the
scope of research through establishing a
clear research agenda, developing a dissemination
policy for research findings
and improving research capacity at the
Institute
3) To build capacity to manage the delivery
of community services by improving
MUIPH business management capability
for better delivery of community
services
4) To strengthen technical capacity for
evidence-based policy formulation and
program implementation This is to
be done by building staff capacity in
policy analysis and evaluation and also
strengthening linkages with stakeholders
in policy formulation and program
implementation
Collaboration in training with other
institutions
The Institute has enjoyed collaboration with
Johns Hopkins School of Public Health
aimed at facilitating staff development and
the development of new programs It also
closely collaborates with the Water Reed
Army Research Institute and this focuses on
evaluation of the immunolgenicity , safety and
efficacy of new HIV vaccine products It is also
engaged in an international Multidisciplinary
research collaboration, among the Universities
of Columbia, John Hopkins and Ministry of
Health with the following goals:
1) To gather rigorous, Evidence Based
data which will contribute to improving
health of populations of Rakai District
and Uganda
2) To expand human resource professionals
and students and
3) To contribute to the physical
infrastructure for research and clinical
330
services in Uganda and because of
its community –based approach to
the collection of interview data and
biological specimens, it offers unique
opportunities for the generation of
hypothesis driven intervention trials and
observational studies
The Institute has also over the years enjoyed
Collaboration with centers for Disease Control
and Prevention (CDC), Atlanta with which it is
running a fellowship program which is offered
on a competitive basis to any holder of a post
graduate degree in Public Health or any health
related field such as medicine, social sciences,
statistics journalism, information technology
etc The Fellowship trains individuals to gain
expertise in various aspects of managing HIv/
AIDS programmes It provides systematic
Public Health training focused on increasing
the number of professionals trained in
management, monitoring, evaluation and
communication needed to spearhead new
HIv/AIDS programmes as well as strengthen
and/or replicate successful programmes It is a
basically an apprentiship programme
It is also involved in a collaborative venture
referred to as the Public Health in Complex
Emergence programme with Oxford
University, Institute of Tropical medicine,
Antwerp, Moi University, Nairobi and
Makerere University School of Public Health
It focuses on critical Public Health issues faced
by NgO/PvS persons working in complex
emergency situations
KASANGATI HEALTH CENTRE
Makerere University School of Public Health
has a specialised centre where students are
exposed to community medicine The Model
Health Centre at kasangati in Wakiso District,
14km north of kampala on gayaza Road
serves three main purposes as given below:
• Teaching Public Health to Medical
students and other allied staff
• Serving as a Research Centre in
Community Medicine
• Providing basic health service to the
community
As an affiliated centre, Kasangati Health Centre
is thus a resource for the tripartite functions
of training, research and service in the School
of Public Health Medical students are sent in
four cohorts of not more than 30 students to
learn how the centre provides health services
to the community and how they can improve
on these services
REGIONAL CENTRE FOR QUALITY
OF HEALTH CARE
Background
The sub-Saharan countries of Africa
experienced a period of optimism during
the decades following independence where
it was felt that improvement in all sectors
was inevitable But this was rushed when a
period of decline set in sweeping across the
entire region This decline did not spare the
health sector which witnessed widespread
deterioration in Health Care delivery and the
re-emergence of diseases which had previously
been under control
There has however emerged a period of New
Hope in the region where there has been talk of
democratization, accountability, transparency
and empowerment In order not to miss this
opportunity it is important to mobilise, recruit
and train personnel who will effect and manage
the expected change for the better in the
Health Sector In 1994 WHO Health Ministers’
Conference for Africa passed a resolution
urging member countries to establish National
Quality of Care Programs Two conferences
organized by WHO in Brazaville and Lesotho,
further underlined the urgency of addressing
the subject and the need to train leaders in the
region
The Ministry of Health of Uganda has with
the help of World Bank established the
Department of Quality Assurance which has
been operational for the last two years The
Department has also received support from
USAID through the Regional Economic
and Service Office (REDSO) who has also
expressed and demonstrated interest in
training health professionals in the Region
in Quality of Health Care It is currently
supporting the development of a curriculum
331
for a postgraduate diploma in Quality of
Health Care to be offered by the School of
Public Health (IPH)
For the past 2 years, Regional Economic and
Service Office (REDSO) has been working
closely with Network Partners and leaders
in the African Region to improve the quality
of reproductive and child health In addition,
the Quality of Care Network comprising of
800 health professionals representing over 20
Nations identified a set of priority topics and
interventions which have evidence of being
and are collectively believed to be most likely
to improve the quality of health care in the
region
These include:
• standards and guidelines
• innovative training
• logistic support
• facilitative supervision
• Quality assurance, cost and quality
It was also recognized that these topics
in themselves will not necessarily reduce
maternal and child morbidity and mortality
unless they are coupled with effective
interventions These areas were identified as;
• Prevention and Care Management of
Malaria
• Reproductive Health/Family Planning
• Sexually Transmitted Diseases/HIv
• Intergrated Management of Childhood
Illness (IMCI)
• Nutrition
• Tuberculosis
• Cervical Cancer
• Accidents and Emergency Care
Almost all countries in the African region
have started or are in the process of starting
Quality of Care Programs, but trained
personnel to man these programmes are
lacking Already the Ministry of Health of
Uganda in partnership with John Hopkins
University and the Quality Assurance
Program in Washington has successfully run
two 2-weeks courses in Jinja The participants
have expressed desire for further training
It is hoped that the proposed course in the
School of Public Health mentioned above will
address this need REDSO currently funds
QoC activities in the region utilizing financial
mechanism and technical expertise of global
Bureau result projects operated by cooperating
US-based agencies While it is desirable to
maintain this partnership it is envisaged that
there is need to shift this activity to a local
African Institution
Makerere University, Faculty of Medicine
put forward a proposal to give a home to this
institution This proposal has been supported
by leaders in the region that Uganda provides
leadership and coordination of the Quality
of Care Program through the establishment
of a Regional Quality of Health Care Center
to be housed in the Faculty of Medicine and
administered by the School of Public Health
Vision
An internationally recognized regional centre
of excellence advancing the quality of health
care in Africa
Mission
To provide leadership in building regional
capacity to improve quality of health care by
promoting better practices through networking,
strategic partnerships and education
Guiding Principles
i) Regional Ownership: The center and
network determine the direction and a
substance of quality of care activities
according to the needs of the region
ii) Collaborative/Partnership: Strategic
linkages and participatory collaboration
with key organisations throughout and
beyond the region in order to maximize
the range of expertise, foster regional
ownership and expand access to human
and other resources
iii) Evidence-based: All activities of the
center, including identification of needs
and promotion of better practices are
based on empirical evidence documented
through scientific processes
iv) Integrity: The center conducts its
activities with transparency and
accountability
v) Right to Quality of Care: All users
of services have the basic right to the
highest level of quality of care possible
332
Objectives
General Objective
The center will have as its main function
capacity building in the region in order to
strengthen Network Priority focus areas
The role of the center will be facilitative and
catalytic
Specific objectives
i) Advocacy: advocate for improving
quality of health care in Africa and
coalescing national leadership
ii) Dissemination: use innovative and
appropriate technologies and approaches
to disseminate (critical information to
expand the use of better practices and
lessons learned in the region
iii) Training: through training, education
and experiential learning create a
critical mass of health managers and
service providers with relevant skills to
implement quality of health care
iv) Networking: strengthen and support
networking to increase adoption of
better practices
v) Country Support: strengthen countries
in designing, managing and monitoring
strategic plans for quality of Health
Care
vi) Clearing House: maintain up-to-date
resources and information on critical
regional priorities
vii) Better practices: facilitate intra-regional
technical assistance to support the
adoption (use) and extension of better
practices
viii) Sustainability: To ensure the
sustainability of the quality of a care
centre and quality of care activities in
the region
Education and Training Programme
The center runs several courses in order to
create a critical mass of Health Managers
and service providers with the relevant skills
to implement Quality of Health Care The
programme includes:
• Postgraduate Diploma in Quality of
Health Care - a one year course
• Master of Science in Quality of Health
Care
• Short courses in: Improving Quality of
Care
i) Foundation course in Quality
Assurance
ii) Reproductive Health (Planned for
September 1999)
iii) Financial Management and
Economic Evaluation in Health
Care (Planned for September
1999)
iv) Integrated Management of
Childhood illness
v) Prevention and Case Management
of STI’s
vi) Management and Medical
Emergencies
vii) Prevention and Case Management
of Malaria
viii) Logistic Support
ix) Facilitative Supervision
x) Innovative Training
These will usually be run over a period of one
to two weeks
COURSES OFFERED:
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES:
The School of Public Health provides training
in public health sub-specialties such as
community health, public health nutrition,
maternal and child health, epidemiology
and bio-statistics, communicable disease
control, environmental health, health
services management etc to the following
undergraduate programmes:
• Diploma in Public Health Nursing
(DPHN)
• Diploma in Environmental Health
Sciences
• Bachelor of Environmental Health
Science (B ENv H Sc)
• Bachelor of Medicine and Bachelor of
Surgery (MBChB)
• Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BScN)
• Bachelor of Pharmacy (BPharm)
• Bachelor of Dental Surgery (BDS)
• Bachelor of Science in Medical
Radiography (BMR)
333
DIPLOMA IN ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SCIENCES
TO BE CONDUCTED BY MBALE SCHOOL OF HYGIENE
Semester II
DEH 1201 Solid Waste Management 4
DEH 1202 Sanitary Building Technology I 5
DEH 1203 Community Health 4
DEH 1204 Institutional Health 3
DEH 1205 Health Communication 2
DEH 1206 Introduction to Research
Methods 2
TOTAL 20
Recess Term (150 Hours)
(8 weeks) Including time for
movement
DEH 1301 Rural Community Health
Practice 5
DEH 1302 Urban Community Health
Practice 5
TOTAL 10
Year II: Semester I (285 Hours) (15 Weeks)
DEH 2101 Sanitary Building Technology 4
DEH 2102 Introduction to Food and
Nutrition 5
DEH 2103 Public Health Leg And Admin 5
DEH 2104 Food Inspection 3
DEH 2105 Research Project Study I 2
TOTAL 19
Semester II: (300 Hours) (15 weeks)
DEH 2201 Food Hygiene and Safety 5
DEH 2202 Enviro, Pollution and Occup
Health and Safety 5
DEH 2203 Drawing 2
DEH 2204 Promises Inspection and Report 5
DEH 2205 Research Project Work II 3
TOTAL 20
Aim of the Program
The aim of the program is to produce
completent Assistant Environment Health
officers capable of controlling environmental
factors that affect health, and support public
health services delivery
Objectives of the Program
The Environmental Health Officer should be
able to:
1 Carry out community diagnosis to
ascertain the Environmental Health
conditions
2 Prevent and control of communicable
and non communicable diseases
3 Monitor nutritional problems and occurrence
of diseases
4 Ensure the maintenance of food quality
and hygiene
5 Monitor and promote urban and institutional
Health
6 Initiate and control housing for healthy
living and working conditions plan,
implement and evaluate preventive,
promotive and rehabilitative health
services
7 Enforce the Public Health Laws
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
DEH 1101 Principles of Communicable
Disease Control 4
DEH 1102 vector and vermin Control 4
DEH 1103 Human Waste Management 5
DEH 1104 Introduction to Computing and
MIS 2
DEH 1105 Water and Water Supply 5
TOTAL 20
334
DIPLOMA IN PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING (DPHN)
5 To provide the public health nurse with
the capacity to carry out operational
research on important health problems
encountered during practice
Types of courses
All courses in the programme except
one are compulsory and must be passed
independently by the student in order to obtain
the diploma The only audited course is PHN
1206 Introduction to Computing offered in
the second semester The project field report
shall be submitted at the end of the second
semester
Programme structure :
All courses in this programme are core and an
audited course (PHN 1206)* is introduced
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
PHN 1101 Public Heath Nursing 2
PHN 1102 Health Science Management 3
PHN 1103 Primary Health Care 4
PHN 1104 Epidemiology and Bio-statistics 3
PHN 1105 Research Methods & Proposal
Development 5
PHN 1106 Principles of Communicable
Disease Control 4
PHN 1107 Management of Selected
Common Diseases 4
Total credit units 21
Semester II
PHN 1201 Mental Health 5
PHN 1202 Child Health and Family
Planning 5
PHN 1203 Occupational Health 5
PHN 1204 Environmental Health 5
PHN 1205 Training of Health Workers 5
PHN 6101 Public Health Nursing
PHN 6102 Health Science Management
PHN 6103 Primary Health Care
PHN 6104 Epidemiology and Biostatics
PHN 6105 Research Methods and Proposal
Development
Introduction
Training of public health nurses at diploma
level though envisaged earlier, did not start
until 1976 in Mulago Hospital, and so far
more than 152 nurses have been trained and
awarded the Ministry of Health Diploma in
Public Health Nursing This is still below the
number that was projected to be at least 300
Public Health Nurses by the year 2000 The
program is supposed to enhance the current
training and thus the output of the Trained
Public Health Nurses
The challenges need a new public health nurse
who is a key member of the District Health
Team (DHT) and is placed at the district and
HSD levels with responsibilities in all areas
of Primary Health Care and Occupational
Health In recognition of the challenges and
responsibilities required of this new cadre of
Public Health Nurse, it was proposed by the
Ministry of Health that Makerere University
takes over this program and the trainees be
awarded a University diploma
General objective
The aim of the Diploma in Public Health
Nursing is to prepare a Public Health Nurse
who will meet the health needs of the
community at the appropriate operational
levels by providing preventive, curative and
rehabilitative services
The specific objectives are:
1 To prepare the public health nurse to
identify the social and health needs of an
individual, family, and the community
at large and assist them to meet these
needs
2 To work within an integrated, multidisciplinary
and multi-sectoral system
3 To plan, evaluate, develop and manage
the activities of the public health nursing
system
4 To provide the public nurse with the
capacity and skills to meet demands
arising from decentralisation policy of
the Uganda government
335
PHN 6106 Principles of Communicable
Disease Control
PHN 6201 Mental Health
PHN 6202 Child Health and Family
Planning
PHN 6203 Occupational Health
PHN 6204 Environmental Health
PHN 6205 Training of Health Workers
Total credit units 18
Overall Total credit units 39
BACHELOR OF ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH SCIENCE (BEHS)
Introduction
The major aim of the Bachelor of Environmental
Health Science is to prepare professionals in
Environmental Health with the appropriate
attitude, adequate skills and scientific
knowledge for handling and managing all
duties and technical procedures in the broad
areas of health promotion, disease prevention
and control, management and administration
of public health in community, research and
training in the field of Environmental Health
Objectives
The educational objectives of the programme
are to produce graduates who should be able
to:
1 Develop the understanding of:
a) The chemical, biological, physical
and social factors that affect the
health of the community
b) Relevant concepts from the
appropriate social and behavioral
sciences
c) The management and
administration of the
environmental health delivery
systems
2 Become proficient in techniques of:
a) Identifying community environmental
health needs
b) Information collection, storage,
retrieval, analysis and dissemination
c) Environmental health monitoring,
analysis and management
d) Communicable and Non-communicable
diseases prevention and
control
e) Supervision, monitoring and evaluation
of environmental health
services and activities
f) Operation research and applied
technology
3 Acquire skills in the application of the
above techniques and knowledge to the
solution of community environmental
health problems
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
EHS 1101 Human Environment I 3
EHS 1102 Human Biology 4
EHS 1103 Biostatistics 3
EHS 1104 Principles of Epidemiology 3
EHS 1105 Principles of Computing 2
EHS 1106 Principles of Disease Control 4
EHS 1107 Hydrology and Hydraulics 2
EHS 1108 Introduction to Microbiology 3
Total Credit Units 24
Semester II
EHS 1201 Human Environment II 3
EHS 1202 Hydrology and Hydraulics II 4
EHS 1203 Applied Microbiology 4
EHS 1204 Health Communication 4
EHS 1205 Principles of Demography 2
EHS 1206 Wastes Management I 4
EHS 1207 Disease of Public Health
Importance 3
Total Credit Units 24
Year II: Semester I
EHS 2101 Wastes Management II 4
EHS 2102 vector and vermin Control 4
EHS 2103 Environmental Pollution 3
EHS 2104 Health Lab Management 3
EHS 2105 Safe Water Management I 4
EHS 2106 Food Safety and Nutrition I 4
EHS 2107 Community Mobilization 3
Total Credit Units 24
336
Semester II
EHS 2201 Environmental Health Education
EHS 2202 Food Safety and Nutrition II 4
EHS 2203 Institutional Health Management 5
EHS 2204 Environment and Health Law 4
EHS 2205 Building Technology I
3
EHS 2206 Research Methods 3
Total credit units 19
Year III: Semester I
EHS 3101 Building Technology II 3
EHS 3102 Introduction to Management 3
EHS 3103 Occupational Health 3
EHS 3104 Health Law II 4
EHS 3105 Food Safety and Nutrition III 4
EHS 3106 Town and Country Planning 3
EHS 3107 Field Work I 2
Total Credit Units 22
Semester II
EHS 3201 Field work II 3
EHS 3202 Health Staff Development 4
EHS 3203 Building Technology III
EHS 3204 Safe Water Management II
EHS 3205 Management of Health Services
EHS 3206 Health Behaviour 3
EHS 3207 Traditional Medicine 2
Total Credit Units 22
Overall Total Credit Units 135
3
4
3
PUBLIC HEALTH COURSES OFFERED TO STUDENTS IN THE COLLEGE OF
HEALTH SCIENCE
1 Bachelor of Medical Radiography
Year III: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
BMR 3102 Principles of Epidemiolog 3
BMR 3104 Biostatistics and Research
Methods 3
BMR 3105 Principles of Health Services
Management 3
2 Bachelor of Medicine, Bachelor of
Surgery, Bachelor of Dentistry, Bachelor
of Nursing
Year I: Recess Term after Semester I
Course Code Course CU
PHC 1302 Research Methodology 3
Year III: Recess Term after Semester II
PHC 3301 Introduction to Public Health 3
Year IV: Semester I and II
PHC 4101 Epidemiology and Bio-statistics 2
PHC 4102 Health Policy and Management 2
PHC 4103 Disease Control and
Environmental Health 3
PHC 4104 Community Health 3
ICC 4101 Community Diagnosis and
Primary Health Care 5
337
POST GRADUATE PROGRAMMES
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN QUALITY OF HEALTH CARE (GQHC)
d) Manage the process of developing,
disseminating and applying guidelines
and standards
e) Manage systems that mobilise and
conserve resources for health service
delivery at the highest standard and
excellence
f) Identify quality gap, prioritize them,
take actions to make improvement using
effective and affordable intervention
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
QHC 6101 Core Processes for Quality
Improvement 3
QHC 6102 Support Processes for Quality
Improvement 3
QHC 6103 Reproductive and Child Health
and Nutrition 3
QHC 6104 Sexually Transmitted Infections
& HIv/AIDS 3
QHC 6105 Infectious Diseases and
Emergencies 3
Total Credit Units 15
Semester II
QHC 6201 Data generation & Analysis 4
QHC 6202 Field Based Project 5
Total Credit Units 9
Overall Total Credit Units 24
Introduction
In 1994, the World Health Organization Health
Ministers’ Conference for Africa passed
a resolution urging member countries to
establish national quality of care programmes
There has therefore been set up a Regional
Centre for Quality of Health Care at Makerere
University
Objectives
The overall goal is to produce Health Managers
who possess the necessary knowledge, skills
and attitudes to lead the pursuit and realization
of the highest standards and excellence in
Health Service delivery
The graduates of this course will possess the
necessary knowledge, skills and attitudes to
be able to:
a) Apply Quality Management to health
services with emphasis on the following
key areas of health interventions; Malaria,
Reproductive Health/Family Planning,
Sexually Transmitted Infections and
HIv/AIDS, Integrated Management of
Childhood Illnesses (IMCI), Nutrition,
Tuberculosis, Accidents/Emergency
Care and Cervical Cancer
b) Effectively supervise health services
c) Carry out Monitoring and Evaluation of
health services
MASTERS OF PUBLIC HEALTH (MPHM) Fulltime
Objectives
The following are objectives of the MPH
Programme:
• To promote linkages between the
University and the Ministries providing
health services
• To strengthen the capacity for
implementing health services at the
district level, including priority setting
and resource allocation;
• To provide leaders with the capacity and
skills to meet the demands arising
from the decentralization policy of the
Uganda government
• To promote linkages between institutions
providing public health training, locally,
regionally and world-wide;
• To increase the awareness and
appreciation of the importance of
public health as a means to enhance
the attractiveness of careers in public
health;
• To prepare public health practitioners
to work within an integrated multidisciplinary,
multi-sectoral health
system;
• To strengthen the capacity to carry out
essential national research;
338
• To strengthen the collection and
utilization of information to improve the
quality of health services
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
MPH 7101 Biological Basis of Public Health 1
MPH 7102 Applied Epidemiology I 3
MPH 7103 Applied Bio-Statistics I and
Informatics 3
MPH 7104 Field Study 1 1
MPH 7105 Health Policy and Primary
Health Care 2
MPH 7106 Health Planning & Management 3
MPH 7107 Health Economics & Finance 2
Total Credit Units 15
Year I: Semester 2
MPH 7201 Communicable & Noncommunicable
Disease Control 4
MPH 7202 Principles of Health Education
& Training 3
MPH 7203 Research Methodology 2
MPH 7204 Social & Behavioral
Determinants of Health 2
MPH 7205 Field Study II 4
Total Credit Units 15
Year I: Recess Term
MPH 7306 Field Study III (Dissertation
-Start) 5
Total Credit Units 5
Year II: Semester 1
MPH 8101 Family & Reproductive Health 3
MPH 8102 Demography & Population
Dynamics 2
MPH 8103 Public Health Nutrition 3
MPH 8104 Environmental Health 3
MPH 8105 Occupational Health 3
MPH 8106 Health Ethics and Law 2
Total Credits Units 15
Year II Semester 2
MPH 8201 Applied Epidemiology II 2
MPH 8202 Applied Bio-Statistics II 2
MPH 8203 Dissertation
MPH 8301 Field Study III 5
Total Credit Units 9
Overall Total Credit Units 63
MASTER OF PUBLIC HEALTH (MPHM) (DISTANCE EDUCATION)
The three-year MPH Distance Education
Program was started in October 2004 and its
method of teaching hinges on emphasizing
problem-based learning and development
of field competencies under the direct
supervision of their mentors in the health
service institutions The program is designed
for people who desire to study while remaining
at their workstations The philosophy of
the program is to develop high quality and
sustainable training strategies that produce
public health leaders and workers who are
competent to address public health challenges
at the national, district and community levels
Programme Goals:
The goals of this programme are to:
i) produce practically oriented-public
health specialists who possess the
knowledge, skills and professional
attitudes required to assume leadership
roles within the public health systems
of Uganda, and to meet the current and
future challenges of public health
ii) foster an appreciation for the role of
public health in overall community and
national development for improving the
health status of the people of Uganda
iii) Strengthen the new model of Public
Health training that emphasises problemoriented
learning (problem-solving and
problem-based) and the acquisition of
competencies in Public Health
Specific objectives of the MPH Program are:
• To enable suitable candidates to
undertake post-graduate Public Health
training while they remain at their workstations
for most of the course duration
• To promote linkages between Makerere
University and the Ministries providing
health services
• To promote linkages between institutions
providing public health training, locally,
regionally and world wide
• To strengthen the capacity for implementing
health services at the district
level, including priority setting and resource
allocation
339
• To provide leaders with the capacity
and skills to meet the demands arising
from the decentralisation policy of the
Ugandan government
• To strengthen the capacity to carry out
essential national research
• To strengthen the collection and
utilisation of information to improve the
quality of health services
• To prepare public health practitioners
to work within an integrated multidisciplinary,
multi-sectoral health
system
• To increase the awareness and
appreciation of the importance of
public health as a means to enhance
the attractiveness of careers in public
health
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
MPH 710l Biological Basis of Public
Health* 1
MPH 7102 Applied Epidemiology 1 3
MPH 7103 Applied Bio-Statistics and
Informatics 1 3
Total Credit Units 7
Semester II
MPH 7201 Health Policy and Primary
Health Care 2
MPH 7202 Health Planning & Management
MPH 7203 Health Economics, & Finance
MPH 7204 Research Methodology 2
Total Credit Units 9
Recess Term
MPH 7301 Field Studies 1 1
MPH 7302 Field Studies 2 4
Total Credit Units 5
Year II: Semester I
MPH 8101 Communicable and NonCommunicable Diseases 4
MPH 8102 Principles of Health Education
& Training 3
MPH 8103 Social & Behavioural
Determinants of Health 2
Total Credit Units 9
Year II: Semester II
MPH 8201 Family and Reproductive Health 3
MPH 8202 Demography and Population
Dynamics 2
MPH 8203 Public Health Nutrition 3
MPH 8204 Health Ethics and Law 2
Total Credit Units 10
Recess Term
MPH 830l Field study 3 and 4 5
Total Credit Units 5
Year III: Semester I
MPH 8401 Environmental Health 3
MPH 8402 Occupational Health 2
MPH 8403 Applied Epidemiology II 2
MPH 8404 Applied Bio-Statistics II 2
Total Credit Units 9
Year III: Semester II
Dissertation
Overall Total Credit Units 54
3
2
FACULTY WIDE COURSE IN HEALTH SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT OFFERED
TO MASTERS OF MEDICINE STUDENTS BELONGING TO THE FACULTY OF
MEDICINE
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
MCM 7232 Health Systems Management 4
MMx 7126 Health Systems Management 4
MMO 7132 Health Systems Management 4
MMS 7131 Health Systems Management 4
MMP 7131 Health Systems Management 4
MOg 7132 Health Systems Management 4
MED 7131 Health Systems Management 4
RAD 7133 Health Systems Management 4
CHP 7132 Health Systems Management 4
PAT 7131 Health Systems Management 4
ORL 7132 Health Systems Management 4
ANS 7131 Health Systems Management 4
PHA 7135 Health Systems Management
340
MASTER OF HEALTH SERVICES RESEARCH
To train outstanding master’s students in
health service who have the capacity to carry
out independent and collaborative health
services research and achieve excellence both
within and outside the academic setting
To improve the health of the people of
Uganda and beyond training of individuals
with previous health care, social science or
biological science training in designing and
conducting research to describe, analyze, and
evaluate the organization, staffing, financing,
use, and delivery of health care to individuals
and populations, with an emphasis on equity of
access, cost effectiveness, and quality of care,
which would guide the development of policy
and evidence based health care practice
Aim
To improve the health of the people of Uganda
and beyond
Programme Goals
1 To improve the health of the people of
Uganda and beyond
2 To improve equitable access to health
care
3 To improve quality of health care
4 To increase the efficiency of health care
delivery
5 To improve cost effectiveness of health
care interventions
Programme Objectives
1 To provide students with skills in the
design and conduct of health services
research studies
2 To equip students with analytical skills
to conceptualize, measure and evaluat;
access to health care, cost of health care,
cost-effectiveness and quality of health
care
3 To disseminate evidence based
information for policy development and
health care practice
4 To promote linkages between Makerere
University, the Ministries providing
health services and health care providers
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
HSR 7101 Introduction to Health Services
Research 4
MPH7102 Applied Epidemiology I 3
MPH 7103 Applied Biostatistics and
Information I 3
HSR7102 Introduction to Statistical
Computing and Data Mgt 2
TOTAL 12
Semester II
HSR7201 Advanced Methods and Models
in Health Services 4
HSR7202 Models and Measures in Quality
of Health Care 3
HSR7203 Health Systems Management and
Research 2
HSR7204 Monitoring and Evaluation of
Health Programe 3
TOTAL 12
Year I: Recess Term
MPH 7204 Social and Behavioural
Determinants of Health 2
HSR 7301 Ethical Conduct of Research on
Human Subjects 2
HSR 7302 Scientific Writing and
Communication Skills 2
TOTAL 06
Year II: Semester I
MPH 8201 Applied Epidemiology II 2
MPH8202 Applied Biostatistics II 2
HSR 8101 Cost Effectiveness Analysis in
Health Care 4
HSR 8102 Health Policy and Financing of
Health Services 3
TOTAL 11
Semester ll
HSR 8201 Health Database organization &
Analysis 4
HSR 8202 Dissertation 8
TOTAL 12
Course Total 53
341
FACULTY OF SCIENCE
Introduction
The Faculty of Science started in 1927 and it
offers; Bachelor of Science, Master of Science
and Doctor of Philosophy programmes mainly
in basic sciences The programmes are
conducted in the seven departments of faculty
namely; Biochemistry, Botany, Chemistry,
geology, Mathematics, Physics and Zoology
The Faculty of Science is also serviced by other
Faculties/Institutes/Schools such as Economics,
Psychology, and Statistics because
the Science students offer courses from those
faculties/Institutes/Schools In turn the Faculty
of Science services the School of Education
to teach Chemistry, Mathematics and Physics
for the Bachelor of Science with Education
Programme; the Institute of Statistics and
Applied Economics to teach Mathematics; the
Faculty of Medicine to teach Mathematics on
the Bachelor of Pharmacy Programme; the
Faculties of veterinary Medicine, and Human
Medicine to Biochemistry; the East African
School of Librarian and Information Science
(EASLIS) to teach Biological and Physical
Sciences
The Faculty offers Applied Science programmes
in areas such as Environmental Sciences,
Industrial Chemistry, Water Quality
Control, Sports Science, Fisheries, Ethnobotany,
Mathematical Epidemiology, and geological
Resources Management
Mandate of the Faculty
The mandate of the Faculty of Science is to
carry out teaching and research in the basic
sciences, namely biochemistry, botany,
chemistry, geology, mathematics, physics,
zoology and environmental sciences, which
are a foundation for the applied sciences The
Faculty also undertakes teaching and research
in applied sciences
The general functions of the Faculty of Sciences
are:
a) To produce graduates for various sectors
of scientific and economic development
of the nation and the world at large
b) To conduct high quality research in
science
c) To offer extension services to various
centres of human activities
d) To offer services to other Faculties/
Schools/Institutes by teaching branches
of basic science relevant to their
disciplines
The following are the undergraduate and
postgraduate awards offered by the Faculty of
Science
Undergraduate Awards
Bachelor of Science
Bachelor of Science Conservation Biology
Bachelor of Science in geological Resources
Management
Bachelor of Science (External)
Bachelor of Science in Industrial Chemistry
Bachelor of Science in Sports Science
Bachelor of Science in Fisheries and
Aquaculture
Bachelor of Science in Ethno-botany
Postgraduate Awards
Postgraduate Diploma in Computer Science
Postgraduate Diploma in Pure and Applied
geology
Master of Science degrees as follows:
Master of Science in Chemistry
Master of Science in Clinical Biochemistry
Master of Science in Botany
Master of Science in geology
Master of Science in Mathematics
Master of Mathematics
Master of Science in Physics
Master of Science in Zoology
Entomology
Parasitology
Fisheries
vertebrate Ecology
Doctor of Philosophy (PhD)
Doctor of Science (D Sc)
342
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
SUBJECT COMBINATION
CODE COMBINATION
500 B C Z
501 B g Z
502 B Z PSY
503 B Z PE
504 BC B Z
505 BC C Z
506 C gL P
507 C PSY P
508 M g PSY
509 M C PSY
510 M P PSY
511 M E S
512 M E g
513 M E PSY
514 M P C
515 M gL C
516 g Z PSY
517 CS M P
518 CS M C
519 CS P C
520 CS E S
521 CS M E
522 CS M g
523 CS g gL
524 CS B Z
525 CS C B
526 M PSY S
MPS
MCS
g C CS
gL M CS
B Z gL
B BC gL
Z BC gL
P M gL
MBZ
MBC
PEM
MZC
M B BC
M Z BC
Key To Subject Abbreviations
B - Botany
M - Mathematics
Z - Zoology
P - Physics
C - Chemistry
E - Economics
PSY - Psychology
CS - Computer Science
PE - Physical Education
S - Statistics
BC - Biochemistry
g - geography
gL - geology
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
1 Completion of the University’s Core
Curriculum
2 A major of at least 36 CU, of which 24
must be at advanced level
3 A minor must consist of a maximum of
24 CU of which 12 CU are at advanced
level
4 A minimum of 54 CU must be taken
at Makerere University At least
twenty four (24) of these must be at the
advanced level in the major subject
5 A gPA of at least 2 0 The major
programmes may impose a more
rigorous requirement for their majors
6 A minimum of 108 CU, at least 36
of which must be completed at the
advanced level
7 Satisfactory completion of all
requirements specified for the degree by
the Faculty
(An advanced course unit is one which is a nonremedial
and non-service course )
343
Specifics to Choosing Bachelor of Science
Degree Programmes
Degree Plan
The degree plan is prepared by the student with
the advice sought from the related departments
and approved by the Deans of the major and
minor programme areas The degree plan may
never supercede requirements in the calendar
year The student is responsible for meeting all
requirements as per the Faculty Regulations
Usually, the degree plan is filled in the Dean’s
Office after achieving 30 SCH
Declaration of Major
Each Bsc student must select a major field
of study not later than the beginning of the
semester in which he/she enrolls for the 54th
SCH The primary purpose of the major is to
encourage each student to explore a subject
area in considerable depth This depth study
complements the breadth of study promoted
by the Core Requirements and, in many cases,
by a student’s choice of electives Work in
depth, such study also provides a sense of how
knowledge grows and is shaped by time and
circumstances
Requirements for the Major
Undergraduate will select a major after
achieving 30 CU All undergraduate major
subjects except for certain subjects degree
programmes that require application and
admission in advance, are open to all students
Students may change their majors at any time
upon request; in some fields, though, a late
change could easily result in extending the
period of undergraduate study
The Faculty sets the minimum requirements for
the major fields of study These requirements
usually allow latitude for tailoring a major
programme to a student’s specific educational
goals The responsibility for developing a
major programme within the requirements lies
ultimately with the individual student working
in consultation with the major subject Head of
Department If a degree is formally to reflect
more than single major subjects, the student
must meet the following conditions:
1 The student must satisfy the requirements
for each major subject
2 The courses proposed must satisfy the
requirements of one declared major
may not overlap with those of the other
declared major, unless:
a) Overlapping courses constitute
introductory skills requirements
(e g introductory mathematics or
foreign language), or
b) Overlapping course enables
the student to meet subject
requirements (e g for two majors
within the school of Humanities
and Social Sciences)
3 At the time the student applies to
graduate, the programme coordinator of
major programmes must be cognizant
of the courses the student proposes to
satisfy the declared majors and of the
limitation of (2) above, and they must
attest to the student’s having satisfied
the pertinent major requirements
Limits of Credit Units (CU) for majors
In order to achieve the values of study in
depth, a well-structured major subject should
constitute at least one-third of a student’s
programme To ensure the values of breadth,
a major should comprise no more than two
thirds of a student’s programme
Major requirements in related subjects
essential to the structure of a given major
should be counted as part of the major
programme in applying these guidelines
Major or Faculty requirements designed to
provide extra disciplinary breadth should not
be counted
Minors
Specific requirements for minors are listed
under degree programmes All minor subjects
consist of a minimum of 18 CU
Course Load
A normal course load per semester is 18-21
credit units (CU)
A student is considered to be making
satisfactory progress towards a degree
objective when he or she completes at least 15
CU in each semester and achieves the required
GPA in each semester required for his/her
classification
A normal load for a semester is defined as
one sixth of the total number of CU required
for the degree which the student is working
344
Therefore for the Bsc degree which requires
108 CU, 18 CU is the typical load per
semester The minimum load to maintain fulltime
status is 18 CU for all students A student
enrolled for 17 or less CU is considered to be
part time
The number of CU a student may enroll in
(course load) is regulated by the Dean’s office
in consultation with the Heads of Departments
In determining this load, the Dean takes
into account the quality of scholastic work
performed by the student, the types of courses
involved, the student’s health, and extracurricular
interests and activities
Laboratory courses include at least two hours
of laboratory time per week CU earned
Independent study course includes content and
requirements equivalent to a regular organized
course, but meeting times are to be arranged
by the lecturer and the student (Internship
credit may be earned at the rate of 150 hours
of work in the field per 3 CU earned)
Satisfactory Standing
Undergraduate students are considered in
satisfactory standing if their gPA is not less
than 2 0
Academic Probation
Undergraduate students are placed on
academic probation if the gPA falls between
1 5 and 2 0 This probationary status serves as
a warning to students that their performance is
below the level required Such students may
take a maximum of 15 CU per semester The
return to satisfactory standing at the end of the
next academic semester requires a GPA of at
least 2 0
Unsatisfactory Standing
Undergraduate students are considered to be
in unsatisfactory standing if the gPA is less
than 1 5 Students in this category must obtain
special permission of the Faculty Board before
they can re-enroll
Honour Rolls
A student who completes a semester schedule
of at least 15 CU with no grade lower than
“A” will be included on the vice-chancellor’s
Honour Roll A student who completes a
semester schedule of at least 15 CU with a
minimum grade point average of 4 0 – 4 39
and no grade lower than C will be included on
the Dean’s List To be eligible for the Deans
list rolls a student cannot have semester grades
of “I” or “WF ”
Classification of Bachelor of science Degree
The classification of the Bachelor of Science
Degree will be done in conformity to the
approved semester systems awards
GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE DEPARTMENTS IN THE FACULTY OF
SCIENCE
DEPARTMENT OF BIOCHEMISTRY
Biochemistry in the Faculty of Science
The department Biochemistry was set up in
1977
First of all Biochemistry is the study of
the molecular basis of life which includes
the discovery of the structure of DNA, the
elucidation of the flow of information from
gene to protein, the determination of the
three-dimensional structures and mechanism
of action of many protein molecules, the
unravelling of central metabolic pathways
and energy conservation mechanisms, and
the development of recombinant DNA
technology
Secondly, it is now known that common
molecular patterns and principles underlie
the diverse expressions of life Organisms
as different as bacteria and human beings
use the same building blocks to construct
macromolecules The flow of genetic
information from DNA to RNA to protein is
essentially the same in all organisms ATP,
the universal currency of energy in biological
systems, is generated in similar ways by all
forms of life
Third, biochemistry is profoundly influencing
medicine The molecular mechanisms of
many diseases such as sickle-cell anaemia and
numerous inborn errors of metabolism have
been elucidated Assays of enzyme activity
345
are indispensable in clinical diagnosis DNA
probes are important in the diagnosis of genetic
disorders, infectious diseases and cancers
Recombinant DNA technology is being used
to produce valuable proteins like insulin, and
is also important in agriculture
Fourth, the rapid development of powerful
biochemical concepts and techniques in recent
years has enabled investigators to tackle some
of the most challenging and fundamental
problems in biology and medicine
At Makerere University, biochemistry as
an undergraduate degree subject has also
developed with the rapid growth in knowledge
and activity Attempts are made to remain
abreast with developments in biochemistry
giving students training that is practical and
relevant to the needs of the country
General Aims and Objectives
The general aims and objectives of
undergraduate training in biochemistry in this
department can be summarised as:
1 Equipping the student with a basic
understanding of biochemistry;
2 Training biochemists that think
independently but work collaboratively
with the colleagues in the advancement
of biochemical knowledge;
3 Providing students with the skills
of identifying and solving problems
relevant to the needs of the country;
4 Encouraging students to identify community
concerns which are related to
biochemistry
5 giving the students the necessary practical
training to achieve the above aims
Programme Structure
The course was arranged in such a way that
the introductory and metabolic aspects that are
central to biochemistry are dealt with in the
first two semesters The core courses in the
second and third years cover more specialised
aspects of biochemistry
The load is lower in the first two semesters
to allow for other subjects that the student is
interested in taking or “exploring” The time
can also be used to cover the Faculty’s core
curriculum and any other remedial courses
The total credit units (CU) of the core courses
for the Biochemistry major are 59 A student
majoring in biochemistry will undergo an
eight weeks industrial training at the end of
second year and also he/she has to take at least
two electives in the third year
Summary of the Biochemistry Major
Programme
All courses in italics and bolded are electives
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
BCH1101 Physical Biochemistry 2
BCH1102 Biomolecules: Structure and
Function 4
BCH1201 Tissue Structure and Function 2
BCH1202 Metabolism and Metabolic
Regulation 5
BCH2101 Principles and Applications of
Biochemical Methods 4
BCH2102 Cell Biology 3
BCH2103 Endocrinology 3
BCH2201 Microbial Biochemistry 4
BCH2202 Advanced Enzymology 2
BCH2203 Molecular Biology 4
BCH2204 Industrial Training 5
BCH3101 Food Science and Nutrition 3
BCH3102 Advanced Immunology and
Immunochemistry 3
BCH3103 Advanced Molecular Biology
and Biotechnology 4
BCH3104 Animal Nutrition (Elective) 2
BOT3101 Plant Biochemistry (Elective) 3
BCH3201 Industrial Biochemistry 3
BCH3202 Research Project 5
BCH3203 Clinical Biochemistry and
Disease Processes 3
BCH3204 Comparative Biochemistry
(Elective) 2
BCH3205 Pharmacology and Toxicology
(Elective) 2
A student taking Biochemistry as a major is
required to do at least two electives in the third
year in addition to the core courses
The Minor Programme in Biochemistry
All courses in italics and bolded are electives
346
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
BCH1101 Physical Biochemistry 2
BCH1102 Biomolecules: Structure and
Function 4
BCH1201 Tissue Structure and Function 2
BCH1202 Metabolism and Metabolic
Regulation 5
BCH2102 Cell Biology 3
BCH2101 Principles and Applications of
Biochemical Methods 4
BCH2103 Endocrinology 3
BCH2203 Molecular Biology 4
BCH2201 Microbial Biochemistry 4
BCH2202 Advanced Enzymology 2
BCH3101 Food Science and Nutrition 3
BCH3102 Advanced Immunology and
Immunochemistry 3
BCH3103 Advanced Molecular Biology
and Biotechnology 4
BCH3104 Animal Nutrition 2
BCH3203 Clinical Biochemistry and
Disease Processes 3
BCH3204 Comparative Biochemistry 2
The student also has to pass all core courses and
at least four courses as electives to complete
the requirements for the minor
The minimum total credit units for the minor
programme in Biochemistry is 32
DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY
Introduction
Uganda has an economy with a strong agrarian
bias whereby the main sources of income are;
plants and plant products The study of plants
from different aspects has an important place
in the educational set up of the country The
forest wealth of Uganda is very considerable
and the Botanist plays an important role in its
study and conservation
The Department of Botany offers undergraduate
and postgraduate courses in Botany leading to
the award of Bachelor of Science , Master of
Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees
The department also has an experimental
garden with a green house The Botanical
garden has a large range of living plants which
are indispensable in teaching
BOTANY COURSES
(taken with other Science subjects)
Major Programme
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
BOT 1101 Flowering plant growth and
development 2
BOT 1102
Plant form, structure &
classification of lower and higher
plants
3
BOT 1103 Introductory Microbiology 2
Sub Total 7
Semester II
BOT 1201 Elementary genetics 2
BOT 1202 Basic Ecology 3
BOT 1203 Introduction to plant function 2
Sub Total 7
NB New change is the combination of former
courses BOT 102 (2 CU) and BOT 103 (2 CU)
into one course BOT 1102 – (3 CU)
Year II: Semester I
BOT 2101 Plant taxonomy, diversity and
Evolution (Dicots) 3
BOT 2102 Plant taxonomy, diversity and
evolution (Monocots) 3
BOT 2103 Plant taxonomy, diversity and
evolution (Algae)
BOT 2104 Taxonomy and Diversity of Fungi 3
Sub Total 12
Semester II
BOT 2201 Basic Bacteriology and virology 3
BOT 2202 Plant Physiology 3
BOT 2203 Biostatistics 3
BOT 2204
Introductory Crop
Improvement and Plant
Genetic Resources
3
Sub Total 12
Recess Term
BOT 2205 Field Attachment 5
347
Introduction of a new course unit BOT 2204 in
Semester Two
Botany students doing Biochemistry should do
Molecular Biology course unit as core
Introduction of BOT 2205 – Field Attachment
for students
Year III: Semester I
BOT 3101 Plant Biochemistry 3
BOT 3102 Environmental Science & Energy
Relations of Plants 4
BOT 3103 Crop Weed Biology 3
Sub Total 14
Semester II (Core Course)
BOT 3250 Crop Improvement and Evolution
Plants 3
Elective Courses (at least two)
BOT 3202 genetics 4
BOT 3203 Microbiology and Plant Pathology 4
BOT 3204 Wildlife and Natural Resources
Ecology 4
BOT 3205 Advanced Plant Taxonomy 4
BOT 3206 Plant Physiology 4
Sub Total 15
The Programme in Botany
A student taking Botany as MINOR will be
required to do the courses listed below as
CORE courses for the minor
Minor Courses For Botany
Year I: Semester I (Core Courses)
Course Code Course CU
BOT 1101 Flowering plant growth and
development 2
BOT 1102
Plant form, structure &
classification of lower and higher
plants
3
BOT 1103 Introductory Microbiology 2
Sub Total 7
Year 1: Semester II (Core Courses)
BOT 1201 Elementary genetics 2
BOT 1102 Basic Ecology 3
BOT 1203 Introduction to plant functions 2
Total CU 7
Year II: Semester I (Cores Courses)
BOT2101 Plant Taxonomy, Diversity and
Evolution (Dicots) 3
BOT 2102 Plant Taxonomy, Diversity and
Evolution (Monocots) 3
Total 6
Year II: Semester II (Core Courses)
BOT 2202 Plant Physiology 3
BOT 2204 Biostatistics 3
Total CU
Year III: Semester I
BOT 3102 Environmental Science & Energy
Relations of Plant Communities 4
Total 4
Year III: Semester II
Electives (At least ONE elective)
BOT 3202 genetics 4
BOT 3203 Microbiology and Plant Pathology 4
BOT 3204 Wildlife and Natural Resources
Ecology 4
BOT 3205 Advanced Plant Taxonomy 4
BOT 3206 Plant Physiology 4
Overall Total CU 50
NB In Semesters one and two in Year II and
Year III Semester I, one is free to choose
additional courses from the core courses
in the major programme In Year III
Semester II one is free to choose at least
one elective
Minimum CU for Botany minor is 34
The minimum total credit units for the
major and minor programmes in Botany
are as stipulated by the Faculty of Science
Regulations Part I, Article 3 2
348
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
CHEMISTRY COURCES
Requirements For Chemistry Major/Minor
Programmes
1 Courses For Chemistry Major
All core Chemistry Courses for all
the years must be taken by students
intending to major in Chemistry In
addition, a useful selection of Elective
Courses should be made in order
to augment the depth of the subject
expected of a Major
2 Courses For Chemistry Minor
Students intending to minor in Chemistry
must currently fulfill the following:
a) They must take all Year I core
Chemistry Courses
b) They must earn at least 6 Credit
Units from any Year II courses
c) They must earn at least 4 Credit
Units from any Year III courses
Year I: Semester I (Core Courses)
Course Code Course CU
CHM 1101 Basic Inorganic Chemistry 3
CHM 1102 Basic Physical Chemistry 3
CHM 1103 Basic Elements in Computing 1
Electives
CHM 1104 Mathematics for Chemists 3
Semester 11
CHM 1204 Basic Inorganic/Physical
Practicals 2
CHM 1205 Basic Organic Chemistry 5
Year II: Semester I
CHM 2106 Analytical Chemistry I 4
CHM 2107 Inorganic Chemistry I 3
CHM 2108 Organic Chemistry I 3
Semester II
CHM 2211 Transition Metal Chemistry 3
CHM 2212 Organic Chemistry II 2
CHM 2213 Electrochemistry 2
CHM 2214 Physical Chemistry I 4
CHM 2215 Spectroscopy 3
CHM 2214 Physical Chemistry I 4
CHM 2216 Inorganic Energetics 3
CHM 2217 Reaction kinetics 3
CHM 2219 Chemical Reaction Engineering 3
CHM 2251 Basic Inorganic Chemistry II 3
Year III: Semester I
CHM 3121 Organic Chemistry III 2
CHM 3122 Colloid Science 2
CHM 3156 Quantum Chemistry 3
Semester II
CHM 3226 Research Project 4
CHM 3227 Analytical Chemistry II 2
CHM 3228 Application of group Theory in
Chemistry 2
CHM 3229 Organic Chemistry Iv 2
CHM 3230 Insecticide Chemistry 2
CHM 3231 Advanced Physical Chemistry
Practicals 2
CHM 3232 Polymer Chemistry 2
CHM 3233 Advanced Inorganic Topics 2
CHM 3234 Advanced Organic Topics 2
CHM 3235 Determination of Chemical
Structure 2
CHM 3250 Advanced Physical Chemistry 4
CHM 3251 Aromatic Chemistry II 4
CHM 3252 Special and Magneto Chemistry 2
CHM 3253 Advanced Inorganic Topics 3
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE INDUSTRIAL CHEMISTRY (BIC) PROGRAMME
Objectives
The course has had its main objectives of
training industrial chemists with adequate
skills, knowledge and attitude in meeting
the challenges of developing and increasing
industrial output in Uganda By restructuring
the two year programme into a three year
degree programme
i) To provide sufficiently trained industrial
chemists with skills to meet the
challenges of Industrial development
349
ii) To expand the curriculum of
Industrial oriented training offered
by the University to upcoming young
scientists
iii) To impact industrial design skills
iv) To provide technical and managerial
skills in industrial development and
management
Programme Structure
Curriculum
The course for Bachelor of Science (Industrial
Chemistry) will run for three academic years
(6 semesters) and will follow the format
offered by the Department of Chemistry
Year I: Semester I (Core Courses)
Course Code Course CU
ICH 1101 Introduction to Computing 3
ICH 1102 Introduction to Industrial
Chemistry 3
ICH 1103 Mathematics for Chemical
Engineers I 3
ICH 1104 Industrial Stoichiometry 3
ICH 1105 Fundamentals of Electrical
Engineering 2
CHM 1101 Basic Inorganic Chemistry 3
CHM 1102 Basic Physical Chemistry 3
ICH 1138 Basic Environmental 3
Semester 11 Core Courses
ICH 1206 Fluid Mechanics 3
ICH 1207 Heat Transfer 3
ICH 1208 Basic Industrial Drawing 3
ICH 1209 Thermodynamics 3
ICH 1210 Chemical Engineering
Laboratory 2
ICH 1204 Basic Physical/ Inorganic
Practicals 2
ICH 1205 Basic Organic Chemistry 5
ICH 1311 Workshop Practice 3
YEAR II: Semester I
ICH 2100 Thermodynamics 3
ICH 2112 Mass Transfer I 2
ICH 2113 Mathematics for Chemical
Engineers II 3
ICH 2114 Introductory Economics 3
ICH 2115 Chemical Reaction Engineering 3
ICH 2116 Energy Technology 3
ICH 2117 Industrial Management 3
ICH 2120 Instrumental Analysis 3
Semester II
ICH 2215 Chemical Reaction Engineering 3
ICH 2217 Industrial Management 3
ICH 2218 Chemical Engineering
Thermodynamics 3
ICH 2219 Economics for Chemical
Engineers 3
ICH 2220 Industrial Law 3
ICH 2221 Materials Science 3
ICH 2222 Industrial Microbiology 4
ICH 2323 Industrial Training 3
Year III: Semester I
ICH 3124 Reactor Design 3
ICH 3125 Chemical Plant Design 3
ICH 3126 Separation Processes 3
ICH 3127 Biotechnology 3
ICH 3128 Mathematics for Chemical
Engineers III 3
ICH 3129 Mass Transfer II 2
ICH 3130 Industrial Waste Management 2
ICH 3131 Organic Chemical Technology 3
ICH 3132 Inorganic Chemical Technology 3
ICH 3158 Industrial Waste Management 3
Semester II
ICH 3230 Process Control and Analysis 4
ICH 3231 Transport Phenomena 3
ICH 3232 Research Project 5
ICH 3233 Inorganic Chemical Technology 3
ICH 3234 Organic Chemical Technology 2
ICH 3235 Industrial Waste Management 3
ICH 3236 Electrochemical and Electro
thermal Processes 3
ICH 3237 Cleaner Technology 2
ICH 3250 Industrial Microbiology 3
350
DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY
Introduction
The Department of geology, apart from
offering Bachelor of Science and Postgraduate
degree training, is at the forefront of geological
research in Uganda, offering consultancies
and services with construction companies,
hydrogeology projects and geological
exploration
GEOLOGY AS A SUBJECT
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
gLO 1101 External Earth Processes 2
gLO 1102 Internal Earth Processes 2
Semester II
gLO 1202 Petrology 3
gLO 1203 Regional geology I 2
Year II: Semester II
gLO 2101 Optical Mineralogy 4
gLO 2102 Structural geology and
geotectonics 4
gLO 2103 geophysics 2
gLO 2104 Introduction to Computing and
geostatistics 3
gLO 2101 Introduction to Natural Hazards 3
gLO 2107 genesis of gemstones and their
Significance 2
Semester II
gLO 2202 Sedimentary Petrology 2
gLO 2203 Stratigraphy 2
gLO 2204 Hydrogeology 2
Year III: Semester I
gLO 3101 Igneous Petrology 3
gLO 3102 Economic geology 4
gLO 3102 Seminar 2
gLO 3104 Industrial Field Attachment 3
gLO 3105 Sedimentology 2 5
gLO 3106 Prospecting and Mining geology 3
Recess Term
gLO 3104 Industrial Field Attachment 3
Semester II
gLO 3201 Well Construction and
Monitoring 2
gLO 3202 Regional geology II 3
gLO 3204 Ore Microscopy 2
gLO 3203
Water Quality and
Instrumentation Minerals in
Uganda
2
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN GEOLOGICAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
gLO 1101 External Earth Processes 2
gLO 1102 Internal Earth Processes 2
gRM 1101 Mineralogy and Petrology 4
gRM 1102 Surface Hydrology 3
CHM 1101 Basic Inorganic Chemistry 3
gRM 1103 Structural geology and Tectonics 4
Semester II
gRM 1201 Regional and Historical geology 3
gRM 1202 Introduction to Optical
Microscopy Techniques 4
gRM 1203 Economic Ore Deposits 3
gRM 1204 Basic geochemistry of the Earth
and Petroleum 3
gRM 1205 Introduction to Computing and
geostatistics 3
gRM 1206 Classification and Geotechnical
Properties of Rocks and Soils 2
gRM 2107 genesis of gemstones & Their
Significance 2
Year II: Semester I
gRM 2101 Introduction to Natural Hazards 2
gRM 2102 Mineral Exploration and Mining
Methods 3
gRM 2103 Industrial Minerals 3
gRM 2104 Petroleum geology and well
logging 3
gRM 2105 Site Investigations for
Engineering Structures 3
gRM 2106 groundwater Dynamics 2
351
gRM 2107 genesis of gemstones and their
Significance 2
gRM 2108 Photo geology 2
Year II: Semester II
gRM 2201 Natural Hazards and Their
Mitigation I 3
gRM 2202 Materials for Construction and
Building 2
gRM 2203 Applied geophysics 3
gRM 2204 Minerals of Uganda 2
gRM 2205 Environmental geochemistry I 3
gRM 2206 groundwater Exploration 3
gRM 2207 Special Map Interpretation 2
gRM 2208 Principal Methods of gemstone
Identification 2
Year II: Recess Term
gRM 3104 Industrial Field Attachment
Year III: Semester I
gLO 3101 Igneous Petrology 2 5
gRM 3102 Seminar 2
gRM 3103 Scientific Project Proposal and
Report Writing 4
gLO 3104 Industrial Field Attachment 3
gLO 3105 Sedimentology 2 5
gLO 3106 Prospecting and Mining geology 3
gRM 3104 Environmental geochemistry II 3
gRM 3155 Project Proposal 1
Year III: Semester II
gRM 3201 Transportation Routes, Tunnels,
Dams and Reservoirs 3
gRM 3203 Water Quality and Instrumetation 2
gRM 3204 Introduction to Economic Indices
of Management 2
gRM 3205 Research Project 2
gRM 3206
Sources of Waste and
Investigations around Disposal
Sites
2
gRM 3258 Stratigraphy 3
Combining Courses From Different Years
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
gRM 2251 Natural Hazards and their
Mitigation I 3
gRM 3257 Natural Hazards and their
Mitigation II 4
Year II: Semester II
gRM 2201 Natural Hazards and their
Mitigation 3
Courses Swapping Semester
Year III: Semester I
gRM 3101 Well Construction and
Monitoring 4
gRM 3102 Seminar 2
gRM 3103 Scientific Project Proposal and
Report Writing 3
gRM 3106 Remote Sensing 3
Semester II
gRM 3203 Water Quality and
Instrumentation 2
gRM 3204
Introduction to Economic Indices
of Management of geological
Resources
2
gRM 3202 Remote Sensing 3
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
Introduction
The Department of Mathematics has taught
University Mathematics over the last 70 years
The Department teaches Mathematics in Faculties
of Science, Education, Arts, Social Sciences;
the Department of Pharmacy, Medical
School, and the Institute of Statistics and
Applied Economics The Department offers
courses in both Pure and Applied Mathematics
as indicated below
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
MTH 1101 Calculus 3
MTH 1102 Elements of Probability and
Statistics 3
Semester II
MTH 1201 Calculus II 3
MTH 1202 Elements of Probability and
Statistics 3
MTH 1255 vector Calculus 3
MTH 1256 Classical Mechanics 3
352
Year II: Semester I
MTH 2101 Real Analysis I 3
MTH 2102 Probability Theory 3
MTH 2103 Differential Equations 3
MTH 2104 Linear Algebra II 3
TH 2105 Classical Mechanics I 3
Semester II
MTH 2201 Abstract Algebra 3
MTH 2202 Complex variables I 3
MTH 2203 Numerical Analysis I 3
MTH 2204 Statistical Inference I 3
MTH 2206 Mathematical Logic 3
Year III: Semester I
MTH 3101 Functional Analysis 3
MTH 3102 Numerical Analysis II 3
MTH 3103 Biomathematics 3
MTH 3104 Dynamical Systems 3
MTH 3105 Discrete Mathematics 3
MTH 3106 Stochastic Processes 3
Semester II
MTH 3201 Real Analysis II 3
MTH 3202 Differential Equations II 3
MTH 3203 Linear Programming I 3
MTH 3204 Classical Mechanics II 3
MTH 3205 Topography 3
MTH 3206 Advanced Statistics 3
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
Introduction
The Department of Physics offers courses
in Physics leading to the award of Bachelor
of Science, Master of Science and Doctor
of Philosophy The undergraduate courses
are arranged such that a student may take
Physics as major or minor The Department
teaches Physics to students from the School
of Education, the School of Librarianship and
Information Science and any other faculty
which may wish to take some courses in
Physics
Program Structure
Physics Major
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
PHY1101 Physics Practicals 2
PHY1103 Properties of Matter 2
PHY 1102 Classical Mechanics I 3
Semester II (Core Courses)
PHY 1201 Physics Practical 2
PHY 1205 Electricity and Magnetism 3
PHY 1206 Heat and Thermodynamics 2
Service Courses:
Semester I:
PHY 1105 Electricity 3
PHY 1106 Optics 2
Semester II:
PHY 1206 Heat and Thermodynamics 2
Year II : Semester I (Core Courses)
PHY 2101 Physics Practicals 2
PHY 2102 Classical Mechanics II 2
PHY 2103 Solid State Physics I
PHY 2105 Electromagnetism 3
*PHY 2108 Introduction to Computer
Science 2
Electives: (At least one elective from the
following)
*PHY 2104 Evolution of Physics 2
*PHY 2106 Elements of Astronomy and
Astrophysics 2
PHY 2107 Elements of Environmental
Physics 2
Semester II: Core Courses
PHY 2201 Physics Practicals 2
PHY 2206 Waves and Optics 3
PHY 2207 Quantum Mechanics I 3
PHY 2208 Electronics 3
Electives: (One elective from the following)
PHY 2202 geophysics I 2
*PHY 2203 Fluid Physics 2
353
*PHY2209 Acoustics 2
Recess Term: (Field Work)
PHY 2310 Industrial Training 3
Year III: Semester I Core Courses
PHY 3101 Physics Practicals 2
PHY 3103 Solid State Physics II 3
PHY 3106 Statistical Mechanics 3
PHY 3107 Quantum Mechanics II 3
Electives: (At least one elective from the
following)
PHY 3102 geophysics II 3
PHY 3108 Electronics and Instrumentation 3
*PHY 3109 Agricultural Physics 3
Semester II (Core Courses)
PHY 3201 Project 3
PHY 3206 Nuclear Physics 3
*PHY 3208 Computer Applications 3
Electives: (Two electives from the following)
PHY 3203 Materials Science 3
PHY 3205 Microwave and Fibre Optics 3
*PHY 3209 Industrial Physics 3
PHY 3204 Solar Energy 3
Physics Minor
Year I: Semester I (Core Courses)
Course Code Course CU
PHY 1101 Physics Practical 2
PHY 1103 Properties of Matter 2
PHY 1102 Classical Mechanics I 3
Semester II (Core Courses)
PHY 1201 Physics Practical 2
PHY 1205 Electricity and Magnetism 3
PHY 1206 Heat and Thermodynamics 2
Year II: Semester I (Core Courses)
PHY 2101 Physics Practicals 2
PHY 2102 Classical Mechanics II 3
One elective from the following
PHY 2107 Elements of Environmental
Physics 2
PHY 2104 Evolution of Physics 2
Semester II: (Core Courses)
PHY 2201 Physics Practicals 2
PHY 2206 Waves and Optics 3
Year III: Semester I (Core Courses)
PHY 2103 Solid State Physics I 2
PHY 2105 Electromagnetism 3
Semester II: Core Courses
PHY 2207 Quantum Mechanics I 2
PHY 2208 Electronics 3
CHANGES:
PHY1102: Classical Mechanics I is a core first
year course based in Physics
PHY1105: Electricity and PHY1106 Optics are
first year elective offered as a service
courses
PHY2103: Solid State Physics I and PHY2207:
Quantum Mechanics I have been
introduced in the second year for
students majoring in Physics
Courses: PHY2104, 2106, 2108, 2203, 2209,
3109, 3208 and 3209, marked with an asterisk
(*) are new courses
DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY
Introduction
Zoology is a branch of biology that deals with
the study of mainly animals and Animal-plant
interactions It is one of the oldest disciplines
of science at Makerere University It embraces
a wide range of topics Present emphasis is
on aspects that are directly relevant to the
economic development of Uganda They
include the study of all invertebrate and
vertebrate groups, Wildlife, Ecology, Fisheries
and Aquatic Science, Entomology and
Parasitology These are key areas of science in
the agriculture and livestock raising industries
of Uganda
various other supportive disciplines are
studied in the Department These include
Cell biology and genetics, evolutionary
biology, endocrinology and reproductive
354
physiology, immunology and microbiology,
animal behavior, environmental science, data
collection and analysis
Programme Structure
Summary of Zoology Major Programme
Year I: Semester I (All courses are core)
Course Code Course CU
ZOO 1101 Lower Invertebrates and
Microscopy 4
ZOO 1102 Higher Invertebrates 3
Semester II
ZOO 1201 Reproductive and Developmental
Biology 3
ZOO 1202 vertebrates (Origin, Evolution
and Characteristics) 4
YEAR II: Semester I
ZOO 2101 vertebrates (Structure and
Function) 4
ZOO 2102 Basic Entomology 3
BCH 2102 Cell Biology 3
Semester II (Core courses)
ZOO 2201 Evolutionary Biology 3
ZOO 2202 Basic Parasitology 3
ZOO 2203 Research methods and
communication skills 2
BOT 1202 Basic Ecology 3
Electives: (Take at least ONE)
ZOO 2204 Biogeography 2
ZOO 2205 Introduction to Microbiology and
Biotechnology 2
YEAR III: Semester I (Core courses)
ZOO 3101 Research Projects 3
ZOO 3102 Hydrobiology 4
ZOO 3103 Comparative Physiology and
Histology 3
Take at least ONE Electives
ZOO 3104* Human Ecology 2
ZOO 3105** Commercial Entomology 2
* BOT 1202 is a Prerequisite to ZOO 3104
**ZOO 2102 is a Prerequisite to ZOO 3105
YEAR III: Semester II
ZOO 3201 Animal Behavior 4
ZOO 3202 Field Course 3
BOT 2204 Biostatistics 3
Electives (Take at least ONE but NOT more
than TWO)
ZOO 3203 Aquaculture 3
ZOO 3204 Applied Parasitology 3
ZOO 3205 Fisheries Biology 3
ZOO 3206* Integrated pest and vector
management 3
ZOO 3207** Applied Ecology 3
*ZOO 2102 is a Prerequisite to ZOO 3206
**BOT 1202 is a Prerequisite to ZOO 3207
Note:
To qualify for a major in Zoology, a student
must pass all the core courses and at least
three electives
The list of electives offered in a particular
semester depends on the staff available and is
therefore subject to change
Students may take extra courses to meet their
degree programme requirements
Summary of Zoology Minor Programme
Year I: Semester I (All courses are core)
Course Code Course CU
ZOO 1101 Lower Invertebrates and
Microscopy 4
ZOO 1102 Higher Invertebrates 3
Semester II
ZOO 1201 Reproductive and Developmental
Biology 3
ZOO 1202 vertebrates (Origin, Evolution
and Characteristics) 4
YEAR II: Semester I
ZOO 2101 vertebrates (Structure and
Function) 4
ZOO 2102 Basic Entomology 3
Semester II Core courses (Take at least ONE)
ZOO 2202 Basic Parasitology 3
ZOO 2203 Research methods and
communication skills 2
Take at least ONE Elective
ZOO 2204 Biogeography 2
355
ZOO 2205 Introduction to Microbiology and
Biotechnology 2
Subtotal 7 (or 9)
YEAR III: Semester I (Core Courses)
ZOO 3102 Hydrobiology 4
Electives (Take at least ONE)
ZOO 3104* Human Ecology 2
ZOO 3105** Commercial Entomology 2
*BOT 1202 is a Prerequisite to ZOO 3104
**ZOO 2102 is a Prerequisite to ZOO 3105
Semester II
Electives
Take at least ONE but NOT more than TWO
ZOO 3203 Aquaculture 3
ZOO 3204 Applied Parasitology 3
ZOO 3205 Fisheries Biology 3
ZOO 3206* Integrated pest and vector
management 3
ZOO 3207** Applied Ecology 3
*ZOO 2102 is a Prerequisite to ZOO 3206
**BOT 1202 is a Prerequisite to ZOO 3207
Note
1 To qualify for a minor in Zoology, a
student must pass all the core courses
offered at Advanced Level in Zoology
2 The list of electives offered in a particular
semester depends on the availability of
Staff and is therefore subject to change
3 Students may take extra courses to meet
their degree programme requirements
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN CONSERVATION BIOLOGY PROGRAMME
Introduction
The major focus of this programme is on
conservation biology, management, and
sustainable utilization of biodiversity and
its regulation Conservation biology aims at
understanding ecosystems and maintaining
their diversity It also emphasizes the
conservation of all biodiversity and the
processes at all levels The degradation of
both the quantity and quality of Uganda’s
biological resources has consequently
resulted in the poor ecosystem’s health
The understanding of human interaction
with biological resources and their effective
conservation and management will form
the basis for their survival and sustainable
utilization in the long term
Goals and Objectives
The goal of the programme is to train personnel
at a higher level who will have scientific and
technical expertise for effective protection,
maintenance and restoration of life on planet
earth and Uganda in particular – the species,
the ecological and evolutionary processes and
the total environment
The specific objectives
1 To train a multidisciplinary and interdisciplinarybased cadre of Conservation
Biologists to effect sustained utilization
and conservation of biological resources
and their habitats based on sound natural
resources management policies
2 To train people in the skills of scientific
evaluation of habitats, biological
resources, assessment, monitoring and
impacts of resource use
3 To train people in the skills of
maintenance and restoration of
ecosystems and integration of local
communities into conservation of
biological resources
4 To give an opportunity to the lower
cadres of staff engaged in natural
resources conservation and management
service to upgrade their knowledge and
skills in the planning, monitoring and
conservation of biological resources
5 To enhance awareness and impart skills
for more intensive ex situ conservation
of biological resources
6 To promote revenue generation through
sustainable tourism, recreation, training,
trade and employment in Uganda
356
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I (Core Courses)
Course Code Course CU
BCB 1101 Basic Taxonomy of Plants and
Animals 4
BCB 1102 Environmental settings of East
Africa 3
BCB 1103 Basic computer and Information
technology skills 4
BCB 1104 Introduction to Physiology and
Animal behaviour 3
BCB 1105 Introductory Economics for
conservation 3
Semester II
BCB 1201 Introductory genetics for
conservation 3
BCB 1202 Physiological Ecology 3
BOT 1202 Basic Ecology 3
BCB 1204 Introduction to Parasitology
and Microbiology 4
BCB 1205 Soil Ecology 4
BCB 1206 Social Sciences for Conservation
Biologists 4
Recess Term
BCB 1207 Practical skills in Conservation
Biology 3
Year II: Semester I (Core Course)
BCB 2101 Renewable Natural Resources
Ecology 3
BCB 2102 Land use planning 3
BCB 2103 Human-Environment interaction 3
BCB 2104 Introduction to Biochemistry and
Cytogenetics 3
BCB 2105 Wildlife Habitats 3
Electives (One To Be Selected)
BCB 2106 Herbarium and Botanical garden
Management 3
BCB 2107 Wild Animal Handling and Health
Care 3
Semester II Core Course
BCB 2201 Biodiversity Conservation 3
BCB 2202 Environment and Development
Education 3
BOT 2203 Biostatistics 3
BCB 2203 Rangeland Ecology and
Management 3
BCB 2204 Ecological & Environmental
Techniques 4
Electives (One To Be Selected)
BCB 2205 Advanced Computer
Applications 3
BCB 2206 Management of Specimens and
Captive Animal 3
BCB 2207 Internership 3
Recess Term:
BCB 2207 Internership 3
Year III: Semester I (Core Course)
BCB 3101 Protected Area Systems &
Management 3
BCB 3102 Utilisation of Wild Flora and
Fauna 3
BCB 3103
Environmental Planning,
Research, Monitoring and
Auditing
3
BCB 3104 Conservation Policy &
Legislation 3
BCB 3105 Ethics and Conservation 3
Electives (One to be Selected)
BCB 3106 Ecological Restoration 3
BCB 3107 Production Ecology and
Bioenergetics 3
BCB 3108 Biometry 3
Semester II Core Course
BCB 3201 valuation of Resources and Biotrade
3
BCB 3202 gender and Community
Conservation 3
BCB 3203 Research Project 4
BCB 3204 Biotechnology and Conservation 4
Electives (One to be Selected)
BCB 3205 Captive Wildlife Management 4
BCB 3206 Tourism Development &
Management 4
BCB 3207 Eco-Business & Accounting 4
BCB 3208 Risk Assessment & Risk
Management 4
357
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN FISHERIES AND AQUACULTURE
Introduction
The development of fisheries and aquaculture
programme is in line with the University
mission of producing skilled manpower
for economic development of Uganda The
programme addresses capture fisheries which
depends on wild fish stocks and aquaculture
which is the production of aquatic organisms
under controlled conditions
Objectives
The overall objective of the programme is
to produce well trained and skilled persons
understanding the dynamics of aquatic
ecosystems graduates of this programme
should be able to sustainably utilize
aquatic resources for the present and future
generations
Programme Structure
The Bachelor of Science in Fisheries and
Aquaculture programme will involve lectures,
practicals, field training, tutorials, seminars,
field visits and a project to be written and
submitted for examination in the second
semester of third year
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
BFA 1101 Introduction to Fisheries Science 3
BFA 1102 Basic Fish Biology 5
BFA 1103 Limnology 5
BFA 1104 Basic Aquatic Ecology 3
BFA 1105 Evolution & Classification 3
BFA 1106 Introduction to Computer and
Information Science
MAk 1101 Information Technology 4
Semester II
BFA 1201 Population genetics 4
BFA 1206 Population genetics 4
BFA 1202 Introduction to Functional
Anatomy 3
BFA 1203 Environment Chemistry 3
BFA 1204 Basic Parasitology 3
BFA 1205 Aquatic Microbiology 4
Year II: Semester I
BFA 2101 Cell & Molecular Biology 4
BFA 2102 Aquaculture Systems 3
BFA 2104 Common fish diseases 5
BFA 2105 Diagnostics of Fish Diseases 4
Semester II
BFA 2201 Biostatistics 4
BFA 2202 Research Methods &
Communication Skills 2
BFA 2203 Biomathematics & Fisheries
Stock Assessment 5
BFA 2204 Aquatic Resource Management 5
BFA 2205 Fisheries Socio-Economic 3
BCB 2204 Ecological & Environmental
Techniques 4
BCB 2205 Advanced Computer
Applications 3
BCB 2207 Internership 3
Recess Term
BFA 2206 Field Study Project 5
Year III: Semester I
BFA 3101 Fisheries & Aquaculture
Extension 3
BFA 3102 Fish Marketing & Transportation 3
BFA 3103 Aquatic Environmental Health 3
BFA 3104 Pond Sitting Construction
&Management 3
BFA 3105 Design & Construction of
Fishing gears 3
Electives
BFA 3106 Fish Processing Technology &
Quality Assurance 3
BFA 3107 Fish Breeding & Applied
Endocrinology 4
Semester II
BFA 3201 Larval Food Production &
Hatchery Management 3
BFA 3202 Utilization & Integration of NonConventional Aquatic Res 3
BFA 3203 **Cichlid Culture 3
BFA 3204 Environmental Protection &
Impact Assessment
Electives
BFA 3205 Feed Formulation and Analysis 4
BFA 3206 Culture of Cyprinids & African
Catfishes 4
358
BACHELOR OF SPORTS SCIENCE
Introduction
The Bachelor of Sports Science (BSS)
programme has been developed at Makerere
University both in terms of its academic
and applied aspects to provide the trained
human resources with the talents required
in an increasing national and international
demand on highly trained sports scientists,
sports tutors, researchers, coaches, sports club
managers, community sports development
officers and sports promoters who understand
the scientific, behavioral and theoretical basis
of sport
Objectives
The Sports Science programme at Makerere
University Faculty of Science is wide and
integrated Its objectives are:
a) To expose students to the application of
science to sport and exercise
b) To produce sports scientists, high
profile coaches, sports managers and
community sports developers for high
level and elite performances and social
development
Target Group
Sport as a specialized field of study demands
very active practical experiences besides
its academic (theoretical) requirements
Therefore the primary target group are those
who must have had a sufficient A-level
education and 2nd class diploma holders from
ITEk, NTCs, UPk, Paramedical Institutions
and other recognized institutions and those
who passed Makerere University Mature-Age
scheme Entry examinations will be considered
for admission
Programme Structure
The structure of the programme will include
lectures, laboratory exercise, actual performance/
practical work and some field trips
All students will be required to fulfill requirements
for two Sports practicals per semester
from the list provided for the semester
Special groups, such as the disabled, will be
considered when facilities for the programme
have improved
The Curriculum
The duration of the programme will run for
6 semesters and will lead to the award of the
degree of Bachelor of Sports Science (B SS)
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
SPS 1101 Introduction to Sports Science 2
SPS 1102 Introduction to Biochemistry 3
SPS 1103 Basic Organic Chemistry 3
SPS 1104 Human Anatomy 3
SPS 1105 Classical Mechanics 3
SPS 1106 general Psychology 3
SPS 1107 Computer Literacy 3
SPS 1108 Soccer 4
SPS 1109 Netball 2
SPS 1110 Swimming 1 (Introduction to
Swimming) 2
PHYSICAL ACTIVITY (Electives)
PAC 1101 Soccer I 1
PAC 1102 Basketball 1
PAC 1103 volleyball 1
PAC 1104 Netball 1
PAC 1105 Badminton 1
PAC 1201 Track and Field 1
Semester II
SPS 1201 Introduction to Biochemistry 3
SPS 1202 Motor growth Devt And Skills
Acquisition 3
SPS 1203 Human Physiology 3
SPS 1204 Biomechanics 3
SPS 1206 Elements of Probability and
Statistics 3
SPS 1207 Psychology of Sport 3
SPS 1208 Track and Field 3
SPS 1209 volleyball 2
SPS 1210 Tennis 2
SPS 1211 Motor growth Development &
skill Acquisition 3
SPS 1212 Human Physiology 3
SPS 1213 Biomechanics 3
SPS 1214 Introduction to Zoology
(vertebrates) 3
SPS 1215 Statistics 3
359
PHYSICAL ACTIVITY
(ELECTIVES Courses)
PAC 1202 Swimming I 1
PAC 1203 Racquet Sport 1
PAC 1205 Sports for All 1
PAC 1204 Olympic/Educ gym 1
Year II: Semester I
SPS 2101 Sports Management I 3
SPS 2102 Physiology of Exercise 4
SPS 2103 Sports Pedagogy I 3
SPS 2104 Socio-Psychology of Sport 3
SPS 2105 Biomechanical Analysis 3
SPS 2106 Biomedical implications of Sport 3
SPS 2107 Sports Administration & Mgt 2
SPS 2108 Research Methods in Sports and
Exercise 3
SPS 2109 Motor Learning and behaviour 2
SPS 2110 Cricket 2
SPS 2111 Basketball 2
SPS 2112 Handball 2
SPS 2113 Rugby 2
PHYSICAL ACTIVITY COURSES
PAC 2101 Soccer II 1
PAC 2102 Basketball II 1
PAC 2103 Handball-1st quarter 1
PAC 2104 Strength and Condition 1
PAC 2105 Rugby 1
Semester II
SPS 2201 Biochemistry of Sport &
Exercise 3
SPS 2102 Principles of Nutrition 2
SPS 2203 Motor Learning and Behavior 3
SPS 2204 Scientific Principles of
Resistance Training 3
SPS 2205 Research Methods in Sports and
Exercise 3
SPS 2206 Introduction to Sports Coaching 3
SPS 2207 Microbiology/Parasitology (Zoo
2202) 3
SPS 2208 Microbiology (Parasitology) 3
SPS 2209 Sports Pedagogy 3
SPS 2210 Badminton 2
SPS 2211 Swimming II (Water Saftey) 2
SPS 2212 Strength and Conditioning 2
SPS 2213 Aerobics & Dance 2
PHYSICAL ACTIVITY COURSES
PAC 2201 Track & Field II 1
PAC 2202 Swimming II 1
PAC 2203 Cricket 1
PAC 2204 gymnastics 1
PAC 2205 Independent Study 1
Year III: Semester I
SPS 3101 Sports Pedagogy 4
SPS 3102 Theory and Methods in Training 3
SPS 3103 Body Composition and
Assessment 2
SPS 3104 Sports Management II 2
SPS 3105 Youth, gender Issues and Sport 2
SPS 3106 Nutrition for Sports and Health 3
SPS 3107 Application of Pedagogical
Skills 4
SPS 3108 Independent Study in Sports
Exercise 3
SPS 3109 Soccer Clinic 2
SPS 3110 Basketball Clinic 2
SPS 3111 volleyball Clinic 2
SPS 3112 Netball Clinic 2
SPS 3113 Badminton Clinic 2
SPS 3114 Handball Clinic 2
COACHING CLINIC
PAC 3101 Soccer Clinic 2
PAC 3102 Basketball Clinic 2
PAC 3103 volleyball Clinic 2
PAC 3104 Netball Clinic 2
PAC 3105 Badminton Clinic 2
PAC 3106 Hockey Clinic 2
Semester II
SPS 3201 Independent study in Sports &
Exercise 3
SPS 3202 Ethics Issues in Sport and
Exercise 3
SPS 3203 Exercise, Health & Age 3
SPS 3204 The Elite Athlete/Olympic
games 3
SPS 3205 Issues in Socio-Psychology of
Sport 3
SPS 3206 Research Project 4
SPS 3207 Scientific Analysis of Sport 2
SPS 3208 Sports Economics & Mgt 2
SPS 3209 Sociology of Sports 2
360
SPS 3210 Track and Field Clinic 2
SPS 3211 Swimming Clinic 2
SPS 3212 Tennis Clinic 2
SPS 3214 Cricket Clinic 2
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN ETHNOBOTANY
COACHING CLINIC
PAC 3201 Track & Field Clinic 2
PAC 3202 Swimming Clinic 2
PAC 3203 Tennis Clinic 2
PAC 3204 Rugby 2
PAC 3205 Cricket 2
Objectives
The overall objective of the programme is to
produce sufficiently trained persons who will
put ethno botany on a sound scientific base
for sustainable use and management of plant
resources for posterity
The specific objectives of the programme are:
1 To advance and diffuse indigenous
knowledge of plants for conservation of
our national heritage
2 To establish a cadre of well-trained
personnel that will make greater
contributions to the utilization and
conservation of plant genetic resources
3 To enhance awareness of the role played
by ethno botany in the economic,
cultural, social, recreational and health
of the majority of
the people in
developing countries
4 To develop ethno botany in Uganda as a
multidisciplinary subject
5 To promote appreciation of the extreme
richness and value of Uganda’s
indigenous flora
6 To create awareness of the legal
implications regarding exploitation of
natural resources
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
ETB 1101 Introduction to Ethnobotany 3
ETB 1102 Natural Resources Ecology 3
ETB 1103 Tropical Rainforest Ecology 3
ETB 1104 Introduction to Economics 3
ETB 1105 Plant Community Structure and
Composition 3
ETB 1106 African Biogeography and
Conservation 3
Semester I1
ETB 1201 Classification and Identification 3
ETB 1202 Botanical Nomenclature 3
ETB 1203 Plant Use and Identification 3
ETB 1204 N Cultural Anthropology 3
ETB 1205 Training Education and
Advocacy 3
ETB 1206 Plant Structures and Function 3
BOT 1203 Introduction to Plant Function 2
Year II: Semester 1
ETB 2101 Medicinal and Poisonous Plants
of E Africa 4
ETB 2102 Plant Classification 4
ETB 2103 N Introductory Organic Chemistry 4
ETB 2104 Taxonomy of Fungi 3
ETB 2105N Medical Ethnobotany 3
ELECTIVES: (Students will select at least
one elective)
ETB 2106 Applied Microbiology 3
ETB 2107 Plant Propagation and
Cultivation 3
Semester 1I
ETB 2201 Techniques of Plant Resources,
valuation 3
ETB 2202 Plant Resources Analysis and
Economic Development 3
ETB 2203 Phytochemistry 3
ETB 2204 Plant Resources Conservation
and Management 3
ETB 2205 Ethnobotany and Community
Development 3
ELECTIVES: (At least one elective)
ETB 2206 Ethnopharmacology & Related
Fields 3
ETB 2207 Palynology 3
ETB 2208 Internship 3
361
ETB 2251 Resource Analysis and Economic
Development 3
ETB 2252 Forest Resource Economics 3
ETB 2253 Natural Resource Conservation
Management 3
ETB 2254 Anthropology 3
Year III: Semester I
ETB 3101
Management and Conservation
of Plant genetic Resources and
Collection
3
ETB 3102 Issues in Plant Biodiversity 4
ETB 3103
Experimental Design,
Acquisition, Processing and Data
Analysis
4
ETB3104 N Ethnobotany Research Methods 4
ETB 3105 Forest Resources Economics 3
ETB 3152 Natural Resources Law 4
ETB 3155 Participatory Rural Appraisal 4
Semester II
ETB 3201 Plant Resources Law 5
ETB 3202 Research Project 5
ELECTIVES: (Students will select at least
two electives)
ETB 3203 Plant Use and Economic
Potential 4
ETB 3204 New Crops: Aromatic &
Medicinal Plants 4
ETB 3205 Essential Oils 4
ETB 3206 N Forest and Parkland Ethnobotany 4
Sub Total 18
GRADUATE PROGRAMMES
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN PURE
AND APPLIED GEOLOGY
Course Synopsis CU
300 geomorphology 3
310 Photogeology and Remote
Sensing 6
330 Field geology 9
360 Economic geology 6
380 Advanced Structural geology and
geotectonics 6
400 Hydrogeology 3
410 Mining geology 9
440 Applied Mineralogy and
Petrology 3
460 Applied geochemistry 3
470 Exploration geophysics 3
480 Engineering and Environmental
geology 3
490 Regional geology of Uganda 6
MASTER OF SCIENCE (MSC )
Admission Requirements
1 The following shall be eligible for
admission to the degree of Master of
Science programme:
(a) Any Bachelor of Science holder
of the University who has been
registered in the University for
studies leading to the Msc
Degree for not less than twelve
months (or such longer period as
may be specified in the Statutes)
after satisfying the requirements
for the Bsc degree
(b) Any graduate of another
recognized University who
has been admitted to the status
of Bachelor of Science in this
University and who has been
registered in this University for
studies leading to the Msc degree
for not less than twelve months
(or such longer period as may be
specified in the Statutes) of Bsc
2 A student may be registered for fulltime
studies No candidate may be
registered for the degree of Msc for
more than three years in case of full-
362
time students or more than four years in
the case of a part-time students, without
completing the examination, except
with the permission of Senate
3 A Supervisor or Supervisors shall be
approved by Senate for each individual
student
4 The student shall report to his Supervisor,
in person, or in writing, as may be
required by the latter, at least once in
each academic term In the event of
non-compliance with this requirement
or if the student’s progress or behaviour
is in any respect unsatisfactory the
Supervisors shall report the matter to
Faculty Board which shall determine in
all the circumstances of the individual
case what action to recommend to Senate
This student can make representations
to the Faculty Board, through the Dean,
on any matter concerned with his course
or supervision
5 Senate may at its discretion, discontinue
any student, or vary the conditions
attached to the registration of any
student
6 A student registered for the degree shall
undertake advanced study, or research,
or
both Both this “degree pattern” and the
subject of the candidate’s studies and
research must be approved by Senate
before registration is complete, and this
applies also to the syllabus for coursework
being undertaken by the student
7 The examinations for the degree
shall consist of written papers, or of
the examination of a thesis, or of the
examination of such a thesis together
with written papers
8 Every candidate for degree shall be
examined by Internal and External
Examiners, approved by the Senate
9 When written papers constitute a part
of the examination for the degree it
shall be competent for the department
to recommend and for Faculty Board
and Senate to approve that such written
papers shall constitute a definite
proportion of the overall marks
10 Where written papers constitute the
whole or a part of the examination for
the degree, up to one third of the marks
for the papers may be contributed by
work done during the course leading up
to the degree, provided that the precise
proportion and the manner of assessment
are approved by Senate at the time of
approval of registration
11 The pass mark for written papers shall
be an average of at least 50 percent over
all the papers taken and not less than 40
per cent in any single paper
12 The effective date of registration shall
be the date recommended by Faculty
Board and approved by Senate in the
individual case
13 The proposals approved by Senate
under regulations (b), 2, 3, 6, 9, 10 and
12 above are the “conditions attached to
the registration” referred to in regulation
5
14 The examiners may require a candidate
for the degree to present himself for
viva voce questioning, in addition to
such other examinations as may be
prescribed
15 At least three months before a dissertation
is to be presented a candidate shall give
notice in writing to the Registrar of the
University
16 Every thesis submitted for the degree
must be accompanied by a declaration
by the candidate to the satisfaction of
the Senate stating that it is his own work
and that it has not been submitted for a
degree in any other University
17 Every thesis for the degree shall be
submitted in triplicate and, if the degree
is awarded, each copy of a thesis so
submitted shall remain in the keeping
of the University Every thesis for the
degree must conform with the rules in
force as to the format
18 No candidate for the degree may present
himself for examination in any subject
more than once, except for special
reasons to be approved by the Senate
in each particular case The examiners
may recommend, for the Senate to
approve, that a thesis be referred back to
the candidate for revision or extension
363
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY
B OPTIONAL COURSES
CH 410 Advanced Chemistry of P-block
Element
CH 411 Chemistry of Metal Clusters
CH 412 Coordination Compounds & Redox
Reactions
A COMPULSORY COURSES CU
CH 400 Research methodology
CH 401 Instrumentation
CH 402 key Aspect of Uganda’s
Environment
CH 403 Atmospheric Chemistry
MASTER OF SCIENCE (GEOLOGY)
Year I: Semester I CU
gLO 7101 Acquisition, Processing and
Analysis of Data in geosciences 3
gLO 7102 Introduction to Computing and
Elementary Statistics 2
gLO 7103 Regional geology and Mineral
Resources of Sub-saharan Africa 2
gLO 7105 Principles of Environmental
geology 2
gLO 7104 Photogeology and Remote
Sensing 3
gLO 7106 Applied Mineralogy and
Petrology 3
Semester II
gLO 7201 Isotope geology and
geochronology 2
gLO 7203 Applied Stratigraphy 2
gLO 7204 Hydrogeology 3
gLO 7202 Advanced Structural
geology and geotectonics 3
gLO 7210
Economic Mineral Deposits
and Management of
Resources
3
gLO 7211 Research Methods 2
gLO 7205 Applied geophysics 2
gLO 7206 Advanced geochemistry 3
gLO 7207 Ore Microscophy 2
gLO 7208 Analysis of Sedimentary
Basins 2
gLO 7209 Applied geomorphonology 2
COURSES SWAPPING SEMESTER
Year I: Semester I
gLO 7107 Soil Mechanics and Foundation
Engineering 2
Semester II
gLO Soil Mechanics and Foundation
Engineering 2
COURSE CHANGING NAME
Year I: Semester I
gLO 7101 Instrumentation and Data
Analysis (See footnote) 3
Footnote: The old name was Acquisition,
Processing and analysis of Data in
geosciences
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CLINICAL BIOCHEMISTRY
(By Course-work and Dissertation)
Introduction
Aim
To contribute towards training of highly
skilled professional human power in clinical
biochemistry for national development
Employment Prospects
The graduates of this programme would be
absorbed in such fields as medical service
laboratories, University teaching and research
in clinical aspects; and pharmaceutical
industries
Objectives
The course will provide specialized graduate
training and practical experience in aspects of
clinical biochemistry:
(i) To provide an understanding of the
biochemical and physical principles
involved in health and disease
364
(ii) To achieve a high level of technical
competence for development and
maintenance of analytical services
relevant to clinical needs
(iii) To enable the student develop skills
in utilizing appropriate tests and the
interpretation of results as well as the
management of clinical data
(iv) To impart the skills of problem-solving
and collaborative research
Programme Content
The course is composed of three elements: a
theoretical part, a practical part, and a research
project
Theoretical Section
Introduction to the course
Analysis of trace elements and vitamins
Analysis of altrogen metabolites;
Endocrinology
general
Hypothalamus:
Adrenal Cortex:
Adrenal medulla
Tyroid
gonads
Endocrine effects of cancer
Water and electrolytes
Physiology of normal respiration and
respiratory diseases
Renal function
Calcium and bone disease Magnesium
The Liver
gastrointestinal tract
Clinical chemistry of blood and immune
system Clinical chemistry of pregnancy
Clinical Chemistry of nervous system
Practical Section
Introduction
(a) Collection of specimens, handling and
preservation of samples
(b) Preparation and storage of biological
and biochemical preparations
Principles and interpretation of the following
biochemical techniques
1 Spectrophotometry
2 Centrifugation
3 Chromatography
4 Electrophoresis
5 Bio-assays
6 Automation
7 Radio Isotopes
8 Clinical enzymology
9 Electrometry
10 Recombinant DNA
11 Immunochemistry
12 NMR Spectroscopy
Experiments will be set to emphasize various
aspects of the above techniques
Methods of standardization, calibration, S1
Units, quality control
Rotation and Internships
Each student will work for short periods (2
weeks) in the service Laboratories at Mulago
Hospital and for two longer periods of 6 (six)
weeks each in Hospital Clinical Chemistry
Laboratories
Research Project
Each candidate shall be required to undertake
a Clinical Chemistry research project to be
supervised by appointed supervisor(s)
The topics for such research projects shall be
selected from priority areas identified by the
department
Course Structure
Course Organization and Duration
Year I
47 weeks course made up of 35 weeks of
lectures and practical training and 12 weeks of
rotations
Year II
47 weeks made up of 12 weeks of internship
followed by research project
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN BOTANY
(By Course Work And Dissertation)
Programme Structure
Curriculum
(i) The programme shall extend over two
academic years each divided into two
semesters each of 20 weeks Each
course will be divided into course units
A Course Unit is defined as one contact
hour per week, per semester One hour
365
of lecture, tutorial or seminar is one
contact hour; two hours of practical or
field work are equivalent to one contact
hour
(ii) Students will be required to have both
theoretical and practical experiences
during all the course units
(iii) The curriculum shall be divided into
two parts Semesters one and two will
constitute the first year (Part I); the
third and fourth semesters will form the
second year (Part II) in which candidates
will do research and submit dissertations
at the end of the year
Part 1 Course Work This is divided into two
sections
Part I (i) Compulsory Courses: consisting
of first year These courses are offered cooperatively
with the Department of Zoology
and the Makerere University Institute
of Environment and Natural Resources
(MUIENR)
The compulsory courses shall be the following:
BOZ 401 (ENR 401): Acquisition, Processing
and Analysis of data
BOZ 402 (ENR 402): key aspects of Uganda’s
environment: Climate and Living
resources
BOZ 403 (ENR 405): Field Course
BOZ 404 Natural Resources Law
ii) Optional Courses:
These consist of Optional Core Courses from
which each student will select only one option
from the following:
BOT 410 genetics
BOT 420 Natural Resources Ecology and
Conservation
BOT 430 Plant Taxonomy and
Biosystematics
BOT 440 Microbiology, Seed and Plant
Pathology
BOT 450 Advanced Plant Physiology
It is planned that students who are deficient
or have interests in some special field may be
required to take collateral courses to strengthen
their standing These may include Plant
breeding, plant stress physiology, cell biology,
plant biotechnology and plant cell and tissue
culture These courses are normally offered in
the Department of Botany as some of the final
year options at undergraduate level
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MATHEMATICS
Introduction
The degree is by coursework and dissertation
There are two disciplines:
Pure Mathematics and Applied Mathematics
Each discipline consists of areas under which
different courses will be offered A candidate
is required to indicate right at the beginning of
his/her programme the area he/she wishes to
work in For each area there are core courses
(i e Compulsory courses) to be done by the
candidate Note that these core courses do
not have to come from the same area For
example whatever area one has chosen, he
will have to do a course in Real Analysis and
may be Computer Science
Admission Requirements
A candidate should possess a good first degree
from a recognised University in Mathematics
or Mathematics com-bined with another
subject
Applicants seeking admission to a particular
area of specialisation must show prior
competence in the area Must be specialised
in Computational Mathematics, Analysis/
Topology/algebra and differential Equations,
Numerical Analysis, Biomathematics/
Operations Research and Advanced statistics
Programme Structure
The programme has two parts:
Part I:
A candidate is required to do 3 core (Compulsory)
courses plus 2 options in his area of
specialization
The duration of this part is one academic
year Before the end of the year, the candidate
is expected to have thought out a research
project to be done in the next part
Part II:
The candidate does two more courses in his
area of specialization Also at the beginning of
366
this part he should be starting on his research
project The areas:
Pure Mathematics:
Area A: This consists of subjects such as:
Real Analysis
general Topology
Complex Analysis
Area B: This consists of subjects such as:
Real Analysis/Abstract Algebra
global Analysis
Algebraic Topology
Differential Equations
Area C: This consists of subjects such as:
Linear Algebra
Abstract Algebra
Mathematical Foundations (e g
Number Theory, Math Logic, etc )
Applied Mathematics
Area A: Consists of subjects such as:
Numerical Analysis
Differential Equations
Computer Science
(Real Analysis and/or Linear Algebra may be
some of the prerequisites and/or core courses)
Area B: Consists of subjects such as:
Analytical Mechanics
Quantum Mechanics
Fluid Mechanics
Continuum and Statistical Mechanics
(the pre-requisites may be in Abstract
Algebra, Differential Equations and/
or Complex variables)
Area C: Consists of subjects such as:
Operations Research
Computer Science
Biomathematics Equations
Stochastic Process)
Area D: Consists of subjects such as:
Probability Theory
(including Measure Theory)
Stochastic Processes
Mathematical Statistics
Examinations
In each of the courses done a candidate will
do one 3 hour paper Thus for Part I one will
do 5 papers and for Part 2 two papers plus
presenting a dissertation on his/her research
project
MASTER OF MATHEMATICS
(Day and Evening)
Introduction
The department of Mathematics has since 1986
offered courses for the Msc (Mathematics)
in Pure Mathematics, Numerical Analysis,
Computer Science and Statistics This
programme has two objectives;
to provide training for those who intend to
apply Mathematics in industry, economic
development and scientific research;
(i) to provide training for mathematicians
who are interested in fundamental ideas
of Mathematics
(ii) The department does research in
Analysis, topology and Algebra;
Biomathematics, Stochastic modelling,
Non-linear Dynamics, Numerical
Analysis, Operations Research, Statistics
and Computational Mathematics
Objectives
The Master of Mathematics programme has the
following objectives:
(i) to provide courses in Mathematics at
a postgraduate level for teachers, and
those working in industry;
(ii) to provide skills for applications of
Mathematics including Statistics in
Industry and Agriculture and business
sectors of the Economy;
Target Group
The programme seeks to attract:
(i) Tutors and Lecturers of National Teacher
Colleges, Technical Institutes and
Business Education training institutes
(ii) Professionals in business and industry
who require advanced Mathematical
skills in their work
(iii) Scientists in Agricultural and Medical
research institutes
(iv) Secondary School Teachers
367
(v) graduates of Bachelor of Science
and Bachelor of Science (Education)
(teachers) majoring in Mathematics
Part-time Students
Part-time students will be part of the full time
programme However, they will take less than
the full semester load The normal load for fulltime
students is 9-15CU
Pass Mark
The Pass mark for all courses in the programme
will be at 50%
Curriculum
The programme will consist of a minimum of 48
credit Units (CU) spread over three semesters,
including production of a project report (8
CU) The areas of emphasis: Applicable
Mathematics and Industrial Mathematics
The Master of Mathematics is conducted by
course work and project paper Students are
required to take all the compulsory courses
and electives in the selected area of emphasis
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
(a) Applicable Mathematics
MMA 711 Foundations of Mathematics 4
MMA 712 Dynamical Systems I 4
MMA 713 Differential Equations 4
No Electives
Semester II
MMA 722 Measure & Integration 4
2 Electives
MMA 724 Topics in Mechanics 4
MMA 723 Functional Analysis I 4
MMA 728 Topology I 4
MMI 720 Discrete Mathematics I 4
Recess Term
MMC 701 Computing & Simulation 4
Semester III
MMA 731 Algebra 4
2 Electives
MMA 706 Topics in Mechanics 4
MMA 734 Functional Analysis II 4
MMA 731 Complex variables 4
MMI 736 Topology II 4
MMC 732 Discrete Mathematics II 4
MMC 735 Dynamical Systems II 4
Semester IV
MMC 731 Project Report 8
(b) Industrial Mathematics
Semester I
MMA 711 Foundations of Mathematics 4
MMI 718 Stochastic Process I 4
MMS 711 Probability & Statistics 4
No Electives
Semester II
MMI 722 Operations Research I 4
2 Electives
MMI 723 Insurance Mathematics I 4
MMI 720 Discrete Mathematics I 4
MMA 712 Dynamical Systems I 4
MMI 738 Industrial Economics 4
Recess Term
MMC 701 Computing & Simulation 4
Semester III
MMA 731 Algebra 4
3 Electives
MMI 734 Financial Mathematics I 4
MMI 735 Insurance Mathematics II 4
MMI 733 Operations Research II 4
MMI 736 Optimization Methods 4
Semester IV
MMI 740 Project Report 8
Course Assessment
Each course is assessed on the basis of 100 total
marks with the following proportions:
Course work - 40%
Examination - 60%
A minimum of two Course Assignments/Tests
shall be required per Course per semester
(c) Biomathematics
Semester I
MMA 711 Foundations of Mathematics 4
MMA 713 Differential Equations 4
MMS 718 Introduction to Stochastic
Processes 4
368
Semester II
MMB 727 Populations Dynamics 4
MMB 725 Mathematical Epidemiology 4
1 Elective
MMI 720 Discrete Mathematics I 4
MMA 712 Dynamical Systems I 4
MMS 725 Data Analysis I 4
Recess Term
MMC 701 Computing & Simulation 4
Semester III (3 Electives)
MMB 739 Mathematical Ecology 4
MMB 736 Mathematical Bioeconomics 4
MMC 735 Dynamical System II
MMI 719 Stochastic Processes II 4
Semester IV
MMB 740 Project Report 8
(d) Mathematical Statistics
Semester I
MMA 711 Foundations of Mathematics 4
MMI 718 Stochastic Process I 4
MMS 711 Probability & Statistics 4
No Electives
Semester II
MMS 722 Linear Statistical Models 4
2 Electives
MMS 729 Probability Theory 4
MMS 725 Data Analysis I 4
MMS 727 Multivariate Methods I 4
Recess Term
MMC 701 Computing & Simulation 4
Semester III
MMA 731 Algebra 4
3 Electives
MMA 712 Numerical Analysis I 4
MMS 726 Data Analysis II
MMI 739 Stochastic Processes 4
MMS 739 Time Series 4
MMI 736 Optimization Methods 4
Semester IV
MMS 740 Project Report 8
(e) Computational Mathematics
Semester I
MMA 711 Foundations of Mathematics 4
MMC 716 Database Design &
Implementation 4
MMC 710 Programming Methodology 4
No Electives
Semester II
MMI 752 Operations Research I 4
2 Electives
MMC 727 Database Management Systems 4
MMI 720 Discrete Mathematics I 4
MMC 721 Algorithms, Data Structures &
Programming I 4
MMC 722 Software Engineering I 4
Recess Term
MMC 701 Computing & Simulation 4
Semester III 3 Electives
MMI 722 Operational Research II 4
MMC 772 Software Engineering II 4
MMI 736 Optimization Methods 4
MMC 735 Systems Development 4
MMI 736 Optimization Methods 4
Semester IV
MMS 740 Project Report 8
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN MATHEMATICAL MODELLING
Objective of the Programme
The objectives of the programme are hinged
towards the AMI-Net objectives being
(a) To provide skills for high quality
research and teaching in the field of
mathematical modeling in Africa
(b) To raise a critical mass of mathematical
modelers in the region to popularize
and meet challenges of computational
and mathematical applications to the
industry and society
(c) To support the application of the methods
and results of mathematical modeling in
the areas of industry
(d) To facilitate efforts of researchers in
biomathematics and modeling and
draw them towards interdisciplinary
research
369
(e) To have a combined effort at solving
common regional problems such as
common emerging and re-emerging
tropical diseases
STRUCTURE OF THE PROGRAMME
The Master of Science in Mathematical
Modelling degree will comprise of three
semesters of study (18 months) The
programme will consist of a minimum of 47
credit (CU) spread over the three semesters,
including a research project The nature of
the programme is such that the student takes
five courses in Semester I and five courses
in Semester II In semester III, the student
undertakes a research project (of 5 CU),
and two course related to the project area
In addition, the students are required to get
involved in seminar series in Semester III
There will be a Recess Term during which
students will be involved in a computer and
research writing skills This will take 2 CU
The duration of each semester should be 17
weeks (i e one week of registration, 15 weeks
for teaching and one week for examinations)
Research Project:
During the third and final semester a student will
undertake a project and two advanced courses
from the above related to the area of his/her
project The aim of the project is to introduce a
student to research and Mathematical writing
The project will test how well a student has
understood and can apply a given mathematical
result or theory from the courses done to model
real life situation The student may, in addition
get attached to an industry to gain insight on the
operation of the organization, data collection for
model validation and get to learn the terminology
related to the industrial modeling aspect
Structure of the Programme
Year I Semester I
CODES Course Name CU
MTM 7101 Differential Equations and
Dynamical Systems
3
MTM 7102 Stochastic Processes 3
MTM 7103 Measure and Probability 4
Electives (Choose Two Courses)
MTM 7104 Mathematical Epidemiology 3
MTM 7105 Introduction to Mathematics
of Finance
3
MTM 7106 Operations Research and
Optimization Theory
3
MTM 7107 Statistical Modelling 3
MTM 7108 Economic Modelling 3
MTM 7109 Systems Dynamics
Modelling
3
Semester II
Core Courses
MTM 7201 Numerical Methods
for Partial Differential
Equations
4
MTM 7202 Stochastic Calculus 3
MTM 7203 Applied Functional Analysis 3
Electives (Choose Two Courses)
MTM 7204 Mathematical Ecology and
Natural Resource Modelling
3
MTM 7205 Life Insurance Mathematics 3
MTM 7206 Fundamentals of
Bioinformatics
3
MTM 7207 Biostatistics and Data
Analysis Techniques
3
MTM 7208 Mathematical Physiology 3
MTM 7209 Time Series and Forecasting 3
MTM 7211 Systems Dynamics
Modelling and Decision
Making
3
Recess Term (Compulsory Skills for all students)
MTM 7210 Computational and
Research Methods
2
Electives (Two courses chosen from the
following electives related to the project
area)
MTM 8102 Control Theory 3
MTM 8103 Non-Life Insurance
Mathematics
3
MTM 8104 Financial Mathematics 3
MTM 8105 Applied Bioinformatics 3
MTM 8106 Computational
Neuroscience
3
MTM 8107 Mathematical Immunology 3
MTM 8108 Environmental Modelling 3
MTM 8109 Hydrodynamic Stability
Theory
3
370
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN CHEMISTRY
MSC Chemistry (by Coursework and
Thesis)
The coursework will last for nine months (1
academic year) and will be examined Each
course g1, g2, g3 and g4 will be examined
separately with four 21/2 hour papers
An average mark of 50% or over, with no
paper less than 40%, is required to pass the
coursework
During the coursework session students will
be expected to decide on a field of research
and a supervisor They will be expected to
prepare a literature report on the field selected
and present their report orally
Candidates may not proceed to the full-time
research project (minimum of six months
following the examination) until they have
satisfied the examiners of the coursework
and literature survey An unsatisfactory
performance in the coursework examination
will normally lead to discontinuation
Suitable candidates with 2 2 degrees will be
allowed to register for the Msc coursework
and thesis at the discretion of the Department
A pass in the coursework examination will
count as a qualification to proceed to the fulltime
research
A thesis should be normally submitted on the
research project within 18 months of starting
the course - the project will be smaller in scope
than the full M Sc thesis by research only
Syllabus B:
Structure determination using physical
techniques:
An advanced course in physical methods for
structure determination involving a study of
the theory, instrumentation, use and limitations
of the various methods is available Emphasis
will be placed on the methods available at
Makerere, but other modern techniques will
be included
Examples will be drawn from both organic
and inorganic chemistry
The main emphasis will be on the following
techniques:
(a) absorption spectroscopy - IR, Uv,
NMR
(b) mass spectroscopy,
(c) x-ray diffraction,
(d) dipole moments, molecular mass
determinations
G II A modern synthetic methods:
An introduction to new methods of synthesis,
synthetic techniques and re-agents in both
organic and inorganic chemistry Specific
method of interest in the Department will be
covered
G II B Methods of Separation:
The theory, instrumentation, use and limitations
of separation methods used in synthetic and
analytical studies, with a particular emphasis on
chromatographic methods
G III Modern methods of analysis:
The theory, instrumentation, use and limitation
of modern analytical methods applied to both
inorganic and organic problems Emphasis will
be placed on:
(a) Spectroscopic methods, particularly
AAS;
(b) Chromatographic methods;
(c) Electrometric methods (potentionery
and polarography),
(d) C H N analyses: organic analyses
G IV Kinetics, mechanisms and energetics:
A Methods of determining the mechanism
of inorganic reactions using kinetic
methods, tracers etc The treatment will
be related to problems of interest in the
Department
B Thermodynamics and equilibria:
methods of determining equilibrium
constant; use of thermodynamic data in
synthesis and analysis
371
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN GEOLOGY Msc (Geology)
gLO 7202 Applied Stratigraphy 2
gLO 7204 Hydrogeology 3
gLO 7202 Advanced Structural geology
and geotectonics 3
gLO 7210 Economic Mineral Deposits and
Management Resources 3
gLO 7205 Applied geophysics 2
gLO 7206 Advanced geochemistry 3
gLO 7207 Ore Microscopy 2
gLO 7208 Analysis of Sedimentary Basins 2
gLO 7209 Applied geomorphology 2
gLO 7107 Soil Mechanics & Foundation
Engineering 2
gLO 7211 Research Methods
Project-work/Dissertation
Year II: Semester I
gL 619 Project - Fieldwork 8
gL 619 Project - Sample Preparation and
Analysis 8
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I
Course Code Course CU
gLO 7101 Instrumentation and Data
Analysis 3
gLO 7102 Introduction to Computing and
Elementary Statistics 2
gLO 7103
Regional geology & Mineral
Resources of Sub-Saharan
Africa
2
gLO 7105 Principles of Environmental
geology 2
gLO 7204 Photo geology and Remote
Sensing 3
gLO 7106 Applied Mineralogy and
Petrology 3
Semester II
A student is expected to take at least 6 courses
and must have a minimum of 17 course units
The course gLO 618 is compulsory and not
optional
gLO 7201 Isotope geology and
geochronology 2
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN ZOOLOGY
Introduction
This programme aims to offer training areas of
applied Zoology such that those who complete
the degree will be qualified to undertake
original research
Applicants will normally be expected to hold
at least an Upper Second Class degree, usually
in Zoology, but those with good degrees in
related subjects such as Agriculture, Forestry
or veterinary Medicine may also apply
Options and Admission Requirements
Entomology: A good Bachelor of Science degree
Parisitology: A good Bachelor Science degree
with a Pass in the Hydrobiology option or
with a Diploma in Fisheries
Fisheries: A good Bachelor Science degree
with a Pass in the Hydrobiology option or
with a diploma in Fisheries
vertebrate Ecology: A good Bachelor of
Science Degree with a Pass in the Applied
Ecology/Wildlife Biology option
Outline of Syllabuses
The syllabus is cast in three parts Part I
consists of compulsory courses all of which are
to be taken by every student Part II consists of
optional courses The following are the optional
courses from which each student will select one
Options
1 Hydrobiology
2 Entomology with principles and practice
of pest management
3 Entomology with arthropod physiology
and biochemistry
4 vertebrate ecology with Wildlife and
Conservation
5 vertebrate ecology and management of
vertebrate pests
A number of the themes in options 2 and 3 are
common, as are some of those for options 4
and 5 Part III consists of a research project
based on one of the above options, leading to
the submission of a thesis
372
MASTER OF SCIENCE AND DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN PHYSICS
The Department of Physics offers a series of
Postgraduate courses to be taken by students
registered for the Msc and PhD degrees in
Physics These will be given in the following
areas
PHY 510: Mathematical Methods
PHY 520: Advanced
PHY 542: Statistical Mechanics
PHY 553: Classical Electrodynamics
PHY 572: Advanced Quantum Mechanics
Detailed Syllabus
PHY 510: Mathematical Methods
(20 lectures)
1 Matrices A review (if necessary)
2 Tensors Expectation values; Probabilities
3 Heisenberg , Schrodinger and Interaction
Pictures
4 Time-dependant perturbation theory
Selection rules (Light Scattering)
5 Second quantization
6 Schwinger’s Action Principles and
canonical quantization rules
7 Identical particles
8 Scattering theory green’s function (and
Born approximation, etc)
The distorted Born approximation Scattering
of a wave shift and cross-sections)
Dispersion relations; Regge poles
9 The S-Matrix (time-independent)
10 Symmetries and Conservation laws
Relativistic
11 The Dirac and Klein-Gordon equations
“Properties” of the Dirac equation
Solutions of the Dirac equation: plane
waves; Hydrogen atom
12 Second quantization (bosses and
fermions)
13 Lagrangian field theory
Field equations for photons, electrons and
mesons
Solution of field equations (include Kleingordon):
Singular functions
Folurier decomposition of free fields
14 Schwinger’s Action Principle and its
conservation
laws (energy-momentum, angular momentum
and charge)
15 Interacting fields
Bare fields and renormalization
Perturbation theory (interaction
picture)
16 Propagator methods
Feynman graphs, etc
PH D CHEMISTRY BY RESEARCH
Those who hold Msc in Chemistry are eligible
for registration for Ph D by research
The final examination of research degree
(Msc or Ph D ) is a thesis which in most cases
must be orally defended The thesis must be
of high quality and the findings described in
the thesis must make a significant contribution
to knowledge that is to say the main emphasis
is on originality The major areas of research
interests in the Department at the moment
are analytical/environmental chemistry Coordination
chemistry including reaction
kinetics, surface chemistry and heterogeneous
catalysis, extraction and isolation of natural
products of medicinal value such as alkaloids,
prostglandins, and oils, clay minerals, Paper
manufacture, Lake katwe Salt Project
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY IN BOTANY (Ph D BOTANY)
Graduates with first class degrees in Botany with
another subject may register for Ph D Research
Work in the department This reflects the special
interests of members of staff and this determines
the choices available for prospective research
students Branches of Botany in which research
is at present possible include terrestrial ecology
(mainly grasslands); papyrus swamp ecology;
seed germination; mycology; flowering plant
taxonomy; freshwater biology and genetics The
department shares research interests with the
Uganda Institute of Ecology which is situated at
Mweya in Rwenzori National Park
373
DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY
In addition to the regulations common to all
faculties the following regulations apply:
1 The following shall be eligible for
admission to the degree of Doctor of
Philosophy programme:
(i) any Master of Science graduate of
the University of not less than two
years’ standing
(ii) a Bachelor of Science graduate of
the University of not less than two
years’ standing whom the Senate
has specially exempted from the
Master’s examination
(iii) a graduate of any other recognized
university who has been admitted
to the status of Master of Science
in the University, and who has
held the qualification by virtue of
which such admission has been
granted for not less than two years;
or who has been admitted to the
status of Bachelor of Science in
the University and has held the
qualification by virtue of which
such admission has been granted
for not less than three years and
has been specially exempted
by the Senate from the Masters
examination
2 A candidate for the degree shall be
required to pursue at the university or at
some other place approved by the Senate
for the purposes of an approved course
of special study of research on some
subject connected with the mathematical,
natural or applied sciences
3 The Common Regulations for the degree
of Doctor of Philosophy in all Faculties
(1) to (14) shall also be of effect for the
degree in the Faculty of Science
A Bachelor of Science graduate of the
University or, a person admitted to the
status of the degree desiring to present
himself as a candidate for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy in the Faculty of
Science may expect to be registered as a
candidate for the degree of Science for
an initial period of one academic year,
after which his desire to be registered
as a candidate for the degree of Doctor
of Philosophy will be reviewed by the
appropriate University authorities
DOCTOR OF SCIENCE
1 The following shall be eligible for
admission to the degree of Doctor of
Science programme:
(a) A Bachelor of Science graduate of
the University of not less than six
years’ standing;
(b) A graduate of another recognized
university who has been admitted
to the status of Bachelor of
Science in the University, and
who has held the qualification by
virtue of which such admission
has been granted for not less than
six years
2 A candidate for the degree shall be
required to submit for approval of the
Senate outstanding published work
on some subjects connected with the
mathematical, physical natural or
applied science
3 No publications shall be accepted which
are not works of distinction in their
field and which do not make important
contributions to learning
4 Every submission for the degree must
be accompanied by a declaration on
the part of the candidate, satisfactory
to the Senate, stating that it has not
been offered for a degree in any other
university
374
INSTITUTE OF ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL RESOURCES
maintaining a good working environment and
to encourage creativity and applied research
MUIENR promotes training and research in
many aspects of Uganda’s environment and
natural resources
The Institute has an interdisciplinary team
of researchers Their expertise range from
natural resource surveys and environmental
impact assessment (water, landforms, soils,
vegetation and wildlife); forestry and protected
area management and conservation; database
management, remote sensing and geographic
Information System (gIS)
The Institute has the following units which
are soon evolving into departments
1 Biodiversity Conservation and
Management
2 Rural and Urban Environmental
Management
3 Environmental and Information
Management
4 Biological Field Station
Makerere University Biological Field Station
(MUBFS) is located in kibale National
Park It is mainly involved in biodiversity
and conservation biology research but it
is increasingly hosting short international
courses in tropical biology; as one of the
students put it “ it is the only place where you
can study and feel ecology” Originally most
of the research at MUBFS was in primatology
but over the years, the research agenda has
broadened to include ecological and behavioral
research on other taxas, and socio-economic
studies Its training and research programmes
have been developed over 30 years and have
achieved international recognition, especially
for research on forest primates, notably
chimpanzees, and other aspects of forest
ecology The station also offers facilities for
holding field courses, seminars and workshops
in a quiet tropical forest environment There is
adequate dormitory and guesthouse space for
groups ranging between ten and sixty
Makerere University Institute of Environment
and Natural Resources (MUIENR) was
established in 1988 in response to increasing
concern by the government of Uganda and
Makerere University about the Environmental
degradation in Uganda with a mandate to
promote the development of knowledge,
skills and positive attitudes for sustainable
management of the environment and natural
resources through training and research
The institute started with a two-year masters
programme in Environment and Natural
Resources management and this has been
supplemented by an active PhD programme
and post-graduate Diploma over the last
fifteen years
Due to persistent appeals from Makerere
University and the general Ugandan
community, the institute started an
undergraduate programme; Bachelor of
Environmental Science in 2003 and the
pioneers of this programme graduated in
February 2007 MUIENR has over the years
been committed to maintaining and improving
quality of its graduates The institute maintains
its focus on inter-disciplinary management
of Environment and Natural Resource
management through teaching and research
It integrates several disciplines in evaluation
and management of environmental impacts
of human activity and natural resource
utilization The institute’s programmes of
study are designed to train students not only to
be literate in environmental issues but also to
be able to make professional use of techniques
in decision making and searching for new
knowledge to solve society’s environmental
challenges
The mission of Makerere University Institute
of Environment and Natural Resources
(MUIENR) to build capacity through training
and research for environment and natural
resources management responsive to national
and global needs Our main goals to achieve
this mission include educational programmes
to develop managers and leaders; research
programmes to solve public service activities
and to translate knowledge into action through
375
Introduction
The programme is designed to train students to
re-orientate their conception of environmental
problems in order to appreciate the key role
of science, economics, ethics, politics, human
ecology and sociology in environmental
conservation In so doing, a new cadre of
environmental professionals will emerge
ready to tackle the challenges of increasing
natural resources degradation and material
poverty and increasing human population The
underlying philosophy is that human beings,
having evolved the capacity to manipulate and
transform the rest of nature, need to be central
in finding solutions to problems of misuse
and degradation of our environment
General Objective
The overall objective of this programme is to
produce environmental scientists with adequate
knowledge, skills, concern and attitude in
meeting the challenges of environmental
conservation and management
The Specific Objectives are;
(i) To enable students to acquire scientific
knowledge of the structure and
functioning of environmental systems
(ii) To promote the use of scientific
knowledge in environmental problem
solving
(iii) To make students acquire skills in
environmental research
(iv) To promote the use of appropriate technology
in harvesting natural resources
(v) To enable students acquire skills to
effectively disseminate environmental
knowledge
(vi) To promote the use of inter-disciplinary
approach in environmental conservation
and management
(vii) To enable students develop the
conservation ethic
Curriculum
A student will be deemed to have finished the
programme after accumulating a minimum of
108 credit units A credit unit is defined as one
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
BACHELOR OF ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (BEVS)
contact hour per week per semester One hour
of lecture or seminar is one contact hour Two
hours of tutorial, practical or fieldwork are
equivalent to one contact hour
Programme Structure
The programme is arranged into Core and
Elective Courses, Field Attachment and
Research All courses in semesters one and
two of Year I and semester one of Year 2
are core and must therefore be taken by all
students The rest of the semesters have core
courses and electives The electives start from
semester two of year two and are designed
to allow students acquire wide knowledge in
environmental management
Year I: Semester I (Core Courses) CU
ENR 1101 Earth Structure and geoprocesses
3
ENR 1102 Atmospheric Processes 3
ENR 1103 Soil Science 4
ENR 1104 Lower Plant Resources 4
ENR 1105 Human Ecology 3
Semester II Core Courses
ENR 1201 Invertebrate Resources 4
ENR 1202 Higher Plant Resources 4
ENR 1203 Environmental Microbiology 3
ENR 1204 Chemical Processes in the
Environment 3
ENR 1205 Basic Ecology 4
Year II Semester I (Core Courses)
ENR 2101 Basic genetics 3
ENR 2102 Computer Applications 4
ENR 2103 vertebrate Resources 4
ENR 2104 Biodiversity 4
ENR 2105 Elements of Mathematics
Ecology 4
Semester II (Three Core Courses and Two
Electives)
Core Courses
ENR 2201 Research Methods and Statistics 4
ENR 2202 Resource Economics 4
376
ENR 2203 Remote Sensing and gIS 4
Electives
ENR 2204 Waste Management 3
ENR 2205 Environmental Health 3
ENR 2206 Urbanisation and Environment 3
ENR 2207 Sociology and Environment 3
ENR 2208 Ecological Modelling 3
Year III Semester 1 (Four Core Courses
and Two Electives)
Core Courses
ENR 3101 Environmental Biotechnology 3
ENR 3102 Cleaner Production 3
ENR 3103 EIA and Environmental
Standards 4
ENR 3104 Communicating the Environment 3
Electives
ENR 3105 Conservation genetics 3
ENR 3106 Trade and Environment 3
ENR 3107 Agriculture and Environment 3
ENR 3108 Land Use Planning 3
ENR 3109 Energy Resources 3
Semester II (Three Core Courses and two
electives)
Core Courses
ENR 3201 Pollution Analysis 4
ENR 3202 Environmental Disaster
Assessment 3
ENR 3203 Environmental Policy and
Legislation 3
Electives
ENR 3204 Wetlands Ecology and
Management 3
ENR 3205 Integrated Water Resources
Management 3
ENR 3206 Fisheries Resource Management 3
ENR 3207 Conflict Resolution in Natural
Resources Management 3
ENR 3208 Advanced Atmospheric Physics 3
ENR 3209 Environmental Forestry 3
Recess Term (One Core Course)
ENR 3301 Field Attachment and Research 5
POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ENVIRONMENTAL INFORMATION
MANAGEMENT
Programme Structure
Curriculum
(i) Students will be required to have both
theoretical and practical experiences in
most of the courses
(ii) During the second half of the first
semester, each student will be expected
to formulate an individual project under
the supervision of a member of staff
This project will be carried out and
finished during the second semester and
the results presented
Courses Offered
The programme consists of 7 courses, one
of which is an individual project Course
participants are expected to take ALL courses
as outlined below
SEMESTER I Core Course CU
EIM 6101 Computing and Statistics 3
EIM 6102 Design and Management of
Information System 3
EIM 6103 Introduction to geographical
Information System (gIS) 3
EIM 6104 Introduction to Remote Sensing 3
SEMESTER II Core Course
EIM 6201 Remote Sensing for
Environmental Management 5
EIM 6202
geographical Information
Systems for Environmental
Management
5
EIM 6203 Project 8
377
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA IN ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
(PGDEIA)
Objectives
General Objective
The general objective of this programme
is to build an environmental management
capacity with practical orientation needed to
conduct different levels of EIA and to ensure
sustainable development in Uganda and the
region
Specific Objectives
Specifically, the programme should produce
graduate capable of:
(i) Appreciating the close link between
environment and natural resources with
development and proficient at:
(a) Planning and undertaking of
impact assessment
(b) Leading multi-disciplinary EIA
teams
(c) Reviewing Environmental Impact
Statements
(ii) Preparing Environmental Impact
Statements
(iii) Undertaking environmental audits
(iv) Integrating EIA in project planning
(v) Designing environmental management
systems
General Regulations
The syllabus, examinations and organisation
of courses for the Postgraduate Diploma
in Environmental Impact Assessment are
subject to the general regulations governing
postgraduate programmes in Makerere
University
Programme Structure
(i) The programme shall cover one academic
year divided into two semesters, each of
17 weeks and a recess term of ten weeks
Fifteen weeks of the normal semesters
are reserved for teaching and two for
examinations Each course will consist
of credit units A credit unit is defined as
one contact hour per week per semester
A contact hour is calculated as being
equivalent to:
(a) One lecture hour
(b) One tutorial/seminar hour
(c) Two practical/laboratory hours
(d) Four field study/internship training
hours
(ii) Students will be required to have both
theoretical and practical experiences in
most of the courses
(iii) During the second semester, each student
will be required to participate in the
formulation and execution of a project
under the supervision of a member of
staff This project will be carried out and
finished during the second semester and
the results presented
Year 1 Semester I (Core Courses) CU
EIA 6101 Computing and Statistics 3
EIA 6102 Introduction to gIS 3
EIA 6103 Basic Ecology and
Environmental Studies
3
EIA 6104 Introduction to EIA 2
EIA 6105 EIA Procedures & Methods 4
Semester II (3 Cores and 2 Electives)
EIA 6201 Law, Policy & Institutional
Arrangements
2
EIA 6202 Organisational Aspects of EIA 4
EIA 6203 Project
Electives
EIA 6204 Socio-economic Impact
Assessment
4
EIA 6205 Strategic Environmental
Assessment
4
EIA 6206 Health Impact Assessment 4
EIA 6207 Bio-physical Environmental
Impact Assessment
4
Recess Term (Core Courses)
EIA 6301 Environmental Audit 3
EIA 6302 Research Ethics 2
Examinations
Progressive Assessment
Progressive Assessment shall consist of
assignments as well as practical work, where
applicable Progressive Assessment will
contribute 40% of the total mark for each
course
378
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN
ENVIRONMENT AND NATURAL
RESOURCES
Program Objectives
The objectives of the program are to;
a) To make students aware of and appreciate
why people make certain decisions
related to managing environment and
natural resources therein
b) Equip students with knowledge of
environmental systems and appreciate
the need for sustainable use of natural
resources for development
c) Promote the use of scientific knowledge
in environmental management
d) Enable students acquire skills and
capacity for environmental research
e) Promote the use of appropriate
technology in harnessing natural
resources
f) Enable students acquire skills to
effectively disseminate environmental
knowledge
g) Promote the use of inter-disciplinary
approach in environmental conservation
and management
h) Enable students develop the conservation
ethics for environmental conservation
i) Equip students with the right attitudes
and develop necessary skills to address
environment and natural resources
challenges and make informed decisions
depending on the circumstances
Program structure and content
The program will provide graduates with a
good foundation in environment and natural
resources concepts and methods of analysis
as research scientists The program of study
includes core courses, electives and research
work Core course contain the basic content that
every graduate of the program must posses, and
are courses that address topical, contemporary
and cross cutting environmental issues They
do not assume previous knowledge Elective
courses are relatively specialized and some
may require previous knowledge
Plan A will entail taught course in the first two
semesters of the program Details of courses
taught in each of the two semesters are shown
in Table A Following each semester, which is
expected to last seventeen weeks, and a 10week recess term, candidates, will be required
to sit and pass examinations They will then
undertake for about six months of original
research, which will form the subject of a short
dissertation The research proposal must have
been submitted by the second week of the 3rd
semester and approved in accordance with the
University regulations, and the dissertation
must also conform to University regulations It
will normally be submitted within six months
of the completion of the research To pass the
dissertation, the candidate shall satisfy the
examiners as well as the viva voce committee,
in accordance with University regulations and
guidelines The minimum graduation load
under Plan A is 44 credited units accumulated
over 4 semesters
Plan B will entail taught course in the first
three semesters of the program as indicated in
Table B Following each semester, candidates
will be required to sit and pass examinations
They will then undertake for about 8 weeks a
piece of research/supervised work/attachment,
which will form the subject of a short report
The report will normally be submitted within
6 weeks of the completion of the research To
pass, the candidate shall satisfy the examiners
as well as the viva voce committee, in
accordance with University regulations and
guidelines The minimum graduation load
under Plan B is 61 credited units accumulated
over 4 semesters
Course Outline for Plan A
Year I Semester I
Code course Name
ENR 7101 Environment and
Development 3
ENR 7102 Environmental Impact
Assessments & Monitoring
4
ENR 7103 Research Methods and
Descriptive Statistics 3
ENR 7104 Ecosystems and
Livelihoods 3
379
ENR 7105
Environmental
Ethics, Education and
Communication
3
ENR 7106
Remote sensing and
gIS in Natural Resource
Management
4
ENR 7107 Conservation Planning and
Practice 3
Code
SEMESTER II
Course Name
(CU)
ENR 7201 Field Course 2
ENR 7202 Natural Resource
Economics and valuation 3
ENR 7203 Inferential Statistics and
Computing 3
ENR 7204 Project planning and
management 3
ENR 7205 Biodiversity survey and
analysis 3
ENR 7206
Data administration,
Metadata and quality
management of
information
3
ENR 7207
Ecological Modelling for
environmental planning
and management
3
ENR 7208 Wetlands ecology and
management 3
ENR 7209 Land use planning 3
ENR 7210 Integrated water resources
management 3
ENR 7211 Evolutionary &
Conservation genetics 3
ENR 7212
Plant Resources, Planning
& Management 3
Year II Semester III & Iv
ENR 8101
Seminar Series I
Semester I),
2
ENR 8201 Seminar series II
(Semester II) 2
Research and production
of a dissertation 10
Course Outline for Plan B
Code
YEAR I SEMESTER I
Course Name
(CU)
ENR 7101 Environment and
Development 3
ENR 7102 Environmental Impact
Assessments & Monitoring 4
ENR 7103 Research Methods and
Descriptive Statistics 3
ENR 7104 Ecosystems and
Livelihoods 3
ENR 7105
Environmental
Ethics, Education and
Communication
3
ENR 7106
Remote sensing and
gIS in Natural Resource
Management
4
ENR 7107 Conservation Planning and
Practice 3
SEMESTER II
ENR 7201 Field Course 2
ENR 7202 Natural Resource
Economics and valuation 3
ENR 7204 Project Planning and
Management 3
ENR 7203 Inferential Statistics and
Computing 3
ENR 7205 Biodiversity survey and
analysis 3
ENR 7206
Data administration,
Metadata and quality
management of
information
3
ENR 7207
Ecological Modelling for
environmental planning
and management
3
ENR 7208 Wetlands ecology and
management 3
ENR 7209 Land use planning 3
ENR 7210 Integrated Water Resources
Management 3
ENR 7211 Evolutionary &
Conservation genetics 3
ENR 7212 Plant Resources, Planning
& Management 3
YEAR II SEMESTER I
ENR 8101 Seminar series I 2
380
Code
YEAR II SEMESTER II
Course Name
(CU)
ENR 8201 Seminar Series II 2
ENR 8202 Research Paper 5
(Footnotes)
1 *One hour of Lecture is equivalent to
one contact hour or two hours of Tutorial
Practical or four hours of field Work
2 *One hour of Lecture is equivalent to
one contact hour or two hours of Tutorial
Practical Field Work
3 *One Credit Unit is equivalent to fifteen
contact hours
4 *One hour of Lecture is equivalent to
one contact hour or two hours of Tutorial
Practical Field Work
ENR 8102
Conflict resolution
in Natural Resource
management
3
ENR 8103 Environmental politics,
policy and legislation 3
ENR 8104 Mineral resources and
mining 3
ENR 8105 Energy, Environment and
Climate Change 3
ENR 8106 Environmental Health and
Sanitation 3
ENR 8107
Facilitation, Interpersonal
and Negotiation Skills
for Natural Resources
Management
3
THE PHD PROGRAMME
The general University regulations governing
PhD programmes shall apply This is
basically a three-year programme involving
research on any aspect of environment and/or
natural resources leading to the preparation of
a thesis for the PhD of Makerere University
Research at the Institute
The institute has a number of research
programmes Research results are presented
and published at national and international
levels, in workshops and journals
Current research areas include:
(a) Forest and wildlife management
(b) Fuel wood needs assessments
(c) Remote sensing and gIS applications
for community land use planning and
management, land cover mapping,
change analysis, planning and analysis
(d) Biodiversity studies of plants, animals
and ecosystems, including the use
of molecular techniques in wildlife
genetics
(e) Analysis of biodiversity data for
conservation planning
(f) Solid waste management
(g) The limnology of lakes and rivers
(h) Water quality assessment and
monitoring
(i) Wetlands ecology and management
(j) Appropriate technology for waste water
treatment
(k) Predictive mapping of biodiversity data
(l) Conservation genetics
There are some specialised units within
MUIENR including:
(a) The National Biodiversity Databank
(NBDB)
(b) Remote Sensing/gIS Laboratory
(c) Molecular Biology Laboratory
(d) Water and Wetlands Research
Laboratory
(e) Makerere University Biological Field
Station (MUBFS)
The National Biodiversity Data Bank
(NBDB)
The NBDB was founded in 1990 It monitors
the national biological resources in Uganda
and provides information to conservationists,
government agencies, NgOs, Land Managers
and others interested in the conservation and
sustainable utilisation of these resources
Remote Sensing and GIS Laboratory
The Remote Sensing and gIS Laboratory
was initiated in 1992 by several departments
of Makerere University when it was realised
that a training facility in Remote Sensing and
381
GIS techniques for applications in the fields of
natural resource surveys and management was
becoming essential for Uganda The laboratory
has 17 personal computers connected to a
Local Area Network
Molecular Biology Laboratory
The laboratory is a teaching and research
facility The laboratory was established
under the auspices of DANIDA - ENRECA
(Enhancement of Research Capacity) program
with the aim of training African scientists and
generating scientific information necessary for
conservation of Africa’s wildlife resources
It utilizes genetic information in biological
macromolecules (Proteins, DNA and RNA)
to address numerous questions and has a
potential for application in a wide range of
biological fields such as molecular medicine,
agricultural and livestock improvement and
wildlife genetics It is capable of handling
most molecular biology problems ranging
from DNA and RNA extraction through
to sequencing, genotyping selected genes
and gene cloning Initially, research in the
laboratory was focused on documenting
amount and distribution of genetic diversity
in Africa’s large mammals but has now
expanded to include genetics major wildlife
and livestock, pathogens, microbial and plant
genetics
Water and Wetlands Research Laboratory
The water and wetlands research (WWER)
laboratory carries out assessment and
monitoring of water and wetlands resources
with emphasis on wise use of these resources
and pollution control It is equipped with
moderate equipment for water quality and
plant analysis It is involved national and
regional projects like the Lake victoria
Environmental Project (LvEMP) and the East
African Regional Programme and Research
Network for Biotechnology, Biosafety
and Biotechnology Policy Development
(BIO-EARN) In addition to the analytical
equipment, the laboratory is connected to a
local area network
Makerere University Biological Field
Station
MUBFS is located in kibale National Park
It is mainly involved in research but it is
increasingly hosting short international
courses in tropical biology Originally
most of the research at MUBFS was in
primatology but over the years, the research
agenda has broadened to include ecological
and behavioural research on other taxes, and
socio-economic studies There is adequate
dormitory and guesthouse space for groups
ranging between ten and sixty
Consultancy And Advisory Services
In collaboration with national institutions, the
Institute provides consultancy services to the
government and other organisation in Uganda
Consultancy services include tailor made
training in different fields of environment &
natural resources; assessment and monitoring
of environment and natural resources therein;
environmental impact assessments and
audits, project monitoring and evaluation and
facilitation (meetings, seminars, workshops
and conferences)
382
FACULTY OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
Introduction
The Faculty of Social Sciences was established
in 1963 It evolved from a larger combination
of the Faculty of Arts and Social Sciences
It comprises of the Departments of Political
Science and Public Administration, Sociology,
Social Work & Social Administration, and
Women and gender Studies
DEPARTMENT OF WOMEN AND
GENDER STUDIES
Introduction
Background
The Department of Women and gender
Studies (DWgS), Faculty of Social Sciences,
is a multidisciplinary academic unit The
Department is at the forefront of academic
and community initiatives to address gender
and development from an African perspective
The Department is mandated to spearhead
academic initiatives to address gender and
development and its mission is to provide
the intellectual leadership for mainstreaming
gender in all aspects of economic, political
and socio-cultural development
In executing its mandate, the DWgS works
through a comprehensive strategy that includes
teaching and training; research, publication
and dissemination; outreach networking and
advocacy; and gender mainstreaming
Objectives of the Department
i Provide quality teaching and training in
gender and development
ii Strengthen the study of gender and
development from an interdisciplinary
perspective
iii Play a catalytic role for gender mainstreaming
at national and international
levels
iv Strengthen the knowledge base on gAD
through critical research and publication
DEPARTMENT OF POLITICAL
SCIENCE AND PUBLIC
ADMINISTRATION (PSPA)
Introduction
Political Science is the scientific study of
government It includes the study of political
ideas and values, political behavior, and the
political institutions which are created by
humans, or which evolve, for the pursuit of
collective societal goals It yields theories
about politics, administration, international
politics - three major dimensions of the study
of government- and seeks to test and improve
them by empirical research The Department
offers courses, which prepare students for
professional careers in Politics, Public service,
including Local government Administration,
the private sector and the Foreign Service
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY
Objectives:
1 To promote quality sociological research
and output generation that will enhance
understanding of society, social relations
and problems
2 To foster quality teaching of Sociology
that equips students with the necessary
sociological knowledge and analytical
skills about society that is beneficial to
the student’s career in Sociology
3 To provide academic, policy and
practical guidance on social scientific
knowledge that enhances problemsolutions
to societal needs and problems
or dilemmas
4 To provide a solid foundation upon which
students may progress to postgraduate
studies in Sociology, Criminology and
Social anthropology and other related
disciplines
5 To network with academic and actors
working on development in still developing
countries as well as service
occasional students from the region
and abroad plus other University programmes
383
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIAL WORK AND
SOCIAL ADMINISTRATION
Introduction
The Department of Social Work and Social
Administration offers training to undergraduate
students leading to the award of two types of
degrees The first is the professional Bachelor
of Social Work and Social Administration
B(SWSA), degree which puts emphasis on
education for professional social service
design, delivery, and systems change The
second is the Bachelor of Arts in Social
Sciences degree BA(SS), which is offered
jointly with other Departments in the Faculty
of Social sciences and Arts This document
details the curriculum, entry requirements and
regulations for the B(SWSA) Programme
The description of the BA(SS) degree under
which Social Administration is offered with
other social science fields, is contained in
the Faculty of Social Sciences Curriculum
document
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN SOCIAL SCIENCES
Entry Requirements
For admission to the Bachelor of Arts in Social
Sciences degree programme, a candidate
must satisfy the entrance requirements of the
University, the special requirements of the
Faculty, and of the courses, which a student
wishes to offer
Direct Entry
For admission under the Direct Entry Scheme,
a candidate must have:
i The Uganda Certificate of Education
(UCE) (or its equivalent), and
ii Two Principal Passes at Advanced Level
in Arts or Science subjects obtained at
the same sitting of the Uganda Advanced
Certificate of Education examination
(UACE) (or its equivalent)
Mature Age Entry
For admission under the Mature Age Entry
Scheme, a candidate must pass the Mature Age
Entry Examination of Makerere University in
those subjects, which she/he desires to study
at the University
Diploma Holders and equivalent
qualifications
A candidate shall be admitted to the BA (SS)
Programme if she/he has at least a Second
Class Diploma award from a recognized
institution of higher learning
Degree or equivalent qualification
A candidate shall be admitted to the BA (SS)
Degree Programme if he/she holds either:
i A University degree (or its equivalent)
from a recognized institution OR
ii A Postgraduate Diploma
Holders of professional qualifications
Candidates with professional qualifications in
Commerce (ACCA, ACP, etc ) and Banking
will be deemed to have minimum University
entrance requirements and will be admitted to
the BA (SS) Degree Programme
Programme Structure
Subjects
The programme structure for the BA (SS)
degree consists of six subjects namely; Political
Science, Social Administration, Sociology and
gender and Development Students may also
take courses from other relevant Faculties or
Institutes such as Faculty of Arts, Institute of
Economics and Institute Psychology
Key to courses
Economics
EC
Social Administration SA
Sociology SO
Political Science
PS
Psychology PSY
gender and Development
gAD
SUBJECT COMBINATIONS FOR B A
(SOCIAL SCIENCES)
Pure Social Sciences Combination
001 PS SA SO
002 PS SA PSY
003 PS SA EC
004 SO PSY PS
384
005 SO EC PS
006 SO PSY SA
007 SA SO EC
008 SA EC PSY
009 PSY SO EC
010 PSY PS EC
011 gAD SO SA
012 gAD SO PS
013 gAD SO PSY
014 gAD SO EC
015 gAD SA PS
016 gAD SA PSY
017 gAD SA EC
018 gAD PSY EC
019 gAD PS EC
020 gAD PS PSY
Two Social Science Subjects and one Arts
subject
021 PS SO gR/B
022 PS SO RS
023 PS SO LIT
024 PS SO FR/A
025 PS SO FR/B
026 PS EC H
027 PS EC LIT
028 gAD SO RS
029 gAD SO PH
030 EC gAD RS
Two Arts subjects and one Social Science
Subjects
031 H FR/A PS
032 RS PH SO
033 RS LIT SO
034 H RS gAD
035 H PH gAD
036 RS PH gAD
037 H g EC
038 H PS PH
039 g RS EC
040 H PH EC
First Year of Studies
First year students will take any three subjects
and two courses from each subject per
semester, i e 12 courses in the first year First
year courses are all core
Second and Third Years
Students shall be required to offer a major
and a minor subject in the second and third
year of their studies The major subject shall
constitute at least two Core and two Elective
Courses per semester of a student’s programme
or an equivalent of 16 credit units A minor
subject shall constitute at least two courses per
semester, comprising of one Core Course and
one Elective, equivalent to eight Credit Units
Below is an example of subject combination
which leads to the award of BA SS degree
ECONOMICS
Programme Structure
Duration
Year I: Semester I CU
ECO 1101 Introductory Microeconomics*# 4
ECO 1102
Introduction to Mathematics &
Statistics for Economists*# 4
ECO 1103 Introduction to Accounting 4
ECO 1104 Introduction to Sociology 4
ECO 1105 Political Economy 4
ECO 1106 Introduction to Ugandan Economy 4
Semester II
ECO 1201 Principles of Development
Economics*# 4
ECO 1202 Introductory Macroeconomics*# 4
Year II: Semester I
ECO 2101 Microeconomics*# 4
ECO 2102 Quantitative Methods*## 4
ECO 2103 Mathematical Economics*## 4
ECO 2105 Marketing and Co-operaives*## 4
ECO 2104 Computer Skills for Economists** 4
ECO 2106 Industrial Economics**## 4
**## 4
Semester II
ECO 2201 Macroeconomics*# 3
ECO 2202 Econometrics*## 3
ECO 2203 Research Methodology* 3
385
ECO 2204 Labour Economics**## 3
ECO 2205 Managerial Economics**## 3
ECO 2206 Farm Management and Production
Economics**## 3
ECO 2207 Financial Management 3
Year III: Semester I
ECO 3101 Intermediate Microeconomics* 4
ECO 3102 Development Economics# 4
ECO 3103 Economic Planning and Policy*## 4
ECO 3105 Resource Economics**## 4
ECO 3106 International Economics**## 4
ECO 3107 Transport Economics**## 4
ECO 3108 government-Business
Relations**## 4
ECO 3109 Monetary Economics**##
ECO 3110 Research Paper**
Semester II
ECO 3201 Intermediate Macroeconomics* 4
ECO 3202 Project Planning and
Management*# 4
ECO 3205 Health Economics**## 4
ECO 3206 Public Sector Economics**## 4
ECO 3207 Environmental Economics**## 4
ECO 3208 International Finance**## 4
KEY
* Core and Compulsory for Major students
who major in Economics
** Elective for students who major in
Economics
## Elective for students who offer
Economics as a minor subject
# Core and Compulsory for who offer
Economics as a minor subject
GENDER AND DEVELOPMENT
Programme Structure
Duration
Year I: Semester I (All courses are core) CU
gAD 1100 Concepts and Theories of gender
and Development
4
gAD 1101 gender, Culture and Society 4
Semester II
gAD 1102 gender and Development
Economics
4
gAD 1103 gender and Rural Development in
Africa
4
Year II: Semester I (Core)
gAD 2100 gender, the State and Civil Society 4
gAD 2101 gender and Human Rights 4
Electives
gAD 2102 gender and Technology 4
gAD 2103 gender and Urban Development 4
gAD 2104 Images of Women in Literature
and the Media
4
Semester II (Core)
gAD 2205 gender focused Research
Methodology
4
gAD 2206 gender and Population 4
Electives
gAD 2207 gender and Environment 4
gAD 2208 The International Women’s Movt:
African & global Connection
4
Year III: Semester I (Core)
gAD 3100 gender and Human Resources/
Organisational Management
4
gAD 3101 gender and violence 4
Electives
gAD 3102 gender, Health and Development 4
gAD 3103 gender and Development Issues in
Forced Migration
4
Semester II (Core)
gAD 3204 gender and the Law in Uganda* 4
gAD 3205 gender & Devt Strategies for
Change in Uganda*
4
Electives
gAD 3206 globalisation, Devt And African
Economy
4
gAD 3207 Children and Development Issues
in Africa
4
gAD 3208 gender Focused Research 4
386
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Programme Structure
Duration
Year I: Semester I (Core courses) CU
POS 1101 Introduction to Political Science 4
POS 1102 Introduction to govt and Politics
of East African States 4
Semester II (Core courses
POS 1203 Comparative Political Systems 4
POS 1204 Classical and Modern Political
Thought 4
Year II: Semester I Either Option A (PA)
POS 2103 Politics in Africa 4
POS 2112 Administrative Theory 4
Electives
POS 2102 Development Administration and
Management 4
POS 2104 government and Politics of
Selected Areas 4
POS 2106 Third World Politics 4
POS 2108 Political Sociology 4
Or Option B (IR)
POS 2101 International Relations 4
POS 2103 Politics in Africa 4
Electives
POS 2104 government and Politics of
Selected Areas 4
POS 2106 Third World Politics 4
POS 2108 Political Sociology 4
POS 2111 Foreign Policy Analysis 4
POS 2112 Administrative Theory 4
Year II:Semester II Either Option A (PA)
Core courses
POS 2205 Comparative Public
Administration 4
POS 2209 Research Methods in Political
Science 4
Elective courses
POS 2210 government and Politics in
Uganda 4
POS 2214 The Politics of Agrarian Change
and Rural Development 4
POS 2215 Local government Administration
in Uganda 4
POS 2216 Constitutionalism and Political
Stability 4
Or Option B (IR) (Core courses)
POS 2207 International Organisation 4
POS 2209 Research Methods in Political
Science 4
Electives
POS 2210 government and Politics in
Uganda 4
POS 2212 Uganda’s Foreign Policy 4
POS 2216 Constitionalism and Political
Stability 4
POS 2217 Strategic Studies 4
Year III: Semester I Either Option A (PA)
Core courses
POS 3102 Human Resource Management
and Development 4
POS 3104 gender and Politics 4
Elective courses
POS 3103 Democracy and Human Rights 4
POS 3104 gender and Politics 4
POS 3105 Environmental Management 4
POS 3106 Politics and Administration of
NgOs 4
Or Option B (IR) (Core courses)
POS 3101 African International Relations 4
POS 3107 International Political Economy 4
Electives
POS 3103 Democracy and Human Rights 4
POS 3105 Environmental Management 4
POS 3112 Administrative Law 4
POS 3114 Consular and Diplomatic Practice 4
POS 3115 Refugees in Contemporary World
Politics 4
POS 3116 Diplomatic and Consular Practice 4
Year III: Semester II Either Option A (PA)
Core courses
POS 3201 African International Relations 4
POS 3208 Public Policy Analysis 4
POS 3209 Public Sector Management 4
Elective courses
POS 3211 Research Paper* 4
POS 3213 The Politics of Budgeting and
Financial Management 4
POS 3217 Comparative Public Policy and
Economic Management 4
POS 3218 The Politics of Development and
Technological Change 4
387
POS 3219 Ethics in International Relations 3
POS 3220 Major Issues in Contemporary
Diplomatic Practice 4
Or Option B (IR) Core courses
POS 3210 International Law 4
POS 3216 Conflict Management and Peacekeeping
4
Electives
POS 3211 Research Paper* 4
POS 3214 Consular and Diplomatic Practice 4
POS 3115 Refugees in Contemporary World
Politics 4
POS 3218 The Politics of Devt and
Technological Change 4
* Offered to students who major in
Political Science
PSYCHOLOGY
Programme Structure
Duration
Year I: Semester I CU
PSY 101 Introduction to Psychology*# 4
PSY 102 Experimental Design and
Statistics*# 4
Semester II
PSY 103 Laboratory Methods in
Psychology*# 4
PSY 104 Developmental Psychology*# 4
Year II: Semester I
PSY 201
Introduction to Psychometrics and
Inferential Statistics* 4
PSY 205 Social Psychology*# 4
Optional courses
PSY 204 Neuro Psychology**## 4
PSY 202 Advanced general
Psychology**## 4
Semester II
PSY 206 Methods of Social Research* 4
PSY 208 Industrial Psychology# 4
Elective courses
PSY 207 Abnormal Psychology 4
PSY 209 Personality Psychology 4
Year III: Semester I
PSY 3101 Personnel Psychology* 4
PSY 3102 Abnormal Psychology*# 4
PSY 3103 Psychology Measurement 4
PSY 3104 Forensic Psychology 4
Elective courses
PSY 3105 Community Psychology**## 4
PSY 3106 Personnel Psychology**## 4
PSY 3107 Educational Psychology**## 4
PSY 3108 Principles of guidance and
Counselling**## 4
PSY 3019 Advanced Departmental
Psychology**## 4
PSY 311 Forensic Psychology**## 4
PSY 312 Environmental Psychology**## 4
PSY 313 Psychology and general**## 4
Semester II
PSY 3201 Introduction to Clinical
Psychology* 4
PSY 3202 Organisational Psychology*# 4
PSY 3203 Research Paper* Elective courses
PSY 3204 Advanced Social Psychology**## 3
PSY 3205 Industrial Relations
Psychology**## 3
PSY 3206 Refugee Psychology 3
PSY 3211 Introduction to Psychology 4
PSY 3212 Organisation Psychology 4
PSY 3216 Refugee Psychology 4
KEY
* Core Courses, Compulsory for
candidates who major in Psychology
** Electives for candidates who major in
Psychology
# Core and Compulsory for candidates
who minor in Psychology
## Electives for candidates who minor in
Psychology
388
RURAL ECONOMY
Programme Structure
Duration
Year II: Semester I CU
RE 201 Production Economics*## 3
RE 301 Agricultural Development*# 3
RE 301 Research Methods*## 3
RE 201 Introduction to Agricultural
Extension*## 3
Semester II
RE 202 Principles of Farm Management*# 4
RE 302 Agricultural Marketing, Cooperative
and Credit*## 4
RE 303 Management Case Study*## 3
EE 202 Rural Sociology**## 3
AE 205 Introduction to Computer
Applications**## 4
RE 203 Farm Accounts**## 4
Year III: Semester I
RE 404 Applied Farm Management*# 3
RE 405 Economics* 3
RE 407 Intermediate Macroeconomics* 3
RE 401 Agricultural Policy and
Planning**## 3
EE 301 Programme Planning and
Evaluation**## 3
Semester II
RE 403 Rural Development*# 3
RE 409 International Trade in
Agriculture*## 3
RE 410 Agribusiness*## 3
RE 402 Environmental Economics**## 3
RE 406 Agricultural Finance**## 3
FO 407 Land Use, Policy and Law**## 3
KEY
* Core courses, Compulsory for candidates
who major in Religious Education
** Electives for candidates who major in
Religious Education
# Core courses, Compulsory for candidates
who minor in Religious Education
## Electives for candidates who minor in
Religious Education
SOCIAL ADMINISTRATION
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I (All courses are Core) CU
SOA 1101 Contemporary Social Problems 4
SOA 1102 Principles of Social Research 4
Semester II (All courses are Core)
SOA 1103 Social Services 4
SOA 1104 Statistical Tools for Social
Research 4
Year II: Semester II (All courses are Core)
SOA 2101 Industrial Welfare 4
SOA 2102 Theory of Organization 4
Elective Courses
SOA 2104 Community Based Intervention
Strategies 4
SOA 2103 Policy Issues in Housing 4
SOA 2105 Foundations of Social Policy
Analysis 4
SOA 2106 Research Design 4
Semester II (Core courses)
SOA 2207 Management of Organisations 4
SOA 2208 Human Resources Management 4
Elective courses
SOA 2209 Community-Based Rehabilitation
for People With Disabilities 4
SOA 2210 Special Education 4
SOA 2211 Disaster Management 4
SOA 2212 Education Policy, Planning and
Management 4
SOA 2213 Social Security Systems 4
Year III: Semester I (Core courses)
SOA 3101 Project Planning and Management 4
389
SOA 3102 Social Policy Analysis 4
Elective courses
SOA 3104 Family Services and the Law I 4
SOA 3103 Dissertation (Research Project) 4
SOA 3105 Rural Development Studies 4
SOA 3106 Urban Development Studies 4
SOA 3108 Basic Population Methods and
Techniques 4
Semester II (Core courses)
SOA 3209 Social Planning 4
SOA 3210 Local government &
Decentralized Service Delivery 4
Elective courses
SOA 3211 Social Defence 4
SOA 3212 Population and Development 4
SOA 3213 Family Services and the Law II 4
SOA 3214 Administrative Law 4
SOA 3215 Issues in Health and Development 4
SOA 3216 NgOs and Social Development 4
SOA 3217 Refugee Studies 4
SOA 3218 Social Sector Finance and
Budgeting 4
SOA 3219 Environment Management 4
SOCIOLOGY
Programme Structure
Duration
Year I: Semester I (All courses are Core) CU
SOC 1101 Introduction to Sociological
Concepts 4
SOC 1102
Introduction to Social
Anthropology I 4
Semester II (All courses are Core)
SOC 1203
Introduction to Sociological
Perspectives, Theories and
Methods
4
SOC 1204 Introduction to Social
Anthropology II 4
Year II: Semester I (Core courses)
SOC 2101 Research Methods* 4
SOC 2102 Social Structure of E African
Societies I# 4
SOC 2103 Crime and Punishment 4
Elective courses
SOC 2105 Rural Sociology 4
SOC 2106 Urban Sociology 4
SOC 2107 Basic Demographic Methods and
Techniques 4
SOC 2108 Sociology of Organisation 4
SOC 2109 Sociology of Work and Industry 4
SOC 2110 Sociology of Religion 4
SOC 2111 Sociology of Education 4
SOC 2212 Sociology of Health 4
SOC 2113 Sociology of Crime and
Punishment 4
Semester II (Core courses)
SOC 2203 Basic Statistics* 4
SOC 2221 Research Management# 4
Elective courses
SOC 2204 Social Structure of E African
Societies II 4
SOC 2214 Urban Sociology II 4
SOC 2215 Urban Planning and Management 4
SOC 2216 Population and Society 4
SOC 2217 Methods of Theories of
Criminology 4
SOC 2218 Industrial Networking 4
SOC 2219 Sociology of Environment
Planning and Management 4
SOC 2220 Sociology of Human Resource
Management 4
SOC 2223 African Family Studies
Year III: Semester I (Core courses)
SOC 3101 Foundations of Sociological
Theory** 4
SOC 3121 Sociology of Development I# 4
Elective courses
SOC 3102 Project Planning and Management 4
SOC 3104 Dissertation (Research Project) 1
SOC 3105 Rural Sociology I 4
SOC 3106 Urban Sociology I 4
SOC 3107 Basic Demographic Methods and
Techniques 4
SOC 3108 Sociology of Organisation 4
SOC 3109 Sociology of Work and Industry 4
390
SOC 3110 Sociology of Religion 4
SOC 3111 Sociology of Education 4
SOC 3212 Sociology of Health 4
SOC 3113 Sociology of Crime and
Punishment 4
SOC 3119 Sociology of Environment and
Management 4
SOC Sociology of Development 4
SOC 3122 Political Sociology 4
Semester II (Core courses)
SOC 3203 Current Debates in Sociological
Theory** 4
SOC 3204 Dissertation (Research) 4
SOC 3224 Sociology of Development II# 4
Elective courses
SOC 3212 Sociology of Health 4
SOC 3214 Rural Sociology II 4
SOC 3215 Urban Planning and Management 4
SOC 3216 Population and Society 4
SOC 3217 Methods and Theories in
Criminology 4
SOC 3218 Industrial Networking 4
SOC 319 Sociology of Environment
Planning and Management 4
SOC 3220 Sociology of Human Resource
Management 4
SOC 3225 African Family Studies 4
KEY
* Core courses, Compulsory for all
Second Year Students
** Core courses, Compulsory for all Third
Year Students
# Core courses, Compulsory for all
Students who major in Sociology
Note: Some courses in the second semesters
of Second and Third Years of study have
prerequisites that MUST be done in the
first semesters respectively
BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK AND SOCIAL ADMINISTRATION
1 Mission of the B Swsa Programme
The mission of the B SWSA Programme
is to produce Social Work practitioners
who are both development oriented and
thoroughly grounded in theories and
skills of social work practice, relevant
to local and international standards
Within this mission, our vision is that
the Department of Social Work and
Social Administration should be an
institution of excellence with a capacity
of producing social service planners
and service delivery personnel for
a wide range of social development
programmes
1 2 Objectives Of The B SWSA Degree
Curriculum
The objective of the B SWSA
curriculum is to enable participating
students to acquire two broad categories
of professional competencies that the
emerging practice situation in this
country calls for These competencies
consist of the knowledge and skills
required for practice at the macro and
micro levels of society, both in service
delivery settings as well as in the
industrial sector as detailed below
(a) Objectives relating to Practice
Competencies at Macro Levels
By the end of the B SWSA training
curriculum, the graduating students
should possess the technical
competencies that a Social Work
practitioner requires in order to be in a
position to enable communities, their
constituent groups, individual levels
and leaderships, to acquire capacities
for self-help, which involves imparting
to them skills in resource identification,
resource mobilization and resource
management; skills in the development
and management of problem solving
projects, and skills in leadership and
organization, which skills are needed for
both managing normal social situations
and for dealing with disasters Social
Work students should also be able to
study societal problems and lobby for
policies and social programs to address
those problems
391
SWA1207 Elements of Social Work
Intervention 4
SWA1208 Social Services Design in
Developing Countries 4
SWA 1209 Contemporary Social Problems 4
SWA 1210 Introduction to Social
Anthropology II 4
SWA 1211 Development Psychology 4
SWA 1212 Introductory Macroeconomics 4
SWA 1213 Statistical Tools for Social
Research 4
Year II: Semester I Either: SS Option
PSY 2202 Industrial Psychology 4
SOA 2102 Theory of Organisation 4
SOA 2207 Management of Organisations 4
SOA 2208 Human Resources Management 4
SOA 2211 Disaster Management 4
SOA 2213 Social Security Systems 4
SOC 2214 Rural Sociology II 4
SWA 2101 Theory & Practice of Social Work
I4
SWA 2102 Human growth and Behaviour 4
SWA 2103 Theory of Organisation 4
SWA 2105 Foundations of Social Policy
Analysis 4
SWA 2106 Research Design 4
Elective courses (one to be selected)
SWA 2107 Community-Based Intervention
Strategies 4
SWA 2108 Introduction to Counselling 4
Or: IS Option (Core Courses)
SWA 2101 Theory & Practice of Social Work
I4
SWA 2103 Theory of Organisation 4
SWA 2104 Industrial Welfare and Industrial
Relations 4
SWA 2105 Foundations for Social Policy
Analysis 4
SWA 2106 Research Design 4
Elective Courses (one to be selected)
SWA 2108 Introduction to Counselling 4
Semester II SS Option (Core Courses)
SWA 2210 Theory and Practice of Social
Work II 4
SWA 2211 Social Psychology (PSY205) 4
SWA 2212 Management of Oganisations 4
SWA 2113 Disaster Management 4
(b) Objectives relating to Practice
Competencies at Micro Levels
By the end of the B SWSA training
curriculum, the graduating students
should possess professional competence
to perform the following general tasks:
(i) Linking people to needed services
available;
(ii) Mediating conflicts at individual,
family, community levels;
(iii) Providing technical information
to client systems for problem
solving;
(iv) Promoting advocacy services for
the disadvantaged;
(v) Enabling individuals and families
to resolve or cope with the
psycho-social problems they have
internalized from their stressful
circumstances, and
(vi) To offer counseling services to
individuals and families faced
with interpersonal and intrapersonal
problems
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I (All course are Core) CU
ECO 1101 Introductory Micro-Economics 4
ECO 1202 Introductory Macro-Economics 4
PSY 1101 Introduction to Psychology 4
RSD 1201 Religious in the Contemporary
World II 3
SOA 1101 Contemporary Social Problems 4
SOA 1102 Principles of Social Research 4
SOA 1204 Statistical Tools for Research 4
SOC 1101 Introduction to Sociological
Concepts 4
SOC 1102 Introduction to Social
Anthropology I 4
SWA 1101 The Nature of Social Work 4
SWA 1102 Contemporary Social Problems 4
SWA 1103
Principles of Social Work
Research 4
SWA 1104 Introduction to Social
Anthropology 4
SWA 1105 Introduction to Psychology
SWA 1106 Introductory Microeconomics 4
Semester II (All courses are Core)
392
SWA 2217 Social Security Systems 4
Elective Courses
SWA 2214 Education Policy, Planning and
Management 4
SWA 2215 Community Based Rehabilitation
for People With Disabilities 4
SWA 2216 Social Work and Mental Health 4
SWA 2218 Counselling and Child guidance 4
IS Option Core Courses
SWA 2210 Theory and Practice of Social
Work II 4
SWA 2207 Management of Organisation 4
SWA 2213 Social Security Systems 4
SWA 2219 Human Resource Management 4
SWA 2220 Industrial Psychology 4
Elective
SOA 2211 Disaster Management 4
SWA 2218 Counselling and Child guidance 4
Year III: Semester I (Core Courses)
SOA 3101 Project Planning and Management 4
SOA 3102 Social Policy Analysis 4
SOA 3103 Dissertation (Research Project) 4
SOA 3104 Family Services and the Law I 4
SOA 3105 Rural Development Studies 4
SOA 3106 Urban Development Studies 4
SOA 3108 Basic Population Methods and
Techniques 4
SWA 3101 Social work and National
Development 4
SWA 3102 Social Policy Analysis 4
SWA 3103 Dissertation 4
SWA 3104 Project Planning and Management 4
SWA 3105 Basic Population Methods and
Techniques 4
Ss Option Elective
SWA 3106 Family Services and the Law I 4
SWA 3107 Issues in Rural Development 4
SWA 3108 gender and Development 4
IS Option Elective
SWA 3108 gender and Development 4
SWA 3109 Issues in Urban Development 4
Semester II SS Option Core Courses
SWA 3210 Social Work and National
Development II 4
SWA 3211 Social Planning 4
SWA
3212
Local government and
Decentralised Service Delivery 4
SWA 3213 Social Sector Finance &
Budgeting 4
SWA 3214 NgOs and Social Development 4
SWA 3215 Population Studies 4
SOA 3216 NgOs and Social Development 4
Elective Courses
SWA 3215 Population Studies &
Development 4
SWA 3216 Administrative Law 4
SWA 3217 Environmental Management 4
SWA 3218 Family Services and the Law II 4
SWA 3219 Child and Family Welfare 4
SWA 3220 Force Migration and Refugee
Studies 4
SWA 3221 Social Defence 4
SWA 3222 Issues in Health and Development 4
IS Option (Core Courses)
SOA 3212 Population Studies &
Development
SOA 3214 Administrative Law 4
SWA 3217 Environmental Management
(PS305) 4
Elective Courses
SWA 3220 Forced Migrations and Refugee
Studies 4
SWA 3221 Social Defence 4
SWA 3222 Issues in health and Development 4
393
POSTGRADUATE PROGRAMMES
POSTGRADUATE DIPLOMA/MA IN COMMUNITY BASED REHABILITATION
Specific Admission Requirements
A candidate should have at least two years
working experience with disabled people or
such other related work experience Disabled
persons with relevant qualifications will be
given preferential consideration
Programme Structure
(a) Instructional Objectives:
By the end of the training period graduates
will have acquired cognitive, affective,
and psycho-motor competence relevant
to community based rehabilitation In
particular, by the end of the programme
course, graduates should be able:
• to demonstrate an understanding
of the working concepts of
Disability, Rehabilitation and
Community, both as a site and
resource for rehabilitation efforts;
• to classify the main types and
aspects of disability;
• to demonstrate an understanding
of the disability process;
(b) Learning Experiences and
Resources:
These consist of theoretical and field
components Theoretical components,
which shall consist of systematic
presentations in lecture and tutorial
forms are described as Course Units in
this document Field instructions shall
consist of both concurrent and block
placements of students in Community
Based Rehabilitation organizations
Concurrent placements, consisting
of two days of field-work per week,
will take place in Community Based
Rehabilitation agencies in and around
kampala, while block placement are
to the extent located in or near the
home area of the student
(c) Organisation of the Education
Process
• Learning activities during the
first and second semesters shall
be concerned with establishing
conceptual competence, focusing
on basic concepts and issues
in rehabilitation The practical
aspect shall consist of fortnightly
visits or observations at nearby
Community Based Rehabilitation
organizations
• The third and final semester
shall consist of a continuation of
lectures on theoretical, policy and
management issues
The practical component shall consist of
a six week block placement after final
examination
(d) Evaluation of Learning
For the purpose of facilitating student
learning and for administrative purposes
there shall be continuous assessment
of both classroom and field-based
learning Evaluation of classroom based
learning shall consist of a series of essay
assignments and a formal University
Examination during the third term
Continuous and final assessment of field
learning shall be conducted by field
tutors who are trained as facilitators and
evaluators of learning An appropriate
scheme for the formal evaluation of
field learning shall be developed
Taught causes
Year I: Semester I CU
CBR 7101
Planning Organisation and
Management of CommunityBased Services
3
CBR 7102
Community-Based Strategies for
Poverty Eradication in Urban &
Rural Areas
3
CBR 7103 Disability Studies 3
Elective Courses (Students Choose two
Electives)
CBR 7106
Social Services Delivery Systems
3
CBR 7107
Social and Medical Intervention
with People With Disabilities
3
394
CBR 7108
Community-Based Health Care
and Reproductive Health
3
CBR 7104
Food Security and Nutrition
Strategies
3
Semester II
CRB 7204
Community-Based Research
Methods
3
CBR 7205 Project Planning and Management 3
CBR 7206
Field-Work Practice, for Diploma
Students
3
CBR 7207
D Research Paper (for Postgraduate
Diploma Students only)
3
Elective Courses
CBR 7105
Food Security and Nutrition
Strategies
3
CBR 7210
Curriculum Design, Teaching and
Learning for CBR Workers
3
CBR 7207 Special Need Education Strategies 3
CBR 7208
Advanced Guidance and
Counselling
3
MASTER OF ARTS IN COMMUNITY BASED REHABILITATION
(a) Objectives of the Programme
The objectives are two fold On the one
hand, it is designed to equip students
with competence for advanced practice,
and on the other hand, it is designed to
provide competence for management
and research in the CBR field
By the end of the programme participants
should have developed competence in
the following areas:
• mobilising resources for CBR,
• establishing new CBR organizations
or programs or to reform
existing ones,
• managing CBR operations; and,
• designing and implementing
research projects relevant to
CBR objectives
• teaching and training CBR
personnel
(b) Learning Experience
The first semester focuses on lectures
and weekly seminars based on directed
reading on specific themes The
second semester consists of advanced
concurrent field placements and weekly
seminars based on field experience,
the product of which will be an essay
The third and final semester is devoted
to preparation of dissertation, data
collection, dissertation write up and
submission
(c) Evaluation
Evaluation consists of three aspects
First a formal written examination at
the end of 1st semester; an essay and
fieldwork assessment at the end of 2nd
semester; and a dissertation at the end of
the third semester
Duration
The Postgraduate Diploma in CBR will be 2
semesters long The MA programme shall be
three semesters long
Programme Structure
Year I
Semester I & II
Admission of Diploma Holders
Candidates who complete the Diploma course
can proceed to the MA (Community Based
Rehabilitation) programme in Year II
Year II Semester I & II
CBR 8107M Fieldwork Practice for MA
students
3
CBR 8208 Research Project/
Dissertation Total course
7
Units for Year 2 10
395
MASTER OF ARTS IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION AND MANAGEMENT (MA PAM)
Objectives of Programme
Long Term
The long term objectives of the Masters degree
programme is to build national capacity in
public policy formulation, social services,
administration and management
• To promote democratic values and
practices in the Ugandan society through
studies related to decentralised decision
making process
Short Term
To reinforce the capacity of Makerere University,
high level manpower of the government
and NgOs in implementing the decentralization
policy, planning and programme implementation
• To retrain civil servants in the Ministry
of Local government and other
Ministries in the social service sectors
to implement the civil service reforms,
and sustainability of the civil service
• To train specialists in designing and redesigning
institutions and organisations
to manage policies
Type of Degree
The programme of study is by coursework, assessed
essays, seminar papers, research papers,
examinations and a dissertation The dissertation
should make a significant contribution
to the knowledge of public policy, planning,
management and other related fields
Duration
(i) The Programme of studies leading to the
MA degree in Public Administration and
Management of Makerere University is
eighteen (18) months long
(ii) The eighteen (18) months shall be
divided into four semesters The first
year comprising two semesters each
of which shall last seventeen (17)
weeks, followed in the next year by one
semester lasting seventeen (17) weeks
and a twenty four (24) week research
semester involving research work in the
field as well as a dissertation
Course Units
(i) The Programme is structured on a course
unit basis
For students to qualify for the award of
an MA in Public Administration and
Management, he/she must take a total
of thirty four (34) course units, seven
(7) of which will account for a research
- based dissertation
(ii) A course unit is equivalent to one
contact hour (1) per course, per week,
per semester Two lectures and one
seminar shall be offered for each course
in the semester
(iii) The Course Unit load per student shall
be three (3) courses per semester
Core Courses
The study programme is based on Core and
Optional/elective course structure The core
courses in the range of PA 401 - PA 406 are
compulsory and will deal with the broad
aspects of public policy, local government,
institution building, organisations, public,
regional and local finance, research and
research methodology
Elective (Optional) Courses
These courses in the range of PA 501 - PA 509
will allow for a more indepth analysis and
understanding of specific issues, leading to
various specialisations in the fields of Local
government, Public Policy and Administration,
Management and Social services
Programme Structure
Year I: Semester I CU
PAM 7101 The State and the Economy 3
PAM 7102
Decentralization and
Development
3
PAM 7103
Theory of Organisation and
Management
3
Semester II
PAM 7204 Research Methodology 3
PAM 7205 Environmental Management 3
PAM 7206 Public Policy Formulation and
Management 3
Year II: Sem